Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the general meetings for scientific business of the Zoological Society of London"

See other formats 


asia 


teat 
Datty 


t 
ny 


ays Hi 

Ny Vet 
een 
vets a4) 


y 


ys 


ee 


.)) 


PROCEEDINGS _ 


OF THE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF DHE 


| ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON. 


FOR THE YEAR 


1879. 


$5, : 


a 


~ CONTAINING PAPERS 1 READ a Se 


JANUARY AND ‘PEBRVARY. 


SS ee 


fin Mo ea Sa EERE Me) SENET. 8 
% aoe 


a deoumamnta 


i "PRINTED FOR THE: i Mike 9 hy 
D AT THEIR House IN Haxovan-saUl 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART I.—1879. , 


: : January 14, 1879. 


Prof. Newton. Remarks on the occasion of the death of the late President ..:-....).. 
The Secretary. Reporton the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1878.... 2 


Dr. Traquair. Hxhibition of a specimen of Alectorenas nitidissina ..........+eseee sess ee” 
Prof. Newton. Remarks ges the  apeetaeet of Alectorenas nitidissima exhibited by Dr. 

Traquair .. EE TER ENO ATE Ie NL eg nr 
Cominodore Hoskins. Letter ae concerning the northern limit of the “‘Mooruk” Seat ae 
Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.8. Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, acta information 

as to whether the ‘‘Moorup” is found on New Ireland .... 2.0... .2.0:.5 0000 ee a) 
Mr. R. Trimen, F.2.8. Letter from, concerning Pleetropterus niger... 2.46. -0ee es cee, , 5 
1. Remarks upon the Hani ond Change. of Plumage of Humboldt’s 7 peta, By - A.D, 

Bartrert, Superintendent of ‘the suciciy’s Curdengs.. ss. 6s... Seattle 
2. On a Collection of Birds made ey apy Hubner on Duke-of-York Island and New Britain. 

By Orro-finysdny Phy D. \G.DEB.S ah ar ae | See de Hy Orolo sot Ore cee SME DN Re ee 


i) 


- Ona Collection of Crustacea made Ps Capt. H. ©. St. John, R.N., in the Corean and 
Japanese Seas. By Edward J. Miras, B.L.S.; F.Z.8. - Part I. Podophthalmia. With 


an Appendix by Capt. H. C. St. Jouy, (Plates IIIT fe ee Sarena Sere LC 


+. A few Remarks on My. Diliot’s paper ‘‘On the Felt ii ot the Genus Prilopus.” 
By DL. Bacyaporty OM. D8. re6.2 rate naaete va laus sees t's I Rog Wie ae Soa Ok 


5. Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines. —No. XII. On the Collection made 
y Mr. A. H. Everett in the Island of Basilan. By ary Marquis of Twsxppa.E, 
E: R.8., President: of the: Society sae. Sas mite ine Sa ie bikin, Cit, ig 4) NA oot 68 


. List of the Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians sent by Mr. Eyerett from the Philip- 
pine Islands, By Dr. A. Giwrunre, F.RS., F.ZS., doe: # me Tae, Depa 
ment, British Museum. (Plate TV.) . as . j4 


7. On the Eepd of Tyena ong (Z. at i tise: Hit M.D., pe 
Aurren H. Youn, M.B., of The Owens College, se aig Communicated bys 
A. H. Gannon. (Plates V. VI.)........ Seas D> Agee st cede te Ft ay 


c 


February 4, 1879. 


The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1879 .... 108 


Prof. J. Reinhardt. Hxtract of a letter from, on a new species of Curassow .........,.. 108 «i 
Mr, Selater, Remarks upon, and diagnosis of, Mitua salvini, the new cpa Poets, 109 ir 
are oo 


“Contents continued on page 3 of coh appbr: rt 


% 


z 


. = ie 
eS SO Oe Le ee 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


OF LONDON 


FOR THE YEAR 


. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 
LONDON: 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, 
PATERNOSTER ROW. 


Gest 


OF THE 


COUNCIL 


AND OFFICERS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


1879. 


COUNCIL. 
Prorrssor Frowrer, LL.D., F.R.S., President. 


Proressor Georece Busk, F.R.S., 
Vice-President. 

Masor-Gen. Henry Crerx, R.A., 
F.R.S. 

Rosrert Drumuonp, Esq., Trea- 
surer. 

Sr JosepH Farrer, K.C.S.1., 
F.R.S. 

Joun P. Gasstor, Esq. 

F. DuCanz Gopman, Esq. 

Lr.-Cot, H. H. Gopwry-AvstEn. 

Cot. J. Aveustus Grant, C.B., 
C.S8.1., F.B.S. 

Artuur Grort, Esq., Vice-Pre- 
sident. 

Dr. A. Ginrner, F.R.S., Vice- 
President. 


Dr. Epwarp Hamttron, Vice- 
President. 

Epuunpn W. 
Esq. 

ProressoR Mrvart, F.R.S., Vice- 
President. 

Proressor Newton, F.R.S., Vice- 
President. : 

Heyry Portocr, Esq. 

Tre Lorp Arraur Russett, M.P. 

Lievr.-Con. Str Caries Ruvs- 
sELL, Bart., M.P. 

USBERT SALvIn, Esq., F.R.S. 

Paoie Lurney Scrater, Ksq., 
M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary. 

Tut Lorp WALSINGHAM., 


H. Hoxpsworts, 


PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. 


P. L. Scrater, Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. 
Proressor Garrop, F.R.S., Prosector. 

Mx. A. D. Barrett, Superintendent of the Gardens. 
Mr. F. H. Waternovse, Librarian. 

Mr. W. J. Wirt1ams, Chief Clerk, 


LIST 
OF THE 


CONTRIBUTORS, 


With References to the several Articles contributed by each. 


Aston, Epwarp R,, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. os 
On Female Deer with Antlers... 0... sess0s-0s0sise 05-296 
On the Specific Identity of the British Martens........ 468 
On the Acanthomys leucopus of Gray ..........-.06-. 645 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Burmese and Afghan 
Mammals collected by Mr. R. G. Wardlaw-Ramsay ...... 665 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull of Zapirus dowi. 666 


On a Four-horned Chamois ................-00-+e00 802 


Aneas, GrorcGE Frencu, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.8., &e. 
Descriptions of ten new Species of 4zinea and Pectunculus 
in the collection of Mr. Sylvanus Hanley and the late Mr. 
Heeb. Payler.'= (Plate KONG Ve vieur . h itty o's aleuitientanas 417 


On the Terrestrial Mollusca collected in Costa Rica by the 
late Dr. W. M. Gabb, with Descriptions of new Species. 


(eS Oy en oe es gh Rorcpapared Yous ¢ epateed seaetnes 475 
Descriptions of two new Species of Helix (Eurycratera) 
from S.E. Betsileo, Madagascar. (Plate LVII.) ........ 728 


BartuetT, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. 


Remarks upon the Habits and Change of Plumage of 
Humboldt’s Penguin...... wes ocke ¥e hoamaplgebimamink omit) 6 


iv 
Page 
Bartiett, Epwarp, Curator of the Museum and Public 
Library, Maidstone. 


Second List of Mammals and Birds collected by Mr. Thomas 
Waters in Madagascar. (Plate LXIII.).............. 767 


Bett, F. Jerrrvy, B.A., F.Z.S., Magdalen College, Oxford, 
Zoological Department, British Museum. 


Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—I. On 
the Species of the Genus Brissus, and on the allied Forms 
Meomavand. Metalia.......: sv cs sac eke ce serh boxe pees seme 


Note on the Number of Anal Plates in Hchinocidaris.... 436 
Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—IlI. 
On the Species of the Genus T’ripneustes, Agassiz. (Plate 
vA He hes PAPO OCOD OLD © OOM L TS Re Re ern 655 
Beruerscu, Hans, Graf von, C.M.Z.S, 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two varieties of the 
Long-tailed Titmouse .........+. Spa Ae oer. $e 
Bock, Cart, F.G.S. &e. 
Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, containing remarks 
upon Capricornis sumatrensis .. 6s... cess renee eee ee 308 
Bovcarp, Apo.rue, C.M.Z.S8. 
Descriptions of two supposed new Species of South- 
American Birds. ~ (Plate: AVL) eevece tee careers tem ee 
Browy, Rev. Grorce, C.M.Z.S. 
Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, concerning the 
range of the Mooruk ...........++.- wate aah paises. pia aleve br aed 
Butter, Artuur GARDINER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant Keeper, 
Zoological Department, British Museum. 


On the Heterocera in the Collection of Lepidoptera from 
New Ireland obtained by the Rev. G. Brown........ «ove 160 


v 
Page 


On Arachnida from the Mascarene Islands and Mada- 
ascat yy Celate LEED) scat ct ME Eke bs wots teaile natdeiee) 729 


CamBripGE, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem. 
New-Zealand Institute. 


On a new Genus and Species of Spiders of the Family 
SU 0 oe Pc ee ee ae Bisictersiciietavece “ee 


On some new and little-known Species of Araneidea, with 
Remarks on the Genus Gasteracantha. (Plates XXVI., 
2s lag Rare St ocilenethicar SAE Saag ER rr RE alae oe 279 


On some new and rare Spiders from New Zealand, with 


Characters of four new Genera. (Plates LI. & LIII.).... 681 


Cuark, J. W., F.Z.S. 


Exhibition of a drawing of a species of Lagenorhynchus 
lately taken off: Hamseate . 06 <..0)2, 35 30.0 aed «eee ee yy OUI 


Coutert, Rosert, C.M.Z.S8. 
On a new Fish of the Genus Lycodes from the Pacific .. 381 


D’Avsertis, L. M., C.M.Z.S. 


Exhibition of some new and rare Birds from the Fly 
RemeesONNEW CTU iach a 39k Baines Sin 'a 2 saps a aiaie)e «yee 218 


Dau, W. H., Smithsonian Institution. 


On the Use of the generic Name Gouldia in Zoology.... 131 


Danrorp, C. G., F.Z.S. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some antlers of Deer 
Petite NEIOE Cee oy sie ai cjem ules lage) s > oe Sys eis, eae (ciel 
Day, Surgeon-Major Francis, F.Z.8. &e. 


On the Identity of Trigla peeciloptera and 7’. hirundo. 
Ei ee REE sia tere. oe ee eg hos im eee ees 179 


On the Fishes of Weston-super-Mare. (Plates LXI. & 
“ SCTIDS) Bite RR SS Ace, nee RES OE RRR AEN MP wecee 742 


Page 
De Fourn, Marquis. 


On the Mollusca of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. — 
The Cecidz, comprising the genera Parastrophia, Watsonia, 
and Cecum. With a Prefatory Note by the Rev. Robert 
Boog Watson, B.A., F.B.S.E., F.L.S., &c. ............ 806 


Distant, W. L. 


On some African Species of the Lepidopterous Genus 


Pigs CPUC AV Ele vale Parga alana tine, eae cas « pean 647 
On some African Species of Lepidoptera belonging to the 
Subfamily Nymphaling. (Plate LIV.) ...............- 703 


Dosson, G. E., M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &. 


Notes on some Species of Chiroptera from Zanzibar, with 
Descriptions of New and Rare Species..........+.-+ +54. 715 


Finscu, Orro, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S., &c., Director of the Bremen 
Museum. 
On a Collection of Birds made by Mr. Hiibner on Duke- 
of- York [sland and New Britain)... «cs. sis sere sl sie oe 9 


Firower, Wittiam Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President 
of the Society, Conservator of the Museum of the Royal 
College of Surgeons, and Hunterian Professor. 
On the Common Dolphin, Delphinus delphis, Linn.... .. 382 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of Delphinus 
PURBED ihe He SG ete a wide ee Spa aTeKS. vs un Sida ele eee 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a female 
Oiarta (Otaria yillespit) i202). S222 os. A ae DO 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a eae or 
White Whale (Delphinapterus leucas).. PI 


On the Czecum of the Red Wolf (Canis a i Desm. 


Forses, Henry O., F.Z.S. 


Letters from, on the distribution of the Badger-headed 
Mydaus (Mydaus meliceps) in Sumatra ... ......02+--- 664 


vii oe 
Forses, W1LL1AM ALEXANDER, F.Z.S. 
On the Systematic Position of the Genus Lathamus of 
eanaeanlgte OVE) ia. pind so chink ete eo lant . 166 
A Synopsis of the Meliphagine Genus Pains with De- 
scriptions of two new Species. (Plates XXIV. & XXV.).. 256 


On the Anatomy of the African Elephant (Elephas africa- 

MAT AMIME Noe ee hin leo aes ai Sepa ikeracccars Sawaleede- te 420 
Garrop, Atrrep Henry, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Fellow of 
St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society. 


Notes on Points in the Anatomy of the Hoatzin (Opistho- 
comus cristatus)...... SEG AO a CRE UD ORICOEE ROC CIEE 109 


Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of the Tupaia of Burmah 
PPuRNEIE HELIN ENS Yolen Smale wees cs stich ete a eel 


Notes on the Anatomy of Helictis subaurantiaca. (Plate 
2S NE Sy a ee eee ren 305 


On the Conformation of the Thoracic Extremity of the 


Trachea in the Class Aves.—Part I. The Galline ........ 354 
Notes on the Anatomy of Gelada rueppelli. (Plate 

PER KV ILL, )o ewitteurodt -fapeys eral siarughe wt pide Sith Gaal é ~ needs 451 
Notice of a memoir on the brain and other parts of the 

PMppapotamug: Fs ais". « sid visi dda nies widiavetmald oyeig gated 953 


Note on the Mechanism of Respiration, as well as of the 
Retraction of the Head and Limbs, in certain Chelonia.... 649 


GopMaAN, Freperick DuCang, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of the Manatee. 552 


Gopman, Freperick DuCanrg, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Satvin, 
OsBerT, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from Central 
and Sonu America, (Plate MEV:))> .c'.-.c0crecccses ss 150 


On a Collection of Diurnal Lepidoptera made by the Rey. 
G. Brown in New Ireland and New Britain. (Plate XV.).. 
Notes on some hitherto unrecorded Diurnal Lepidoptera 
from Duke-of- York IXland, New Ireland, with Descriptions 
of some apparently new Species ............ rektarste eee 652 


viii 
Page 
Gopwin-Avsten, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.Z.S. 
Notes on, and Descriptions of, the Female of Ceriornis 
blythii. (Plate XXXIX.) ...... denarkisl te ese SOPs 
Note on the Female of Lophophora sclateri, Jerdon, from 
Wastern’ Assam \(Plate: LT:) 5 i. Duties 2 ee al 


Gopwin-Avsten, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.Z.S., and Nevr1, G., 


C.M.ZS. 
Descriptions of Shells from Perak and the Nicobar Islands. 
CE lak es TER irae was eves ce eynrete win terete Rafer aeoobra ici 734 


Goopacrg, F. B., M.D., F.Z.S. 


On the Question of the Identity of Species of the Common 
Domestic and the Chinese Goose... .... 1.6.0... 00 se cece 710 


Green, Professor J. Reay, B.A., M.D., F.LS., F.Z.8., &. 
Note on a Specimen of Charybdea haplonema.........+- 793 


Gintuer, Ausert, M.D., Ph.D., F.RS., F.Z.S., Keeper 
of the Zoological Department, British Museum. 


List of the Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians sent by 
Mr. Everett from the Philippine Islands. (Plate IV.).... 74 


On a new Rodent from Medellin. (Plate X.).......... 144 


Description of four new Species of Chameleon from Mada- 
PRCA CE THUGS aa ET Es som eck te oe kere neces pe eae 


Notice of a Collection of Mammals and Reptiles from 
Cypesoes Le oii sonw tl bie eb acer ike scien 741 


HarrTiavs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S. 


On a new Species of Barn-Owl from the Island of Viti- 
Leer tae See es ae kee ae ee sie Oe atacand a etn ns Se 


Hoskins, Commodore. 


Letter from, concerning the northern limit of the“ Mooruk.” 4 


Jackson, C. L. 
Exhibition of a skull of a female Sea-lion ( Otaria stelleri?). 460 


ix 


Page 
Jacosy, MARTIN. 
Descriptions of new Species of Coleoptera of the Family 
AEDs Ie Asha ied sso als ene ass slat Snare Satie lers «aie airiial's &)4, 439 


Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera. 773 


Jerrreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and 
a ad eae 1868-70 (Part II.) es XLYV., 
XLVI.) . Soret ay onthe asteldidetoss, 60,0 adv alee see Oe 


Krerrt, GERRARD, C.M.Z.S. 
Notice of a supposed new Species of Bat from Queensland. 386 


Layarp, E. L., C.M.G., F.Z.8., &c., H.B.M. Consul in New 
Caledonia. 


Note on the Pachycephala icteroides of Peale, with Descrip- 
tions of a supposed new Species .. 2... csmecevensence ee 146 

Letter from, containing remarks upon Mr. D. G. Elliot’s 
paper on the genus Ptilopus.............. Serer ets in mec OOO 

Letter from, containing remarks upon the desirability of 


the adoption by naturalists of a fixed scale of colour in de- 
Henbing ARIMA.’ «Fak cds 0 Sede BS ciglainteh oth Pas thee? 713 


Lusomirsk1, Prince Lapiswas. 


Notice sur quelques Coquilles du Pérou. (Plates LV. & 
DOW Mis As erdreiat aes Wega aee'e aie) ataceone| sass pV Wey wis S32 alas 719 


Meyer, Dr. A. B., Director of the Royal Zoological Museum, 
Dresden, C.M.Z.S. 


Letter from, concerning the locality of Cervus alfredi.... 666 


Miers, Epwarp J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological 
Department, British Museum. 


On a Collection of Crustacea made by Capt. H. C. St. 
John, R.N., in the Corean and Japanese Seas.—Part I. Podo- 
phthalmia. With an Appendix by Capt. H. C. St. John. 
(RUT IG bed 11 [IE ae A re ier ae iy aaporadts 18 


x 
Page 
Mrvart, St. Grorer, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., M.R.I., &. 


Exhibition of a figure of a malformed Kestrel.......... 311 


Moort, Freperic, F.Z.S., Assistant Curator, India Museum, 
London. 


Descriptions of new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera...... .. 136 


Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic Lepido- 
ptera Heterocera. (Plates XXXII.-XXXIV.) .......... 387 


Morris, Rev. F. O. 


Exhibition of an example of Bombyx quercts with mal- 
ROVE NTCNTIES Ss 2c '0j0c ao 28 o's cee ai sisiaeia| a Shs s aa be.e Sin wae 145 


Murte, James, M.D., F.LS., F.G.S., F.Z.S. 


Notice of a memoir on the Manatee........ Sc Rh 2. a 552 


Nevitt, G., C.M.Z.S., and Gopwin-AvusTeNn, Lieut.-Col. 
H. H., F.Z.S. 


Descriptions of Shells from Perak and the Nicobar Islands. 
(Plates LIX. & LX.).......... S esere ak pis esos’ $3 pt 


Newron, Aurrep, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Zoolog 
and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam- 
bridge. 
Remarks on the occasion of the death of the late President. 1 
Remarks upon the specimen of Alectoreenas nitidissima 
exhibited by Dr. Traquair 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Sylvia ni- 


soria belonging to Mr. John Robinson,............. eee Lalo 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some bird-skins obtained 
by Mr. E. Newton, C.M.Z.S., in Jamaica .............. 552 


Orttey, W., M.B., F.R.C.S., Demonstrator of Anatomy at 
University College, London. 


On the Attachment of the Eye-Muscles in Mammals.—I. 
Qundrananaiteyehs oa seyacee eis ead a SSR EE eee ses cee 121 


xi 


Page 
A Description of the Vessels of the Neck and Head in the 
Ground-Hornbill (Bucorvus abyssinicus) .......... atten, S61 
Owen, Prof. Richard, C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. 
Notice of a memoir on a large extinct Kangaroo of the 
genus Palorchestes .... .. ... Veena, a8 
Parker, T. Jerrery, Assoc. R.S.M. 
Notice of a memoir on the intestinal spiral valve in the 
POMONA is :00S ed she Movida s coset . 764 
Ramsay, R. G.Warp.aw, F.Z.S8., M.B.0.U., Lieutenant 67th 
Regiment. 
Description of a new Oriole from N.E. Borneo .. .. 709 
Exhibition of, and observations upon, a specimen of Peri- 
crocotus flammeus in an abnormal state of plumage........ 765 
RernuHArpt, J., F.M.Z.S. 
Extract of a letter from, on a new species of Curassow .. 108 
St. Jonn, Caprarn H.C., R.N. 
See Miers, Epwarp J. 
Satvapor1, Count Tuomas, M.D., C.M.Z.S. 
A few Remarks on Mr. Elliot’s paper “On the Fruit- 
Pigeons of the Genus Palopus’? sal 2iy0< oon des void ade hwd 61 
On Acomus inornatus, Salvad. (Plate XLVIII.) ...... 651 
Savin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 
On some Birds transmitted from the Samoan Islands by 
Pipe Beet, SEOWEL ES ari aidan nici aris ois at ad ceiaia nue 128 
Savin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Gopman, FrrE- 
DERICK Du Cangz, F.LS., F.Z.S. 
Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from Central 
minonin America, (Pilate KEV .) 0. «dice wcuee an cs shan 150 


xii 


On a Collection of Diurnal Lepidoptera made by the Rev. 


Page 


G. Brown, in New Ireland and New Britain. (Plate XV.) . 155 


Notes on some hitherto unrecorded Diurnal Lepidoptera 
from Duke-of-York Island, New Ireland, with Descriptions 
of some apparently new Species 


Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Sciater, P.L., 
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. 


On the Birds collected by the late Mr. T. K. Salmon in 
the State of ie United States of Colombia. ee 
XLI-XLIII.) . 


On the Birds collected in Bolivia a by M Mr. C. ee 


Scuater, Puiuie Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to 
the Society. 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
December 1878 .... Appa rane angle Spot a 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
SAHOO Y W719 te as so)es 25 o.nl2s vie 'sa cielo 4 pete wells aga ociede 
Remarks upon, and supe of, Mitua salvini, the new 
Curassow ... a,c wis wes a le ee eo eee 
On the Breeding of the a Pheasant and other Phasia- 
nide in the Society’s Gardens. (Plates VII., VIII.).. 
Exhibition and description of a new Humming-bird, Thau- 
masius taczanowskii, from Northern Peru .............. 
Exhibition of a living Amphisbeenian from Monte Video. . 
Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in 
February 1879 ......cccsceccessccccerserescasevens 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two rare Fruit-Pigeons . 
Remarks upon the Japanese Deer (Cervus sika)........ 
Remarks on some Parrots living in the Society’s Gardens. 
(Platte ORV Te eo 2s ia miieia. 01> 6-24 mate, win ua wie 9 Wisin. «mia 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
Marelt 1879) sentra stata altainare't a: oc". pis <letanv ete 
Exhibition of the eggs collected by the naturalists of the 
‘Challenger’ Expedition ........ Eis aaoe sone ore So ae 


652 


. 486 


588 


-«4,108 


114 


218 
294 


xill 


Page 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
April 1879.. as Fe aa a's a9 slele tee mab ee) a. apntinc ol S84 
Report on the dimensions and weights of the Indian Ele- 
PUAMES coho focus Bae aise ean eM at oh wintalc RGN ei core are 385 


Remarks on the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam, Am- 
sterdam, Cologne, Frankfort, and Antwerp.............. 438 
On a Fourth Collection of Birds made a the Rey. G. 
Brown, C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island and its vicinity. 
(Plates XXXVI. & XXXVII.)........... tia eer 
Remarks on two volumes of ae drawings of the birds 
of India, by Brigadier-General A. C. M‘Master .. wees wate 400 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a collection of birds 
from the Argentine Republic ........................ 460 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
May 1879. (Plate XLIV.)........... Eats a eee nete. ae -- 550 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of Ara glauca .. 551 


Report on the additions to the al s bcs lie in 
June, July, August, and September 1879. . sieiekereys 

Report on the additions to the Society’ s Menagerie in 
Omober 1579 mearae «ess cee Sir siaveety nia terest stan tee hs 713 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
November 1879.. PA SRNETe aiclle Was abatsre deisel Sela barat 763 


Exhibition ae and remarks upon, a small collection of 
birds from the island of Montserrat, West Indies ........ 764 


Scuater, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Sanvin, Ossert, 
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 
On the Birds collected by the late Mr. T. K. Salmon in 
the State of Antioquia, United States of Colombia. (Plates 
REEAALUE), See, Wale oe ules ek a chai tens!s alate SERMON 486 


On the Birds collected in Bolivia by Mr. C. Buckley .... 588 


Sersoum, Henry, F.Z.S. 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a collection of birds 
made by Captain the Hon. G. C. Napier in the valley of the 
BUIEERRTANEE > toa tut «tel Kunal d sancti ve 704 


xiv 
Page 
On certain obscure Species of Siberian, Indian, and Chin ese 
Thrushes. (Plate LXIV.)i2 e225 vssew tea. sees deeds. 808 


SHarps, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant, 
Zoological Department, British Museum. 

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of Bulwer’s 
Pheasants (Lobiophasis bulweri) from the Lawas river, N.W. 
IBOMNCON wis ere oie) s sinyeie sole sen5 5boC SoSewRo OW Oo A ete 

A Note on Heliodilus soumagnii, Grandidier .......... 175 


109 


On a second Species of Drome@ocercus from Madagascar.. 177 
On Collections of Birds from Kina Balu Mountain in 
North-western Borneo. (Plate XXIII.)............00-. 245 
A Contribution to the Avifauna of the Sooloo Islands ., 311 
A List of the Birds of Labuan Island and its Dependencies. 
(Pinte Ryo. Pras ocine + ydeaet eee oper bes Qatatee 317 


Suaw, Grorce A. 
A few Notes upon four Species of Lemurs, specimens of 
which were brought alive to England in 1878. (Plate IX.),. 132 


SHELLEY, Captain G. E., F.Z.S. 
On a Collection of Birds from the Comoro Islands...... «673 
Descriptions of two new Species of African Birds. 
(Psi) oie ac ha crite gin einiccry: “ieubinrdininls tae Meas aye eee 679 


Smiru, Encar A., F.Z.S., Zoological Department, British 
Museum. 
On a Collection of Mollusca from Japan, (Plates XIX. 


Taczanowsk], L., C.M.Z.S. 
Liste des Oiseaux recueillis au Nord du Pérou par MM. 
Stolzmann et Jelski en 1878. (Plates XXI. & XXII.).... 220 


Description d’un nouveau Synallaxe péruvien .......... 670 
Description d’un nouveau Tyrannide péruvien.......... 670 


Notice sur quelques Oiseaux du Turkestan ....... a. 5 Sena 


XV 
Page 
TEeGETMEIER, W. B., F.Z.S 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormal antler of 
Beeuee UO cemmamna yy x, ante acaye eae ect ck 2 713 


Traquair, R. H., M.D., F.G.S. 
Exhibition of a specimen of Alectorcenas nitidissina .... 2 


TriIMEN, Rouanp, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 
Letter from, concerning Plectropterus i te OES 5 


Tristram, Rey. H. B., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. 
Description of a new Species of Woodpecker from the Island 
of Tzus Sima, near Japan. (Plate ROG oteee ces 386 


TWEEDDALE, ARTHUR, Marquis of, F.R.S., President of the 
Society. 
Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—No. 
XII. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the 
Adinelot Basilpne 22): docs nenauene.. ee, 8 Moeulee. 68 


Warp, Rowtanp. 
Exhibition of a head of a Chamois (Rupicapra tragus) 
Wat two pairs. df hymngo....... os a. cae bors lie coe on 666 


Watson, Morrison, M.D., and Youne, Aurrep H., M.B., 
of The Owens College, Manchester. 


On the Anatomy of Hyena crocuta (H. maculata). 
(Plates: Vad WI.) 6's :0:c0 eR enyS sv Raye Ry Ath As eee em ad  + KO 


Watson, Rev. Rosert Boos, B.A, F.BS.E., F.L.S., &. 
See Dr Four, Marquis. 


Waitt, Rosert B., C.M.Z.S. 


Letter from, containing remarks upon the habits of a 
species of Ant (Atta cephalotes) ...........002 0000.24. 718 


Younec, Atrrep H., M.B., of The Owens College, Man- 
chester, and Watson, Morrison, M.D. 


On the Anatomy of Hyena crocuta (H. maculata). 
DEEN ee Wile hie oats aciaic tae «slo a vie ie teenie we 79 


ERRATUM, ti 1 bedi En 


‘ 


va Page 643, line 9, for aes a Pepoaza. 


: : . oe 
2 > } ic? 
. > . * ee ee ee * » 
9 . 
peSaee . = ‘ 
4 = 
a a 4 vo . ‘ & 
" * 
_ 
P * : 
7 t y ay ‘ 
Be 
iss * » 
” =) 2 has © eM ae oe ee 
»- : 
Te An 
Ae “0” ; 
Ms * 
u < 
" 
= Ty - 
pw. S . + ape) we 
“= ‘ é =e ' 
oe . ahenl 
a wie 
q ba Ps Guam 
“tbe toa oi ~ axe 
+e ot: 4 
b mbuose! is iaiehk. “he = , 
vee x a ja 
Seger ee Ri fed tice nt oa,+ tie 
3. eS rh . 
Re ? 5 ~ 
- . P; 
: i) = ~ 


LIST OF PLATES. 


1879. 
Plate 
L Page 
Il. | New Japanese Crustacea ..... alelete/s(sletatetsieletavecalstalirys 18 
Til. 
IV. Dendrophis philippinensis ........00 aistalferatelerelereisuanue dt 
VL } Anatomy of Hyena crocuta..........ee000% Geary ae 79 
WIE Arguswpaganiqus Spills. <2. soe casn's se og 6 woe a 
VIII. Eggs of :—fig. 1. Argus giganteus ; fig. 2. Polyplec- 
tron chinguis; fig. 3. Ceriornis temmincki; fig. 4. Le 
C. satyra; fig. 5. Crossoptilon mantchuricum .... 
UXSOR Chirogaleum silts tette es edo omic coatenine 6 cisco eiey 132 
X. Thrinacodps Gibteauda .. is. aads cccincs veveceesccs 144 
MODS Gamice Leora MUGIE RCs ro\sce ais o;sy0\0)s sis\ersie' a'e/ wieisi cis, oieialeieie 
XII. Fig. A. Chameleon brevicornis; fig. B. C. gularis .. 148 
RIN, CHAM EICER QUOD EF Se views 5 160040 6 061s valerate daleaiee 
XIV. }New American Butterflies: )..2/.\nie.lensipciteee se oye we 150 
XV. New Butterflies from Duke-of-York Group ........ 155 
PROVIE, =m OLN CLURE OL LOL RAMUS” .. o> «e's sje sialswis oat a ave sans .. 166 
MOVIN. 9 Charomacherts COronata’. ic cscs... 00 0 s'scr 0 0.8 #4 80,4100 178 
OMIM. Arig la hirundo esis «a valee sve ciem sess, ce nOAGoC afefajenee ld) 
AX } Shells OLS APAM Telctalslataistaleicisi cis +)eie.o Soonnatac jeceejeie) AG 
MME Cyclorhts contrerast .....5 00 00esveces sev ole ene eee } 220 
XXII. Pipreola lubomirskit .........445 mi etarohatofeliats So uoue 
RONGINIED Vanihocincla tregecherti...s.c-- ses sssaeeessvaes «6 .. 245 
XXIV. Fig. 1. Myzomela chloroptera; fig. 2. M. rubrobrunnea; 
Meee le PEANUT TAME ars). 2a 5 salts sa a'cieo ule'e's Be 256 
XXV. Fig. 1. Myzomela chermesina; fig. 2. M. sclateri .. 
otk } Gastersioaritlidersrtetseisels's1os) eerelein's! e)esiareiee 400 Coody 
XXVIII. Caica wanthomera ...... cee ccereseees Acne onobhd: ae 
XXIX. Helictis subaurantiacd ..cccsesveevenecevecenes .. 305 
XXX. Fig. 1. Prionochilus everetti; fig. 2. P. obsoletus ..., 317 


b 


xviii 
Plate 4 Page 
XXXI. Dryocopus richardsi..sesssssscceecveceecesseeeees 386 
XXXII. 
XXXIIL$ New Asiatic Lepidoptera ...ssseseesceeeeee cree eeee 387 
XXXIV. 


XXXV. New Species of Pectunculus and Avinea ....... 5 sa-vig l 
XXXVI. Graucalus sublineatus..........+. mleetataraye aisle 
XXXVII. Fig. 1. Myzomela cineracea; fig. 2. Donacicola spt 446 
bilis; fig. 3. Manta fries. origina BQSObOC AgouoS 
XXXVIII. Brain of Gelada rueppelli........ Btela ere stele sass gee 
RIN a CBE GINES DINED araie cite is'c sen in Seis, im orae aie bine e > sapere 
XL. Land Shells from Costa Rica ..........eeeeeeeeeees 479 
XLI. Cyphorinus dichrous ..0.00+.es+sercresnees ieee 
Sa Eggs of Antioquian Birds .........++ Ralererc soins wietorets ae0 
MLIV. Nymphicusicornutus v0.6... sve dnc cess cess y se . 550 
yer Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expe-| 553 
XLVI. GiHONS ~. 6.000 SO EBOOY FO TROP DOUCET IO oo Fc 
XLVII. Papilio hornimani.......--. FRR SOA DE Com ee O09 GOT 647 
XO Ville, cA COMmUsS ANOTNALUS |jone ciecieiale sss) avelns (6 ovale) oie /s eisptey oe «00 
XLIX. Dentary-apparatus of Tripneustes ..........esees «+. 655 
L. Chrysococcyx flavigularis ....... Biorb cere aig Grea Ore 
LI. Lophophorus sclateri Q ....sseeeseees 28 Sonein ce ». 681 
aa New-Zealand Spiders .....0.ssccccceescesccencess 681 
LIV. New African Lepidoptera...........s+see- 4 oremeees, AUB 
Lv1_{ New Shells from Peru .. SSO. ote mio Preosbace Aik 
LVII. New Helices from Madagascar........ sls) « quavaece wiehafe vie iGo 
LNVIII. New and Rare Arachnida ........+ecccrescnqsceseces (29 
ee | New Land Shells ....sssscssesssseeeesseveesseres 734 
XI. “Pleuronectes elongatus crisis «0's aati 50s 03 teeeeeee] 749 
LXII. Fig. 1. Clupea pilchardus ; fig. 2. C. sprattus. ..s..I 
LXIIL. “Zapornia waterst .......000- 8.0, s.0eieie Matereuh's «pinpslaee 7 OY, 
LXIV. Turdus dissimilis .....0+0.2c0000 sialets)sfs/e[0 ». 803 


LIST OF WOODCUTS. 


1879. 

Page 
Spheniscus humboldti (before moult) ............ aisle sisyumlebeicbste is 7 
Spheniscus humboldti (after moult) ..........ccecuseeees So ocde . 8 
mepmmiachnol PIYere COCULON ae. wk 3 os & «alansneninedas.cans salts, 82 
Ceecum of Hyena crocuta ....... CORONERS DOIG OP EO Cn Gn oCL TR Hien eansl! 
Bier QE Eyer CrOCUNE ii cua c sc vans sccaume'uneaniaaaele Seo Meir 
Mees OF Eiri Cra Wet ia aaa 2. + +o 6. wa dang stesesccon Career 28), 38 
Brain of Hyena crocuta (upper surface) .........e cece eee cia nl: 
Brain of Hyena crocuta (lateral view) ....cc0.e.eseeee eee SPU) 
Trachea of Opisthocomus (front View) ......ececu cee eee Soak oF 110 
Trachea of Opisthocomus (back view)......0.cccccccuecccceuecs iia 
Diagram to show portion of Opisthocomus......ccecceecccevceas 114 
RAE LUE TEU CT ce irate NR hawt 2p5'< Ae Sho’ a, <6) has, ccocaledal a, a, saooom Lee 
Leaf of plant showing nest of Friteia muelleri oo... cece cee cen ees 120 
Diagram of the muscles in the human eye.......sseeeeeeees 122, 124 
Diagram of the eye-muscles in the Rabbit .......... casteseee. 122 
Diagram of the eye-muscles in Simia satyrus ...ccccccceeeeaces 124 
Diagram of the eye-muscles in Macacus inwus .....cccccceecees » 125 
Diagram of the eye-muscles in Mycetes seniculus ......ecccecunee 126 
Diagram of the eye-muscles in Hapale penicillata..........0000e 1.126 
Diagram of the eye-muscles of a Lemur ..........eeeceueeeeee 126 
Diagram of the eye-muscles in Mycticebus.....000.ee00s Sho Sa0e6 127 
Dentition of Thrinacodus albicauda..... cece cee eee etme .. 145 
Head of Lathamus discolor «oo. c0%s cei dae alsd ena, saerns aris el GL 
Foot of Lathamus discolor ........ Se eatenevetatelhetsVohsferelals ecaaiafen a . 7d 
Head of Psephotus hematogaster .. oc. .ncevcccceucccvcecencs Seon pele 
Foot of Psephotus hematogaster ........ 5 ROOD OOM On Oeie Medan a el! 
Head of Trichoglossus concinnus .. cc... cc cccveuccueees Delareiieiily 171 
Foot of Trichoglossus concinnus ......00 cece eens Fe Che One eae OLIVET 
Skull of female Roe-deer, with antlers ........0ccecvevececeues 297 
Brain of Tupava belangeri; lateral aspect ....... 0. cece eee ee ees 303 
Brain of Tupaia belangert ; superior aspect ....... cece cece ee ees 304 


Brain of Tupaia belangert; mid longitudinal section .....,...... 304 


xx 


Page 
Brain of Helictis subaurantiaca ; superior aspect .....+. Fieteieleye sicrn OO 
Brain of Helictis subaurantiaca ; lateral aspect ..... enerstete GOODE 307 
Tail of Cypselus infumatus cevvereveevnes AiR a SIO aD GORA 333 
Tail of Cypselus low ..sscveveneues ete bro DEO sereuvan aes 333 
Nest of Dendrochelidon comata ..ccsccvevvccrerereccrnrereces 334 
“ Dakut,” or call used by the Khadyan natives ...... ese rraiets , 347 
Trachea of Pavo spicifer oc cccccssvcerccccernccncnseersrcrse 355 
Trachea of Caccabis chukar .....ssseeccceerecs Sugaue cunteate: 357 
Trachea of Argus giganteus .....scceccecccscrcrcserssecsreces 358 
Trachea of Lophortyx californicus ...+...eee ee erictiteleseisuere + oataeees 360 
Trachea of Colurnix COMMUNIS ....csecerevcrecevscerosevvees 362 
Trachea of Luploeamus albocristatus ...ccce cere eeecceennnneees 364 
Trachea of Phastanus colchtcus.....sssccrvececercrceescreveces 365 
Trachea of Thaumalea pictd.... ccs cvecvsereeerenereceeeerece 366 
Trachea of Lagopus scoticus........ Ap aen nana utontnchamtacter 367 
Miracle alot Mei AOuELr EL Grue eolel cle sie lates ely olshels| valerssleueiee= sis ar eep ait 369 
Trachea of Tetrao wrogallus...... cine at sone ty erenetere Sickotaichabela ote 370 
Trachea of Perdix cinerea ..... Soodeo nn 5G 3c Ab pbonomopoMants 371 
Trachea of Ceriornis temmincki ..... raie nearer Sosa GigBOn so aro 373 
Trachea of Crossoptilon mantchuricum weccevvsvceceecrrsevcees 374 
Trachea’ of Nwmida cristata... cae vc vcccesetecocereseerosnne 375 
Trachea of Meleagris gallopavd .....ccveccsecvencsccccsrteces 376 
Trachea of Gallus bankiva vi... ccccccs crc ceeerececsecrsrevcs 378 
Trachea of Aburria carunculata evs pecovetssscccesvercers 379 
Trycodes pacificus Vivi sv een ae sincncverescrscesesecccsrecsece 381 
Tongue of the African Elephant............... revels Ma lagers terriers 423 
View of liver of Elephas indicus, from above... .sseseeseveeevees 426 
View of liver of Elephas indicus, from below. .....0.00esereeeees 426 
View of liver of Elephas africanus, from above... ..eesseeeeeeees 427 
View of liver of Elephas africanus, from below ....++. eee eeeees 427 
Larynx of African Elephant .........-.ccceeccssereceencenes 45 
Uterus and vagina of African Hlephant............+eeseeseeees 433 


Opening of urethra into the urino-genital canal of African Elephant 434 
Plan of the innominate arteries and their branches in the Ground- 


Talon slhge es gu egoacnteoebe ce Sune motonGamon pag bene Padnc 463 
Plan of the arteries for the supply of the head and neck in the 

(ChyeTrn(i Gl 8 lowe] Ml om apor domando cobaphoo somdby,craga ce ur 465 
Plan of the internal carotid and its branches, with the arteries in the 

orbit, in the Ground=Horn bills. vic tieiscissee siccticeecs ve so leele 467 
Sihalll iro Giaag fica Hh on Abad ao cpio dino. oo ctcdsto oo aetpes i470 
Sia ale WOT agen Dee Anh s one cogad ap Sonubod toado dado 4 471 
Map showing Mr. Salmon’s collecting-stations in Antioquia ..... . 488 
Drawing showing the mode in which the Beluga was caught .... 667 
Posterior surface of skull of Beluga with dislocated atlas ........ 668 
Czecum of the Red Wolf (Canis jubatus) ......eccce cece receees 766 


Abnormal -‘hormsioh@haniois’-stte cet cose ce cele cietiee wacs slele secs 803 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON 


FOR THE YEAR 


1879. 


(PLATES) 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE, 
LONDON: 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER 
PATERNOSTER ROW. 


‘| ! Es by . fi, 
= ma) ; ~~ ? a 
aa ; = boon tea ae Mg 
> a om 
5 ; Se, ae V: a3) 
: Meds SS Sale a 4 eu 


Z se 3 
2 fh ~ ~ 4 
i “s oe - . — 
ae ae 
: raced ey 
- : : 
: a - se ae 


a ; '« - >} 13 r : 


4 
Aa 5 
' : < 
> . . ° 
: 
* } 
1 - ‘ + 
- i 
" ie ie z 
f _—: a 
—- 2 = 


iy ool Smt eee SALE ite 
. is FORE Ly VE apt be oe 


ety ae J 
¥ aa :- Aes Preyer” net 
- i) an ae * 
in , san yy 
Laas ton FARES 27 
x m. Wresrgetnv 
hae ‘ 
* =a 1 = 
7 
ww 4 - ie ia s 
hy “> 3 ‘ * 
— J . 


LIST OF PLATES. 


1879. 
Plate Fage 
r 
rf New Japanese Crustacea ............. sie wadidc 08 er 18 
Ill. 
IV. Dendrophis philippinensis ...........000..00c00. 74 
si } Anatomy of Hyena crocuta..........0.cccceceeee 79 
VIL: Atgus giganteis’ S pill. os. ek ss cs cc eng te news 
VIII. Eggs of:—fig. 1. Argus giganteus ; fig. 2. Polyplec- 114 
tron chinguis; fig. 3. Ceriornis temmincki; fig. 4. 
C. satyra; fig. 5. Crossoptilon mantchuricum ... 
DX. Cina Me ek eet oe eee oie es 132 
Ki, Vhrinaosdus albtcaudaa oie iii oie idee ccc a 144 
REL Chotmphenn nents. seco a> «) iss seid aha aais as.0'ecatere 
XII. Fig. A. Chameleon brevicornis; fiz. B. C. gularis .. $ 148 
es CRMBICB ACA IODUL ET vay cscce vaca vg tia whie pase epee 
XIV. New American Butterflies... 0.5.0.0 0.0..c00ccsene 150 
XV. New Butterflies from Duke-of-York Group ........ 155 
PV Les SRP CUR ELE MECIRUININE. oo as 8 hess. vines eter» vio. xe aceegs 166 
RVI, A ChirOmucharts CUTORALG . ssc. cio. eenvens ton. 178 
A NALOU heey TOY CAM TOT Geena This eS OTRO AS See 179 
‘ie \ SHCHUStOL MADAM Generate seh ee hele Sensis an 181 
XXI. Cyclorhis contrerasi mage aychsremdetenen= aislohe or syarko, Se aeone rons 1 920 
ONSET Pep COl Gs TLDONU SIE arice, cron lne sista « eisyiis Gates 6:0Poko ernment 
PROUT ep LALO GAC LANE CACTI eae sore odellaper sist #0155 She: dye olar 3, c10"8 245 
XXIV. Fig. 1. Myzomela chloroptera; fig. 2. M. rubrohrunnea; 
LSP M ALOU hINe— Wat. ales faust ekers a8 lee - 256 
XXV. Fig. 1. Myzomela chermesina; fig. 2. M. sclateri .. | 
ei } (GasternCHnthidesce ajc qonet. cia lorecc)eueencnesedclonestene cl etiae 279 
enV Catcarwanthomerd 2 So 0 sar cae . Nidls ots Meee ele 299 
ENING) Hehichs GUOEUTOREACE -. «on els siyicie sare note a 305 
XXX. Fig. 1. Prionochilus everetti; fig. 2. P. obsoletus .... 317 


b 


XVill 


Plate Page 
XXXI. Dryocopus richardsi.. ccc. cseccsee cence ensceeeees 336 
XXXII. 
XXXIII.> New Asiatic Lepidoptera ....... 04. see ee ee eee nee 387 
XXXIV. 
XXXV. New Species of Pectunculus and Avinea ......++++++ 417 
XXXVI. Graucalus sublineatus.... 0.6. ccc cree teen ence ceee 
XXXVI. Fig. 1. Myzomela cineracea; fig. 2. Donacicola specta- > 446 
bilis; fig. 3. Munia forbesi..... sss. eee eee cee | 
XXXVIII. Brain of Gelada rueppelli.. . 1.60.4. eee eee es 451 
KONONILINGS = OCH LONMES LY EMU ea cvecalnid ears intel areneoy (oh why eeuw\arel= aye nw 457 
XL. Land Shells from Costa Rica ....... 2. see eee eens 475 
XLI. Cyphorinus dichrous 10.006 cesses ee ee cent cece | a 
a Eggs of Antioquian Birds .........s0e-e ee sees ees | = 
SUGUINE NNO ie OMe EAE CO idronigew We aa uorinco sn iene 550 
XLV. Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Poreupine ’ ial 553 
XAT Valen (tte LLHONS) «2 Pasa to Be Sieve Jem wooeteponenonsayons. <ioione Oe ce 
NEVIL.- (Papilio horntianth« «5.00% 5 0:0j56 Mors webtecms 0G AEE «lee 647 
XD Vilblee Acomustnonnatys. 535. ateiccc <4 <ugegeiel cio tials) hl Cee OO 
XLIX. Dentary apparatus of Tripneustes ...........-.s+.0- 655 
L. Chrysococeya flaviqularis:..c . 3... tiginse eens ss oben 679 
LI... Lophaphorus sctatert 9D ooo: s-.:. ioe! wialtyes v0.0.5 vie $38 aw OE 
iar | Néw-Zesland Spiders 6.060120. 0s i0kevcese ve 621 
LIV. New African Lepidoptera’. . 2s cic e ciee: on ceieies «eis oe oe 703 
an NewsShells from: Pera coe ee sen eee see nemevre tess oie 719 
LVII. New Helices from Madagascar.........2-.sseees eee 728 
TVA SING w ana ukvare Arachis 2 oyei yale. «(6s selalsteiapeielere < sierers 729 
OUXS, GReraksand Nicobar Sheu sis. o. slic cate seta elton satay ge re 
eerNew: Peralkcy SMelis: 2 etter cesrets.s sus ste natal ese tie scs oases { 734 
LXY. Pleuronectes elongatus . 00.0. v0cc cw trn sesame: 749 
LXII. Fig. 1. Clupea pilchardus ; fig. 2. C. sprattus 9G 
TUL Zapornia Walerst, srerreiatets ele «'e\elnlas\s.=1-\airue “el Neeeielniele 767 


TAXON ss Ter usGeSSvNtlas” Svave ava odes cite kaye dha /so0. ore ointiehe Ciieeens 803 


PROCEEDINGS 
OF TIE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


: January 14, 1879. 
Prof. Newton, M.A., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. 


The Chairman opened the proceedings of the meeting with the 
following remarks :— 

* Before we proceed to this evening’s business, I think all present 
will deem it only fitting that your Chairman should say a few words 
in regard to the loss we have suffered by the death of our President 
since we last met. { am sure there was no Fellow of the Society who 
took a livelier or deeper interest in its welfare than did the late Lord 
Tweeddale ; and if proof of this assertion seem to any one wanting, I 
have but to refer to the facts that he was not merely content with 
giving us the countenance of his high social position, not merely 
content with presiding at our Council Meetings and discharging the 
formal duties of the office he bore amongst us, but that he actively 
participated in our scientific work, as witness the valuable and care- 
fully elaborated papers with which he from time to time enriched our 
publications, the last of which you will hear read tonight. I believe I 
amright in saying that since these Scientific Meetings were established, 
we have never had a President who was so well, so intimately, known 
to the majority of the Fellows who attend them, or one who was so 
competent to appreciate the papers read or the communications made 
at them; and this, I need not point out to you, has been of great 
benefit to us. Of Lord Tweeddale’s life and labours I shall say 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. I. ] 


2 PROF. NEWTON ON ALECTORGNAS NITIDISSIMA. [Jan, 14, 


nothing. I hope they may be duly recounted by some one far more 
fitted than myself to do them justice ; but for my own part I wish 
to express an opinion, in which all present I think will join, that the 
active sympathy which our late President invariably exhibited, not 
only for those who busied themselves in that branch of study espe- 
cially affected by himself, but for all working zoologists, requires 
acknowledgment on the present occasion; and in these imperfect 
sentences I have endeavoured to give it utterance.” 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1878. 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of December was 80, of which 42 were by 
presentation, 33 by purchase, and 5 were received ou deposit. The 
total number of departures during the same period, by death and 
removals, was 111. 

The most noticeable additions during the month of December 
were as follows :— 

1. A dark-coloured Lemur new to the Society’s collection, which 
appears to be the Mayotte Lemur (Lemur mayottensis, Schl.). 

2. A collection of Lemurs brought to England by Mr. George 
A. Shaw, who has been resident some years at Fianarantsda, in the 
province of Betsileo, in Central Madagascar, and acquired by the 
Society partly by purchase and partly by presentation. Amongst 
these are representatives of two species new to the Society’s col- 
lection—one being a Chirogaleus, and the other Microcebus smithi— 
besides an example of the little-known Hapalemur simus. Mr. 
Shaw has favoured me with some interesting notes upon these 
little-known animals, which will be read at a future meeting, when I 
hope to be able to give the exact name of the Chirogaleus, if deter- 
minable with our existing knowledge. 

3. A female Punjaub Wild Sheep (Ovis cycloceros), presented by 
Col. W. R. Alexander, having been obtained in the hills between 
Upper Sind and Beloochistan. 


Dr. Traquair exhibited a specimen of Alectorenas nitidissima, an 
extinct Pigeon of Mauritius, belonging to the Museum of Science 
and Art of Edinburgh. 

Prof. Newtcn made the following remarks upon this specimen :— 

“Dr. Traquair deserves the best thanks of those present for having 
been at the trouble of bringing to London and exhibiting here the 
specimen of Alectorenas nitidissima now on the table. It had been 
believed that but two skins of this species existed—one in the Museum 
at Paris, the other in that of Port Louis, the capital of Mauritius. 
It was therefore with extreme pleasure that, on the 26th of Septem- 
ber last, when Dr. Traquair was kindly showing me over the Museum 
of Science and Art in Edinburgh, I recognized in one of the cases 
the third example, now before you. 

«The true history of this beautiful and ill-fated species may be told 
in a very few words. It would take a long time to recount and re- 


1879.] PROF. NEWTON ON ALECTORGNAS NITIDISSIMA,. 3 


fute the numerous fictions that have been heaped upon the only 
available facts. The bird was sufficiently well described and figured 
by Sonnerat in his ‘ Voyage aux Indes orientales’ (ii. p. 175, pl. 101) 
as coming from the Ile de France, and was named by him the Pigeon 
hollandais—a name given, I suspect, not so much from the former 
inhabitants of the island, as from its plumage exhibiting the colours 
of the Dutch flag (red, blue, and white). Two examples obtained by 
him found their way to the Museum of Paris, where Temminck (Hist. 
Pig. ed. 2, i. p. 50, pl. 19) seems to have seen them at the begin- 
ning of the present century, their plumage very much the worse, he 
says, for the fumes (of sulphuric acid, as M. Alphonse Milne- 
Edwards informs me) to which they had been exposed. In 1790, 
Bonnaterre, describing the species afresh, but apparently from the 
same specimens, said of it (Encyel. Méth. p. 233), and probably 
with truth :—‘ On le trouve frequemment 4 Vile de France.’ In 
or about 1816 the University of Edinburgh became possessed of 
what has long been known as the ‘ Dufresne Collection,’ from the 
French naturalist of that name, who was originally (as I learn from 
M. A. Milne-Edwards) a dealer in Natural-History specimens, and 
had also been for some time Conservator of the Cabinet of Natural 
History belonging to the Empress Joséphine, but in 1815 or the 
following year entered the Museum of Paris as Aide-Naturaliste. 
In which capacity it was that he parted with the collection obtained 
by the University of Edinburgh [ cannot say ; but that collection 
contained the specimen of this Pigeon, now before you, as the label 
affixed to it shows'; and it remained the property of the University 
until a few years ago, when it was transferred to the newly established 
Museum of Science and Art at Edinburgh. This brings me to the 
end of my facts. 

“It is a very unpleasmg task to expose the blunders of other 
naturalists ; but I am sorry to say that few authors subsequent to 
Sonnerat and Bonnaterre have referred to this species without making 
some mistake about it. In one very conspicuous case this mistake 
ean scarcely have been otherwise than intentional. The misstate- 
ments of Le Vaillant are notorious; but I do not know a more un- 
blushing instance of his mendacity than his circumstantial account of 
the Ramier herissé, as he called this species (Ois. d’ Afr. vi. p. 74). It 
naturally misled all succeeding authors, until his assertions respecting 
this bird were concisely summed up by Sundevall (Krit. Framstalln. 
p- 53) in the sentence ‘quae omnia inter fabulas numeranda sunt.’ 
But Sundevall did not seem to have suspected that the species was 
extinct; nor perhaps had auy one else, until Mr. Edward Newton, 
during his residence in Mauritius between 1859 and 1578, became 
convinced that such was the case. He indeed once hoped (Ibis, 1861, 
p. 277) that he had heard of it; but further inquiry proved the bird 
meant by his informant to be Trocaza meyeri ; and the only trace of 


‘ “The inscription, as I copied it at the time, ran :— ‘The Hackled Pigeon. 
Ptilinopus nitidissimus, Scop. sp. Locality Isle of France. Columba Francie 
Dufresne.’ On the bottom of the stand was written, ‘R-d Hackled Pigeon, 219, 
Columba Francia Linn.’ ” 

HE 


4 COMMODORE HOSKINS ON THE “MOORUK.”  [Jan. 14, 


its former existence in the island that he met with was the stuffed 
skin which, as I have already said, is in the Museum there. 

« Coming to later authors, Mr. G. R. Gray, who, in 1840, had 
proposed (List Gen. B. p. 58) the generic separation of this pigeon 
from others of the family under the name of Alectrenas (which, as 
Agassiz subsequently pointed out, should be written Alectorcenas), in 
1855 marked it as represented in the British Museum (Cat. Gen. 
B. p. 97); and so it appeared in his ‘ Hand-list’ (ii. p. 228); but I 
have nct been able to find that the British Museum ever possessed 
a specimen, and no mention is made of it in his ‘ List of Specimens’ 
of Columbe of 1856. In 1868 MM. Pollen and Van Dam entered 
this species (Rech. Faune de Madag. p. 159) as belonging to Mada- 
gascar alone, without even giving it a place in the Mauritian list ; 
and in 1877 Dr. Hartlaub, in his most recent work (Vog. Madag. 
u. s. w. p. 264), though his other statements are right enough, was 
misled into the error of saying that ‘ Fossile Reste dieser Art sam- 
melte Herr Henry H. Slater.’ 

« Allied to Alectorcenas nitidissima are three species which still 
survive and are natives of Madagascar, the Comoros, and the Seychelles. 
All have been treated by Dr. Hartlaub as congeneric; and they will 
probably stand as 4. madagascariensis (Linn.), d. eganzini (Verr.), 
and A. pulcherrima (Scop.). It is possible that Rodriguez once 
possessed another member of the group, the Columba rodericana of 
M. A. Milne-Edwards; but we have not received sufficient remains 
of that species (which is certainly extinct) to decide the point, and 
the older yoyagers give us no help here as they do in so many other 
cases. I shall not trouble you with commenting on the nomenclature 
of any of these species. That which is the subject of my remarks 
has had a sufficient number of useless synonyms applied to it ; but on 
the whole they have all been fortunate, and there is no difficulty in 
determining the names they should bear, though both the generic 
and specific appellation of Alectoreenas nitidissima were conferred by 
writers who had never set eyes on a specimen. 

«To conclude, I may state (1) that there is no trustworthy evidence 
of Alectorenas nitidissima having inhabited any other locality than 
Mauritius, to which it was therefore in all probability peculiar, (2) 
that it is now wholly extinct, and (3) that remains of only three speci- 
mens are known to have been preserved.” 


The following extract was read from a letter addressed by Commo- 
dore Hoskins, of H.M.S. ‘ Wolverine,’ dated Sydney, Oct. 9, 1878, 
to Capt. Evans, C.B., Hydrographer to the Admiralty :— 

“Tt is some time since you asked me to obtain for Mr. Sclater of 
the Zoological Society information as to the northern limit of the 
‘Mooruk,’ and whether it is found in New Ireland. 

“JT instructed Lieut. Horne, commanding the ‘ Sandfly,’ to do all in 
his power to solve the point ; and I have just heard from him at Bris- 
bane (which he reached on his way down from the islands) that, 
having taken Mr. Brown, the Wesleyan Missionary, and some native 
interpreters on board in Blanche Bay, he proceeded to visit the 


1879. ] MR. R. TRIMEN ON PLECTROPTERUS NIGER. 5 


whole of the south coast of New Ireland, communicating constantly 
with the natives and anchoring in many of the bays, and that no- 
where could he find any traces of the bird or learn that it exists. 
On the contrary, the natives seemed quite ignorant of all that concerns 
it, and offered to buy some eggs, which had been brought from New 
Britain in order to facilitate inquiries on the subject. 

““P.S. Mr. Brown says the native name in New Britain is Moorup 
not Mooruk.” 


The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the 
Secretary by the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S., dated Port Hunter, 
Duke-of-York group, Sept. 7, 1878 :— 

“About three weeks ago H.M.S. ‘ Sandfly,’ Capt. A. G. Horne, 
arrived here on her way to the extreme end of New Ireland. Capt. 
Horne told me that he had instructions from the Commodore to in- 
quire as to whether the ‘Moorup”! was found on New Ireland or 
not. He asked me about it; and I told him that, so far as we knew, 
it was not found on any part of the west coast, but that we knew 
little or nothing of the east side of the island. Capt. Horne very 
kindly asked me to accompany them on their cruise; and as I was 
not at all well, and as I also wished very much to examine the coast 
further north, I very gladly accepted his offer. We were away about 
twelve days from here, and went as far as the north end of Sand- 
wich Island, but did not reach New Hanover; nor did we visit the 
east coast of New Ireland at all. We anchored at Wood Harbour, 
on the mainland opposite Sandwich Island. We saw no traces of 
the Moorup—neither eggs, feathers, nor bones, all of which are used 
by the natives of New Britain—the feathers for head-dresses, and the 
bones for the ends of their spears. Of these we saw no signs, how- 
ever, in New Ireland. We had a Moorup’s egg with us, and showed 
it everywhere ; but no one seemed to recognize it. I think we may 
be very certain that neither the Moorup nor the Cockatoo are found 
on New Ireland. ‘There is much more open country on the east 
side of the island; but all the natives assure us that they are not 
found there either.” 


The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed 
to him by Mr. R. Trimen, F.Z.S., dated South-African Museum, 
Cape Town, 25th Sept. 1878:— 

“« With respect to your Plectropterus niger’, I have ascertained that 
all the four specimens were brought down from Zanzibar by Capt. 
Garrett, of the mail-steamer ‘ Kafir.”. Two were given to General Sir 
A. Cunynghame, who afterwards sent them to the Society, and the 
other two to Mr. W. G. Brounger. One of the latter two, while on 
Mr. Brounger’s farm at Constantia, was shot ; and the survivor sub- 
sequently disappeared, Mr. Brounger believing that it flew away, 


The following papers were read :— 


1 Casuarius bennetti, see above.—P. L. S. 
2 See figure and description, P. Z. 8. 187 


J 
‘y 


p. 47, pl. vii. 


6 MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON HUMBOLDT’S PENGUIN. {[Jan. 14, 


1. Remarks upon the Habits and Change of Plumage of 
Humboldt’s Penguin. By A. D. Barrierr, Superin- 
tendent of the Society’s Gardens. 


[Received November 13, 1878.] 


On the 24th of January, 1878, a specimen of Humboldt’s Penguin 
(Spheniscus humboldti) was purchased from a dealer in Liverpool. 
The bird was in poor condition when received, and very dirty, but 
perfectly tame, following one about, and seeming pleased to be taken 
on the lap and nursed like an infant. At first it required to be 
fed by hand ; for if its food was placed on the ground the bird took 
no notice of it, although hungry. After a few days, if living fishes 
were thrown to it and the bird saw them jumping about on the floor, 
it began to pick up the fishes and swallow them. From this and 
from the colour and condition of its plumage, I have no doubt that 
the bird had been reared from the nest, and had never previously 
fed itself. 

It was some days before the Penguin ventured into the water ; but 
after the first wash the bird rapidly improved: the feathers became 
clean ; its appetite increased ; and it passed much time in the water, 
evidently gaining strength and weight. About this time it 
frequently uttered its loud braying jackass-like notes, and became 
fat and in full vigour. Figure 1 (p. 7) gives a very faithful 
representation of the bird at this time. Abont the 22nd of 
February, the bird appeared dull, and with half-closed eyes moped 
about: it became ill-tempered and spiteful, bit at any one who 
offered to touch it, and avoided going into the water. The bird looked 
larger than before, its feathers standing out from its body during this 
condition; but its appetite continued good, and it fed as freely as 
usual. 

In a few days the feathers began to fall off from all parts of the 
bird, not, as birds usually moult, a few feathers at a time, but in large 
quantities: for instance, the bird generally remained stationary during 
the night, and in the morning there was left round it a circle of 
cast feathers that had been shed during the night. So rapidly did 
the process of moulting go on, that by the 7th of March the bird had 
entirely renewed its plumage, and appeared in the adult dress, as 
represented in figure 2 (p.8). The manner in which the flipper-like 
wings cast off the short scale-like feathers was remarkable: they 
flaked off like the shedding of the skin of a serpent ; the new feathers 
being already plainly visible, the old feathers were pushed off by the 
new ones; this was very clearly noticeable, as many of the old 
feathers could be seen still attached to the tips of the new feathers, 
so that the bird was entirely covered with its new plumage before the 
old feathers dropped off. The bird had by these means entirely 
changed its dress and appearance in certainly less than ten days. It 
looked thinner on account of the shortness of its new feathers, aud 
doubtless from a decrease in bulk, consequent upon the rapid deve- 


PENGUIN, 


s 


MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON HUMBOLDT 


1879. | 


Spheniscus humboldti (before moult). 


5 MR. A. D, BARTLETT ON HUMBOLDT’S PENGUIN. [Jan. 14, 


Spheniscus humboldti (after moult), 


1879.] ON BIRDS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 9 


lopement of the entire plumage. The bird avoided the water for a 
few days before it began to moult, and also after it had renewed its 
feathers ; it soon, however, became lively, its eyes assumed their usual 
form and brightness, it took freely to the water, in which it passed 
the greater part of the day. Its movements in the water when 
swimming, diving, and pursuing fish were most extraordinary ; it 
seemed, as it were, to fly under water, using its flipper-like wings 
after the fashion of a Seal. 

The Penguin appears so much at home in the water, so perfectly 
adapted to an aquatic life, that one would conclude that, but for the 
necessity of breeding and moulting, this bird would be far more at 
home on the ocean than in passing even a short period on land, being 
so ill-adapted in form for travelling on shore. 


2. On a Collection of Birds made by Mr. Hiitbner on Duke-of- 
York Island and New Britain. By Orvo Finscu, Ph.D. 
C.M.Z.S. 

[Received November 20, 1878.] 


From the Museum Godeffroy at Hamburg I have received a col- 
lection of the birds of Duke-of-York Island and the adjoining parts 
of New Britain, sent over by Mr. Hiibner. Although through the 
zealous efforts of the Rev. George Brown, we are pretty well 
acquainted with the fauna of Duke-of-York Island, especially with 
its ornithology, on which Dr. Sclater has published some valuable 
papers, I think the following paper will form a not uninteresting con- 
tribution to our knowledge. 

The present collection contains 52 species from Duke-of-York 
Island, and 7 from New Britain, 14 being new to the former group, 
namely Haliaétus leucogaster, Hirundo javanica, Cuculus ecanorus, 
Scythrops nove-hollandic, Macropygia doreya, Strepsilas interpres, 
Esacus magnirostris, Sterna bergii, St. longipennis, Procellaria 
neglecta, Pr. leucoptera, Puffinus leucomelas, P. tenuirostris, and 
Dysporus sula. 

Except the native names, Mr. Hiibner has given me no notices ; I 
therefore can only copy these, reminding you that the pronunciation 
of them is according to the German langwage. 


From Duke-of-York Island. 


1. PANDION LEUCOCEPHALUS, Gould. 


P. haliaétus, Sel. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 108. 

Native name T'eringau, Hubner. 

Male and female of this apparently constantly smaller species or 
race of our common Osprey. 
= ! “On the Birds collected by Mr. George Brown on the Duke-of-York Island, 


and on the adjoining parts of New Ireland and New Britain,” P. Z. 8. 1877, pp. 
96-114; on a second collection, ib. 1878 p. 289; and ona third, ib., p. 670. 


10 DR. 0. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM [ Jan. 14, 


2. HauiaiTus LevcoGasrer (Gm.). 

Native name Manigulai, Hiibner. 

One male. This widely distributed species is not mentioned in 
Dr. Sclater’s list of the birds of Duke-of-York Island. 

3. HALiasTuR GIRRENERA (Vieill.); Sclat. 7. c. p. 109. 

Native name Bakubukup ; iris brown ; feeds on lizards, Hubner. 

Two old birds (male and female) and a young one. 

4. DENDROCHELIDON MysTACEA (Less.); Sel. /. ¢. p. 105. 

Native name Wetin, Hubner. 

Male and female. 

5. Hirunpo sAvanica, Sparrm. 

Native name Pinipinagra, Hiibner. 

One male. It agrees well with a Javan specimen; but the under- 
parts are of a little darker brownish, and the outermost tail-feather 
shows only a pale indication of the white cross band on the inner web, 
so well marked in the Javan bird, 

6. Eurysromus crassrrostris, Scl. J. c. p. 106. 

Native name Kalangbabareta, Hiibner. 

One specimen (female). 

7. ALcepo moxuccensts, Bl. ; Sel. /. ¢. p. 105. 

Native name Nangia, Hiibner. 

One old and one young bird. 

8. Hatcyon sanctus, Vig. & Horsf. ; Sel. d. e. p. 108. 

Native name Ganare, Hiibner. 

Male and female. 

9. Hatcyon sauropHacus, Gould. 

H. albicilia, Scl. 1. c. p. 105. 

Native name Kenetam, Hiibner. 

One female, with white head and underparts, like the male. 

10. TANYSIPTERA NIGRICEPS, Scl. Zc. p. 105. 

Native name Loklakaulia, Hiibner. 

One specimen corresponding exactly with Dr. Sclater’s description. 

11. Merrors ornatus, Lath. ; Sel. 7. ¢. p. 105. 

One specimen. 


12. Necrarinya aspasta, Less.; Scl. Zc. p. 102. 


Native name Na/ange, Hiibner. 

Two old males; the crown of one of a golden green, of the other 
more steel-green, and nearly the same as the metallic-green of the 
rump; one shows some pale yellow feathers on the yent, no doubt 
remnants of the young plumage; and one female. 


1879. | DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND AND NEW BRITAIN. 1] 


13. NecTariniA FRENATA, S. Miill.; Sel. 2. e. p. 103. 


Native name Nalange-labuan, Hiibner. 
One male. 


14, PHILEMON COCKERELLI, Scl.; Sel. /. c. p. 104. 


Native name Garuk, Hiibner. 
Male and female, exactly alike, of this excellent new species. 


15. Monarcua Avecto, Temm. ; Scl. /.c. p. 100. 
Piezorhynchus rufolateralis, Gray, 2 . 

Native name Nolor (¢ and 2), Hiibner. 

One male and two females, exactly like specimens from Halmahera 


(Gilolo). 


16. Rurerpura Tricoxor, Vieill. 
Sauloprocta melaleuca, Quoy, Scl. l.c. p. 99. 
Native name Napali, Hiibner. 


Male and female alike, exactly agreeing with specimens from Mysol 
and Aru. 


17. Rutprpura serosa, Quoy et Gaim.; Sel. J. ¢. p. 99. 


Native name Torotorotumbuan, Hiibner. 
Male and female. 


18. Lavace Karu, Less.; Sel. /. ec. p. 101. 


Native name Nakior, Hubner. 

Male and female. The male has the upper portion of the ramp 
pure white, the lower portion black with greyish-white tips, giving 
a wavy appearance ; the upper tail-coverts are brownish grey. The 
female has the upper parts, including the ramp, umber-brown instead 
of black ; the rufous tinge on the vent and lower tail-coverts is paler. 


19. CaLornis nitTipa, Gray ; Scl. /. ce. p. 104. 

C.. viridescens, Gray, P.Z.S. 1858, p. 181. 

Native name Nallowut, Hiibner. 

Male and female, both exactly alike, and one young male, with 
plumage beneath furnished with dark longitudinal stripes. 

In size and coloration (distribution and lustre of the green and 
viclet-purplish), I see not the slightest difference in specimens from 
New Guinea (Dorey). 


Al. Caud. Rostr. 

in, in, lin. lin. 

4 yal 7 ¢ ad., Duke of York. 
4 3 dl 7 Bs Dorey. 


20. NasirerNa pusro, Scl.; Scl. /. ¢. p. 108. 


Native name Pinipinatan, Hibner. 
Male and female, exactly alike. 


12 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM [ Jan. 14, 


21. Prontas cyAnicers (Puch.). 


Geoffroius cyaniceps, Scl. 1. c. p. 107, et 1878, p. 672. 

Native name Binzdiu, Wiibner. 

One male, but no doubt a young one, as the head is still green and 
has no blue collar. I took this distinct species formerly for the female 
of P. heteroclitus, Hombr. 


22. Eciecrus potycaorus, Scop.; Sel. Z. c. p. 106. 

E. linnei, Wagl. (2). 

Native name Kalangi, Hiibner. 

Three green males, agreeing exactly with specimens from Gilolo, 
wings 9 to 93 inches, and two red females, wings 8! 6!" to 8! 8!” 
(also called Kalangi by the natives), exactly agreeing with the 
so-called H. linnei, Wagl. 

As Mr. Hiibner apparently has sexed the specimens himself, his 
collection gives new evidence that Dr. Meyer was right in declaring 
the red ones to be the females of the green. 


23. TRICHOGLOSSUS SUBPLACENS, Scl.; Sel. l.¢. p. 108. 


Native name Nedir, Hiibner. 
Two males and one female, agreeing exactly with Dr. Sclater’s 
oe 3} 5 J 
description. 


24. Cucutus canorus, L. 


One specimen, in size, colour, and markings exactly agreeing with 
specimens from Germany. 


25. Cucu.us tnsperAtus, Gould; Sel. Zc. p. 106. 

C. sonnerati (pt.), Schl. 

Native name Neviu, Hiibner. 

One male specimen, agreeing with Javan specimens, but breast 


and vent washed only very faintly with rufous, and larger. Wings 
Al gi, tail 4il git, 


26. Euvpynamis pricata, 8S. Miill.; Sel. 7. ¢. p. 106. 


Native name, male, Bekebake; female, Avarik, Hiibner. 

Male and female. 

After what the Marquis of Tweeddale has said (Ibis, 1869, p. 342) 
on the difficulties of making out what is the true “ picata”’ of 
Solomon Miller, I follow in the determination of this species Dr. 
Sclater, leaving it aside whether this Koel must bear Miiller’s name 
or that of rufiventris, Less. 

The male, altogether black, with blue lustre, agrees perfectly 
with Australian ones (7. cyanocephela), but is smaller; the female 
differs totally from the New-Holland one, and comes nearest 
to E. malayana, Cab., from Java. On a black-greenish shining 
ground-colour, the upper parts are streaked longitudinally on the 
head, spotted on back and wing-coverts, and barred on wings and 
tail with rusty brown; chin and throat are black, spotted thickly 
with rusty ; on the gape a white longitudinal stripe; underparts of 


1879.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND AND NEW BRITAIN, 13 


a whitish-rusty ground-colour, more tinged with rusty on the lower 
throat and under tail-coverts, with distinct black cross bands much 
narrower than the white interspaces. Bill in both sexes greyish horn- 
yellow, with base of upper jaw dark. 


27. SCYTHROPS NOVH-HOLLANDIA#, Lath. 


Native name Guloko, Hiibner. 
Male and female. Not recorded by Dr. Sclater. 


28. CEDIRHINUS INSOLITUS, Schleg.; Sel. J. c. p. 110: 

Gidirhinus globifer, Cab. et Rehnw. Journ. f. Ornithol. 1877, 
tab. iv. 

Native name Tamdbun, Hiibner. 

Male and female of this remarkable Pigeon, both alike, and with 
the curious Carpophaga-like knob on front; the male has the chin 
tinged faintly with bluish green. 


29. CARPOPHAGA RHODINOLAMA, Scl.* (7) 


Native name Gurekambu, Hiibner, 

Male and female, precisely alike. 

Dr. Sclater enumerates from Duke-of-York Island C. van-wyckii, 
Cass. The only description of it (Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad. xiy. 1862, 
p. 320) I cannot refer to, this periodical being wanting in our 
library. In leaving it open whether the specimens before me belong 
to this species or not, I find, however, that they agree very well with 
the above-named species, originally described by Dr. Sclater from the 
Admiralty Islands (P.Z.S. 1877, p. 555). " The Specimens are 
mostly near allied to C. pacifica ; but the head, neck, and underparts 
are grey, only the sides of head, chin, and throat washed with rosy 
or vinous ; a ring round the eye white, as pointed out in Dr. Sclater’s 
description. Wings in male 9" 5!", in female 8!’ 9!", 


30. CarporHaGa RUBRICERA, Bp.; Scl. J. ¢. p. 109. 


Native name Guré, Hiibner. 
Male and female; both alike. 


31. Macropyera poreya, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 57. 


?M. carteretia, Scl. l.c. p. 111. 

Native name Zokuo, Hiibner. 

One old male, in bad condition, which I refer to this dark-billed 
species, and not to W. carteretia, Bp., as in that the bill is said to be 
yellow. J. nigrirostris, Salvad., which Dr. Sclater also enumerates 
among the birds of Duke-of-York Island, seems, according to his 
measurements, considerably smaller. 


32. CHALCOPHAPS STEPHANI, Puch.; Scl. /.¢. p. 111. 


Native name Nauvat, Hiibner. 
Male and female, differing as noticed by Dr. Selater. 


* See remarks by Mr. Sclater, March 4th, infra. 


14 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM (Jan. 14, 


33. Cauanas nicosBarica, L.; Scl. d.c. p. 112. 


Native name Parreparre, Hubner. 
Male and female, agreeing with specimens from the Moluccas. 


34. Mecaropius eremira, Hartl. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 830 (Kehi- 
quier Islands). 


M. hueskeri, Cab. et Rehnw. Journ. f. Orn. 1876, p. 326 (New 
Hanover) ; Scl. d.¢. p. 113 (Duke-of-York Island). 

M., rubrifrons, Scl. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 556 (Admiralty Islands). 

Native name Aakiau, Hiibner. 

Male and female in size and coloration alike. Wings 8" 6!". In 
dried skins: tarsus brownish (in the female more yellowish brown 
towards the knee) ; toes and nails brownish black. 

Dr. Salvadori, to whom I forwarded the type specimen from the 
Museum Godeffroy for comparison, pronounces (in lidt.) the three 
species referred to above undoubtedly inseparable from each other, 
and identical with Hartlaub’s type from Echiquier Islands. 


35. Arpea sacra, Gmel.; Scl. d.e. p. 112. 
Native name Améar, Hiibner. 

One female, in slate-black plumage. 

36. ARDEA FLAvICOLLIS, Lath.; Scl. l. ¢. p. 113. 


Native names, male Nakak, female Ambar, young Kakuk, Hiibner. 

Old male, female, and young bird. ‘Lhe old male agrees perfectly 
with a Malaccan one. Wings 8"; female, wings 7! 8!". 

I do not think that a specific separation of the Australian A. gouldi, 
Bp., on account of the larger size, is exactly to be relied upon. 


37. Nycricorax CALEDoNICcUus, Gmel.; Sel. 7. e. 1878, p. 673. 
Native name Anglema, Hiibner. 

Two males ; wings 9! 9!" 

38. SrREPSILAS INTERPRES, L. 

Native name dulie, Hubner. 

One specimen. 

39. Esacus mMaGnirostris, Geoff. 

Native name Aalabibil, Hiibner. 

One male. New for this locality. 

40. Cuaraprius ruLvus, Gmel.; Sel. 7c. p. 113. 


Native name Natewabun, Hiibner. 
Two specimens; one with the underparts black intermixed with 
some white feathers. 


41. NuMENrus uropyeiALis, Gould; Scl. /. e. p. 113. 


Native name Kakang, Hubner. 
Male and female. All the Eastern specimens have the rump 
strongly barred, and apparently deserve specific separation. 


1879. ] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND AND NEW BRITAIN. 15 


42. Acritis 1ncANnA (Gmel.) ; Sel. /. ce. p. 115. 


Native name Fuvik, Hubner. 
One specimen. 


43. Acriris HypPoLEUCA (L.); Sel. /. c. p. 113. 


Native name Fuvia, Hiibner. 
Two specimens. 


44, Sterna Bere, Licht. 


Native name Aururepika, Hiibner. 
One specimen, a not full-grown fledgling. 


45. STERNA LONGIPENNIS, Nordm. 


Native name Ganaibowo, Hibuer. 
Two old males, agreeing in every respect with Baikal specimens. 


46. Srerna FuLicinosa, Gmel. ; Sel. /. ¢. p. 113. 


Native name Ganaiboro, Hiibnuer. 
One young bird. 


47. Anous srouipus (L.) ; Sel. d.¢. p. 113. 


Native name Ganaiboro, Hiibner. 
One old specimen. 


48. PrRoceLLariA NEGLECTA, Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Procell. p. 10. 


Native name Ururu, Hiibner. 

One specimen. 

Mr. Salvin, to whom I sent the specimen for comparison, kindly 
writes to me :—‘‘ Compared with a specimen of Procellaria neglecta, 
Schl., in my collection from the Kermadec Islands, the head is a 
little lighter ; and it has rather more white on the base of the wing- 
feathers than a specimen from the same collection as the type of P. 
neglecta, Schl. The bill slightly longer. Not otherwise different 
in my opinion.” 

As the white basal portion of the plumage, so conspicuous chiefly 
on the inner web of wings, is not mentioned by Prof. Schlegel, and 
on account of the rarity of this species, I think it better to give a full 
description. 

In form this species, with its stout bill, seems nearest allied to P. 
Suliginosa, Kuhi. On account of the mottled appearance the spe- 
cimen looks like an immature bird; and the suggestion may be 
allowed that the old bird will have the head, neck, and underparts 
uniform white. 

Head, neck, and under surface white, nearly all the feathers washed 
at the tips with pale brownish, giving the head above, the neck, 
and the sides of the body 2 pale brown wash ; front, sides of head, 
throat, and middle of the underparts more pure and uniform white ; 
under tail-coverts brown, with white basal portion; back, shoulders, 
wing-coverts, and remainder of upper parts dark brown, each feather 
white at the basal half, some of the shoulder- and smaller wing- 


16 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM [Jan. 14, 


coverts worn off at the tips, and therefore with paler margins ; wings 
dark brown, like the back, over the greater portion of the inner web 
pure white ; shafts, to about the apical third, also white ; wings from 
below white, tipped with brown, as are the under wing-coverts ; tail- 
feathers dark brown, the basal portion of the inner web white ; bill 
black ; feet pale, the toes and webs black to about the apical third. 


Rostr. 
Long. tot. Al. Caud. culm. alt. Tars. Dig. med. 
in. ins waa.. lin; lin, lin. lin. lin. 
(Oy TUS 10 a. 7 14 6 173 21 


49. PROCELLARIA LEUCOPTERA, Gould. 


Native name Laguna-kikina, Hiibner. 

One specimen. 

On this Mr. Salvin also gives me the following kind remarks :— 
«Your specimen from Duke-of-York Island is certainly Gstrelata 
leucoptera, Gould, of which I have a typical specimen, obtained from 
Gould himself. Your bird is slightly clearer, greyer on the back and 
rump, and has a more slender bill at the base, the difference being 
very little indeed.” 

The well-marked dark (nearly black) cross band on the rump, 
which Prof. Schlegel does not mention, induced me to believe it 
might be new; but as our first authority with respect to Procel- 
lariide tells me that Iam wrong, I cannot do better than follow 
him. 


50. Purrinus LEUCOMELAS, Temm. 


Native naine Kitai, Hubner. 
One specimen, exactly like specimens from Amboina. 


51. Purrinus TENurRosTRIS, Temm.; Finsch, Journ. f. Orn. 
1874, p. 210. 


Native name Kipoli, Hiibner. 
One specimen, agreeing exactly with the figure in the ‘ Fauna 
Japonica’ (tab. 86). 


52. Dysrorus suLa (L.). 

Sula fusca, Vieill. 

Native name Manemantoura, Hubner. 

Three specimens, among them a nearly uniformly brown young 


bird. 
From New Britain. 
1. Corvus ENCA, Horsf. 


Corvus, sp. ine., Sel. U. ¢. p. 104, 
Native name Garnik, Hiibner. 


1879.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND AND NEW BRITAIN. u7 


One specimen, which I am not able to distinguish from a Javan one, 
as the differences in size are very slight. 


Al. Caud. Rostr, Tars. 
in. lin, in. lin, lin. lin. 
ll 9 5 6 23 23 New Britain. 
Tet he 333 Dl 23 25 Java. 


2. GracuLa Krerrt, Scl. J. c. p. 104. 


Native name Giljau, Hiibner. 

Male and female, showing no differences. 

The figure given with the original description (P. Z.S. 1869, pl.ix.) 
shows, in contrast to the description, the upper and lower tail-coverts 
yellow instead of white, and gives therefore quite a wrong idea; only 
the middle of the vent near the anal region is yellow (orange- 
yellow). 


3. BucrRos RUFICOLLIS, Vieill.; Scl. P. Z. S. 1878, p- 672. 

Native name Ngal, Hiibner. 

One old and one young female (sex marked by Mr. Hiibner) 
both having the whole head and neck uniform black, like the body. 
The old female shows on the basal half of the culmen five strongly 
developed plicze, the basal one measuring 17 lines in length and 
18 in diameter, being flat from above; the young one lacks the 
plicee, and shows only a small elevated (about 6!) flat casque, 2" 4!!! 
in length and 16!" in diameter. 


4. PLicroLopuus OPHTHALMICUs (Scl.). 
Cacatua ophthalmica, Scl. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 107. 


Native name Moal ; iris brown, Hiibner. 
Male and female alike. 


5. DomiIcELLA HYP@NOCHROA, Gray, 


Lorius hypeenochrous, Scl. 1. ec. p. 108. 


Native name Kulinga, Hiibner. 
Two specimens, which have been kept in confinement. 


6. CENTROPUS ATERALBUS, Less. ; Scl. /. c. p. 106. 


Native name Kumkum, Hiibner. 

One old male. The white “speculum” on the wings is formed 
by the tectrices of the primaries, which are white; the white of head 
and neck is washed pale ochre-yellowish. Al. 8", caud. 10", rostr. 
m@iront. 17", tars. 21', 


7. CARPOPHAGA SPILORRHOA, Gray ; Scl. 1. c. p. 109. 


Native name Ngelangele, Hiibuer. 
One specimen. 
Dr. Sclater enumerates this species from Duke-of-York Island. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. II. 2 


18 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


3. On aCollection of Crustacea made by Capt. H. C. St. John, 
R.N., in the Corean and Japanese Seas. By Epwarp 
J. Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.S.—Part I. Podophthalmia. 
With an Appendix by Capt. H. C. Sr. Joun. 
[Received November 23, 1878.] 
(Plates I-III.) 


The collections of Crustacea made by Capt. H. C. St. John while 
engaged in surveying the Japanese coasts between the years 1870 
and 1877 have been presented by Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S., to 
the Trustees of the British Museum, and are of so much interest, 
both from the geographical distribution of the species and on account 
of the many novelties collected, that I have thought it desirable to 
bring an account of them before the Society. The specimens were 
nearly all obtained by dredging ; and Capt. St. John has furnished 
an interesting account of the mode adopted by him in collecting and 
separating the specimens, which is printed below as an Appendix. 
But few of the larger and well-known littoral species, which are so 
well described and figured by De Haan in his standard work upon 
the Crustacea of Japan (in Siebold, ‘Fauna Japonica,’ 1833-50), are 
represented in the collection. 

Comparatively little was known of the Crustacean fauna of the 
deeper waters of this region until the publication, in 1857-60, of a 
series of papers by the late Dr. W. Stimpson, the eminent American 
carcinologist, on the Decapoda collected by the U.S. Expedition to 
the North Pacific under Commanders C. Ringgold and J. Rodgers, 
in the ‘ Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences,’ which 
contain short Latin diagnoses of a large number of new species 
(many of them obtained at considerable depths), and in which also 
a considerable number of species previously described by Milne- 
Edwards, Dana, Adams and White, and others are added to the 
Japanese fauna. It is much to be regretted that no fuller account 
of these collections should ever have appeared, and that Stimpson’s 
preliminary report did not extend beyond the Decapoda. As Capt. 
St. John’s collections were made in the same region, many of Stimp- 
son’s species occur in them; and in their determination I have been 
greatly aided by comparing them with a series of specimens from the 
Japanese Seas, named by Dr. Stimpson himself, and presented some 
years ago by the Smithsonian Institution to the British Museum. 

It is remarkable, under the circumstances, that the present collec- 
tion should contain so many forms which are new to science, while 
so many of Stimpson’s species still remain desiderata to the national 
collection; and this goes far to prove that a rich harvest will yet 
reward the collector of marine Invertebrata in the Japanese region, 
and that even more interesting results may be expected in many 
regions where no dredging-operations have yet been attempted. The 


Puts toye. PEE 


NEW JAPANESE CRUSTACEA. 


G2. 5;1872. Phe 


NEW JAPANESE CRUSTACEA. 


EA. S. 1878 Pa ie 


Mintern Bros imp 


NEW JAPANESE CRUSTACEKA. 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. ‘19 


careful manner in which the exact particulars regarding the locality, 
depth, and, in some cases, the temperature of the water have been 
recorded by Capt. St. John gives additional scientific value to the 
present collection ; and although it is to be regretted that the labels 
belonging to a few of the bottles had unfortunately been washed off 
and lost before the collection was received by the Trustees, yet Capt. 
St. John assures me that all these specimens were collected in or 
near the Corean Straits. The only species not obtained in these 
seas or in the Japanese region is the remarkable Crab Gonatonotus 
pentagonus of Adams and White, which was dredged in the Javan 
sea, near Billiton Island, at a depth of 12 fathoms. 

In the present communication 64 species or well-marked varieties 
belonging to the Podophthalmia are noticed ; and of these 26 are ap- 
parently n.w to science, besides which there are several which for 
different reasons I have refrained from designating by a specific 
name. The names and the families to which they appertain are 
given in the systematic list which follows, where also I have noted 
the localities and the geographical range, when known. 

In a second paper I hope to describe the remainder of the species 
collected, which belong chiefly to the orders Amphipoda and Iso- 
poda, and to the Cirripedia and Pyenogonida, and are not less in- 
teresting thaa the Podophthalmia, 


List of Species described in the present paper. 


PODOPHTHALMIA. 
DecaAPpopa. 
Bracuyura. 
OxyRHYNCHA Vv. MarorpeEa. 
Marpa. 


Pugettia quadridens (De Haan). Corean Channel, Japan, Hong 
Kong: p. 23. 

P. incisa (De Haan). Corean Channel, Japan: p. 23. 

Oregonia hirta, Dana. Japan, California : p. 24, 

Pleistacantha saueti-johannis, gen. and sp. n. Japanese seas 
(North Pacific coast): p. 24. 

Achaus spinosus, n. Corean Channel : p. 25. 

A, tuberculatus, n. Corean Channel : p- 25. 

Hyastenus diacanihus (De Haan). Japan, Corean Channel, 
Australian and Indo-Malayan seas : p- 26. 

H. (Chorilia) japonicus, n. Japanese seas: p. 27. 

Doclea orientalis, n. Kunasiri Isl.?, Yeso Island: p. 28. 


PARTHENOPIDA, 


Gonatonotus pentagonus, Ad. & White. Javan Sea, Borneo, 
North-east Australia: p. 29. 
Lambrus intermedius, n, Corean Channel : p- 29. a 


20 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


CycLoMeTopa vy. CANCROIDEA. 
CaNncriID&. 
Actea granulata, Audouin. Japanese seas, Indo-Pacific region : 
p. 30. ; 
Acteodes tomentosus (M.-Edw.), var. Goto Islands, Indo-Pacific 
region: p. 30. 
Leptodius exaratus (M.-Edw.), var. Corean Channel, Japanese 
seas: p. 3l. 
ERIPHIIDE. 


Pilumnus hirsutus,Stm. Corean Channel, North-China seas: p. 31. 
P. dehaanii, n. Gulf of Yedo: p. 32. 


PorTUNID. 


Thalamitasima, M.-Edw. Japanese seas, Indo-Pacific region: p. 32. 

Goniosoma ornatum, A. Edw. Seas of Eastern Asia: p. 33. 

G. variegatum (Fabr.). Indian and East-Asian seas : p. 33. 

Portunus corrugatus (Pennant). British seas, Mediterranean, Red 
Sea, Japan: p. 33. 

CorysTIDz&. 

Trichocarcinus dentatus, n. Japan, Corean Channel: p. 34. 

T. affinis, n. Corean Channel: p. 35. 

Telmessus acutidens (Stm.). Japanese seas: p. 36. 


CaTOMETOPA Vv. GRAPSOIDEA. 
MacroPHTHALMID&. 
Gelasimus lacteus, De Haan. Japanese and Corean seas: p. 36. 


GRAPSID. 


Heterograpsus longitarsis, n. Japanese and Corean seas: p.37. 

Platygrapsus depressus (De Haan), junr. Chinese, Japanese, 
and Corean seas: p. 37. 

Helice tridens, De Haan. Seas of Japan and China: p. 38. 

Leiolophus planissimus (Herbst). Indo-Pacific and Atlantic 
region: p. 38. 

CARCINOPLACIDE. 
Heteroplax? nitidus, n. Corean Channel: p. 39, 


RHIzoOPIDz. 
Typhlocarcinus villosus, Stm. Corean Channel, Hong-Kong: p.40. 


OxystomaTa v. LEUCOSIIDEA. 
Lrvucosip&. 


Leucosia hematosticta, Ad. & White, var. Corean Channel, 
Kagosima, ‘‘ Eastern seas:” p. 40. 

Pseudophilyra tridentata, gen. and sp. n. Corean Channel: p. 41. 

Philyra, sp. Matoya: p. 41. 

Myra dubia, n. Corean Channel: p. 42. 

Lbalia rhomboidalis, 1. Corean Channel: p. 42. 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS, 21 


E. minor, n. Corean Channel: p. 43. 

L., bituberculata, n. Japanese seas (North Pacifie coast): p. 43 
_ Cryptocnemus pentagonus, Stm. Corean Channel, Gulf of Kago 
sima: p. 43. 


Arcania globata, Stm. Corean Channel, China Sea, “Eastern 
seas:” p. 44. 
A. orientalis, n. Corean Channel, Japanese seas (North Pacific 
coast): p. 44. 
ANOMURA. 
DromipeA. 
Dromup2#. 


Cryptodromia, sp. Japanese seas (North Pacific coast): p. 44. 


Homouip#? 
Paratymolus oubescens, gen. and sp. n. Matoya: p. 45. 


RaNINIDEA. 

Ranina serrata, Lam. Japan, Indo-Pacific region: p. 46. 
Lyreideus tridentatus, De Haan? Japan, Kada Bay: p. 46. 
PORCELLANIDEA. 

Porcellana spinulifrons, n. Corean Channel: p. 46. 
Pachycheles stevensii, Stm. Japanese and Corean seas: p. 47. 
LirHoDIDEA. 


Hapalogaster dentatus (De Haan). Japan, Goto Islands: p. 47. 
Cryptolithodes expansus, n. North Japan: p. 47. 


PAGURIDEA. 


Eupagurus cavimanus, n. Japanese seas (Tsugar Straits): p. 48. 
Pomatocheles jeffreysit, gen. and sp. nu. Corean and Japanese seas : 
p- 49. 


GALATHEIDEA. 


Galathea orientalis, Stm. Corean Channel, Hong Kong (Ly-i- 
moon Straits): p. 51. 
Munidajapenica, Stm. Corean Channel, Gulf of Kagosima: p. 51. 


Macruvra. 
THALASSINIDEA. 
GrBiIpz. 
Gebia major, De Haan. Japan, Katsura, and Kada Bay: p. 52. 


CARIDEA. 
CRANGONIDS. 


Paracrangon echinatus, Dana. Yedo Island, California, Puget 
Sound: p. 52. 


22 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


ALPHEIDE. 

Alpheus bisincisus, De Haan. Japan, Katsura, Corean Channel : 
p- 53. 

A, japonicus, n. Japanese seas (North Pacific coast) : p. 53. 

A. kingsleyi, n. Japanese seas (North Pacific coast): p. 54. 

A, gracilipes, Stm.? Corean Channel, Tahiti: p. 55. 

Rhynchocyclus planirostris (De Haan). Japan, Ly-i-moon Straits, 
near Hong Kong: p. 59. 

Hippolyteleptognatha,Stm. Japan, Gulf of Yedo, Hakodadi:p.56. 

Pandalus gracilis, Stm. Corean Channel, Gulf of Hakodadi: p. 56. 


PEN XIDEA. 
PEN zxIDE. 
Peneus affinis, M.-Kdw. Japanese and Corean seas, Indo-Pacific 
region: p. 56. 
CuMACEA. 
Heterocuma sarsi, gen. and sp. n. Corean and Japanese seas: p. 58. 
H. sarsi, var. granulata, n. Corean Channel: p. 58. 


Remarks on the Geographical Distribution of the Species. 

The Crustacean fauna of Japan includes many species of restricted 
range and peculiar to the seas of Eastern Asia, besides many of the 
common and widely-spread littoral Indo-Pacific forms; but it also 
presents affinities with the European and especially the Mediter- 
ranean fauna, and that of the west coast of the American continent. 
As illustrating the European affinities I may note the occurrence, 
both in the South-European and Japanese seas, of such well-known 
genera as Acheus, Ebalia, and Eupagurus, and the remarkable genus 
Latreillia (of this latter I have seen no specimens), and of the Por- 
tunus corrugatus, Pennant, originally described from the British 
coast; moreover the Peneus distinctus, De Haan, is either identical 
with or closely allied to the Mediterranean Solenocera siphonocera, 
Philippi, and in the present collection occur species of the genera 
Mera and Pycnogonum, scarcely distinct from the well-known 
European M. truncatipes and P. littorale. The last-mentioned is a 
boreal species; but the instances above given (and others which 
might be cited) show that the relationship which does exist is not 
coufined to forms which may have made their way from Europe to 
Japan along the northern shores of Asia. 

The affinity of the Japanese with the Western-American Crusta- 
cean fauna is similarly evidenced by the existence of many genera 
common to the shores of both regions, the species being either iden- 
tical or very closely allied, so closely, indeed, that further comparative 
study might show the relationship is even more near than is now 
suspected. Instances in the present collection are the genera Pu- 
gettia, Oregonia, Trichocarcinus, Telmessus, Heterograpsus, Hapa- 
logaster, Puchycheles, Paracrangon, Rhynchocyclus, among the 
Podophthalmia. 


Many of the genera thus common to the two regions are scarcely 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 23 


found elsewhere, and are peculiarly characteristic of the Pacific 
coasts of America. Some, having a boreal range (Echidnocerus, 
Hapalogaster), evidently pass from one continent to the other vid 
Behring’s Straits; but instances are not wanting (although rare) of 
forms which have never been shown to have a boreal range occurring 
on both coasts of the Pacific. An example occurs in the present 
collection in the curious Shrimp Paracrangon echinatus, Dana, in 
the case of which I have satisfied myself, by actual comparison, of 
the identity of examples from Puget Sound, California, and Yedo 
Island. Hyastenus (Chorilia) japonicus, and Telmessus acutidens, 
Stm., may, upon further comparison, prove to be identical with their 
American congeners. 


BRACHYURA. 


OxyRHYNCHA vel MAIOIDEA. 


Map, 
PUGETTIA QUADRIDENS. 


Menethius quadridens, De Haan, Faun. J apon. Crust. p. 97, 
pl. xxiv. fig. 2, ¢ (Halimus), and pl. G (1839). 

Pugettia quadridens, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 219 
(1857). 

This species is very closely allied to the Pugettia gracilis, Dana 
(U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. p. 117, pl. iv. fig. 3, 1852), from the Cali- 
fornian coast; but the lateral lobes or expansions of the carapace 
are less broad and triangular in shape, and more acute at the extre- 
mity. In the females the carapace is more convex than in the males, 
with the hepatic regions more convex. 

Otarranai, 53 fathoms, lat. 43° 12' N., long. 141° 1! E.; Isenomi 
Straits, low-water mark; Corean Channel, lat. 33° 123’ N., long. 
129° 5! E., 9 fathoms. Males, females, and young were collected. 

Stimpson’s specimens were from Simoda, Japan, and Hong Kong. 


PUGETTIA INCISA. 


Menethius incisus, De Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. p. 98, pl. xxiv. 
fig. 3, 2 (Halimus), and pl. G (1839). 

Pugettia incisa, Stm. Proc, Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 219 (1857). 

Three specimens, males, all of small size, were obtained of this 
species, which differs from its congeners in the auriculiform shape 
of the first pair of lateral expansions of the carapace, in which it 
exhibits some affinity with the genera Hyas and Hyastenus, from 
the first of which it differs in the slender divergent horns of the 
rostrum, and from the second in the far less perfectly defined orbits. 
Although the basal joint of the antennz is somewhat broader, the 
structure of the antennal and orbital regions is essentially that of 
Pugettia. 

Gulf of Yedo (bottom soft mud and hard sand) ; Corean Channel, 
lat. 33° 10! N., 129° 12! E., at 36 fathoms. 

This and the preceding species were previously unrepresented in 
the British-Museum collection. 


24 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM (Jan. 14, 


OREGONIA HIRTA? 


? Oregonia hirta, Dana, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts (ser. 2), xi. 
p- 270 (1851); U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii, Crust. i. p. 107, pl. iii. 
fig. 3 (1852). 

Two specimens of an Oregonia were collected, both females, the 
larger and mature example densely overgrown with sea-weed. 
These agree in almost every respect with specimens of Oregonia 
hirta, from California (Puget’s Sound), in the collection; but the 
legs are rather more robust, and the branchial regions more convex. 
The examination of males might show that they belong to a distinct 
species; for the present, however, they cannot be regarded as distinct. 

Japan, Cape Blunt, lat. 41° 41! N., long. 141° 0! E. (depth 35 
fathoms). 


PLEISTACANTHA, gen. nov.’ 


Carapace triangular, convex, and spinose. Rostrum long and 
slender, composed, as in Oregonia, of two spines, which are in con- 
tact with one another to near their extremities. Eyes laterally 
projecting. Orbits not defined, the inferior walls wanting, the 
superior and posterior represented by two or three spines. An- 
tennules long; interantennulary septum with a prominent spine pro- 
jecting downward. Antenne with the basal joint extremely slender 
and armed with three spines; the flagellum long, reaching almost 
to the extremity of, and visible in a dorsal view at, the side of the 
rostrum. Ischium (or second) joint of the outer maxillipeds longer 
than the merus-joint, which has a short spine at its antero-external 
angle ; the exognath very slender. Legs, as in Eyeria, very long; 
the anterior pair robust, with the fingers acute and meeting near 
their apices along their inner margins, but leaving an Aizatus at base 
when closed. The ambulatory legs are slender, and diminish succes- 
sively in length to the last pair; their terminal joints are long, slender, 
and densely hairy. The male postabdomen is 6-jointed, the inflexed 
portion oblong, the terminal joint transverse and rounded at its 
distal extremity. 

This genus must be placed near Oregonia, with which it is nearly 
allied in the structure of the rostrum and orbital and antennal region ; 
but it differs in the convex and spinose carapace and greatly elon- 
gated legs, which gives it more the aspect of EHyeria, and would ne- 
cessitate its being placed among the Macropodiens in Milne-Edwards’s 
arrangement. From Egeria it differs in the structure of the orbital 
and antennal region, &c. 


PLEISTACANTHA SANCTI-JOHANNIS, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 1.) 


Carapace covered with very numerous small spines of uniform size; 
interspersed with these are longer spines, of which three are placed 
in a transverse series on the front and one at the back of the gastric 
region, two on the cardiac, two on the intestinal and about three on 
each branchial region; there are also several longer spines placed be- 
hind the eyes and on the sides of the branchial regions. Rostrum 


1 wetoros, superl. of rods, many; and dkavGa, a spine. 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS, 25 


nearly half as long as the carapace, the spines of which it is 
composed divergent near their extremities, and armed on their under- 
sides with two or three spinules. Anterior legs with the arm and 
wrist covered with small spines; arm with a strong conical curved 
spine on the upper margin at its distal extremity ; palm robust, about 
as long as the arm, with fewer spinules arranged in longitudinal series ; 
fingers naked. Ambulatory legs with numerous small spinules ; 
the terminal joints, and in the last pair the two preceding joints are 
without spines and hairy. Length of carapace to base of rostrum 
# inch, breadth about 4 inch; length of anterior leg 34 inches. 

This species was obtained at a depth of 63 fathoms, in October 1874, 
in lat. 34° 1! N., long. 136° 20! E. 

A single male individual was collected. As it is certainly one of 
the most striking novelties in the collection, I have much pleasure in 
dedicating it to its indefatigable discoverer, Capt. H. C. St. John, 


ACHEUS SPINOSUS, sp. n. 


Carapace triangular, narrowed behind the orbits, as in Acheus 
(Inachus) lorina, and armed with six spines above, viz. one on the 
gastric, one (which is bilobate) on the cardiac, and two on each 
branchial region; there are also two or three small spines or tubercles 
on the sides of the body, beneath the hepatic and branchial regions. 
The rostrum, as in all the species of the genus, is very small and 
bilobate. Eye-peduncles robust, laterally projecting and armed with 
a strong tubercle in front. Anterior legs (in the male) robust ; arm 
and wrist with a few scattered granules above; palm swollen, with 
about six spinules on the upper margin and a few small granules on 
the lower margin, near its base ; fingers acute, with a wide hiatus at 
base when closed, both the fingers with a strong tooth on their inner 
margins near the base ; both are faintly cristated on their outer mar- 
gins. Ambulatory legs very slender, the terminal joint of the last 
pair strongly faleated. Terminal postabdominal segment subtri- 
angular. Length 4 inch, breadth 2 inch. 

A single specimen (male) was collected at a depth of 30 fathoms, 
in lat. 34° 10! N., long. 136° 47’ E. 

The nearest ally of this species seems to be the Acheus lorina 
(Inachus lorina, Ad. & White, Zool. Samarang, Crust. p. 3, pl. ii. fig. 
2, 1848), from Mindanao, from which it differs in the number and 
disposition of the spines of the carapace. Both of these species exter- 
nally resemble Inachus, but differ in the absence of defined orbits 
and in the falcated posterior legs, on account of which they must be 
referred to Acheus. 


AcHz&US TUBERCULATUS, Sp. Nn. 


There are several specimens of a species of Acheus in the collection, 
which are all unfortunately in an imperfect condition, the anterior 
and most of the ambulatory legs being absent. The carapace is tri- 
angular and broader than in the preceding species, without spines, 
not constricted behind the interocular region ; the regions are con- 


26 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


vex and well defined ; and there is a very prominent conical tubercle 
upon the cardiac region which is not bilobate, also a broad lobe or 
tubercle upon the hepatic region. The eye-peduncles are smooth ; 
the posterior legs have the last joint but slightly faleated. The postab- 
domen of the male is broader than in the preceding species, the ter- 
minal segment transverse. Length (of male) nearly 3, inch, breadth 
nearly + inch. 

Specimens were collected at a depth of 36 fms., in lat. 33° 10'N., 
long. 129° 12’ E.; and there are others without definite locality at- 
tached. 

This species resembles the Acheus lacertosus of Stimpson (Proc. 
Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 218, 1857), from Australia, Port Jackson, in 
the distinctly defined regions of the carapace, the presence of an 
hepatic lobe, and the smooth eye-peduncles, but differs in the very 
prominent tubercle or blunt spine on the cardiac region, which is 
present in both sexes, whereas Stimpson, in his description of Acheus 
lacertosus, says, “superficie levi spinis carente.’ I must there- 
fore regard it as distinct. Stimpson’s species was from Port Jackson, 
Australia. 

Acheus japonicus, De Haan (Faun. Jap. Crust. p. 99, pl. xxix. fig. 
3, 1839), is described and figured as devoid of spines on the carapace, 
and the eye-peduncles as being 4-spinulose ; there is no hepatic lobe. 


HYASTENUS DIACANTHUS. 


Nazxia diacantha, De Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. p. 96, pl. xxxiv. 
fig. 1, and pl. G (1839). 

Hyastenus diacanthus, A.M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. 
Vili. p. 250 (1872). 

Hyastenus verreauxti, A. M.-Edw. l. c. p. 250 (1872). 

A single male specimen of this common inhabitant of the Japanese 
seas was obtained at Ousima, Japan, in 9 fathoms of water on a 
sandy bottom. 

Two other specimens of this genus are in the collection; the first, 
a small female specimen, was collected in Jat. 33° 4' N,, long. 129° 
18’ E., at a depth of 23 fathoms. All the limbs are unfortunately 
missing. It diffiers in the much greater divergence of the horns of 
the rostrum, and very probably belongs to a distinct species ; but, on 
account of its mutilated state, I refrain from describing it as such. 

In the second, the horns of the rostrum are more than half the 
length of the carapace and but slightly divergent ; the carapace is 
convex, narrower and more elongated than in Hyastenus diacanthus, 
and without any spines or tubercles, and is covered with a very short 
close pubescence. 

This specimen is also an immature female, and was obtained at a 
depth of 18 fathoms, near Cape Sima. It would not be advisable 
to make this the type of a new species by giving it a distinct appella- 
tion ; but it is distinguished from its nearest ally, H. diacanthus, by 
the total absence of the lateral epibranchial spines, which are present, 
although very small, in examples of H. diacanthus of the same size. 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 27 


Hyasrenvus (CuorruiA) saPonicus, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 2.) 


Carapace triangular, rounded behind, with the regions separated 
by well-marked depressions, and covered with small distant tubercles ; 
of these there are about eight on the gastric and each branchial region, 
one or two on the hepatic and genital, and one larger on the intestinal 
region ; the cardiac region is very convex. There is a spine on the 
side of each branchial region. The horns of the rostrum are straight, 
not half as long as the carapace, and more divergent than in C. lon- 
gipes. On the pterygostomian regions, and on the sides of the cara- 
pace, there is a series of small tubercles. The anterior legs (in the 
adult male) are robust, the arm granulated and ridged on its under, 
inner, and outer sides, granulated above, and with two spines near its 
proximal extremity on its upper and two or three on its under surface ; 
wrist granulated and ridged on its upper and outer surface; palm 
smooth, compressed, acutely carinated above ; fingers smooth, den- 
ticulated on their inner margins near their apices, the upper with a 
strong tooth near its base; when closed, they have a wide hiatus at 
base. The ambulatory legs are slender, smooth, diminishing suc- 
cessively in length from the first to the last ; the terminal joints almost 
immobile and bent at right angles to the preceding. Length of 
carapace of an adult male about | inch to base of rostrum; greatest 
breadth about 2 inch. 

A good series, including males, females, and young, were collected 
at a depth of 100 fathoms, in lat. 41° 40! N., long. 141° 10! E. 

The description was taken from an adult male. In the females 
and younger animals several differences are remarked ; notably, the 
anterior legs are much slenderer, legs granulated and ridged, the fin- 
gers nearly straight, without a hiatus aud strong tooth at base. 

The nearest ally of this species is unquestionably the C. longipes 
of Dana (U.S. Expl. Exp. Crust. i. p. 91, pl. i. fig. 5), from the 
coast of Oregon. The arrangement of the tubercles is nearly the same ; 
but the one now described differs in its shorter, more divergent rostral 
spines, the shorter spines upon the basal joint of the antennz, and in 
the arms never being spinulose along the whole of their upper 
surface, &c., and must be regarded, at least provisionally, as distinct. 
There is very little hair on the front and sides of the carapace and 
rostrum ; and the hands are nearly naked. 

Chorilia scarcely differs generically from Hyastenus, the structure 
of the orbits and antennal region and the characteristic length of the 
first pair of ambulatory legs being the same in both. It may be 
convenient, however, to retain the name as a subgeneric division in- 
cluding those species of Hyastenus in which the carapace is tuber- 
culated and uneven above—e.g., the present species, Chorilia longi- 
pes, and the Hyastenus oryx and verrucosipes of White. 


Docuea. 


The genera Libinia, Libidoclea and Doclea constitute, in Dana’s 
arrangement, a natural group, characterized by their very convex and 
orbiculate or shortly pyriform and tuberculated or spinose carapace 


28 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


and emarginate rostrum. It is extremely difficult to find reliable 
characters by which to define the genera, as the species pass into one 
another by almost insensible gradations. At one end of the series are 
those which belong undoubtedly to the genus Zidinia, in which the 
carapace is triangulate rather than orbiculate, with a distinct supra- 
ocular tooth, the rostrum prominent, with the spines coalescent and 
divergent only toward the apex, which thus appears notched, the 
orbits circular and well defined, with usually a single closed fissure 
above, the basal joint of the antennze moderately dilated, and the legs 
usually of moderate length, the first pair rather slender in the male. 
At the opposite extremity of the series are the species of Doclea in 
which the carapace is orbiculate in outline, the rostrum very short, 
the supraocular spine absent, the basal joint of the antennze narrower, 
the orbits scarcely defined at all below, the legs usually very long, 
those of the first pair in the male short, with the palm dilated. The 
genus Libidoclea ot Milne-Edwards and Lucas is somewhat inter- 
mediate between the two former, having the triangulate carapace, 
prominent rostrum, dilated basal antennal joint of Lidinia, with the 
incomplete orbits and long legs of Doclea; the typical species, LZ. 
granaria (Edw. & Luce. in D’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér. Mérid. vi. Crust. 
p- 8, pl. iii. fig. 1 & pl. iv. fig. 1, 1845), from Valparaiso, possesses an 
additional character in the existence of a notch on the anterior mar- 
gin of the third joint of the outer maxillipeds; and the tooth in the 
middle of the outer margin of the basal joint of the antennz is very 
strong; the former of these fails, however, in the Libidoclea coccinea 
of Dana (U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. p. 88, pl. i. fig. 3), from Pata- 
gonia, which also has a shorter rostrum. In certain species of Libinia 
(ZL. emarginata) there is a small blunt tooth on the outer margin 
of the basal antennal joint. There appears, then, to be no alter- 
native between restricting the genus Libidoclea, by adopting the 
single character of the emarginate third joint of the outer maxillipeds, 
or extending its definition until it shall include all the species inter- 
mediate between the two older genera. The former is perhaps the 
preferable course, as, if the latter were adopted, it would be impossible 
to assign any definite characters to the genus. 


DocLEA ORIENTALIS, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 1.) 


The carapace is convex and subpyriform, with six tubercles in the 
middle line, of which the first three are on the gastric, two (one more 
elevated) on the cardiac, and one on the intestinal region; none of 
these are large and spiniform. There are two prominent tubercles on 
the lateral anterior margins, one of them placed at some distance be- 
hind the orbits, and one on the sides of the branchial region. There 
are four small tubercles on the front of the gastric region, forming, with 
the first of the median series, a figure et » seven or eight on the 
branchial region, on each side, and three on the pterygostomian region. 
The rostrum is short, but little longer than broad, and notched to 
its middle. The orbits have a supraocular tooth, a wide hiatus above, 
and two fissures below. The basal joint of the antennz is rather 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS, 29 


broad, with an obscure tooth on its outer margin. Anterior legs in 
the female small; hands compressed, and fingers straight; the am- 
bulatory legs short, those of the first pair not much exceeding in 
length the greatest breadth of the carapace. Length of carapace 
and rostrum 1 inch 2+ lines, breadth 114 lines. 

Two specimens, females, were obtained, one at Kunashir (Kunasiri 
Island ?), N. Japan, at a depth of 11 fathoms, bottom small stones ; 
the other from the N.E. coast of Yeso Island. 

The nearest ally of this species seems to be the Doclea gracilipes 
of Stimpson (P. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 216, 1857), from Hong-Kong, 
from which it differs in the tuberculation of the carapace and very 
short anterior legs. 

Streets, in a notice of the genus Libinia (P. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 
p-. 106, 1870), has described a new species, L. rhomboidea, from the 
East Indies, which may easily be distinguished from the present by 
the existence of strong spines on the branchial regions and lateral 
margins. 

Another Asiatic species is the Lidinia bidentata, A. M.-Edw. 
(Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, i. pt. 4, p. 77, 1873), from the Amoor, 
which has fewer spines upon the surface of the body. Several Doclee 
have also been described by Bleeker (Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl. ii. 
pp. 7-15, 1857), from the Indian archipelago; but none have any 
near affinity with Libinia orientalis. 


PARTHENOPID. 
GONATONOTUS PENTAGONUS. 


Gonatonotus pentagonus, Ad. & White, P. Z. 8. 1847, p. 58; 
Zool. Samarang, Crust. p. 33, pl. vi. fig. 7 (1848). 

Javan Sea, near Billiton Island, lat. 3° 21'S., long. 108° 39! E. 
Dredged at a depth of 12 fathoms. 

The single specimen collected is a male, and differs from the female 
from Borneo, figured by Adams and White, only in the greater length 
and strength of the anterior legs; the postabdomen is seven-jointed 
and narrow. There are two young specimens of this species, from 
reefs on the N.E. coast of Australia, in the British-Museum collection. 

This is the only species of Crustacean collected elsewhere than in 
the Japanese and Corean seas. 


LamBrus INTERMEDIUS, Sp. 0. 


Carapace triangular, almost destitute of tubercles above, and with- 
out large spines on the margins; on the upper surface are three ele- 
vated ridges, one on the gastric and cardiac, and one on each branchial 
region; the median ridge is marked with about four obscure tubercles ; 
the branchial ridges are obscurely granulated ; and on the sides of the 
branchial regions are seven to eight small triangular marginal teeth, 
which under a lens are seen to be denticulated; the last of these is 
the largest ; on the posterior margin are seven small distant tubercles. 
There is an elongate depression between the eyes. The rostrum is 
triangular, smooth and acute; the anterior legs are of moderate length 


30 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


(for a species of this genus); the arm with a longitudinal line of 
granules on its anterior and posterior margins and on its upper sur- 
face; the wrist nearly smooth; the hand trigonous, smooth on its three 
faces, with a line of small tubercles or granules on its outer and inner 
margins ; of these about four on the outer margin are somewhat larger 
and equidistant ; all the tubercles of the anterior legs are seen under 
a lens to be themselves granulated ; the mobile finger has three or 
four spines on its upper margin; the ambulatory legs are very small 
_and compressed ; the margins of the merus-joints of the last two pairs 
are granulated. Length about 3 inch, greatest breadth about +, inch. 

Corean seas (no exact particulars regarding the locality). One 
male individual collected. 

This species belongs to the same group as the L. lamelilifrons, 
Ad. & Wh., L. gracilis, Dana, and L. affinis, A. M.-Edw. From 
the latter (of which there isa large series from the Javan and Indian 
seas in the British-Museum collection) it differs in the much fewer 
tubercles of the carapace and arms, which are less rounded, and from 
the two former in the much greater breadth of the carapace behind 


the orbits, and the absence of spines on the outer margin of the 
hands, &c. 


CycLOMETOPA vel CANCROIDEA. 


CANCRIDZ. 
ACTA GRANULATA. 


Cancer granulatus, Audouin, Explic. Planches, p. 87, de Savigny, 
Egypte, Atlas, Crust. pl. vi. fig. 2 (1809). 

Cancer savignyi, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 378 (1834). 

Actea granulata, De Haan, Faun. Japon, Crust. p. 18 (1835) ; 
A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p. 275 (1865). 

? Actea pura, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 32 (1858). 

A small male example is in the collection without definite locality 
attached. This species appears to be common in the Indo-Malayan, 
Australian, and Japanese seas ; and its range extends to the Red Sea, 
Mozambique, and the Mauritius. 


ACTZODES TOMENTOSUS, var. 


Zozymus tomentosus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 385 (1834). 

Acteodes tomentosus, Dana, Crust. U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. (i.) p. 
197 (1852). 

Actea tomentosa, A. M.-Edw. N. A. Mus. H. N. i. p. 262 
(1865). 

In this variety the carapace is very broad in proportion to its 
length, the granules with which it is covered small and very nu- 
merous, the anterior areolets scarcely, and the posterior (e. g. the 
cardiac) not at all, distinguishable; the colour is dull red. Length 
rather more than + inch, breadth ;& inch. 

Collected at the Goto Islands, at low-water mark. 

The two males and female collected, on account of the indistin- 
guishability of the areolets, present a very different appearance both 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 31 


from the typical A. tomentosus and the species or variety desig- 
nated A. affinis by Dana (U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 198, 
pl. xi. fig. 3), from the Paumotu or Society Islands; yet I find no 
characters which would justify me in considering them a distinct 
species. 


LEPTODIUS EXARATUS, Var. 


Chlorodius exaratus, A. M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 402 
1834). 
: Xantho affinis, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 48, pl. xii. fig. 
8 (1835). 

Two very small specimens of a Leptodius, without particulars re- 
garding locality, appear to belong to a well-marked variety of the 
common L. exaratus, or even to a distinct species. As the speci- 
mens are immature, it is not advisable to give them a distinct spe- 
cific name. The carapace is depressed, the areolets scarcely marked 
and somewhat eroded towards the front and antero-lateral margins ; 
the three posterior antero-lateral marginal teeth are small and sub- 
acute, the others obsolete; the frontal lobes are broad, with the an- 
terior margin straight, and they are separated by a very small 
median notch. The anterior legs have the wrist and hand very ru- 
gose on their upper and outer surfaces ; the ambulatory legs some- 
what dilated and compressed, and the tarsal joints very narrow. 
Length 3 lines, breadth 43 lines. 


ERIPuHiDz. 
PILUMNUS HIRSUTUS. 


Pilumnus hirsutus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 37 
(1858). 

The large series collected agree in all respects with Stimpson’s 
diagnosis. The outer orbital spine is smaller than the three spines of 
the antero-lateral margin, which are acute. The larger hand (which 
is usually the right, but in some individuals the left) is granulated 
on its upper, and in younger specimens more minutely on its outer, 
surface ; the lower finger is usually in a straight line with the lower 
margin of the hand. The smaller hand is granulispinulous on its 
upper and outer surface. In one or two specimens the granules are 
fewer and more acute, and the lower finger formsa slight angle with 
the inferior margin of the hand. 

This is evidently a very common and abundant species in the 
Corean seas. Specimens were collected at seven different localities 
in or near the Corean Straits, at depths varying from |] 2—40 fathoms. 
It was, however, previously unrepresented in the British-Museum 
collection. 

I should have regarded this speeies as being synonymous with the 
Pilumnus minutus of De Haan (Faun. Jap., Crust. p. 50, pl. iii. 
fig. 2), which is very shortly characterized, were it not that the an- 
tero-lateral margins are described and figured as ‘ 4-dentatis”’ (not 
spinose), and the orbits as ‘“‘inermibus”’ by De Haan. 


32 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


Stimpson’s specimens of P. hirsutus were collected in the North- 
China sea and near Ousima Island. , 


PinuMNvs DEHAANTI, Sp. 0. 


The carapace is broader than long, convex, and everywhere covered 
with a close velvety pubescence, so that no traces of the regions are 
visible. Antero-lateral margins shorter than the postero-lateral, and 
armed with three small spines (excluding that of the outer orbital 
margin, which is not at all prominent). ‘The orbital margins and the 
front (seen in a dorsal view) are minutely denticulated. In an an- 
terior view the frontal margin is sinuated, with a median notch. 
The anterior legs are short, robust, the right slightly the larger ; the 
arm trigonous and very short; the wrist with a few conical acute 
granules on its anterior and upper surface; the palm smooth on its 
inner, and armed on its upper and all its outer surface with nu- 
merous, crowded, unequal, conical, acute tubercles ; fingers acute, 
meeting when closed, the upper granulous at base. The ambula- 
tory legs are slightly compressed and hairy. Length 33 lines, 
breadth 43 lines. 

The single specimen, a female, was found within the shell of a 
species of Balanus collected in the Gulf of Yedo. 

This species, on account of the closely pubescent carapace and 
form of the hands, has more of the aspect of an Actumnus than of 
Pilumnus, but differs in the acute fingers and spiniform antero-lateral 
teeth from that genus. 

I cannot refer it to any of the numerous published descriptions. 
It is readily distinguished by the nearly equal and closely tubereu- 
lated hands, the tubercles extending halfway along the mobile finger 
and covering the outer surface of the hand to the apex of the im- 
mobile finger. The fingers are nearly colourless. From the P. ac- 
tumnoides of M. A. Milne-Edwards from New Caledonia (Nouv. 
Arch. Mus. H. N. ix. p. 247, pl. x. fig. 3, 1873), to which it bears 
some resemblance, it is at once distinguished by the fewer lateral 
marginal teeth, &c. 

It has also some affinity with the Pilwmnus setiger and P. squa- 
mosus of De Haan, which have been referred by M. A. Milne- 
Edwards, rightly I believe, to Actumnus. From the former it differs 
in the regions of the carapace being obliterated, and from the latter 
in the conical (not squamiform) tubercles of the hands, which are 
not seriately disposed ; from both, probably, in the spiniform mar- 
ginal teeth. 


PoRTUNIDA. 
THALAMITA SIMA. 


Thalamita sima, Milne-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 460 (1834) ; 
Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 39 (1858); A. M.-Edw. 
Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. x. p. 359 (1861). 

Portunus (Thalamita) arcuatus, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. 
pp. 10, 43, pl. ii. fig. 2, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1835). 

A female example was collected of this species, which seems to 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 33 


be commonly distributed along the Asiatic coasts from the Red Sea 
to Japan, and is also found on the coasts of Australia and New 
Zealand. 

Uku Sima ; lat. 33° 152/ N., long. 129° 5'E. 


GONIOSOMA ORNATUM. 


Portunus (Thalamita) truncatus, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. 
pp: 10, 43, pl. ii. fig. 3, & pl. xii. fig. 3 (1835), nec Fabr. 

Goniosoma ornatum, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. x. Pp. 
376 (1861). 

Two specimens (males) were collected—one in Ousima Harbour 
at 8 fathoms, on a bottom of sandy mud and broken shells, the other 
in lat. 34° 6! N., long. 136° 15! E., at a depth of 11 fathoms. 

This species has not, so far as I know, been recorded elsewhere 
than in the seas of Eastern Asia. Specimens are in the British 
Museum from the Philippines. 


GontIosoma VARIEGATUM. 


Portunus variegatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 364 (1798). 

Cancer callianassa, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben, iii. (2) p. 45, pl. 
liv. fig. 7 (1801). 

Thalamita callianassa, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 464 
(1834). 

Charybdis variegatus, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. pp. 10, 42, 
pl. i. fig. 2 (1835); Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p- 39 
(1858). 

Goniosoma callianassa, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. x. 
p- 382 (1861). 

A single specimen, in which all the legs (except the fifth natatory 
legs) are wanting, and without definite locality, is in the collection. 

It seems evident that the name of variegatum should be retained 
for this species, as Milne-Edwards, who was the first to apply to it 
Herbst’s later name of callianassa, considers the variegatum as only 
a marked variety of the same species. There is a specimen from 
Hong-Kong in the British-Museum collection, 


Portunus CORRUGATUS. 


Cancer corrugatus, Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. p- 5, pl. v. fig. 9 
(1877). 

oe corrugatus, Leach, Ed. Encycl. vii. p.390 (1814), Linn. 
Trans. xi. p. 315 (1815); Mal. Pod. Brit. pl. vii. figs. 1, 2 (1825); 
M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 443 (1834) ; De Haan, Faun. 
Japon., Crust. p. 40 (1835); Bell, Brit. Crust. p. 94 (1853); A. 
M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. x. p. 401, pl. xxxvi. fig. 3 (1861); 
Heller, Crust. siidl. Europa, p. 86 (1863). . : 

Portunus strigilis, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p- 38 
(1858) ; A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. x. p. 402 (1861). 

Three specimens, of small size (two males and a female), of Por- 
dunus are in the collection, which agree in every respect with ex- 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. III. 3 


34 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


amples of the common P. corrugatus of the European seas. The 
strigose and hairy carapace, and the form of the frontal lobes, of the 
teeth of the antero-lateral margins, of the anterior and ambulatory 
legs, of the male postabdomen, and intromittent organs, are identical 
m the Japanese specimens and examples of the same size from the 
Mediterranean. It cannot be doubted that this is also the species 
described by Stimpson under the name of P. strigilis, and of which 
M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, when he published his monograph of 
the Portunide, had not seen examples. 

Goto Island Ojica, at low-water mark; same locality, lat. 33° 
122’ N., long. 129° 5’ E., at 9 fathoms; also at lat. 32° 49’ N., 
long. 128° 54’ E., at 11 fathoms. 

I am inclined to regard the species described as P. subcorrugatus 
by A. Milne-Edwards (A. Mus. H. N. x. p. 402, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2), 
from the Red Sea, as a mere variety cf this species, from which it 
differs only in the obscure trilobation of the front. There is an ex- 
ample from Naples in the British-Museum collection. Its distribu- 
tion, therefore, so far coincides with that of the typical P. corruga- 
tus that it is found both in the European and Oriental regions— 
that is, on either side of the Isthmus of Suez. 


CorysTIp&. 
TRICHOCARCINUS. 

Trichocera, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 16 (1833). 

The genus Trichocera, founded by De Haan, appears to be scarcely 
generically distinct from Cancer, its chief characteristics (and those 
wherein it exhibits a degradation from the Cancroid type) consisting 
in its narrower, more convex carapace and longer antennules, on 
which account it has been placed by Dana and other authors in the 
Corystide. It is necessary, if it be retained, to alter its designa- 
tion, as the name Trichocera had been previously employed (in 
1803) for a genus of Dipterous insects. 

I have therefore slightly modified the termination of De Haan’s 
name, and propose Trichocarcinus for the few species of this group, 
which includes, besides the two now described, only the Trichocar- 
cinus gibbosulus (De Haan) and Trichocarcinus oregonensis (Dana). 


TRICHOCARCINUS DENTATUS, Sp, 0. 


Carapace smooth, minutely granulated, with the gastric, cardiac, 
and the middle of the branchial regions convex ; there are two some- 
what higher elevations on the gastric and each branchial region. 
Front five-toothed, the middle one very small, the two outer sepa- 
rated from the rest by a wide interval, Antero-lateral margins with 
nine, flat, subequal teeth, which are in contact with one another at 
their bases and broadly triangulate at their apices, and with their 
margins granulated; behind the ninth tooth is usually a small 
tooth on the postero-lateral margin, which is defined by a line of 
granules. The anterior legs are rather robust; there are three 
spines on the wrist, on the inner and outer surface, and upper mar- 


1879. ] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS, 35 


gin near the distal extremity. Hand with usually two spines on its 
upper margin, and three longitudinal raised lines on its outer sur- 
face. 

Length of largest male 103 lines, breadth 1 inch; of largest fe- 
male, length 1 inch 1 line, breadth 13 inch. 

Specimens were collected off the Corean coast, in lat. 34° 30’ N., 
long. 125° 20' E., at 37 fathoms; in lat. 33° 10’ N., long. 129° 12’ 
E., in 36 fathoms; in lat. 38° 24’ N., long. 128° 482’ E., at 22 
fathoms ; and at Otarranai, lat. 43° 12’ N., long. 141° 1’ E., at 54 
fathoms, on a bottom of coarse sand. 

In the females the gastric and branchial regions are very much 
more convex than in the males, 

There is considerable variation in the sculpture of the wrist and 
hands. In some specimens the wrist is roughly ridged on its outer 
surface ; in others it is nearly smooth. The spine on the middle of 
the upper margin of the hand is sometimes obsolete. 

This species differs both from the 7. gibbosulus, De Haan, from 
Japan, and the 7. oregonensis, Dana, from Puget Sound, in the much 
broader subequal teeth of the antero-lateral margin, in which it has 
more resemblance to some species of Cancer, e. g. C. edwardsii, 
Bell; but it cannot be confounded with that or any other of the 
genus known to me. 


TRICHOCARCINUS AFFINIS, Sp. n. 


Carapace everywhere granulated and sparsely pubescent, with the 
middle of the gastric and of the cardiac region convex, and a tubercular 
prominence on each side of the gastric, one smaller on the hepatic, 
and three on each branchial region. Front three-toothed. Antero- 
lateral margins with nine, alternately larger and smaller, acute tri- 
angular teeth (including the outer orbital tooth) ; the margins of 
these teeth are seen under a lens to be minutely denticulated ; there 
is a smaller tooth on the postero-lateral margin behind the last 
tooth of the antero-lateral margins. Wrist and hand with three 
series of spinules on the outer surface ; wrist with a strong spine, 
and hand with two spinules on its upper margin. Ambulatory legs 
pubescent. Length of female ;%, inch, breadth rather more than 
4 inch. 

A male was collected at a depth of 50 fathoms, in lat. 33° 19’ N,, 
long. 129° 73' E.; and there is a female individual without definite 
locality also in the collection. 

The species is allied to 7. gibbosulus, De Haan (Faun. Japon., 
Crust. p. 45, pl. ii. fig. 4, and pl. xii. fig. 3), which it resembles in 
the unequal teeth of the antero-lateral margins; but it differs in the 
much stronger tuberculation of the carapace, and in having only two 
spines on the upper margin of the hand. ' 

A larger series might show it to be the young of 7. gibbosulus ; 
but the two specimens before me differ very much from De Haan’s 
figure of that species, 


3* 


36 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


TELMESSUS. 
Telmessus, White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 1) xvii. p. 497 
1846). 
Err ius yates Brandt, Bull. Phys. Math. Acad. Pétersb. vii. p. 
179 (1849). 

Cheiragonus, Stimpson, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. vi. p. 465 
(1857). 

The term Cheiragonus appears to have been adopted for this 
genus on insufficient grounds ; it is referred to by Latreille, without 
description, simply as follows :—‘‘ g. Cheiragone (Mém. del’ Acad. 
de St. Pétersb. 1812),’’ (see Fam. Nat. Régne Anim. p. 270, 1825). 
On referring to Tilesius’ specific description in (Mém. Acad. Pétersb. 
y. p. 347, pl. vii. fig. 1, 1815), we find it headed Cheiragonus, the 
description commencing with the words Cancer cheiragonus. It 
seems evident to me that Tilesius intended the term Cheiragonus as 
a specific name for the Kamtchatkan species, which must be 
designated J'elmessus cheiragonus, as White’s generic name Telmessus 
comes next in priority and is accompanied by a description. 


TELMESSUS ACUTIDENS. 

Cheirogonus acutidens, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 
40 (1858). 

Japan, Kunashir, lat. 43° 34’ N., long. 145° 20’ E., at 11 fathoms, 
on a bottom of small stones, three specimens, and N.E. of Yedo 
Island, in lat. 44° 27! N., long. 14° 22’ E., one specimen. 

This species is separated from-the Telmessus serratus of the 
western American coast by a very slight character, the somewhat 
longer and slenderer teeth of the lateral margins, particularly the 
third tooth ; yet the distinction is constant as far as the series before 
me serves to prove. Two of the specimens are prettily speckled 
with brownish red, the spots being visible beneath the close 
pubescence of the carapace. The carapace of the largest of the 
four specimens only measures $ inch in length; and the form of 
the teeth might undergo some modification as the animal increases 
in size. 

It was previously unrepresented in the British-Museum collection. 

Tilesius’ species, Telmessus cheiragonus from Kamtchatka, is de- 
scribed arid figured as having much longer-and slenderer marginal 
spines than even 7’. acutidens ; and in the absence of specimens for 
comparison, I cannot unite the two species. 


CaTOMETOPA vel GRAPSOIDEA. 
MacroruTHALMID. 
GELASIMUS LACTEUS. 


Ocypode (Gelasimus) lactea, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. pp. 
26, 54, pl. xv. fig. 5 (1835); M.-Edw.?, Ann. Sci, Nat. (sér. 3), 
Zool. xviii. p. 150, pl. iv. fig. 16 (1852). 

Four specimens (males) are in the collection, without any particulars 
regarding the locality at which they were collected. 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 37 


This species is distinguished by the form of the front, which at 
base is about one fourth the width of the carapace, with the sides 
slightly converging to the distal extremity, the margin of which 
is nearly straight. The oblique ridge on the inner surface of the 
larger hand is distinctly granulated ; the fingers are not sulcated ex- 
ternally ; and their inner margins are simply granulated without teeth 
or lobes in the adult. In younger individuals there is a very small 
tubercle or granule in the middle of the inferior margins. It is 
probable that the species figured by Milne-Edwards under the name 
of G. lacteus (I. c.) is tobe referred to a distinct species, as the lower 
finger has a distinct subterminal tooth. This species has been 
hitherto unrepresented in the national collection, as the specimen 
purchased by the Trustees as from the Leyden Museum under this 
name, and referred to by White (List Crust. Brit. Mus. p- 36, 
1847), belongs to Milne-Edwards’s first section of the genus, and is 
identical with the G. forcipatus of Adams and White. 


GRAPSID&. 
HETEROGRAPSUS LONGITARSIS, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 3.) 


Carapace nearly as long as broad, quadrate, the surface somewhat 
uneven and sparsely hairy; the frontal margin straight, without a 
median sinus; the postfrontal lobes distinctly marked, the lateral 
margins straight, not arcuated anteriorly as in most species of the 
genus, and with three prominent acute teeth. The outer maxil- 
lipeds have the third joint not dilated at its antero-external angle, 
and the exognath narrow as in other species of the genus. The 
anterior legs are clothed with short pubescence, not robust; wrist 
with a small spine on its inner margin; hand with a longitudinal 
raised line on its outer surface, and with a patch of hair on its inner 
surface in the males; fingers straight. Ambulatory legs slender, 
compressed, with short close hair disposed in longitudinal series ; the 
tarsal joiits of all the legs long and slender. Postabdomen of male 
nearly as in H. penicillatus. Length and breadth about 2 inch. 

Otarranai, lat. 43° 12’ N., long. 141° 1’ E., at 53 fathoms, bottom 
coarse sand (three males and a female); Yokoska Dock, in Gulf of 
Yedo, one young individual taken from the ship’s bottom; and in 
lat. 33° 123' N., long. 129° 5’ E., at 9 fathoms, one young male. 

This species is at once distinguished from the Japanese H. san- 
guineus and H. penicillatus, De Haan, and most species of the genus, 
by the narrower hairy carapace with straight sides, and the slender 
elongated tarsal joints of the fifth ambulatory legs ; in these characters 
it approaches the genus Cyrtograpsus, in which genus, however, the 
outer maxillipeds leave a wider hiatus when closed, and the lateral 
margins of the carapace are 4-dentated. 


PLATYGRAPSUS DEPRESSUS, junior ? 


Platynotus depressus, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. pp. 37, 63, 
pl. viii. fig. 2 (1835); M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. (sér. 3) Zool. xx. 
p- 199 (1853). 


38 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


Platygrapsus depressus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 
104 (1858). 

Two small specimens (male and female) are in the collection. 
These differ from the description and figure of De Haan, and from 
an adult male of P. depressus in the British-Museum collection, in 
the existence of a small spine on the wrist at the antero-internal 
angle; and the posterior tooth of the lateral margins of the carapace 
is obsolete in one, and very obscurely indicated in the other specimen. 
The hands are slenderer, and the fingers straight and regularly 
denticulated on their inner margins, whereas in the adult male the 
fingers are arcuate and the upper has on its inner margin near the 
base a large and prominent tooth. 

Matoya, 63 fathoms; lat. 34° 13’ N., long. 136° 73' E., 48 fa- 
thoms. 

This species is a common inhabitant of the Chinese and Japanese 
seas. 

The generic name instituted by De Haan, Platynotus, having 
been previously employed, was changed by Stimpson to Platygrapsus. 
A second species, P. convexiusculus, described by Stimpson from 
the Loo-Choo Islands, is scarcely sufficiently distinguished by the 
characters given. 

The genus Platygrapsus is distinguishable from Heterograpsus 
and other allied genera, with which it has affinities and which are 
represented in the Japanese seas, by the form of the second and 
third joints of the outer maxillipeds, which are obliquely articulated 
with one another, whereas in those genera the margius along which 
the articulation takes place are at right angles with the lateral 
margins of the joints. 


HELICE TRIDENS. 


Ocypode (Helice) tridens, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. pp. 28, 
57, pl. xi. fig. 2, and pl. xv. fig. 6 (1835). 

Helice tridens, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. (sér. 3), Zool. xx. p. 
189 (1853) ; Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 105 (1858). 

E. Japan, Yamada, lat. 39° 32’ N., long. 141° 53’ E., at depth of 
7 fathoms ; bottom sandy, with broken shells. 

A single specimen, an adult female, in the collection. Length 1 
inch, breadth nearly 1 inch 4 lines. 

This fine species was previously unrepresented in the British- 
Museum collection. 


LEIOLOPHUS PLANISSIMUS. 


Cancer planissimus, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, iii. pl. 
lix. fig. 3 (1804), 
Plagusia clavimana, Desm. Consid. Crust. p. 127, pl. xiv. fig 2 
(1825); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 92 (1837). 
a ahha planissimus, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 30 
5). 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 39 


Leiolophus planissimus, Miers, Cat. New-Zeal. Crust. p. 46 (1876); 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) i. p, 153 (1878) 

Four examples, a male and three females, without definite locality, 
are in the collection. 

This species is very widely distributed, occurring both in the 
Indo-Pacific and Atlantic Reigons. 


CARCINOPLACIDE. 


Hereroprax? nitipus, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 2.) 


Carapace smooth, glabrous and shining, subtrapezoidal, transverse, 
its greatest breadth being at the level of the second lateral marginal 
tooth ; in front of this the carapace and frontal region is obliquely 
deflexed ; behind it the carapace is nearly flat, and the lateral margins 
straight and slightly convergent to the straight posterior margin. 
Lateral margins with two small teeth, including the outer orbital 
tooth, Front about one third the breadth of the anterior margin of 
the carapace, with the anterior margin straight. Eyes about 
equalling the front. Antenne with the first joint about twice as long 
as the second, which is small, occupying the hiatus between the 
inner angle of the orbit and the frontal margin. Outer maxillipeds 
with the third joint quadrate, and about half as long as the second 
joint, which is smooth and longitudinally sulcated on its outer sur- 
face; exognath robust. 

Anterior legs (in the female) rather robust; arm very short, smooth ; 
wrist smooth externally, and with a small tubercle on its inner sur- 
face; hand smooth, without tubercles or granules ; fingers straight and 
acute, crossing at the tips when closed. Postabdomen of female 7- 
jointed. Length 3 lines, breadth rather over 4 lines. Colour whitish ; 
brownish pink on front of carapace. 

A single specimen, a female, was collected at a depth of 40 fathoms 
in the Corean Straits, lat. 33° 40’ N., long. 182° 55’ E. 

I have some doubt whether this species should be referred to the 
genus Hefteroplax, which is only known to me by Stimpson’s 
diagnosis, according to which the basal antennal joint is longer and 
occupies the orbital hiatus. The species in other respects appears 
referable to the genus. The longitudinal ridges on the palate are 
distinct. In this character and in the broader front and shorter eye- 
peduncles it differs from Gonoplax, while Litocheira of Kinahan, 
another allied form, has, on the contrary, much shorter eyes” and 
broader and less deflexed front than the species here described. 
Specimens of the species L. dispinosa, on which the last-mentioned 
genus was founded, are in the British-Museum collection from 
Australia; and in these the longitudinal palatal ridges are distinetly 
marked. Kinahan, however, in his description says that they do not 
exist. 


40 MR. E. J, MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


RHIZOPID. 
TyPHLOCARCINUS VILLOSUS. 


Typhlocareinus villosus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 96 
(1858). 

A very small male individual is in the collection, without definite 
locality, which I refer to this species. The carapace and legs are 
clothed with a dense, short, whitish pubescence, with longer hairs on 
the margins, near which the scattered granules, which are elsewhere 
probably concealed by the hairy coat, are visible. The hands are 
covered with minute subseriate acute granules. The antero-lateral 
marginal teeth are very small, and can only be seen by removing the 
hairs. Length 23, breadth 3 lines. 

The specimen agrees with one (a female of larger size) from the 
Chinese seas, in the British Museum, presented by the Smithsonian 
Institution. 


OxysTOMATA vel LEUCOSIIDEA. 


LEUCOSIID#. 
LevcosIA HZMATOSTICTA, junior ? 


Leucosia hematosticta, Ad. and White, Zool. Samarang, Crust. - 
p- 54, pl. xii. fig. 2 (1848); Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxi. p. 289 
(1855); Cat. Leucos. Brit. Mus. p. 8 (1855) 

Two specimens were collected, in which the beautiful coloration is 
very well preserved, and which differ from the typical specimens in 
the British-Museum collection and White’s figure as follows :—The 
blood-red spots on the carapace and legs are more numerous and 
smaller, the tubercles on the arms proportionally smaller but 
similarly disposed, the postabdomen of the male with the sides nearly 
straight and the second joint not constricted, whereas in the typical 
_L. hematosticta the second joint is broad at base and greatly 
narrowed near the distal extremity (see figure quoted). Length of 
male 43 lines. 

Lat. 33° 10' N., long. 129° 12’ E., at a depth of 36 fathoms. June, 
1876. One male. A female is in the collection without definite locality. 

The differences mentioned, although at first sight sufficiently 
marked, are probably due to the difference in age of the specimens, 
which agree in the form of the carapace, front, thoracic sinus, and 
legs. The male individual obtained by Mr. Adams measures rather 
more than 4 inch (63 lines). 


PsEUDOPHILYRA, gen, nov. 


Allied to and intermediate between Lewcosia and Philyra, but 
differing from the former genus by the absence of the pit or cavity 
in the subhepatic region which Prof, Bell has called the thoracic 
sinus, and from Philyra in the prominent tridentate front and 
slenderer straighter exognath of the outer maxillipeds. 

So far as I am aware, this genus includes only the following species, 
Pseudophilyra tridentata and Pseudophilyra perryi, described by 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 41 
me in 1877 as Leucosia perryi, and which is distinguished from P. 
tridentata by the smooth and polished carapace, which is defined by 
a continuous marginal beaded line. (See Trans. Linn, Soe., Zool. 
1. p. 238, pl. xxxviii. figs. 19-21, 1877.) 

The genus Leucisea of MacLeay (Annulosa in Smith’s Zool. Ss. 
Africa, p. 70, 1838), which resembles Leucosia, and in which no 
mention is made of the existence of a thoracic sinus, differs from 
Pseudophilyra and Leucosia in having the exognath of the outer 
maxillipeds robust and curved, and the eyes placed on either side 
at the base of the front, not at the antero-external angles. 


PsEUDOPHILYRA TRIDENTATA, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 4.) 


Carapace (with front) longer than broad, very coarsely punctulated 
except on the frontal region, where the punctulations are very fine. 
Frontal margin tridentate, the front itself narrowed and much pro- 
duced, as in the genus Leucosia. There is a distinct elevation on 
the hepatic region, and immediately in front of it a marked de- 
pression. A minutely beaded line defines the posterior and postero- 
lateral margins of the carapace, becoming obsolete on the antero- 
lateral margin. The inferior surface of the body is smooth; the 
exognath of the outer maxillipeds is rather broad, but its outer mar- 
gin nearly straight, not arcuated as usual in Philyra. The postab- 
domen of the male has all the joints except the last coalescent, but 
the sutures are not entirely obliterated. Colour light brownish-pink. 
Length 44, breadth 4 lines. 

One specimen, a male, was collected in lat. 33° 4! N., long. 129° 
18' E., in 23 fms. 

In this specimen the legs are unfortunately wanting ; an anterior 
leg that was in the same phial, and probably belongs to the speci- 
men, has the arm very finely tuberculated, wrist and hand smooth, 
fingers slightly gaping at base when closed. 


PuILyRa, sp. 


Several specimens (males and females) of a species of Philyra, on 
account of their small size (their length is only about 3 lines), I do 
not designate by a distinct specific name, as they may not be fully 
matured. They resemble Ph. platycheira, De Haan, in the form of 
the carapace, which is nearly smooth and marked with a distinct 
depression between the cardiac and branchial regions, in the very 
finely granulated arms, &c. The anterior legs, however, are much 
shorter than in that species, the palm shorter and more swollen, and 
the fingers less compressed. The pterygostomian region is not an- 
gulated, and the intestinal region rather convex. From the P. pisum 
described by De Haan this species differs in the non-angulated ptery- 
gostomian region, from the P. tuberculosa, Stimpson, from Hong- 
Kong, in the non-tuberculated carapace, and from the P. unidentata, 
Stimpson, from the China Sea, in the form ofthe front. It may not 
improbably be a distinct species from any hitherto described. 

Collected at Matoya, in 63 fms. 


42 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


The colour is light yellowish brown, flecked with spots of darker 
brown, of which two are rather prominent and situated one on each 
branchial region. 


Myra. 


The species of this genus, all of which occur in the seas of Eastern 
Asia, bear a very close resemblance to one another; and the form 
and tuberculation of the carapace and anterior legs not improbably 
alter considerably as the animal increases in age. On this account 
it is not without much hesitation that I regard the specimens de- 
scribed below as belonging to a distinct and undescribed form, as they 
are all of small size; but they cannot, in the present state of our 
knowledge, be referred to any of the known species. 


Myra DUBIA, sp. n. 


Carapace convex, rhomboid-oval, longer than broad, and covered 
with minute distant granules ; there is a faintly but distinctly marked 
longitudinal median raised line. The median spine or tubercle is 
but little longer than the lateral ones, conical and acute; and a short 
distance in front of it, on the front of the intestinal region, is another 
very small but distinct tubercle. Front and hepatic regions as in 
Myra carinata. Anterior legs about twice as long as the body, 
slender ; arm distinctly and hand finely granulated ; fingers straight 
and acute. Postabdomen of the male elongate-triangular, with the 
sides nearly straight ; surface smooth and flat; all the joints except 
the last coalescent. Length 63 lines, breadth 53 lines. 

Three specimens, males, are in the collection, without definite lo- 
cality. 

The nearest ally of this species is evidently the Myra carinata of 
Bell from the Philippines, from which it differs in the broader 
carapace with shorter median posterior spine. Moreover it differs 
from this and all the other species of the genus in the existence 
of the small tubercle in front of the posterior spine. There is, how- 
ever, in the British-Museum collection a male individual from Hong- 
Kong, of much larger size, which may be identical with the Japa- 
nese species, in which the tubercle does not exist. From Myra 
Sugax, affinis, elegans, and mamillaris it differs in the form of the 
tubercles of the posterior margin and postabdomen of the male. 


ExBALIA RHOMBOIDALIS, Sp. n. 


Carapace rhomboidal, rather broader than long, uniformly and 
finely granulated; cardiac and intestinal regions convex but not 
tuberculated. Frontal margin straight. Antero-lateral margins 
straight and not interrupted, forming nearly a right angle with the 
postero-lateral margins, which are nearly straight ; posterior mar-~ 
gin, behind the intestinal prominence, obscurely bilobated. A 
moderately prominent longitudinal median ridge joins the front and the 
intestinal prominence with the elevated cardiac region ; and from the 
cardiac and intestinal regions transverse ridges reach to the postero- 
lateral margins. There is no tubercle on the pterygostomian 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 43 


region. Anterior legs rather long and nearly smooth ; arm obscurely 
trigonous, but without prominent angles ; palm moderately convex ; 
fingers straight and acute. Postabdomen of male with all the seg- 
ments except the last coalescent. Length 54 lines, breadth 6 lines. 

A male and female are in the collection, without definite locality. 

This species differs from most of the genus in the entire absence 
of tubercles upon the carapace. It has some affinity with Héalia 
tuberosa, Pennant (E. pennantii, Leach), from the British seas, 
but differs in the uninterrupted lateral margins and in the form of the 
front, which in that species is concave. 


EBALIA MINOR, sp. n. 


This species resembles the preceding ; but the carapace is broader 
and very much more coarsely granulated on the frontal, cardiac, 
branchial, and intestinal regions and antero-lateral and postero-lateral 
margins. The front is slightly concave. The intestinal region is 
much less prominent, and there is scarcely any trace of longitudinal 
and transverse ridges ; the posterior and postero-lateral margin of 
the carapace is slightly revolute. Length 3 lines, breadth 32 
lines. 

Three males and one female were collected with the preceding ; 
and all are of much smaller size than the fully-grown male of the 
preceding species, to which they bear much external resemblance. 
The distinctions, however, are not sexual, and appear too considerable 
for the two forms to be varieties of one and the same species. 


EBALIA BITUBERCULATA, Sp. n. 


This species resembles the E. rhomboidalis; but the longitudinal 
and transverse ridges on the carapace and the depressions on the 
branchial region are much more strongly marked; in the centre of 
the carapace, upon the branchial region, are two distinct tubercles; 
the posterior margin is broader and straight, not bilobed. 

A single female example was obtained at 52 fms., in lat. 34° 12! 
N., long. 136° 28! E. 


CRYPTOCNEMUS PENTAGONUs. (Plate II. fig. 5.) 


Cryptocnemus pentagonus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 
p- 161 (1858). 

A single male individual is in the collection, obtained at 36 fms., in 
lat. 33° 10' N., long. 129° 12' E., in June 1876. It has unfortunately 
lost all its legs, but agrees in all respects with Stimpson’s de- 
scription. 

This is a most interesting addition to the British-Museum collection, 
as only three species have been described, the present being the only 
one not figured hitherto, and that on which the genus was founded. 
A comparison of the figure now given with that of the C. holdsworthi 
described by me last year in Trans. Linn. Soc. (ser. 2), Zool. i. p. 
241, pl. xxxviii. figs. 30-32, will show the differences in the form of 
the carapace and rostrum between the two species. 


44 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM (Jan. 14, 


ARCANIA GLOBATA. 


Arcania globata, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 160 (1858). 

A single specimen, male, was collected in 24 fms., in lat. 34° 8! 
N., long. 126° 24! E. 

The legs are unfortunately wanting; but the form and armature of 
the carapace and rostrum agree exactly with Stimpson’s description. 
Its nearest allies are apparently the Arcania tuberculata of Bell 
(Trans. Linn. Soe. xxi. p. 310, pl. xxxiv. fig. 8, 1855)—from which 
it differs in the longer, more acute, and equal spines on the surface of 
the body,—and the Arcania erinacea of Vabricius, which has the legs 
spinulose and the front much more deeply incised. There is a second 
specimen, from the “ Eastern Seas,”’ in the British-Museum collection. 

I take this opportunity of noting that the Areania granulosa 
described by me (Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 240, pl. xxxviii. 
fig. 29, 1877) must probably be united with the Arcania 11-spinosa of 
De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 135, pl. xxxiii. fig. 8 (1841), the 
characters given not being sufficient to distinguish it from that species. 


ARCANIA ORIENTALIS, Sp. nl. 


Carapace subglobose, compressed, with the front somewhat pro- 
duced, and with two depressions, well defined posteriorly, separating 
the cardiac and branchial regions ; the whole of the upper surface 
covered with small closely-placed granules. Cardiac and intestinal 
regions very high and convex. Front slightly bilobed, with a median 
sulcus between the eyes; lateral margins of the carapace without 
spines ; posterior margin straight, and forming on each side a promi- 
nent but rounded angle with the postero-lateral margins. Anterior 
legs rather slender, with the arm very finely granulated; wrist and hand 
nearly smooth. Postabdomen of the male narrow-triangular, with 
all the joints except the first and last coalescent ; the coalesced por- 
tion is marked with a longitudinal median sulcus, a prominence on 
each side at base, and a prominent acute tubercle at the distal 
extremity, the terminal joint is narrow and elongated. Length and 
breadth about 3 lines. 

Two individuals, males, are in the collection :—one obtained in lat. 
33° 10! N., long. 129° 12! E., at 36 fms. ; the other at 30 fms., in lat. 
34° 10! N., and long. 136° 47! E. 

This species is distinguished from its congeners by the evenly granu- 
lated carapace, which is quite destitute of spines. The granules in 
one specimen preserve some faint traces of a red coloration. 


ANOMURA!. 
DROMIDEA. 
Dromiip2&. 
CRYPTODROMIA, Sp. 


A very small specimen, obtained at 30 fathoms, in lat. 34° 10' N., 
long. 136° 47! E., is in the collection. 


1 For convenience’ sake, Dana’s arrangement and nomenclature of the groups 
of Anomura is followed. 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 45 


The frontal portion of the carapace is triangular, deflexed, concave 
above, with five obscure marginal teeth (including the supraocular 
and median frontal teeth). Carapace convex, sparsely pubescent, 
without any indication of the different regions ; antero-lateral mar- 
gin with three small teeth. The anterior legs are small, weak, 
pubescent, and smooth. The second and third legs are compressed, 
pubescent, and with a tubercle at the distal extremity of the penul- 
timate and antepenultimate joints. This individual may be the 
young of C. tumida, Stimpson, from the island of Ousima ; it would 
not in any case be desirable to constitute it the type of a new species. 
Length barely 3 lines. The specimen is a young male. 


Homouip2x? 
ParaTYMOLUS. 


The carapace is shaped nearly as in Homola, e. g. with the front 
aud postfrontal region deflexed, behind the hepatic region flat, 
with the sides nearly straight. The front is prominent and narrow, 
composed of two coalescent spines. The antennules are small and 
apparently broken in the single specimen collected. The antennze 
are elongated, the joints of the peduncle hairy, the flagella very 
slender. The eyes are slender, of normal shape, the peduncles 
cylindrical and laterally projecting, not, as in Homola, divided into 
two portions. The outer maxillipeds are rather slender, the second 
about twice as long as the third joint, the exognath slender and not 
prolonged beyond the end of the third joint. The anterior legs in 
the female very slender, fingers longer than the slender palm; the 
ambulatory legs ali alike in form, slender, smooth, the tarsal joints 
long, straight, and unarmed, those of the fifth pair not raised upon 
the dorsal surface of the cephalothorax. Postabdomen (of female) 
jointed, ovate. 

The systematic position of this genus is somewhat uncertain, as 
the specimen, which is unique and very small, cannot be dissected 
with safety. Stimpson placed his genus Zymolus among the Dorip- 
pide; but the outer maxillipeds of Paratymolus are more of the 
Maioid than of the Leucosiid type; and on account of its general 
resemblance to Homola I place it, at least provisionally, with that 
genus among the Anomura Maiidica. Although the legs are not 
dorsally raised upon the cephalothorax, it evinces a certain degra- 
dation from the Brachyural type in the absence of defined orbits, 
the long antenne, and several other points; but it may hereafter be 
thought better to place it among the Maioid Brachyura. The outer 
maxilipeds are less pediform than in Homola, but less distinctly 
operculiform than in the generality of Maioid Crustaceans. 


PARATYMOLUS PUBESCENS, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 6.) 


Carapace and legs everywhere covered with a close velvety pu- 
bescence ; a strong spine at the angle of the hepatic region, and 
another smaller in front of it, two small tubercles in front of the 
gastric and one on the cardiac region, and two in the middle of the 


46 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM (Jan. 14, 


postero-lateral margin. Arms smooth; wrist with a long spine on 
its inner margin. ‘The slender terminal joints of the iegs are longer 
than the preceding joints. Length of carapace and rostrum barely 
3 lines. 

A single female example was collected at Matoya, at a depth of 
63 fms. 

This specimen is of very small size; but in the form of the fifth 
ambulatory legs it appears to be generically distinct, both from Ho- 
mola and Tymolus, an allied genus from the Japanese seas, de- 
scribed by Stimpson ; from the former genus it is further distinguished 
by the form of the eyes, and from the latter by that of the front, 
which is not quadridentate. 


RANINIDEA. 

RANINA SERRATA. 

Cancer raninus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.), p. 1039 (1766). 

Ranina serrata, Lam. Syst. An. sans Vert. p. 256 (1801); M.- 
Edw. Crust. in Cuvier, Régne Animal (ed 3), Atlas, pl. xli; Dana, 
U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 404 (1852). 

Ranina dentata, Latr. Encyel. Méth. p. 268 (1825); M.-Edw. 
Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 194, pl. xxi. figs. 1-4 (1837); De Haan, 
Faun. Japon., Crust, p. 139, pl. xxxiv. ¢ adult, pl. xxxv. fig. 1, 2 
adult, figs. 2 & 3, front of 3, fig. 4, front of 9 (1841). 

A single individual, a male, was collected in Olvasi, Nipon, of 
moderate size, of this well-known species, which appears to be widely 
distributed through the Indo-Pacific region. 


LyREIDEUS TRIDENTATUS ? 

Lyreideus tridentatus, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 140, pl. 
v. fig. 6 (1849). 

A single specimen in imperfect condition was collected in Kada 
Bay, which I refer to De Haan’s species with some doubt, as it 
differs in several particulars from the figure in the ‘ Fauna Japonica,’ 
and the figures illustrating this work are, as a rule, most accurate. 
The carapace in the specimen before me is proportionally narrower, 
barely equalling in width half the total length. The greatest width 
at the lateral spines is attained at a greater distance from 
the front than in the specimen figured by De Haan; the median 
triangular lobe of the front is narrower; and there are four spines 
on the inferior margin of the hand. 

If the species should prove upon comparison to be distinct, it may 
be designated L. elongatus. It in any case forms an interesting and 
valuable addition to the national collection, in which the genus was 
hitherto unrepresented ; nor does it appear that any specimens were 
collected in the United States Expedition to the North Pacific, as 
none are mentioned in Stimpson’s Report. 


PoRCELLANIDEA. 
PORCELLANA SPINULIFRONS, sp. 0. 
Two small specimens are in the collection, the exact locality 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 47 


whence they were obtained not being stated. They differ from the 
description of P. latifrons Stimpson (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 
243, 1858), only in the following particulars. There are only two 
spines on the lateral margins of the carapace in front of the branchial 
regions, and one behind the outer orbital spine. ‘The denticulations 
of the frontal lobes are very minute, but more numerous than in 
P. latifrons—about 9 on the median lobe and 4 on each lateral lobe ; 
there are only two spines on the posterior margin of the carpus. 

It is possible that a larger series would show these differences are 
not of specific importance, 


PACHYCHELES STEVENSII. 


Pachycheles stevensii, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 242 
(1858). 

Two specimens are in the collection, without definite locality 
(male and female). This species was previously unrepresented in 
the collection of the British Museum. Stimpson’s specimens were 
from the west coast of the island of Jesso, Japan. 

With one exception (the P. natalensis, Krauss) the only species 
of this genus, besides the two described by Stimpson, inhabit the 
American coasts—another indication of the affinity existing between 
its Crustacean fauna and that of the Japanese seas, 


LITHCDIDEA. 
HAPALOGASTER DENTATUS. 


Lomis dentata, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 219, pl. xlviii. 
fig. 3 (1849). 

Hapalogaster dentatus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 
p. 245 (1858). 

A single specimen, female, in mutilated condition, was collected 
at the Goto Islands at low-water mark. It agrees well with a speci- 
men from Simoda, presented to the British Museum by the Smith- 
sonian Institution. 

This species belongs to a genus which, having a boreal range, is 
found on the west coast of the American continent as well as on the 
shores of Eastern Asia. An allied species, H. mertensii, has been 
described by Brandt from Sitka, and a third, H. cavicauda, by 
Stimpson from California. 


CRYPTOLITHODES EXPANSUS, Sp. 0. 


The species which I have thus designated is represented only by a 
single small specimen in dried condition. The carapace is trans- 
versely oval, with the lateral wing-like expansions broadly rounded, 
the surface everywhere minutely punctulated. The rostrum is 
scarcely at all deflexed, truncated, and but very obscurely triden- 
tate at its distal end. There is a convexity upon the gastric, and 
one more prominent upon the cardiac region, on either side of which 
is a less elevated tubercle, the three forming a transverse series. A 
longitudinal median ridge extends from the gastric prominence 


48 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


nearly to the distal end of the rostrum. There are no tubercles on 
the lateral expansions of the carapace; but the lateral margins are 
obscurely toothed, as in C. ¢ypicus. The anterior legs have the 
palms tuberculated externally; and the ambulatory legs are cristate, 
as in that species. Length to end of rostrum 42 lines, breadth 6 
lines. 

North Japan. 

From Oryptolithodes typicus, Brandt, from California, this species 
differs in the less-deflexed rostrum, the absence of tubercles on the 
lateral lobes of the carapace, and the shape of these expansions, 
which are broadly rounded, with the lateral margins regularly arcu- 
ated, whereas in C. ¢ypicus the latero-anterior and latero-posterior 
margins form a more or less distinct angle one with another. It is 
probable that this character will always suffice to differentiate the 
species, even if the others should fail in older individuals. C. sit- 
chensis, Brandt, from Sitka, bas, according to Stimpson, a tridentate 
rostrum and smooth hands. 

C. alta-fissura, Spence Bate, from Vancouver Island, of which 
there is a specimen in the Museum, is distinguished by the broad, 
flat, and rectangular rostrum, and the deep notch in the carapace in 
which the eyes are situated’. 


PAGURIDEA. 
EvUPAGURUS CAVIMANUS, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 1.) 


Carapace slightly punctulated on the sides in front of the bran- 
chial regions, and with a small acute median frontal lobe. Eye- 
peduncles subcylindrical, scarcely shorter than the peduncles of 
the antennee, not constricted in the middle, their basal scales 
entire, and concave above. Antennules with the peduncles 
rather longer than the eyes. Antenne with their slender basal 
acicles a little shorter than the peduncles. Anterior legs very un- 
equal; larger (right) leg with the arm very short, trigonous, concave 
on its outer surface, and with a few spinules on its distal upper mar- 
gin; wrist about as long as broad, and much broadest at its distal 
extremity, convex and faintly punctulated on its outer surface, its 
inner surface smooth and concave, and its upper and lower margins 
distally produced into thin crests, the upper of which is obscurely 
serrated ; hand with the upper and lower margins parallel and sub- 
cristiform, slightly convex, and nearly smooth on its outer surface, 
mobile finger not cristate above, and about as long as the upper 
margin of the palm. Smaller leg very slender, wrist externally 
granulated and serrated above ; palm subovate, smooth, and concave 
on its outer surface. Legs of second and third pairs slender, nearly 
smooth, the terminal joints rather longer than the preceding, and 
with short stiff hairs on their upper and lower margins. 


1 There is also a dried specimen in the Museum, from Vancouver Island, 
which closely resembles C. typicus, but is distinguished by the form of the ros- 
trum, which is obtusely triangular, and does not project beyond the anterior 
margin of the carapace. This 1 propose to designate C. brevifrons. 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 49 


One individual was collected at a depth of 100 fathoms, in lat. 
41° 40' N., long. 141° 10! E. 

By the form of the ophthalmic scales, the dilated carpus of the 
right anterior leg, and the externally concave palm of the left ante- 
rior leg, this species is easily distinguishable from its congeners. 

Tt does not seem to be allied in any close degree to any of the 
species described by Stimpson from the Chinese and Japanese seas. 
In Hupagurus forceps, M.-Edw., a Chilian species, which has the 
wrist of the larger hand strongly cristate above and beneath, the 
fingers of the smaller hand are described as being very long, slender, 
and acute, whereas in #. cavimanus they are of moderate length. 

There are a few other specimens of Paguridea in the collection, 
which, being in mutilated condition, cannot be determined with 
certainty. One, obtained at the Goto Islands at low-water mark, 
has lost the postabdomen and one of the anterior legs, but is perhaps 
referable to the Pagurus lanuginosus of De Haan. Another, which, 
like Pomatocheles jeffreysii, inhabited a shell of Dentalium, is too 
imperfect to be described. 


PoMATOCHELES, gen. noy.! 


Cephalothorax and its appendages as in the Paguride. Carapace 
with a median frontal lobe, and postfrontal and other sutures ; pos- 
teriorly it is partly membranaceous. Postabdomen as in the Ma- 
crura, extended, straight, with parallel sides, composed of seven 
distinct segments, inferiorly closed by two longitudinally-folding 
membranaceous flaps, which meet in the middle line. Eye-peduncles 
slender, cylindrical, straight. Antennules and antenne rather short, 
the latter with simple multiarticulate flagella. Antennal aciculum 
small, Outer maxillipeds subpediform. Anterior legs (as in Cancel- 
Jus) equal ; hands bent obliquely downwards from the wrists, and flat- 
tened above, fingers opening horizontally, and acute at tips. Second 
and third legs slender, elongated, terminal joints long, straight, and 
acute. Fourth and fifth legs small and weak ; last joint of fourth 
pair with a small terminal claw, and that of the fifth pair with a tuft 
of hairs and minute claw at its distal end. Postabdominal appen- 
dages of the second to fifth segments slender, those of the second 
segment elongated, and 4- or 5-jointed, the rest short. Appendages 
of the penultimate segment (uropoda) with two lamellate unequal 
rami. Telson membranaceous in its distal half, and divided by a 
terminal notch into two rounded lobes. ; i 

I have much pleasure in dedicating the single species of this re- 
markable genus to Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S., by whom the 
entire series of Crustacea collected by Capt. St. John was presented 
to the British Museum. 


PoMATOCHELES JEFFREYSII, sp. 0. (Plate III. fig. 2.) 
The animal is slender and elongated. The carapace is marked 


1 roma, a lid, and yn\7q, a claw. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. IV. 4 


50 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


with a distinct postfrontal and lateral suture, besides two smaller 
and less distinct sutures on the sides towards the lateral margins. 
The median frontal lobe is broadly triangulate and rounded at apex. 
The first postabdominal segment is very small, the five following 
subequal, with the lateral margins straight, the last small, transpa- 
rent, and membranaceous in its distal half, and ciliated on its mar- 
gins, the terminal median notch very small. The ocular peduncles 
are a little shorter than the frontal margin, and are furnished with 
very small scales at base. The corneze are of a red-brown colour. 
The antennules are half as long again as the eye-pedunceles, the an- 
tenne about as long as the antennules; the aciculum at base very 
small, acute, not half as long as the eye-peduncles. The anterior 
legs are much as in Cancellus ; the arms with a slight denticulated 
crest on their upper surface, the wrists very short and slightly denti- 
culated above; the flattened upper surface of the palms is covered with 
thick short hair, the surface beneath being smooth, and the straight 
inner and arcuate outer margins very slightly denticulated. The 
slender and elongated legs of the second and third pairs have the 
antepenultimate joint short, the two following long and straight, 
the last in particular very long, slender, and acute. The truncated 
distal end of the last joint of the fourth leg is armed with a series of 
short stiff setze or spinules, and a small claw or spine; that of the 
fifth pair is densely ciliated. The basal portion of the uropoda is 
short and broad, and bears two unequal lamelliform rami, which are 
of spongy texture on the outer surface, and ciliated on the margins ; 
the outer is twice as long as the inner. Length 5 lines. 

Two specimens were collected, inhabiting a species of Dentalium, 
at a depth of 58 fathoms, in lat. 32° 43’ N., long. 129° 28! E., pre- 
served in spirit. They were so firmly ensconced in the narrow coni- 
cal shell that forms their home, that the one from which the fore- 
going description was mainly taken could not be extracted without 
breaking the shell. The chele of the anterior legs, meeting above 
the head, and in close contact along their flat inner margins, forma 
perfect operculum, fitting the aperture of the shell (hence the name 
of the genus), serving to defend its inhabitant against foreign in- 
truders. 

Subsequently two other specimens, in a dry state, were extracted 
from specimens of Dentalium, collected in 48 fathoms, in lat. 34° 
13! N., long. 136° 37’ E, They appear to be males, as the genital 
apertures are visible at the base of the fifth legs. 

This remarkable form is of great interest as apparently establishing 
a transition from the Paguridea to the Macrura. In the form of 
the carapace, eyes, antenne, and cephalothoracic limbs it has so 
much affinity with Cancellus, that, had the rest of the animal been 
wanting, I should have considered it a species of that genus. But 
in the narrow, straight, and distinctly-segmented postabdomen, and 
in the form of its appendages, it far more nearly approaches the 
Macrura than does Cancellus. Perhaps its nearest allies are to be 
found in the little-known genus Prophylax of Latreille’, and Glau- 

1 In Cuy. R, A, (ed, 2), p. 78 (1829). 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS, 51 


cothoé of Milne-Fdwards!. The latter, which is placed by Dana in 
the Gebiide, is only known to me by the figures and descriptions of 
its author; it presents decided affinities with the Paguridea in the 
form of the fourth and fifth legs of the cephalothorax, eyes, antenne, 
and anterior legs, which are more distinctly Macruran in type. 
Glaucothoé has been considered by Mr. Spence Bate? to be but the 
immature condition of Pagurus; and he figures and notices a speci- 
men of that or a closely-allied genus that had been taken floating on 
the surface of the sea. Whether his contention be correct or not 
(and his remarks and figures do not appear to me to suflice to decide 
the question), there can, I think, be little doubt that the specimens 
of Pomatocheles I have examined are mature ; and the fact that they 
had been found at considerable depths permanently ensconced within 
the shell of Dentalium seems confirmatory of that opinion. From 
Glaucothoé Pomatocheles is easily distinguished by the form of the 
chelze of the anterior legs and of the carapace, not to mention other 
characters. 


GALATHEIDEA.’ 
GALATHEA ORIENTALIS. 


Galathea orientalis, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 252 
(1858). 

A large series of this species was collected, the specimens agreeing 
in all respects with Stimpson’s description, and the number of spines 
on the gastric region and lateral margins being remarkably constant ; 
only it is to be noted that the large spine on the inner surface of the 
wrist varies considerably in size, sometimes not being much larger 
than the other spinules of the anterior legs; there is usually a small 
tooth on the inner margin of the immobile finger. 

This species, like the Pilumnus hirsutus and Cymodocea trilobata, 
to be described in the second part of this Report, is a very common 
inhabitant of the Chinese seas, having been dredged at no fewer than 
nine different localities in or near the Corean Straits, at depths 
varying from 12 to 50 fathoms. Stimpson’s specimens were from 
the Ly-i-moon Straits, near Hong-Kong. 


MunIDA JAPONICA. 


Munida japonica, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. B. 252 
(1858). 

A single specimen was collected in the Corean Straits, lat. 33° 
14’ N., long. 182° 55! E., at a depth of 40 fathoms. The legs are, 
unfortunately, wanting ; but in the form of the carapace and rostrum, 
and the number and position of the spines of the cephalothorax, it 
agrees perfectly with Stimpson’s description, whose specimens were 
collected at Kagosima, Japan. 

* Ann. Sci. Nat. sér.1, xix. p. 334 (1830); Hist. Nat, Crust, ii. p- 306 
(1837) ; and Atlas, in Cuv. R. A. Crust. (ed. 3), pl. xliii. fig. 2. d 

* Rep. Brit. Assoc. p. 53 (1865); Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, ii, p. 115, 
pl. ix. fig. 3 (1868), 


4* 


52 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


MACRURA. 


THALASSINIDEA. 


GEBIID&. 
GEBIA MAJOR. 


Gebia major, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 165, pl. xxxv. 
fig. 7 (1849). 

Several specimens are in the collection from Katzura and Kada 
Bay, some obtained from coarse sand and gravel 18 to 20 inches below 
surface. The spinules on the upper margin of the hand, mentioned 
by De Haan, are very small, and concealed by the longer hairs, so 
as to be scarcely distinguishable. 


CARIDEA. 


CRANGONID. 
PARACRANGON ECHINATUS. 


Paracrangon echinatus, Dana, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 20 
(1852); U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 538, pl. xxxiil. fig. 6 
(1852); Stimpson, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. v. p. 497 (1857). 

A single specimen, apparently a male, was collected north-east of 
Yedo Island, in lat. 44° 27' N., long. 141° 22! E., and differs in no 
respect whatever from the Californian species deseribed by Dana, 
which was described from specimens dredged in Puget Sound, and 
of which authentic examples from California are in the Museum 
collection, presented by the Smithsonian Institution. 

The occurrence of the single species known of this curious genus 
(which, with the hands of a Crangon, has the external appearance, 
elongate rostrum, &c. of a Hippolyte, and which is remarkable for 
the total obsolescence of the cephalothoracic legs of the second pair) 
on both sides of the Pacific Ocean is a noteworthy fact; and it is 
probable that, with further opportunities of comparison, other species 
will be shown to have a similarly extended range. 


ALPHEIDZ. 
ALPHEUS. 


There is probably scarcely any genus of Crustacea in which the 
species are more numerous, and which more greatly needs thorough 
revision than the present. Not only are the characters in them- 
selves hardly to be defined and accurately appreciated without the 
aid of well-executed figures, but we do not know at present how far 
those which are generally adopted in distinguishing the species (7. e. 
the form and sculpture of the hands and the proportional length 
of the joints of the wrists of the anterior legs) may be modified by 
the age and sex of the individual. Under these circumstances it is 
not without considerable hesitation that I describe below two species 
as new, which, however, are distinct from any hitherto recorded, so 
far as I can judge from the materials available to me for comparison. 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 53 


ALPHEUS BIS-INCISUS. 


Alpheus bis-incisus, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. pl. xlv. fig. 3 
on plate, Alpheus avarus in text, l.c. p. 17; Stimpson, Proce. Ac. 
Nat. Sci. Phil. p- 30 (1860), nee Alpheus avarus, Fabricius, fide 
Stimpson. 

Two specimens are in the collection, one female, in fine condition, 
obtained at Katsura, on the east coast of J apan, and a smaller indi- 
vidual, without definite locality. 

Dr. Stimpson, in his report, quoted above, retains the name of 
bis-incisus tor a species which he regards as distinct from the Alpheus 
avarus of Fabricius, with which, on the other hand, he considers 
the Alpheus strenuus of Dana (Expl. Exp., Crust. p- 543, pl. xxxiv. 
fig. 4), from Tongatabu, identical. Both Species were collected in 
the American expedition to the North Pacific; and as I do not 
know the grounds on which he separated them, I follow for the 
present his nomenclature—although it would appear from compari- 
son of the figures and descriptions that the Alpheus bis-incisus and 
A. strenuus are identical, while the A. avarus of Fabricius is de- 
scribed in such general terms that it would apply to several very 
different species ; indeed by Milne-Edwards it is thought to be pro- 
bably identical with Alpheus brevirostris of Olivier, which belongs 
to a different section of the genus from A. bis-incisus and A. 
strenuus. 


ALPHEUS JAPONICUS, Sp. n. 


Carapace smooth. Rostrum narrow-triangular and acute, pro- 
jecting rather beyond the orbits, which themselves project beyond 
the lateral margins of the carapace. Orbits without spines. Between 
the eyes and rostrum the carapace is very slightly concave. Second 
joint cf the antennules not twice as long as the first. Anterior legs 
very unequal, the larger with the arm short, trigonous, enlarging 
distally, with a small spine at the distal end of its upper and lower 
margin ; wrist very small, transverse ; hand (with fingers) laterally 
compressed, very slightly contorted, nearly three times as long as 
broad ; palm smooth, not cristate above, with the upper and lower 
margins straight and terminating in an acute lobe a short distance 
behind the articulation of the fingers; on the inner and outer sides 
of the palm, near the upper margin, is a longitudinal depression gra- 
dually obliterated towards the proximal extremity, that on the inner 
surface is narrow and triangulate, that on the outer broader and ob- 
long in shape ; the upper finger is broadest and rounded at its distal 
extremity, with a large tooth on its inner margin, fitting into a cor- 
responding cavity on the inner margin of the lower finger; both are 
slightly hairy: the other anterior leg is slightly longer but very 
much more slender than the first described, which it resembles in 
the shape of the arm and wrist; the hand is very slender, smooth, 
and straight, no thicker than the wrist, the fingers hairy, and very 
slightly longer than the palm; the first joint ot the wrist is longest, 
the third subequal and shortest, the fifth but little longer than the 


54 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


third. The outer maxillipeds are densely hairy towards the extremi- 
ties; the ambulatory legs slightly hairy on the penultimate joints. 

Length of largest specimen about 12 inch. 

Two specimens were collected :—one in lat. 34° 6! N., long. 136° 
15! E., at 11 fathoms; the other in lat. 35° 7! N., long. 136° 55! E., 
at 3 fathoms, on a bottom of soft mud. 
~ So far as can be judged from the descriptions of the numerous 
species of this genus, the one now described differs from all those 
of the same section (in which the rostrum rises from the margin of 
the front, the basal joint of the antennz is without a spine, the larger 
hand excavated above and below, and the orbital margins without spi- 
nules) in the form and proportions of the anterior legs. The anterior 
legs somewhat resemble those of A. bis-incisus and A. lobidens, De 
Haan, but are much more slender and elongate, there is a spine at 
the distal end of both the upper and lower margins of the arms, and 
the lobes terminating the upper and lower margins of the larger 
hand are both acute. 


ALPHEUS KINGSLEYI, Sp. 0. 


Carapace smooth; upper orbital margins rounded and without 
spines. Rostrum acute, projecting little beyond the orbits, between 
the eyes very narrow-linear, and separated from them by deep de- 
pressions in the surface of the carapace. Antennules with the 
second joint of the peduncle more than twice as long as the first, 
and, like the antennz, without a basal spine. Antennal scale nar- 
row, with a prominent spine at its antero-external angle. Anterior 
legs very finely granulated, the margins of palms and fingers with 
long flexible hairs; in the larger (right) leg the arm is without 
spines at its distal extremity ; wrist very small, transverse; hand 
(with fingers) rather more than twice as long as broad, laterally 
compressed ; palm with its upper margin marked with two longitu- 
dinal lines of long hairs, and with a small transverse groove near the 
base of the mobile finger, inner and outer surface smooth, not cari- 
nated, outer surface slightly concave below upper margin, with a 
faintly-marked oblique impressed line near its base; lower margin 
straight, entire, subacute ; fingers nearly as long as the palm, nearly 
straight, the upper broad and bluntly rounded at its distal extremity : 
the other leg is slender, smooth, the palm compressed, the fingers 
about twice as long as the palm, slightly arcuated, leaving a space 
between their inner margins, and crossing at the tips when closed. 
The second pair of legs has the first and second joints of the carpus 
each nearly as long as the three following together, the third and 
fourth joints being very short, the fifth but little longer. The dac- 
tyli of the following legs are slender and straight. Length about 
1 inch 1 line. 

One individual is in the collection, obtained with a specimen of 
the preceding species, in lat. 35° 7! N., long. 136° 55’ E., at 3 
fathoms, on a muddy bottom. 

_ This species, on account of the form of the front and anterior legs, 
belongs to a small section of the genus d/pheus including the A. 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 55 


brevirostris, Olivier, and A. lobidens, De Haan, and the A. malaba- 
ricus and A. rapaz, Fabricius, as described and figured by the latter- 
mentioned author in the ‘Fauna Japonica.’ From the A. breviros- 
éris it differs in the absence of crests upon the upper surface of the 
larger hand, the finger of which is proportionally much longer, and 
nearly straight, and from the three other species in the absence of 
ridges on the outer and inner surface of the palm, and of spines at 
the distal extremity of the arm, &c. It is evidently very nearly 
allied to A. rapax, which, however, is described (De Haan, J. ¢.) as 
having “manus major glabra 4-costata, brachia carina superiore 
apice unispinosa.” 

I dedicate this species to Mr. J. S. Kingsley, of Salem, U. S., who, 
by his recent researches, has greatly facilitated the determination of 
tne American species of this genus. 


ALPHEUS GRACILIPES ? 


? Alpheus gracilipes, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 31 
(1860). 

I refer to this species with some hesitation a small individual 
collected in lat. 32° 49’ N., long. 128° 54' E. It agrees in all parti- 
culars with Stimpson’s description, based on a specimen from Tahiti, 
except that the orbits can scarcely be called acute in front, and the 
penultimate joint of the ambulatory legs is about 6-spined below. 
I may add that the larger hand is sparsely pilose and slightly twisted, 
the mobile finger about one third the total length of the hand. The 
smaller hand is wanting in the specimen. 


RaYNCHOCYCLUS PLANIROSTRIS. 


Cyclorhynchus planirostris, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 175, 
pl. xlv. fig. 7 (1849). 

Rhynchocyclus planirostris, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 
p- 27 (1860). 

Rhynchocyclus mucronatus, Stimpson, /.c. p. 28 (1860), var. 

One adult female, with ova, was collected at Cape Sima, Nippon, 
at a depth of 18 fathoms, on a bottom of sand and broken shells, 
and one, apparently male, in the Gulf of Yedo. It is to be noted 
that in neither specimen is the wrist carinated above and spinose at 
apex, as in De Haan’s description. In all other respects the female, 
however, agrees with the description and figure of that author. 
The second specimen, in the somewhat narrower longer rostrum, 
and the existence of but a single spine on the dorsal surface of the 
carapace, agrees with Stimpson’s diagnosis of R. mucronatus, which 
was based on specimens collected in the Strait of Ly-i-moon, near 
Hong Kong; but the denticles on the anterior margin of the ros- 
trum are more numerous in both individuals. In both, moreover, 
exist the spines on the anterior margin of the carapace, mentioned 
by Stimpson; and in both the joints of the wrist are of the same 
proportional length, ¢. e. the second longer than either the first and 
third. It is probable that Stimpson’s species is at most a. meré 


56 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM (Jan. 14, 


variety of the planirostris ; or the differences may be those peculiar 
to the male sex. : 


HippoLyTE LEPTOGNATHA, var. 

? Hippolyte leptognatha, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 
p- 34 (1860). 

- Rather slender. Carapace dorsally carinated, the carina reaching 
nearly to the posterior margin; anterior margin with two small 
spines below the eye, and another at the antero-inferior angle. Ros- 
trum elongated, longer than the carapace, its apex reaching beyond 
the end of the shorter thickened flagellum of the antennules ; its 
upper margin straight, horizontal, and 6-dentate, the two or three 
last teeth situate on the dorsal crest, inferior margin with about six 
small and crowded teeth. The postabdomen is strongly geniculated. 
The outer maxillipeds slender and elongated, reaching nearly to the 
apex of the rostrum. Anterior legs rather slender; the palm longer 
than the fingers, and rather longer than the wrist. Wrist of second 
pair of legs 7-jointed, the second and sixth joints shortest, and the 
third joint the longest. Only one of the following legs exists in the 
specimen before me; in this the merus joint is armed with a series 
of spinules on its inferior margin, the penultimate joint is long, and 
the last joint short. 

The single specimen, a female with ova, was collected in the Gulf 
of Yedo, and is in a mutilated condition. 

It agrees in so many particulars with Stimpson’s description of 
#1. leptognatha, from Hakodadi, that I have not ventured to consider 
it distinct ; as will be seen from the description, however, it differs in 
the more numerous teeth of the rostrum, of which fewer are placed on 
the dorsal surface of the carapace. 


PANDALUS GRACILIS. 

Pandalus gracilis, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci, Phil. p. 37 
(1860). 

A single specimen was obtained in the Korean Straits, in lat. 34° 
8'N., long. 126° 24’ E.; temp. of water 71°, at a depth of 17 
fathoms. It is ina very mutilated condition, the legs being im- 
perfect and rostrum broken at the tip; but it agrees well with Stimp- 
son’s description and a specimen presented by the Smithsonian 
Institution from Hakvudadi. 


PEN ZIDEA. 
PENAID. 

Pen zus arrinis, M.-Edw. 

Peneus affinis, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 416 (1837); De 
Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 192, pl. xlvi. fig. 3, barbatus on plate 
(1849); Miers, Proe. Zool. Soe. p. 304 (1878). 

Peneus velutinus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii., Crust. i. p- 604, 
pl. xl. fig. 4 (1852). 
prec male individual, was collected in lat. 32° 49’ N., long. 128° 


1879. ] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 57 


This species has apparently a very wide geographical range, as 
there are specimens which do not seem to differ specifically in the 
British Museum from the Gulf of Suez and Western Australia; and 
Iam informed in a letter from Mr. J. S. Kingsley, of the Peabody 
Academy of Science, Massachusetts, that the. Museum of that In- 
stitution possesses specimens from Hong-Kong, the Sandwich Islands, 
and Zanzibar. : 


CUMACEA. 
HETEROCUMA, gen. nov. 


Cephalothorax without a distinct rostrum, and (viewed laterally) 
nearly straight in its dorsal outline. Five free segments of the body 
exposed. Postabdomen much longer than the carapace, terminal 
segment obsolete. Eye large and distinct. Antennules robust, 5- 
jointed, without any accessory flagellum, and with the first three 
joints of the peduncle dilated. Mandibles with the apex strongly 
dentated, the inner margins armed with 10-12 stiff setae and with 
a prominent molar tubercle. First maxille with the slender flagella 
terminating in two unequal sete. First and second maxillipeds 6- 
jointed; third maxillipeds 6-jointed, the basal joint considerably 
dilated, and produced at its extero-distal angle, which is subacute, 
the second joint very short, transverse, the third with its extero-dis- 
tal angle greatly produced and acuminated, the fourth dilated and 
truncated at its distal extremity, and the fifth and sixth slender. 
First three pairs of legs palpigerous in both sexes. ‘The appendages 
of the sixth postabdominal segment (uropoda) are elongated, the 
basal portion being about as long as the fifth postabdominal segment, 
and terminating in two flattened subequal rami, which are two- 
jointed and about as long as the base. 

In the males there exist well-developed appendages on the ventral 
surface of the first five postabdominal segments, and the antenne 
are well developed and have the last joint of the peduncle dilated and 
terminate in a slender flagellum, which is directed backward and is 
as long as the animal. 

This genus is apparently nearly allied to Hudorel/a, Norman (Lu- 
dora, S. Bate), which it resembles in general form, the obsolescence 
of the terminal postabdominal segment, the form of the uropoda, 
&c., but differs in the existence of a well-developed eye, in the 
structure of the flagellum of the first maxilla, which terminates in 
two setze, and particularly in the dilatation of the third and fourth 
joints of the third pair of maxillipeds. In the males, moreover, the 
first five postabdominal segments are all furnished with appendages. 

It is also very nearly allied to Leptocuma, Sars, from Rio Plata, a 
genus recently described and beautifully figured by its distinguished 
author in Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. xi. no. 5, Pp: 24; but in 
that genus the eye is indistinct, and not furnished with corneee, the 
first pair of legs more robust, and, moreover, the third maxillipeds 
(so far as they could be seen without dissection in the unique 
specimen) are described as ‘“‘of perfectly normal structure” in 
Leptocuma, 


58 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEA FROM [Jan. 14, 


Heterocuma sarsi, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 3.) 

The body is slender; the carapace or dorsal shield is somewhat 
laterally compressed, with an obscure median dorsal keel, which is 
flattened and sulcated posteriorly, and terminates anteriorly in the 
oculigerous lobe. Viewed laterally, the dorsal outline of the cara- 
pace is nearly straight, the inferior or lateral margin is at first 
straight and parallel with the upper, but anteriorly it is curved up- 
ward toward the front. The antero-lateral margins meet in front 
of the eye, but are not prolonged into a rostrum. ‘The surface is 
smooth, or only very minutely punctulated; on either side there is 
a wide and rather deep incision in the antero-lateral margin, through 
which the antennules are visible; and the lobe beneath the sinus is 
triangular and subacute. 

Five free segments of the body are exposed, the first being very 
narrow and overlapped upon the sides by the carapace ; the second 
is longest, with the latero-inferior margins straight ; the third very 
short upon the dorsal surface, but, like the two following, produced 
backward at its postero-lateral angle. Similarly the first four post- 
abdominal segments are produced backward on the sides, the pro- 
duced portion forming a subacute lobe ; these segments are subequal, 
the fifth is longer, the sixth rather smaller than any of the prece- 
ding; all are marked with longitudinal depressions on the dorsal 
surface, which are best visible in the dried specimens; the last 
segment or telson is represented only by an obscurely bilobate 
tubercle. 

The large black eye is placed immediately behind the frontal 
margin. The antennules, visible through the lateral sinus, are short 
and 5-jointed, the basal joint very short, the second longest and 
considerably dilated, the third dilated and shorter, the fourth slender 
and longer, and the fifth very small and ending in a pencil of sete. 
The first pair of legs are greatly elongated and slender, the extre- 
mity being clothed with a pencil of long sets, which arise near the 
distal end of the penultimate joint ; the fifth pair of legs is very 
short. The appendages of the first five postabdominal segments in 
the male are biramose; the rami flattened, ovate, and fringed at 
their distal extremities with long and flexible cilia; those of the 
sixth segment (uropoda) are fringed with short stiff sete along the 
inner margins of the base and the inner ramus, of which the two 
joints are subequal; in the outer ramus the basal joint is much 
shorter than the terminal. Length of animal (excluding appendages) 
not exceeding ? inch. 

A good series of specimens of both sexes were collected at a depth 
of 40 fathoms in lat. 32° 41’ N., long. 128° 57' E. ; one (a male) 
occurred at a depth of 50 fathoms, in lat. 33° 19’ N., long. 129° 72' 
E. ; and two males and a female were taken in lat. 32° 49’ N., long. 
128° 56! E. 


Var. GRANULATA. 


In two or three specimens (male and female), collected, with the 
typical form, in 40 fathoms, in lat. 32° 41’ N., long. 128° 57’ E., 


1879.] THE COREAN AND JAPANESE SEAS. 59 


the carapace is more or less covered on its dorsal surface with small 
tuberculiform granules, which are largest along the line of the median 
dorsal carina, and are gradually obliterated toward the lateral mar- 
gins. ‘ 

Asin all other respects these specimens resemble the typical forms, 
I have not ventured to regard them as belonging to a distinct spe- 
cies *. 


APPENDIX. 


On the Method of Dredging and Separating the Specimens, Sc., 
with Remarks on Temperature, §c. By Capt. H. C. Sr. Jonn, R.N. 


During the years 1870 to 1877, when employed surveying the 
Japanese coasts, I usually kept a small dredge pretty well at work. 

There is so little trouble and the few arrangements necessary are 
so simple, that I venture to give a brief outline of the plan I adopted, 
hoping, if it meets the eyes of those who have business on the deep, 
that they might be induced, at any rate occasionally, to try their luck 
in a similar way. 

After ascertaining the depth, the dredge (which was always kept 
ready, hanging over the stern) would be lowered into the water, a 
28-pound lead attached to the rope 5 to 8 fathoms from the dredge ; 
this is to ensure the dredge passing over or along the bottom at the 
right angle. If the ship is just moving through the water, so much 
the better; the dredge then goes out clear. I think about one mile 
an hour not too fast for the dredge to pass along the bottom, and 
half an hour generally long enough for it to remain down. 

On its being brought up, a boy, whom I had shown how to sift 
the contents, immediately commenced operations, using three diffe- 


1 To complete the account of the Podophthalmia collected by Capt. St. John, 
IT subjoin the following description of a Stomatopod crustacean without definite 
locality, which, being represented only by a single specimen in mutilated condi- 
tion, I cannot determine with certainty. Itisapparently allied to Cyrtopia, Dana. 
The carapace, which loosely covers the body, is attached only near its anterior 
margin, and is deeply excavated posteriorly on the dorsal surface, leaving three 
or four segments of the cephalothorax exposed. Anteriorly, it is prolonged 
forwards between and half conceals the eyes, and is armed with a strong 
median and two small lateral frontal spines; beneath the eyes there are two 
small spines on the lateral margins, and one on the postero-lateral lobe on 
either side of the median excavation. The surface of the carapace is covered 
with small scattered granules. The postabdominal segments are nearly smooth ; 
the sixth has two teeth on its lateral margins. The terminal segment is entire, 
tapers slightly to its distal extremity, which is subtruncate and armed with two 
strong stiff sete. The eyes are large, red, and only slightly project from be- 
neath the margins of the carapace. The antennules have the peduncle thickened, 
and are furnished with two flagella, which are broken ; but the outer in its im- 
perfect state is nearly as long as the animal. The antenne are furnished at 
base with an ovate leaf-like scale, and have each a single flagellum (unfortu- 
nately broken). The cephalothoracic legs are in very imperfect condition ; but 
there seem to have existed six pairs, furnished (at least the anterior pair) with 
a palp and a branchial leaflet at base. The first five postabdominal.segments 
are furnished with swimming-appendages; the appendages of the sixth seg- 
ment have subequal rami, ciliated along their inner margins, the outer ovate- 
lanceolate, and the inner lanceolate and acute. Length about 9 lines (¥ inch). 


60 ON CRUSTACEA FROM THE JAPANESE SEAS. [Jan. 14, 


rent-sized sieves for the purpose, and placing every thing he found 
in a wooden tub filled with clean salt water. From this receptacle 
I always took the specimens myself, putting them at once into 
bottles with spirit. In working the contents of the dredge, care 
should be taken that the hand is not used to rub or force them 
through the sieves. The sieves ought to be shaken backwards and 
forwards in atub of water; the sand or mud will quickly pass away, 
leaving all but microscopic life behind. 

I usually kept a small canvas bag of the contents of the dredge 
previous to its being examined and just asit came up. If hung up, 
the contents of the bag soon harden and dry; it takes little room, 
and frequently contains interesting subjects for microscopic exami- 
nation. 

Generally quantities of animal life came up attached to the bag, 
outside as well asin. It is always well to examine the bag closely 
immediately the dredge reaches the surface. The small colourless 
and otherwise difficult-to-distinguish forms which abound in about 
50 fathoms will then be more easily found by their movements, 
whereas if left to die, which they very soon do, they are far more 
difficult to find. 

As the depth of water increases, so ought the distance of the 28- 
pound lead from the dredge, so as to ensure the lips of the dredge 
taking the bottom at a proper angle. I used a 24-inch rope next 
the dredge, increasing that size at 200 fathoms to 3 inches. 

The dredge was about 3 feet long by 18 inches wide. This size I 
found most convenient, the bag being about 3 feet 6 inches deep, 
and made of ordinary bread-bag stuff, with a good strong network 
bag outside to protect the inner or real bag from being torn or in- 
jured on the hard bottom. 

During the seven years I spent in Japan most of the time was on 
the south coast, where, in consequence, the chief part of the dredg- 
ings were obtained. In 1871, however, I had an opportunity of 
dipping into the cold stream from the north, as it flowed past 
the north and north-east coast of Yedo. The temperature of this 
stream was 36° to 39° F. in the month of August, whereas that of 
the Kuro Siuvo or equatorial current, a small portion of which enters 
the Sea of Japan by the Korean Strait and passes out to the Pacific 
by the Tsuga Strait, was 58° to 60° at the same time, and in close 
proximity to the counterstream. These two currents rub together, 
but do not mix. 

From the cold waters the most interesting things were obtained ; 
and I feel sure there is much to be done in this particular portion 
of the globe, which may be termed the north-west corner of the 
Pacific. 

When practicable, I always took the temperature at the bottom as 
well as at the surface. 


1879.j | COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE FRUIT-PIGEONS. 61 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puate I. 


Fig. 1. Pleistacantha sanctijohannis (p. 24), male individual, natural size, 

1 a. Inferior view of buccal, orbital, and antennal region of the same. x 3 
diameters. 

1%. Lateral view of rostrum. X 3 diameters. 

le. Outer view of hand of the same. X 3 diameters. 

1d. Postabdomen of the same. xX 3 diameters. 

2, Hyastenus (Chorilia) japonicus (p. 27), male individual, dorsal view, 
natural size. 

2a. Orbital and antennal region of the same. X 2 diameters. 

26. Postabdomen of the same. X 2 diameters. 


Prats IT. 


Fig. 1. Doclea orientalis (p. 28), female individual, natural size. 

la. Inferior view of orbital and antennal region of the same. X 8 dia- 
meters. 

2. Heteroplax ? nitidus (p. 39), female individual. x 2 diameters, 

2a. Inferior view of frontal, orbital, and antennal region of the same, 
further magnified. 

26. Outer view of hand of the same.  X 4 diameters. 

3. Heterograpsus longitarsis (p. 37), male individual, natural size. 

3a. Outer view of hand of the same. xX 3 diameters. 

4. Pseudophilyra tridentata (p. 41), male individual. x 8 diameters. 

4a. Outer view of hand of the same. x 2 diameters. 

5. Cryptocnemus pentagonus, Stimpson (p. 43), carapace of male individual. 
x 3 diameters. 

6. Paratymolus pubescens (p. 45), female individual. Xx 3 diameters. 

6a. Inferior view of buccal, antennal, and orbital region of the same. x 8 
diameters. : 

60. Lateral view of carapace of the same. 3 diameters. 


Prate III. 


Fig. 1. Eupagurus cavimanus (p. 48), male individual. x 14 diameter. 
2. Pomatocheles jeffreysit (p. 49), male individual, dorsal view. x 4 dia- 
meters. 
2a. Lateral view of the same. x 4 diameters. 
2b, Fourth cephalothoracic leg of the same, greatly magnified. 
2c. Fifth cephalothoracic leg, greatly magnified. 
2d. Terminal segment and uropoda, greatly magnified. 
3. Heterocuma sarsi (p. 58), male individual. x 8 diameters. 
3a. Front of cephalothorax, dorsal yiew, further magnified. 
36. Second maxilliped, greatly magnified. 
3c. Third maxilliped of the same, greatly magnified. 
3d. Leg of the first pair, greatly magnified. 
3e. Terminal segment and uropoda, greatly magnified. 


4. A few Remarks on Mr. Elliot’s paper “On the Fruit- 
Pigeons of the Genus Péilopus.’ By T. Satvaport, 


C.M.Z.S. 
[Received November 23, 1878.] 

My friend Mr. Elliot, in his paper ‘On the Fruit-Pigeons of the 
Genus Ptilopus” (P. Z.S. 1878, pp. 500, 525) has requested that his 
conclusions should not be rejected or condemned until after the exam- 
ination of materials at least approximating somewhat to that which 
he has consulted. I hope that he will allow that as regards Moluc- 


62 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON MR. ELLIOT’S Jan. 14 
3 


can and Papuan species I have seen a good deal more than he has, 
and that Iam not liable to the reproach of the Greek sculptor to the 
cobbler of Athens, “Ne sutor ultra crepidam.” Just for this reason 
I shall confine myself to some remarks on the Papuan and Moluccan 
species, leaving to somebody else to test Mr. Elliot’s conclusions as to 
the species from other localities. - 

I shall follow Mr. Ellit’s order. 


18. PriLtopus XANTHOGASTER. 


I do not find among the synonyms the following :—P¢ilopus auran- 
tiiventris, Rosenb. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xxix. p. 144 (1867); id. 
Reis. naar Zuidoostereil. pp. 81, 86 (1867). 

The specimens from Lettie Island are smaller, with the head and 
the neck of a darker and less pure ashy white. Those from Khoor 
are larger, with the neck whiter. 

In the British Museum I examined a specimen marked Marianne 
Islands (!), smaller, but otherwise not different from those of the Ké 
Islands. 


21. PriLopus SUPERBUS. 


I have examined the type of Lamprotreron porphyrostictus, Gould ; 
and there is not the least doubt that it is a female of this species. 

As to the habitat of this species and of many others, I must make 
the remark that it is a pity Mr. Elliot has not mentioned the islands 
by groups ; by mixing together Moluccan and Papuan islands he 
makes it very difficult to the reader to form a clear idea of the 
distribution of the species. 

This bird has been found not only in the northern part of New 
Guinea, but also in the southern, on the Fly River and in Yule 
Island (D’ Aléertis). 


22. PTILOPUS TEMMINCKI. 


I did not made the mistake of calling this species Megaloprepia 
formosa. My Megaloprepia formosa (Aun. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 
122) (1876) is the bird which Mr. Elliot calls Ptilopus bernsteini. 
Mr. Elliot might have perceived which was my bird from its hadi- 
tat; and besides he knew very well that I was well acquainted with 
P. temmincki, as I suggested to him that this was the proper name 
for Ptilopus formosus, Gray. 


24, PriLopus CORONULATUS. 

The following important quotation is missing :— 

Ptilonopus pulchellus, Wall. (nec Temm.), Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (2) xx. p. 476 (1857), Aru. 

This species is confined to the Aru Islands and to the southern 
part of New Guinea; the localities Salwatty and Sorong, and that of 
Jobie are wrong, and belong respectively to P. trigeminus and P. 


geminus. Ansus is not a distinct island, but a locality in the island 
of Jobie. 


1879.] PAPER ON THE FRUIT-PIGEONS. 63 


26. Prinopus TRIGEMINUS. 


I question whether Mr. Elliot, who says that it may well be doubted 
if P. trigeminus should be separated from P. geminus, has ever seen 
a specimen of P. ¢rigeminus. He says that the only difference is in 
the slightly paler crown. The case is quite the contrary. I have 
seen one specimen in the British Museum (Wallace’s collection), 
most likely from Sorong, a second from Salwatty in Gould’s collection, 
and many in the Museum of Leiden. They differ from P. geminus 
in the brighter crown, in the paler throat, in the saffron-colour round 
the violet spot of the abdomen being much reduced, and in the yellow 
of the lower part of the abdomen being less extended. In fact, as 
regards the pale violet crown, P. ¢rigeminus is intermediate between 
P. coronulatus with a bright violet crown, and P. geminus with a 
pinkish, nearly white crown. 


27. PTILOPUS IOZONUs. 


The Aaditat of this species is the Aru Islands and south of New 
Guinea. 


29. PTILOPUS JOBIENSIS. 

The synonymy given is not exact; Mr. Rowley and I used the 
binomial name, and not a trinomial name like Schlegel. 

This species, rather than approaching P. humeralis, is allied to P. 
iozonus, of which it is the northern representative. P. humeralis differs 
from both in the deep purple band on the small wing-coverts, whereas 
these both in P. jobiensis and P. iozonus are grey-violet ; P. jobiensis 
differs from P. jozonus in having the tail above uniform green; in P. 
iozonus the tail has a very conspicuous apical grey band. 

P. jobiensis lately has been found also in Tarawai or D’Urville 
Island (Atti R. Ac. Se. Tor. xiii. p. 321). 


31. PriLopus NANUS. 

This species has been obtained by D’Albertis on the Fly River 
(Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 43); and I think that it is confined to 
the south of New Guinea and Mysol. 


32. PriLOPUS MONACHUS. 


Mr. Elliot says that the birds from Ternate differ from those of 
Gilolo, and that the Gilolo bird may require separation. Mr. Gray 
in his ‘Hand-list’ had already mentioned that the specimens from 
Gilolo belong to a variety. I may say that I have seen many speci- 
mens from both localities, and that I have not been able to detect 
any real difference. 


34. PrrLopUS MELANOCEPHALUS. 

The locality Sula-bessie does not belong to this form, but to P, 
chrysorrhous. 

I cannot offer any additional remark on the specimens from Flores 
(P. melanauchen, Salvad.); but I think that they belong to a form 
equivalent to P. melanocephalus, P. melanospilus, and P. chrysor- 
rhous. 


64 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON MR. ELLIOT’S [Jan. 14, 


38. PriLoPUS PORPHYREUS. 

This is not a Moluccan nor a Papuan species; still I may mention 
that, to avoid the confusion with Columba porphyracea, Temm. (1822), 
it would be better to call it P. roseicollis, Wagl. Besides Java it 
inhabits also Sumatra, as has been stated by Bonaparte. I have seen 
many skins from Sumatra, collected by Dr. Beccari. 


42, PriLopus ORNATUS. 
The authority of Laglaize for this species being found on Mount 
Arfak is not correct, as Mr. Laglaize was never there. Mr. Laglaize’s 


specimens, which I have seen, are from Amberbaki, a locality far away 
from Mount Arfak. 


44. PriLopUS PERLATUS. 

The locality Aru Islands does not belong to this species, but to 
P. zonurus. The two are representative forms, one living in Northern 
New Guinea, Jobie, and Salwatty, and the other in the Aru Islands 
and in the south of New Guinea, on the Fly River, where D’ Alber- 
tis has lately collected several specimens entirely agreeing with those 
from the Aru Islands. 


45. PriLoPpUuS ZONURUS. 


Mr. Elliot could have added many quotations to the synonymy of 
this species ; all the references to P. perlatus from the Aru Islands 
belong to it. 

Beside the type, I have seen many specimens of this form from 
the Aru Islands and from the Fly River; and all of them show the 
grey band at the tip of the upper surface of the tail. P. zonurus 
has in that respect the same relation to P. perlatus that P. iozonus 
has to P. jobiensis. It is important to notice that P. perlatus and 
P. jobiensis ave respectively the northern representative forms of P. 
zonurus and P. iozonus. Mr. Elliot’s statement that P. zonurus is 
barely distinguishable from P. perlatus is rather inconsistent, after 
he has accepted as distinet P. jobiensis and P. iozonus, which differ 
exactly in the same particulars as P. zonurus from P. perlatus. 


47. PriLoPpus PECTORALIS. 


The synonymy of this species is not correct. Instead of Columba 
virens, Less. Vey. Coq. descr. 9 [sic], it ought to be Columba 
cyanovirens, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. 2, p. 713 (1828). The name 
of C. eyanovirens was given to the female of P. superbus and to the 
present species! It is important to notice the mistake, as, if Lesson 
had really named this species C. vivens, this name would have had 
priority over that of C.pectoralis, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 739. From 
the localities Mr. Elliot has left out Koffiao (Beccari). 


48. PriLopus ViRIDIs. 

S. Muller and many others after him have said that this species is 
also found in New Guinea, near Lobo. But this isa mistake which has 
arisen from S. Miiller having (Verh. Land- en Volkenk. p. 22) given 
the name of Columba viridis to a young specimen of P. pectoralis. 


1879. | PAPER ON THE FRUIT-PIGEONS. 65 


49. PrILOPUS GEELVINKIANUS. 


I do not think that the name used by Mr. Elliot is the proper one. 
The exact and full synonymy of this species stands as follows :— 


ae viridis, stirps geelvinkiana, Schleg. N. T. D. iv. p. 23 
1871). 

Ptilopus musschenbroeki, Roseub. in litt. (Schlegel, J. ¢.). 

Ptilopus viridis geelvinkianus, Schleg. Mus. P. B. Columbe, p. 
23 (1823). 

Ptilonopus musschenbroeki, Beccari, Aun. Mas. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 
715 (1875). 

Ptilopus musschenbroeki, Salvad. Aun. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 
195, sp. 3 (1876) ; Rowley, Orn. Miscell. iii. pl. (1878). 

Ptilopus geelvinkianus, Elliot, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 560, p. 49. 


From the above synonymy it appears that the first name given to 
this species by Prof. Schlegel can not be used, being a trinomial one ; 
and as at the same time he published that of P. musschenbroeki, 
Rosenb., this is the one which Mr. Elliot ought to have used, instead 
of making a binomial one of his own. 


51. PriLopus RIvo.tt. 

I also have examined the type of P. solomonensis, Gray, and quite 
agree with Mr. Elliot in referring it to P.rivolii 9. If I remember 
rightly, 1 wrote on the label of the typieal specimen that such was 
my opinion. 


52. PriLopus PRASINORRHOUS. 


To the localities registered by Mr. Elliot must be added the fol- 
lowing, already mentioned by me—Gagie, Guebeh, Dammar, Mafor. 

As to P. prasinorrhous being different from P. rivolii, I do not think 
there can be the least doubt, although some specimens have the 
under tail-coverts more or less yellow, and even entirely yellow, but 
of much paler hue than in P. 72volii. 


53. PriLopus sTROPHIUM. 

Mr. Elliot unites P. miqueli, Rosenb., with P. strophium, Gould. 
The latter is based on a specimen, collected by Macgillivray during the 
voyage of the ‘ Rattlesnake’ in Duchateau Island, one of the Louisiade 
group, beyond the south-eastern extremity of New Guinea. P. 
miqueli is founded on specimens from Jobie and the small island of 
Miosnom, very near the west coast of Jobie, in Geelvink Bay, In 
Miosnom P. miqueli is very common; Dr. Beccari has collected 
many specimens there. In no other place intermediate to those 
mentioned have P. strophium or P. miqueli been found. That in 
such far-away and limited localities the same bird should be found, 
and not in the very wide intervening tract, is a thing which very few 
will be disposed to believe ; and, besides, the two birds are, according 
to my views, really different. When I was in London last year I took 
with me two specimens of P. migueli to compare with the type of 
P. strophium, and found that the latter differs in having the anterior 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. Y. 5 


66 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON MR. ELLIOT’S [Jan. 14, 


half of the crown rosy red, the green feathers of the upper parts dusty 
greyish, as if they were powdered, and the under tail-coverts of a 
light yellow. P. miqueli has the anterior part of the crown purplish 
red, the feathers of the upper parts of a pure, not dusty-greyish 
green, and the under tail-coverts of a brighter yellow. Mr. Elliot 
believes that the type specimen of P. strophium is faded upon the 
forehead ; but he has overlooked that the figure of the same, published 
in Jardine’s ‘Contributions to Ornithology ’ when the bird was newly 
brought to London, shows the same rosy colour of the crown as it 
now has after twenty-eight years. 

The second specimen named P. strophium in the British Museum, 
which was bought from M. Verreaux, without any locality, has the 
forehead purplish red, and certainly belongs to P. miqueli. 


54, PriLopus BELLUS. 


Although this species has the pectoral band yellow and white, 
like P. speciosus, I do not think that this is its nearest ally, but rather 
P. prasinorrhous, in which sometimes the white pectoral band is more 
or less tinged with light yellow. Besides that, P. spectosus, unlike 
any other species, instead of having the crown purple, has only two 
purple spots in front of the eyes, and the abdomen of a beautiful lilac. 


56. Pritopus JOHANNIS. 


Certainly this bird has its nearest ally in P. speciosus, having the 
abdomen lilac; but, unlike any other species, it has the breast-band 
all yellow, and the top of the head lilac like the abdomen. 


59. PriLopus PUELLA. 
70. Pr1LoPUS ASSIMILIS. 


71. PrinOPpUS MAGNIFICUS. 


I must state that, notwithstanding the contrary opinion of Mr. 
Elliot, | think that these species, and a fourth lately discriminated by 
me, should be referred to a distinct genus from Péilopus, 7. e. to 
Megaloprepia, Rehb., the type of which is Columba magnifica, Temm. 

If Reichenbach included in the same genus Ptilopus perlatus, 
Temm., which certaily does not belong to it, that is not a good 
reason for completely discarding the genus, which, according to me, 
is perfectly recognizable by the rather long tail of the birds, the uni- 
form colour of the same, the first primary not attenuated, and the 
peculiar colouring of the different members. It is not by taking 
these characters separately, but combined as they are, that the generic 
value of the group appears evident. 

Then Mr. Elliot seriously questions if the three races mentioned 
should be continued as distinct species. To maintain this he begins 
by saying that ‘‘they only. differ in size,” which is not exact; and 
the proof of this we have from Mr. Elliot himself, who a few lines 
below says :—‘*‘ The specimens of the smallest race, called P. puella 
which are found in the island of Jobie and also at Mount Epa, a 
the south of New Guinea, have the under surface of the tail lighter 


1879.] PAPER ON THE FRUIT-PIGEONS. 67 


in colour than those from other localities, being blackish-grey, in- 
stead of blackish-brown.” But Mr. Elliot disposes very easily of 
this difference, saying, ‘‘ this, however, cannot be considered of any 
specific importance.” But the truth is, that, guided by the black 
colour of the under surface of the tail, any one can pick up a true 
Megaloprepia puella among hundreds of the other forms. 

Mr. Elliot, as the habitat of P. puella, besides Mysol, Salwatty, 
Waigiou, Ghemien, and Dorey, enumerates also Cape York, Jobie, 
and New Ireland, which are wrong or doubtful. As to Cape York, 
this locality is given on the authority of Mr. Ramsay ; but I doubt 
whether Mr. Ramsay has ever had the opportunity of comparing a spe- 
cimen from the northern peninsula of New Guinea with the supposed 
M. puella from Cape York; and I even doubt whether Mr. Ramsay 
is acquainted with the difference in the under surface of the tail be- 
tween the true MW. puella and M. assimilis. Even Mr. Elliot did not 
know the difference, as he asked me how I could distinguish M. 
puella from M. assimilis except by size! Most likely Mr. Ramsay’s 
M. puelia is a small, not full-grown M. assimilis. The fact to be 
shown is that the form with the under surface of the tail dlack lives at 
Cape York. For my own part, I am not disposed to believe it without 
additional proofs, as all such birds I have seen (and many they are) 
were from the northern peninsula of New Guinea, from Waigiou, 
Ghemien, Salwatty, and Batanta. All the birds from Jobi and the 
south of New Guinea (Mount Epa and Fly River) have the under 
face of the tail dark greyish; and these I have lately named Megalo- 
prepia poliura, which would be the eastern and southern form repre- 
sentative of M. puella. There is an apparently strong objection 
against this view. A specimen in the Museum of Paris, marked 
New Ireland, which I have also seen, has the under surface of the 
tail black. But are we sure that the locality is exact? The bird was 
collected by Lesson and Garnot during the voyage of the ‘ Coquille ;’ 
and it would not be the first instance of a wrong locality given toa 
bird collected by them. 

In a recent paper, where I have described M. poliura, I have given 
what I think satisfactory characters for discriminating the four forms 
allied to M. magnifica ; the principal differences can be tabulated as 
follows :— 


1. Cauda inferne grisea. 
a. Major: long. tot. cirea 0"-420-0™-400, al.0™240- 
Op 20) seeps sald agtemasanieeaccais- hve sccean ah sicae -aee 1. M. magnifica. 
b. Media: long. tot. circa 0-360, al. 0O™-190 ......... 2. W. assimilis. 
e. Minor: long. tot. circa 0"-330, al. 0™175-0"-170 3. M. poliura. 
2. Cauda inferne nigra: long. tot. 0330, al. 0-170 ...... 4. M, puella, 


The four forms mentioned above occupy different areas :— 


Megaloprepia puella inhabits the northern peninsula of New 
Guinea, with the islands of Waigheu, Guebeh, Batanta, Salwatty, 
and Mysol. 

M. poliura has been found hitherto only in the island of Jobie 


and in the south of New Guinea (Hall Bay and Fly River). 
5e 


68 MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON THE [ Jan. 14, 


MM. assimilis inhabits Cape York, and according to Mr. Ramsay also 
Rockingham Bay, where, always according to the same Mr. Ramsay 
it meets 

M. magnifica, which is generally known to inhabit South Australia 
and the river Hunter to Moreton Bay. 

Turin, Zoolog. Museum, Noy. 19, 1878. 


5. Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.— 
No. XII. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett 
in the island of Basilan. By Artuur, Marquis of 
Twerrppate, F.R.S., President of the Society. 


{Received November 26, 1878.] 


In the year 1876, the island of Basilan was for the first time visited 
by an ornithological collector, Dr. Steere, who, during the fortnight he 
resided at the Spanish settlement of Isabella, obtained examples of 
23 species of birds. Mr. Everett reached the same island in the 
month of May of the present year, and remained there during June. 
Of the collection of birds he formed it is now proposed to give an 
account. 

In all Mr. Everett obtained representatives of 56 species. Of these 
12 only have already been enumerated by Mr. Sharpe; so that through 
Mr. Everett’s exertions I am enabled to increase the number of 
known Basilan birds by 48. To the 56 species collected by Mr. 
Everett must be added the 11 obtained over and above by Dr. Steere ; 
and the known total of Basilan birds will thus be found to be 67. 

By the discovery of Totanus calidris in Basilan, Mr. Everett has 
established one certain Philippine habitat for a species hitherto 
but doubtfully known to inhabit the archipelago. So now only 
28 species are left, the occurrence of which in the Philippines still 
remains somewhat uncertain. 

Mr. Everett writes, that he finds the “ wet season at its height, and 
the rain has been incessant. The hostility of the natives renders it im- 
possible to go beyond a radius of four or five miles from the village 
without a well-armed party. Hence the collection is rather meagre. 
Apart from these causes, however, the collection is likely to prove 
disappointing ; for the avifauna of the island does not seem to offer 
any very marked features to distinguish it from that of the Zam- 
boanga peninsula.” 


1. PRionITURUS DISCURUS (2). 
[Basilan, ¢ 2, May, June. ] 

2. TANYGNATHUS LUCONENSIS (8). 
[Basilan, 3, May. | 


3. LoricuLUS HARTLAUBI (7). 
[Basilan, ¢, May. ] 


1879. ] ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 69 


4, SpILORNIS HOLOsPILUs (16) 
[Basilan, 2, June. ] 


5, ELANUS HYPOLEUCUs (18). 

[Basilan, 2, June. | 

Not quite mature. 

6. NINox SPILOCEPHALA. 

Ninow spilocephala, Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 939. 
[Basilan, ¢ 9, May, June.] 


7. Scops EVERETTI. 
Scops everetti, Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 942. 
{Basilan, ¢ , May.] 


8. THRIPONAX JAVENSIS (28). 
[Basilan, 2, May: iris orange-yellow. @ juv., May : iris white. | 


9, YUNGIPICUS VALIDIROSTRIS. 

Yungipicus validirostris (Blyth), Tweeddale, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 943. 

[Basilan, ¢, May: iris crimson. ] 

Basilan examples agree with those from Zamboanga. The de- 
scription given by Cabanis (Mus. Hein. iv. pt. ii. p. 60), under the 
above title, of a Philippine member of the genus agrees best with 
the Luzon bird. 


10. Eurysromus orIENTALIs (37). 
[Basilan, 2, May. ] 


11. PELARGOPSIS GIGANTEA. 

Pelargopsis gigantea, Walden, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, 
xill. p. 123. 

[Basilan, 9, May: coloration of soft parts identical with that in 
P. leucocephala. | 

12. Sauropatis CHLORIS (47). 

[Basilan, 2, May. | 


13. CapRIMULGUS MANILLENSIS (55). 
[Basilan, ¢ 9, May and June. | 


14. CACOMANTIS MERULINUS (57). 

[Basilan, ¢ 2, May.] 

The male is in mature plumage, the female in rufous dress. 
15. SURNICULUS VELUTINUS. 

Surniculus velutinus, Sharpe, Tr. L. S. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 320. 


[Basilan, sex?, May: iris dark brown; bill black; feet grey ; 
soles ochreous. | 


70 MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON THE [Jan. 14, 


16. EupyNAMIS MINDANENSsIS (61). 
[Basilan, 2, May.] 


17. PyRRHOCENTOR MELANOPS (65). 
[Basilan, ¢, May. ] 


18. BucEROS MINDANENSIS. 
Buceros mindanensis, Tweeddale, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 543. 
[Basilan, ¢ 9, May.} 


19. PENELOPIDES AFFINIS. 
Penelopides affinis, Tweeddale, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 824. 
[Basilan, ¢ 2, June.] 


20. ARTAMUS LEUCORHYNCHUS (73). 
[Basilan, ¢ 2, May. |] 


21. GRAUCALUS STRIATUS (74). 
[Basilan, @: iris pale lemon-yellow. | 


22. LALAGE DOMINICA (76). 
[Basilan, ¢ 2, May. | 


23. DicrRURUS STRIATUS. 
Dicrurus striatus, Tweeddale, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 545, no. 20. 
[Basilan, g¢, June; 2, May.] 


24. LeUCOCERCA NIGRITORQUIS (83). 
[Basilan, 2, June. ] 


25. HyporuyMis AzuREA (85). 
[Basilan, ¢, May and June. ] 


26. HyroTHyMIS SUPERCILIARIS. 
Hypothymis superciliaris, Sharpe, Tr. L. S. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 326, 
no. 53. 


[Basilan, 2, June: iris dark brown; bill black; legs dark 
brown. | 


27. SETARIA RUFICAUDA. 
Setaria ruficauda, Sharpe, Tr. L. S. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 327. 


[Basilan. | 
Identified by Mr. Sharpe. 


28. SARCOPHANOPS STEERII. 


Eurylemus steerii, Sharpe, Nature, August 1876, p. 297. 

Sarcophanops steerii, id. Tr. L. 8. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 344, no. 115, 
t. liv. f. 1, 2. 

[Basilan, 9, May: iris fine bluish green. | 

With reference to the colour of the iris as stated by Mr. Sharpe 


1879.] ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. fl 


(2. ec.) on Dr. Steere’s authority, Mr. Everett remarks :—“ Dr, 
Steere is in error in saying that the iris of Sarcophanops is like ‘a 
clear crystal, crowded with specks of gold.’ The iris is not yellow, 
but rich mineral green, and precisely resembles the iris of Cymbo- 
rhynchus macrorhynchus. If the describer had said ‘a clear crystal 
of emerald, crowded with specks of gold,’ the peculiar grained ap- 
pearance of the eye and its colour would have been correctly indi- 


cated.” 

The series sent by Mr. Everett corroborates Mr. Sharpe’s state- 
ment (7. c.) that the females are distinguished from the males by 
having the breast pure white and not vinaceous. In Mr. Sharpe's 
plate of the species, the male bird is marked with the feminine 
symbol, and the female with the masculine. The Dinagat bird in 
no respect differs from these typical specimens. 


29. BRODERIPUS ACRORHYNCHUS (90). 
[Basilan, 9, May.] 


30. ORIOLUS STEERII. 

Oriolus steerit, Sharpe, Cat. B. in Mus. Brit. iii. D213, fxs 
Tr. L. S. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 329. 

[Basilan, ¢, May: iris carmine; bill burnt sienna-brown ; legs 
dark grey. | 

The series sent by Mr. Everett enables me to compare O. steerii 
with its representative form O. assimilis, ex Zebu, and to confirm 
the absolute distinctness of the two species. 


31. ERYTHROPITTA ERYTHROGASTRA (94). 


[Basilan, sex ?, May. | 
Examples of an apparently immature female. 


32. MrGALURUS RUFICEPS. 

Megalurus ruficeps, Tweeddale, P. Z. S. 1877, p- 695, no. 41, 
t. Ixxil. 

[Basilan, ¢, June. ] 


33. MIxorNIS CAPITALIS. 

Mixornis capitalis, Tweeddale, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 110, pl. vii. f. 2. 

[ Basilan, d, June: iris orange ; bill blackish; legs light olive- 
green. | 


34, TRENA MELANOCHLAMYs. 

Irena melanochlamys, Sharpe, Tr. L. S. ser. 2. Zool. i. p- 334, 
no. 7d. 

|Basilan, g, June: iris pure Indian-red. 92, May: iris pure 
Indian-red ; bill and legs jet-black. ] 

A representative form of I. cyanogastra, trom which it appears 
only to differ by having the scapulars and interscapular region black, 
without any tint of purplish blue. 


72 MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON THE [Jan. 14, 


35. Ixus GOrAvIER (99). 
[Basilan, 9, June. ] 


36. HypsirETES RUFIGULARIS. 
Hypsipetes rufigularis, Sharpe, Tr. L. S. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 335. 
[Basilan, ¢, May, June. | 


37. CopsyCHUS MINDANENSIS (106). 
[Basilan, ¢ 9, May and June. | 


38. ORTHOTOMUS FRONTALIS. 

Orthotomus frontalis, Sharpe, Ibis, 1877, p. 112, t. i. f. 1. 

[Basilan, 9, May: iris clay-colour; maxilla brown; mandible 
pale whitish ; legs pale clear brown. | 

The amount of rufous on the head of this species varies conside- 
rably in different individuals. In some it occupies the whole fore- 
head and extends back to the vertex, and also colours the ear- 
coverts and a broad space below the eyes. 


39. DiczuM HYPOLEUCUM. 

Diceum hypoleucum, Sharpe, Nature, August 1876, p. 298 ; id. 
Tr. L. S. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 339, no. 96. 

[Basilan, ¢, May: iris bright warm brown; bill black; legs 
dark grey. | 

40. CyrTosToMUS JUGULARIS (123). 

[Basilan, ¢ 9, May and June.] 

One of the four adult males sent by Mr. Everett has a distinct 
broad metallic blue frontal patch. 


41, ANTHOTHREPTUS CHLOROGASTER. 

Anthreptes chlorigaster, Sharpe, Tr. L. S. ser. 2. Zool. i. p. 342, 
no. 107. 

[Basilan, 9, June. | 

I thus identify a single example of the female ; but specimens of 
the male have to be examined before the identity of the species can 
with certainty be determined. 


42. Corvus PHILIPPINUS (125). 
[Basilan, ¢ juv., May. | 

Basal portion of body-plumage grey. 
43. CALORNIS PANAYENSIS (128). 
[Basilan, 9, May. | 

44, Sarcors catvus (129). 


[Basilan, ¢ 2, June. |] 
One example (¢) with interscapular region brown, the others 
with that part hoary-grey. 


1879. | ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 73 


45. OSMOTRERON VERNANS (135). 

[Basilan, 2, May. | 

46. PriLopus MELANOCEPHALUS. 

Ptilopus melanocephalus (Forster); Tweeddale, P. Z. S. 1878, 
p- 9ol. 

[Basilan, ¢ 2, May, June. | 

Not to be distinguished from Zamboanga examples. 

47. RAMPHICULUs OCCIPITALIS (138). 

[Basilan, 2, June: iris light hazel-brown. | 


48. PHABOTRERON BREVIROSTRIS. 
Phabotreron brevirostris, Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 549. 
[Basilan, 2, May: iris light warm brown; bill black; feet car- 
mine. | : 
49, CARPOPHAGA £ZNEA (141). 
| Basilan, ¢ 2, May.] 
50. IANTH@NAS GRISEIGULARIS (145). 
[Basilan, ¢ 2, May and June. | 


51. MAcROPYGIA EURYCERCA. 

Macropygia eurycerca, Tweeddale, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 288, no. 49. 
[Basilan, 9, May. | 

52. CHALCOPHAPS INDICA (130). 

[Basilan, ¢ 2, May and June. | 


53. GALLUS BANKIVA (153). 
[Basilan, ¢ 2, May.] 


54. MreGapopius DILLWyNI (158). 
Megapodius dillwyni, Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 766. 
[Basilan, 2, June. | 


55. ToTaNus CALIpRIs (184). 

[Basilan, 9, May: iris bright brick-red.] 

The occurrence of the Redshank in the Philippines is thus estab- 
lished. 


56. NycTicoRAX MANILLENSIS (198). 


[Basilan, ¢, May. Iris golden-yellow; orbital region yellow- 
green ; bill black ; basal half of mandible yellow ; legs light yellow- 
ish; the front of tarsi and the upper surface of feet olivaceous 
brown. | 


74 DR. A. GUNTHER ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, AND [Jan. 14, 


6. List of the Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians sent by 
Mr. Everett from the Philippine Islands. By Dr. A. 
Ginrner, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological 
Department, British Museum. 


_ [Received December 9, 1878.] 
(Plate IV.) 


Mr. A. Everett has kindly supplied me with the following notes 
as regards the localities at which the specimens were collected :— 

“Butuan” refers to the immediate vicinity of the mouth of the 
Batuan river; ‘Surigao’ to the immediate vicinity of the town of 
Surigao; ‘N. Mindanao’ to specimens obtained at one or the 
other of the two preceding localities, and ‘Dinagat’ to the long 
mountainous island of this name situated to the north of Surigao 
and to the eastward of the island of Panaon. It is a curious fact in 
regard to Dinagat that, whilst it is inhabited by Deer, Wild Pigs, 
Viverridee, Galeopithecus, Sciurus, and Tarsius, it possesses no Mon- 
keys, though these abound in the Surigao peninsula. I am informed 
that the same circumstance holds good for the island of Siargao 
somewhat to the eastward of Dinagat. Placer is in N.E. Mindanao.” 

I have considered it useful to add within brackets ([]) other 
localities within the Philippine archipelago, from which specimens 
in the British Museum have been previously obtained. 


Mammals. 
MAcacus PHILIPPINENSIS, Geoffr. 
Surigao and Butuan river. [Negros, Luzon. ] 


GALEOPITHECUS PHILIPPINENSIS, Waterh. 


Surigao and Dinagat Island. 

Out of thirteen specimens from the latter locality, two only are of 
a bright rufous colour, the majority being of a brownish slate-colour, 
varying into grey or brown, with or without small lighter spots. 
The majority have a white occipital spot more or less distinct, and a 
few, in addition, a white streak along the forehead. 

The specimen from Surigao has a much denser fur than those 
from Dinagat Island ; its colour is a dark brown, and very glossy. 


Prrropus EDULIS, Geoffr. 
Dinagat Island and island of Rasol near Surigao. 


PrEROPUS HYPOMELANUs, Temm. 
Surigao and Dinagat Island. 


Preropus suBATUs, Eschsch. 
Dinagat Island, S. Leyte, S. Negros. [ Luzon. | 


LS7o Pie 


a fea sy 


Mintern Bros imp. 


R.Mintern del. 


DENDROPHIS PHILIPPINENSIS. 


1879.] | BATRACHIANS FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 75 


PHYLLORHINA OBSCURA, Ptrs. 
Dinagat Island. 


CROCIDURA LUZONIENSIS, Ptrs. 


Cebu. {Luzon, Manilla. ]} 
“This is the animal which I formerly suspected to be a species 
of Spalar.”—A. E. 


FEeLIs MiINuTA, Temm. 
Visayan name ‘ Tamaral.”’ 


S. Negros. 


PARADOXURUS PHILIPPINENSIS, Temm. : 
North Mindanao. [ Manilla, Luzon. ] 


MaAcRoxUs PHILIPPINENSIS, Waterh. 
Placer, N.E. of Mindanao. 


Mus EVERETTI, sp. n. 


Upper and lateral parts clothed with rather harsh fur, some of 
the hairs, especially on the sides, being slender, flattened, and chan- 
nelled spines. The hairs on the hinder part of the back remarkably 
long and without channelled spines. Hairs of the lower parts shorter 
and softer than the others, Lars rather short, rounded and naked. 
Tail almost naked, the hairs between the verticelli being very short. 
Thumb of fore foot very short, covered with a large convex nail. 

Under-fur grey, the shorter hairs brown, the longer black towards 
the extremity, or black with brown tips. Lower parts dusky grey ; 
feet blackish ; tail blackish, with the terminal third white. 

The following measurements are taken from the skin :— 


in. lines. 
Length of head and body (¢:)............ 8) G 
i COE ee eet at ck ae ee ip el 
fe IpLCOgt~--17 at ae hE Riese Oe 1 0 
3 HIN OUU yo. fed on os eee ele. a ol 
= a long huir-on back 2. 4... L738 
e Biull 7. ..c aie Seats oe dé 2 0 
Ks series of upper molars .......... 0 42 
a first apper molar: 26 .525..2 2. Les 0 2 
Distance between incisor and first molar ..., 0 65 
Tortoise. 
Cuora AMBOINENSIS, Daud. 
Dinagat Island. [ Laguna del Bay.] 
Crocodile. 


CrocopiLus PALustrRis, Less. 
Placer. 


76 DR. A. GUNTHER ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, AND [Jan. 14, 


Tizards. 
Hyprosaurus cuMINGI, Mart. 
Placer, Butuan. 


Hyprosaurvus NucHALIS, Gthr. 
South Negros. 


SENIRA BICOLOR, Gray. 

South Negros. 

EupREPES RUFESCENS, Shaw. 
South Negros, North Mindanao. 


‘TILIQUA MULTICARINATA, Gray. 
Dinagat Island. 


KENEUXIA SMARAGDINA, Less. 
Dinagat Island. 


Mocoa cuMINGI, Gray. 
Dinagat Island. 


OTOSAURUS CUMINGI, Gray. 
Dinagat Island. 


Hinv Lia VARIEGATA, Ptrs. 
Dinagat Island. [ Mindanao. | 


Hinuwia acura, Ptrs. 
Dinagat Island. 


Gecko veRts, Merr. 
South Negros. 


Grecxo monarcuus, D. & B. 
Placer, Dinagat Island. 


NYCTERIDIUM SCHNEIDER, Shaw. 
Dinagat Island. 


CYRTODACTYLUS PHILIPPINICUS, Steind. 
Dinagat Island. 


LorHuRA AMBOINENSIS, Schloss. 

In specimens from Placer the caudal crest terminates behind 
abruptly, whilst it gradually diminishes in height in specimens from 
Dinagat, South Negros, and Surigao. 

BRoNCHOC@LA MoLUCCANA, Less. 

Dinagat Island. 


1879.]  BATRACHIANS FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 77 
Draco ornatus, Gray. 
Dinagat Island, South Negros. { Luzon. |] 


Draco Bimacu.atus, Gthr. 
Dinagat Island. 


Draco cornutvus, Gthr. 


Placer. 

Draco sPILopTEeRvs, Wiegm. 

South Negros. {Luzon. | 
Snakes. 

CALAMARIA GERYVAISII, D. & B. 

South Negros. [ Luzon. } 

Rwasposoma MopvestvM, D.& B. 

Dinagat Island. [ Luzon. | 


TYPHLOGEOPHIS, g. n., Calamar. 


Body cylindrical ; tail short ; head of moderaie length, depressed, 
not wider than the neck. Eye externally not visible. Shields of 
the upper side of the head normal ; nasal, loreal, ante- and post- 
orbitals absent. Scales smooth, in fifteen series ; anal entire; sub- 
caudals paired. Maxillary and palatine teeth equal in length; none 
grooved. 

This remarkable Snake reminds us, by the want of development of 
the eye and nasal shield, of Calamaria (Typhlocalamus) gracillima, 
from which it differs in the presence of two frontal shields. 


TYPHLOGEOPHIS BREVIS, Sp. 0. 


The anterior frontals are rather small, only about one third the 
size of the posteriors. Vertical small, six-sided, as broad as long, 
with an obtuse angle in front, and a right angle behind. Occipitals as 
long as the vertical and frontals together. Four upper labials, of 
which the two anterior form sutures with the frontals, the third with 
the supraorbital, and the fourth with the occipital. A large shield 
in the angle formed by the occipital and last upper labial. Ventrals 
154 ; subcaudals (?). 

Uniform brownish, the lateral scales and the ventral scutes with 
lighter margins. 

A single specimen is in the collection; it is 12 inches long, the 
head measuring 43 lines. No label indicating its locality is 
attached to it; but it comes either from North Mindanao or Dinagat 
Island. Unfortunately, the extremity of the snout has been allowed 
to dry and is considerably shrunk ; also the tail is somewhat muti- 
lated. 


OLIGODON MoDEsTUS, Gthr. 

South Negros. 

The supposition that this might be a Ceylonese species proves to 
be incorrect. 


78 ON REPTILES FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDs. (Jan. 14, 


ODONTOMUS MULLERI. 
(=Lycodon miilleri, D. & B.) 
Surigao. 

SPILOTES MELANURUS, Schleg. 
South Leyte. 


DENDROPHIS PHILIPPINENSIS, sp. n. (Plate IV.) 

This is the Philippine representative of Dendrophis caudolineata. 
Scales in thirteen rows, those of the vertebral series a little 
larger than the others. Eye of moderate size. Loreal longer than 
high, and pointed behind. The preorbital does not touch the 
vertical; occipitals obtuse behind; two postoculars. ‘Temporals 
2+2-+-2, the anterior small, the posterior largest. Ten upper labials, 
the fourth, fifth, and sixth entering the orbit. Ventrals 167, 
strongly keeled; anal bifid. Greenish olive, with a straight black 
band commencing in the loreal region, and running backwards along 
the upper side of the neck, and disappearing at a shorter or greater 
distance from the head. A black line along the meeting of the outer 
series of scales and the subcaudal shields runs to the tip of the tail ; 
sometimes it is accompanied by another black line running above 
and parallel to it, A black line along the meeting edges of the sub- 
caudals. 

A single specimen, 40 inches long, was obtained in N. Mindanao ; 
a second specimen, from Cuming’s collection, is in the British’Museum. 

TRAGOPS PRASINUS, Reinw. 

North Mindanao. 


Dresas DENDROPHILA, Reinw. 
Butuan. 


Dipsas CyNopon, Cuv. 

North Mindanao. 

HoLoGERRHUM PHILIPPINUM, Gthr. 
Placer. 


PSAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS, Boie. 
Dinagat Island, Placer. 


Lycopon auuicus, L. 

Butuan. [Luzon. ] 
CERBERUS RHYNCHOPS, Schneid. 

Placer. [Negros. 
Nasa TRIPUDIANS, L. 

North Mindanao, South Leyte. 


TRIMERESURUS WAGLERI, Schleg. 
Butuan. 


founo MB del. JSmit lith 


ANATOMY OF 


Hanhart imp 


TENA CROOUTA. 


tun?’ SS 
-‘*S 
Ab we 


Am+ Sm “E 


Pe Vue 
jb ,Bed Ta+Elh 


a 


ys 


~ 


a, AY 


Rots AT 


LNT A TS Wastyits 
ANALUMI US 


Hanhart imp 


CROCUTA 


1879. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF HYZNA CROCUTA. 79 


TRIMERESURUS FLAVOMACULATUS, Gray. 

(= Megera ornata, Gray, = Megera variegata, Gray.) 

Placer. 

The ground-colour varies; one specimen is purplish brown, with 


darker cross bars, and with a series of salmon-coloured spots along 
each side of the belly. 


Frogs. 
Rana TIGRINA, Daud. 
Surigao. [Laguna del Bay, ] 
Rana Macropon, Kuhl. 
Dinagat Island. [Negros, Laguna del Bay.] 


MEGALOPHRYs MONTANA, Kuhl. 
Dinagat Island. 


IxaLus NATATOR, Gthr. 
Dinagat Island. 


PoLYPEDATES APPENDICULATUs, Gthr. 
Dinagat Island. 


RuAcopuorvs PARDALIs, Gthr. 
Dinagat Island. 


PLATYMANTIS MEYERI, Gthr. 
Dinagat Island. (Laguna del Bay.] 


7. On the Anatomy of Hyena crocuta (H. maculata). By 
Morrison Watson, M.D., and Aurrep H. Youne, 
M.B., of The Owens College, Manchester. Communi. 
cated by A. H. Garrop. 


[Received November 15, 1878.] 
(Plates V., VI.) 


The remarkable and unique characters of the generative organs of 
Hyena crocuta, accounts of which have formed the subject matter 
of two previous communications to this Society’, suggested the 
advisability of investigating the general anatomical features of this 
' species with a view to future comparison. In the meantime, as 

nothing like a comprehensive or detailed description of the anatomy 
of the Spotted Hyzena has hitherto been given, and as that of 
other members of the same genus is incomplete and exists only ina 
scattered form, we have thought that the record of our observations 
on this subject might be of use. That it might prove so we have 
endeavoured to ensure by making our descriptions as complete as 
1 Watson, Proe. Zool. Soe, May 1877, and April 1878. 


80 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE [Jan. 14, 


possible, supplementing these where it has been deemed expedient 
by illustrations sketched from recent dissections. Necessarily this 
course of procedure, especially as applied to the muscles, entails 
somewhat lengthy accounts. This doubtless, from some points of 
view, is objectionable; we have preferred to adopt it, however, 
rather than refer to groups of structures as being “‘arranged in the 
usual manner,” a system of recording observations which, however 
satisfactory to the author, frequently renders a paper utterly useless 
to subsequent workers. 

So far as the records of the older writers (notably Herodotus’, 
Aristotle’, Pliny*, and Ailian*) attest, their observations on the genus 
Hyena are practically limited to a consideration of the external 
features and sexual peculiarities—a misconception having existed 
on this latter point, which has extended to the present time. 

Beyond this. their writings are almost entirely confined to lengthy 
accounts of the various superstitions respecting the Hyzna and 
certain of its individual parts. Of all these a fair summary is to be 
found in Topsel’s collection from the writings of Gesner and others’. 
Here also the hermaphroditic nature of the species is referred to 
and denied. 

Subsequently to this time, as might naturally be expected in the 
case of so common and familiar a Carnivore, the detailed anatomy of 
the genus has received more or less attention at the hands of various 
observers. Except in so far as the osseous system is concerned, how- 
ever, it is somewhat astonishing to find that the record of their 
work which constitutes the modern literature concerning Hyena, 
refers only (7. ¢. when the species is definitely stated) to H. striata or 
to H. érunnea, the Spotted Hyzena having apparently thus far enjoyed 
almost a total immunity from the scalpel. 

We would specially indicate here, as embodying the greater part 
of what is known regarding the soft parts of the former species, 
that descriptive accounts of the visceral organs have been given by 
Reimann’, Rudolphi, Daubenton’, and Hunter*, whilst Meckel® and 
Cuvier’’, who also seem in the main to have limited their obser- 
vations to this species, refer not only to the viscera, but also to the 
muscular arrangements, Meckel further making isolated references 
to the viscera of H. crocuta. The muscles of H striata are fully 
illustrated, in plates 129-142 of Cuvier and Laurillard’s ‘ Myology’™. 
Respecting H. drunnea, Dr. Murie™ has contributed a paper on the 
viscera and female generative organs, and indicated some of the 
characteristic myological features of the species. 


1 Rawlinson’s Herodotus, vol. iii. 2 Historia Animalium, yi. 

3 Pliny, viii. * Historia Animaliun, i. 

5 The History of Four-footed Beasts and Serpents, collected out of the 
writings of Conradus Gesner and other writers, by Eid. Topsel, 1658, p. 339. 

68 De Hyena, Berol. 1811. 

7 Buffon, Histoire Naturelle, tome ix. 

8 Essays and Observations, edit. by Owen, 1861, vol. ii. 

* Anatomie Comparée. 

*° Legons d’Anat. Comp. 11 Recueil de Planches de Myologie. 

2 Trans, Zool, Soc. Lond., vol. vii. p. 503. 


1879. ] ANATOMY OF HY-ENA CROCUTA. fa 


The animal from which the following observations have been com- 
piled was a well-developed male. It came into our possession 
shortly after death, in excellent condition for dissecting-purposes. 


VISCERA. 
Digestive Organs. 

Tongue.—The tongue conforms to the Carnivorous typeof the organ, 
being elongated, flattened, and thin. The filiform papille covering 
the whole of the dorsal surface and margins are of large size, and 
present the appearence of small recurved spines. One inch behind 
the tip these papille are somewhat modified in form, and are 
arranged in a clearly defined oval patch. In this region each 
papilla is situated on a broad conical base, and terminates in a blunt 
truncated extremity, which contrasts strongly with the sharp recurved 
appearance of these papille upon other parts of the organ. This 
patch is referred to by Owen’, in his description of the tongue in 
the genus Hyena, but without particularizing the species. Inter- 
spersed among the filiform papille, over the entire surface of the 
tongue, and almost concealed by them, are numerous miuute 
fungiform papille of a white colour and devoid of spines. The 
circumvallate papille are two in number, of small size. They are 
situated close to the root of the tongue, one on either side of the 
middle line. With regard to the number of these structures, our 
observations agree with those of Meckel? and Rudolphi’, and differ 
from those of Daubenton‘, according to whom they are four in 
number. As, however, the specimen examined by the latter author 
belonged to the species H. striata, this may account for the difference 
of statement. Meckel does not particularize the species which he 
examined, though probably it was H. striata. Behind the circum- 
vallate papillz, those of the filiform variety are of larger size than 
elsewhere, and differ in being soft and devoid of the spiny character 
which distinguishes those placed more anteriorly. The tongue of the 
Spotted Hyzena, both as regards its form and the arrangement of its 
papillz, agrees closely with that of H. striata and of Proteles*. In all 
of these we recognize the patch of truncated filiform papille near 
the tip; at the same time it is to be observed that this is not a 
distinctive feature in the anatomy of these animals, a somewhat 
similar appearance being recognizable in the tongues of certain of 
the true Felidee. This patch in Proteles corresponds to the anterior 
third of the tongue; but in both H. crocuta and H. striata it is 
confined to the central region of the tip, and does not extend to the 
margins of the organ. In the Civet, the tongue of which in other 
respects closely resembles that of Hyena, this patch is absent. 

The tonsil is of considerable size, oval in form, and consists of a 
number of obliquely placed glandular ridges. It closely resembles the 

+ Anatomy of Vertebrates, vol. iii. p. 198. 
2 Anatomie Comparée, vol. viii. p. 685. 
§ Reimann, De Hyzna, Berol. 1811, p. 15. 


* Buffon, Histoire Naturelle, vol. ix. p. 129. 
5 Prof. Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 474. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. VI. 6 


82 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE {Jan. 14, 


corresponding organ in Proteles'. The soft palate is short, and 
presents no trace of uvula, such being the case likewise in Proteles. 
The cesophagus, as noted by Meckel* in the specimen examined by 
him, is wide and dilatable. Its muscular walls are very thiek, as is also 
the mucous coat, the latter being dense, tough, and thrown into 
longitudinal rugee. 

Stomach.—The stomach is short and rounded, and corresponds 
exactly as regards form with the description given by Daubenton* 
and Murie* of that organ in H. striata’ aud H. brunnea respectively, 
and by Professor Flower® in his observations on Proteles. When 
emptied of its contents, it measures 9 inches in length and 7 inches 


Ris, 


Stomach of Hyena crecuta, laid open to show character cf the mucous membrane. 


in greatest breadth. The cesophagus enters the small curvature 
close to the left extremity; and in consequence the great end or 
fundus of the stomach is extremely shallow. The greater curvature 
presents a slight constriction close to the pyloric extemity, similar to 
that noticed by Prof. Flower in Proéeles. The walls are thick and 
muscular, as in H. brunnea and Proteles. Dr. Murie recognized 
in the former a central tendon, from which the muscular fibres 

1 Prof, Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 474, 

2 Loc, cit. 3 Loc. cit. 

4 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vii. p. 508. 

° The stomach of H. striata is figured in the ‘ Erlauterungstafeln zur yor- 


gleichenden Anatomie’ of O. G. Carus. 
* Proce. Zool. Soe. 1869. 


1879. | ANATOMY OF HY4NA CROCUTA. 83 


radiated somewhat after the manner observed in the gizzard of a bird ; 
and the same appearance is noticeable in our specimen. This 
tendinous arragement, however, is confined to the surface of the orgau, 
and does not extend into the wall. Professor Flower, in accordance 
with differences in appearance of its mucous membrane, describes 
three distinct portions of the stomach in Proteles; and a similar 
subdivision may be adopted in describing that of Hyena crocuta. Ja 
the first, or cardiac portion of the organ, the mucous membrane ts 
thrown into well-marked rugee, which are not arranged in any regular 
manner, but, uniting at various points with one another, give rise to 
a convoluted appearance somewhat resembling the gyri of the 
cerebrum. They are more irregularly disposed at the entrance of 
the cesophagus than elsewhere, and are here continuous with the 
longitudinal ruge of that tube. In respect of the rugose character 
of this portion of the gastric mucous membrane, H. crocuta differs 
from Proteles, in the stomach of which these rugs are absent. 
Corresponding to the middle third of the stomach, the mucous 
membrane is thrown into rugze of larger size than elsewhere. These 
rugee lie parallel to the long axis of the organ, and are united here 
aud there by means of smaller transverse folds. Along the great 
enrvature the large longitudinal folds are better marked than on 
the small curvature of the stomach. The mucous membrane of the 
duodenal third of the stomach is less rugose than tiat of any other 
portion, such rugz as are present being found in relation to the 
curvatures of the organ, whilst the anterior and posterior walls of 
the stomach are quite smooth. Every portion of the gastric mucous 
membrane in the intervals of the larger rugee presents a delicate 
reticulate and glandular appearence. ‘The pyloric orifice is 
extremely small, and in the specimen examined measured only 3 of 
an inch in diameter. The valve is annular in form, and not cres- 
centic as in Proteles. It will be seen from what has been said, 
that, in respect of the form and character of the stomach, but little 
difference is observable between the three species of Hyena when 
they are compared with one another or with Proteles. 

Small Intestine.—This portion of the gut measures 32 feet 6 
inches in length. Its diameter is not uniform, but presents a number 
of constrictions, which are distributed at irregular intervals along 
its entire course. Asa rule it measures about one inch in diameter ; 
but where constrictions occur it does not exceed half an inch. 
Throughout its course its mucous membrane is covered with villi. 
The Peyerian patches are eight in number, and vary much in size, the 
smaller being found towards the commencement of the intestine, 
whilst the largest, which measured 9 inches in length, was situated 
toward the lower end of the ileum. It is worthy of note that in 
Proteles the number of these patches is the same as in H. crocuta. In 
H. striata, according to Meckel’, they do not exceed twelve in nuinber. 

Great intestine —The ceecum measures 6 inches in length, and 
agrees closely as regards its form with that figured by Daubenton 
in H. striata. In the latter species, according to the author named, 

1 Loe, cit. p. 706. 
6* 


R4 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE [Jan. 14, 


it measured 9 inches in length—according to Reimann, 6 inches. In 
H. brunnea it is 83 inches long, whilst in Proteles it is short and 
globular, measuring only one inch in length. The large intestine 
exclusive of caecum measures 263 inches, and is provided with 
thick muscular walls. In H. striata the great gut measures 3 feet, 
and in H. brunnea 2 feet 6 inches in iength, whilst in Proéeles, ex- 
clusive of the ceecum, it measures 14 inches. In connexion with 
the lower end of the rectum are two anal glands, which pour their 
contents into a pouch situated immediately above the anus. ‘These 
glands, which have been previously described’, resemble more closely, 
both in respect of number and size, the corresponding structures in 
Proteles than those of any other species of Hyena. 


Fig. 2. 


Cxceum of Hyena crocuta. 


The following Table shows the length of the intestines, together 
with that of the body, in the different species of Hyena; but it is 
right to state, with reference to the latter measurement of H. crocuta, 
that we have taken it to be the same as in H. brunnea, having 
unfortunately omitted to ascertain the dimensions of the specimen 
examined ; the measurements of the other species are those of Dau- 
benton, Murie, and Flower respectively. 


: Proteles 
H. striata. HE. brunnea. H. crocuta. cristatus, 
ft, in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. 
Length of body from 
noseto anus .... 3 2 3 9 3 9 2.3 
Small intestine .... 23 0 26--7 S2u0 9 6 
Great intestine ....-3 9 3 33 28 13 


From this table it appears that in H. striata the length of the 
whole intestine from pylorus to anus is to that of the body as 8 to 1, 


1 Proc, Zool. Soc. May, 1877. 


1879.] ANATOMY OF HYENA CROCUTA. 85 


in H. brunnea as 8 to 1, in Proteles as 5 to 1, and in H. erocuta as 
more than 9 to 1. With reference to the relative lengths of the 
small and great intestines, the table shows that in H. striata the 
length of the small intestine is to that of the great as 6+ to 1, in 
H. brunnea as 81 to 1, in Proteles as 72 to 1, and in H. crocuta 
as 12ito 1. H. crocuta therefore differs from the other species 
named in the greater length of the small intestine as compared not 
only with that of the body, but also with that of the great intestine. 

Liver.—The liver is large. In accordance with Prof. Flower’s' 
method of description, we distinguish two hepatic segments, a right 
and a left, each of which is divided into lobes. The left segment is 
the smaller, and is divided, by means of a well-marked lateral fissure, 
into a lateral and a central lobe. Of these the former is much the 
larger and of an oval form, whilst the latter is triangular, with the 
apex directed backward. The right segment of the liver, larger 


Pies. 


Aaa 


Liver of Hyena erocuta. 


U, umbilical fissure ; L/f, left lateral fissure; R/f, right lateral fissure ; 1.1, left 
lateral, and /.c, left central lobe ; r./, right catemak and r.c, right cen- 
tral lobe; S, Spigelian lobe; C, caudate lobe ; G.B, gall-bladder. 


than the left, also presents a well-marked lateral fissure, by means 
of which the right central is cut off from the right lateral lobe. On 
the visceral aspect of the former is a deep cystic fissure which 
accommodates the gall-bladder, and divides the central lobe into 


1 Medical Times and Gazette, vol. i. 1872, p. 298. 


36 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE (Jan. 14, 


two parts—a smaller, lying to the left, and a larger irregularly quadri- 
lateral mass, which lies to the right of the gall-bladder. The right 
hepatic segment, moreover, presents well-marked Spigelian and 
caudate lobes. These are quite continuous with each other, and 
extend along the posterior margin of the transverse or portal fissure. 

The gall-bladder, situated on the right central lobe, is of large 
size and regularly pyriform. The cystic duct is |} inch in length, 
and unites with the left hepatic duct, which, after a farther course 
of half an inch receives the right hepatic duct. The common bile- 
duct, formed as described, enters the duodenum along with the duct 
of the pancreas. 

In respect of the liver, H. croeuta agrees closely with H. striata 
and H.brunnea, differing from the fannie) however, in the absence of 
the sharp curvature of the neck of the gall-bladder described by 
Daubenton’, and referred to by Meckel*. The resembance of this 
viscus to that of Proteles 1s no less striking, the only difference 
between them consisting in the more complete separation of the 
lobes in H. erocuta than in Proteles. 

Pancreas.—Measures one foot in length, and has an average 
breadth of one inch. It occupies the usual position. 

Spleen.—Elongated and tongue-shaped, measures 46 inches in 
length ; its borders are very irregular, but without distinct fis- 
sures. Its widest portion is 3, and its narrowest 1 inch in breadth. 
These measurements correspond closely with those of the organ in 
other species of Hyena. ‘The viscus differs from that of Proteles* 
only in its larger size and in the absence of any oblique fissure on 
its outer surface. 


Larynx and Respiratory Organs. 


Larynz.—The superior aperture of the larynx is guarded by an 
epiglottis of large size; its posterior surface is deeply concave, and 
its apex uniformly rounded. In respect of its form this structure 
resembles much more closely that of the Felidz than of the Canide, 
in the latter of which it is distinctly triangular and almost flat. ‘The 
thyroid cartilage is wide, and, as observed by Prof. Flower in Proteles, 
destitute of a fissure on its lower margin. It differs from the thyroid 
cartilage in both Felidee and Canidze in the much greater projection 
of its anterior tubercle. ‘The cricoid cartilage is of the same general 
form as in Proteles, differing from the latter, however, inasmuch as 
its upper border posteriorly 1 is not prolonged into a median pointed 
spine. In consequence of this the arytenoid cartilages extend beyond 
the highest point of the cricoid, and are not situated below the level 
of its posterior median spine as is the case in Proteles. The false 
vocal cords (which, according to Mayer‘, are absent in H. striata) 
are rounded and soft, and are placed very obliquely between the 
arytenoid and thyroid cartilages, their anterior extremities being 

1 Loe. cit, 2 Op. cit. vol. viii. p. 720. 

3 Prof. Flower, loc. cit. 


* “Ueber den Bau des Organes der Stimme,” Nova Acta Acad, Natura- 
Curios, vol. xxiii, 1851, p. 694. 


1879. ] “ANATOMY OF HYEZNA CROCUTA. 87 


placed higher in the laryngeal box than the posterior. They are (as 
is the case also in Proteles) separated from the base of the epiglottis 
in front and from the arytseno-epiglottidean folds of mucous mem- 
brane of each side by a deep sinus, the mucous membrane of 
which is smooth and glistening. The space enclosed by the false cords 
is oval in form and of such width that the true vocal cords can be 
readily seen from above. The latter are much stronger and thicker 
than the false cords, and approach more closely to the middle line of 
the larynx ; between them is the rima glottidis, which is triangular 
in form. Judging from Mayer’s figure of the larynx of H. striata, 
that of H. crocuta closely resembles it, differing, however, in the 
possession of well-marked false vocal cords, which, according to the 
author named, are absent in the former species. At the same time 
it is to be observed that Meckel’ does not deny the presence of both 
false and true vocal cords in the larynx of H. striata. Taken as a 
whole, the larynx of I. croeuta, hike that of Proteles, as pointed out 
by Prof. Flower, presents a greater resemblance to that organ in the 
Felidze than in the Canide, differing from the former, however, in the 
oblique position and diminished prominence of the false vocal cords, 
and from both in the greater projection anteriorly of the thyroid 
cartilage, as well as in the presence of a sinus which separates the 
false cords from the base of the epiglottis and aryteeno-epiglottidean 
folds of mucous membrane. 

Thyroid gland.—Is very small and of an elongated-oval form. It 
lies under cover of the sterno-thyroid muscle, and extends on each 
side from the middle of the ecricoid cartilage down to the sixth 
tracheal ring. The two halves are not connected by an isthmus. 

Trachea.—Is 11 inches in length. It possesses 49 cartilaginous 
rings (according to Meckel? 53); individual variation may account 
for this difference. The rings vary very much in breadth. In the 
trachea of H. striata, according to Meckel, there are 45, according 
to Reimann? and Wolff’ there are but 36; in Profe/es Mr. Flower 
counted 36. 

Lungs.—The right lung is divided into 6 lobes, the left into 3. 
In the right lung there are two horizontal fissures, the lower of 
which indicates the separation between a basal lobe (which forms 
about one half of the lung) and the rest of the organ. The upper or 
apical half is divided into four lobes through the intersection of the 
upper horizontal by a vertical fissure. Of these, the lower and pos- 
terior lobe is almost square, and clearly separated from that above 
and below it, whilst the two anterior lobes are scarcely so well 
defined by reason of their coalescence towards the root of the organ. 
The sixth is the so-called azygos lobe, and lies between the upper 
and lower halves of the lung. The deft lung is divided into an upper, 
a middle, and a lower lobe by means of two horizontal fissures, the 
inferior of which separates the lower from the upper half of the lung, 
whilst the upper divides the latter into two parts. Of these, 
the upper is the larger. On the outer surface of this lobe is a 


Op. cit. vol, x. p. 635. 2 Op. cit. vol. x. p. 485. 
3 De Hyena, Berol. 1811, p. 16. * De org. yocis, Berol. 1812, p. 10. 


88 MESSRS, WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE {Jan. 14, 


vertical fissure, which indicates as it were, a tendency towards the 
more complete subdivision of the right lung. In respect of the 
number of pulmonic lobes H. crocuta differs from both the other 
species of Hyena, in each of which the right lung possesses four and 
the left three. Dr. Murie mentions the presence of two marginal 
clefts in the upper lobe of the right lung of H. érunnea, which would 


Fig. 4. 


Lungs of Hyena crecuta, distended and seen from behind. 


R. Right lung; the figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 indicate the separate lobes, the 
latter figure being placed on the so-called azygoslobe. L. Left lung; 
the figures 1, 2, and 3 indicate its component lobes. 


appear to indicate an approach to the arrangement described above 
in Hyena crocuta. At the same time, the subdivision described by 
that author of the azygos lobe in the former does not obtain in the 
latter species. Meckel’ states that in H. crocuta the lungs present 


1 Op. cit. vol. x. p. 492. 


1879.] ANATOMY OF HYENA CROCUTA. 89 


the same number of lobes as in H. striata ; but this was not the case 
in our specimen. In Proteles the subdivision of the lungs resembles 
that in H. striata, but differs in the presence of two notches in the 
anterior border of the middle lobe on the left side. In respect, 
therefore, of the form of the lungs, H. crocuta differs more from 
either of the other species than they do from each other. 


Vascular System. 


Heart.—Is short and broad, as in the other species of Hyena. Its 
cavities present the usual characteristics of the carnivorous heart. 
The fossa ovalis is clearly defined. There is no trace of a Kusta- 
chian valve. The aortic arch gives off two large trunks, of which 
that to the right is the innominate, which, as in the majority of Car- 
nivora, divides into the right subclavian and right and left carotids. 
The second branch is the left subclavian. The trunk of the ab- 
dominal aorta gives off close to its termination the two external 
iliac arteries, and after a further course of 1 inch divides into the 
two internal iliac and caudal arteries. The origin of the external and 
internal iliac arteries as distinct branches of the abdominal aorta ap- 
pears to be a somewhat unusual occurrence, so much so that it is 
mentioned by Prof. Huxley* as one of the characteristics of the 
Didelphia. Whether this arrangement occurs in other species 


of Hyena is not mentioned by those authors who have examined 
them. 


Urinary and Generative Organs. 


Kidneys.—Are situated very far back, the posterior extremity of each 
lying in the iliac fossa. The surface is smooth, and presents no trace 
of lobulation. They are globular in form, and much resemble the 
renal organ in the true Felidae. As in them, a number of arborescent 
veins ramify upon the surface of the organ. On section, the kidney 
is seen to be composed of a single large pyramid, provided with a 
single papilla, and consequently differs in this respect from that of HT. 
brunnea, in which, according to Dr. Murie?, the cones are eight in 
number, at least in the cortical portion. In-Z. striata, Hunter? 
found a similar arrangement to that described in H. crocuta. The 


remaining portions of the urinary and sexual organs have been 
described before 4, 


Brain. 


The brain of H. crocuta so closely resembles in all respects that 
of Proteles, of which an excellent description has been given by 
Prof. Flower®, that we have thought it unnecessary to enter into any 
lengthened description of this organ. At the same time, having re- 
gard to his observation that the brain of the Hyena has not hitherto 


«Manual of Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals,’ p. 327. 
> Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vii. p. 507. 

3 « Essays and Observations,’ by Owen, vol. ii. 

* Proc. Zool. Soe. 1877, p. 369, and 1878, p. 417. 

5 Prov. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 478, 


90 MESSRS, WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE { Jan, 4, 


Brain of Hyena crocuta, two thirds natural size. Upper surface. 
C, crucial suleus; S, superior, M, middle, J, inferior external gyri. 


Brain of Hyena crocuta, lateral view. 
F, syfvian fissure; other letters as in fig. 5. 


1879. ] ANATOMY OF HY ENA CROCUTA. 91 


been figured, and in view of the probable wants of subsequent inves- 
tigators, we have thought it right to add the accompanying drawings. 
An examination of these, and comparison of them with Prof. Flower’s 
figures of the brain of Prote/es, will show that, except in respect of 
size, and the absence of a distinct fissure in that convolution which 
bounds the Sylvian fissure posteriorly, the description and compara- 
tive remarks of that anatomist apply equally to the brain of H. cro- 
cuta and to that of Proteles. The hemispheres of the brain mea- 
sured each 33 inches in length; and the greatest breadth of the two 
together was 22 inches. 


Myouroey!. 


To avoid the necessity of constant references in making compa- 
risons of the muscles of the Spotted Hyzena, we wish it to be un- 
derstood that, unless otherwise stated, tie observations regarding 
HT, striatu and Cat have their source in Meckel’s ‘Anatomie Com. 
parée,’ those relating to the Dog in Douglas’s ‘ Myographire 
Comparatz,’ whilst the notes respecting H. brunnea are derived 
from Dr. Murie’s paper previously quoted, and those in connexion 
with the Civet from a paper by Macalister? and partly from our own 
dissections. 


Muscles of the Head and Neck. 


The platysma myoides consists of a strong broad sheet of mus- 
cular fibres, extending from the anterior half of the neck, covering 
the masseter and part of the mandible, and blending in front with 
the deeper muscles in the neighbourhood of the mouth. 

Inasmuch as the region of the face was unfortunately somewhat 
damaged prior to our dissection, we are unable to give so accurate an 
account of its muscles as we would wish. They appeared however, 
to be strongly developed, and to consist of the following :—orbicu- 
laris oris, the external fibres of which take an attachment to the 
margin of the lateral nasal cartilage; orbicularis palpebrarum, 
which surrounds the eye, and has a bony attachment to the superior 
maxillary bone. 

A zygomaticus runs from the temporal fascia in front of the ear 
to the angle of the month. There is also a strong levator labii 
supertoris et ale nasi and a smaller levator anguli oris. Buccinator 
is thin. 

An occipito-frontalis is attached posteriorly to the temporal fascia 
in front of the ear, whilst anteriorly its fibres blend with those of the 
orbicularis palpebrarum. 

Temporal.—This muscle, which possesses the ordinary attach- 
ments, is almost characteristic of the genus by reason of its great 
magnitude. In H. brunnea Murie speaks of it as enormous even 
for a Carnivore. As in H. striata and H. brunnea, so here the 
superficial fibres are with difficulty separable from the masseter. 

? See Plates V. and VI. 


*“The Muscular Anatomy of the Ciyet and Tayra,” Proc, Roy. Irish Acad. 
vol. i. ser. 2, p. 506. 


92 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE (Jan. 14, 


The masseter is also very large; its attachments are as usual in 
Carnivores. Dr. Murie states that in H. drunnea “the masseter is 
clearly divisible into two layers, notwithstanding Meckel’s assertion 
that this is less marked in the Hyzena thanin the Cat.” H. crocuta 
bears out the assertion of Meckel. 

Of the two pterygoid muscles the internal is by far the largest. 
Arising from the external surface of the pterygoid bone, it is inserted 
into the ramus of the mandible, as also into its angular process. 

The external pterygoid arises immediately above the internal, and 
passes to the neck of the lower jaw. Compared with the internal 
pterygoid, to which, by reason of an upward direction of its fibres, it 
is apparently antagonistic, this muscle is very small. Meckel notes 
a similar condition of the pterygoid in Carnivora generally. 

The superficial muscles of the external ear are as follows :—zygo- 
matico-auricularis from the zygoma to base of concha ; temporo-auri- 
cularis externus, the origin of which is blended with the posterior 
belly of the occipito-frontalis just in front of the ear, inserted into 
the anterior margin of the conchal cartilage ; temporo-auricularis in- 
fernus from the temporal fascia immediately above zygoma to the 
inner side of concha. 

Cervico-auricularis (superficial), narrow and riband-like from the 
ligamentum nuche to back of concha. Deep cervico-auricularis 
arises broad and fleshy from the temporal fascia close to the spine 
of occiput. It is inserted into the projecting part of conchal cartilage. 

There are also well-marked sewfo-auriculares (internal and external), 
and, in addition, certain intrinsic muscles, of which the best-marked 
are a vertical muscle of the concha running on the dorsum towards 
the tip, and two transverse muscles. 

Sterno-mastoid arises in common with its fellow, to which it remains 
united for a little distance in front of the prosternum. It divides at 
once into two parts, of which the larger and internal decussates with 
the corresponding fibres of the opposite muscle as far forward as the 
larynx, and is finally inserted into the base of the mastoid process ; 
whilst the smaller and more external part runs forward to end in the 
deep cervical fascia, and through it is attached to the occiput. This 
double character of the sterno-mastoid is remarked in H. striata and 
H. brunnea by Meckel and Murie respectively. It is also figured in 
the ‘ Recueil’ (pl. 137) of Cuvier and Laurillard. 

In Civet there is a cleido-mastoid entirely separate from the sterno- 
mastoid. 

Digastric, as usual from the temporal bone, passes to the middle 
third of the inferior border of the lower jaw. 

The sterno-hyoid and sterno-thyroid muscles arise close together 
from the thoracic surface of the sternum; quite separate they pass 
forwards, and have their usual insertions. A thyro-hyoid exists, and 
has the ordinary attachments ; the erico-thyroideus is well marked. 
The omo-hyoid is absent, as in the Cat, Dog, Civet, and apparently in 
the majority of Carnivores. Meckel, however, affirms its existence 
as a small muscle in H. striata; it is not referred to by Murie in 
H. brunnea. 


1879.] ANATOMY OF HYANA CROCUTA. 93 


The mylo-hyoid extends from the inner surface of the mandible 
(where its attachment reaches from the anterior margin of the 
ramus to about two inches from the symphysis) to the hyoid bone 
posteriorly, and in front of this to a median raphe common to it and 
its fellow. 

Genio-hyoid and genio-hyoglossus muscles, arising from the sym- 
physis of the lower jaw, have their usual insertions. The hyoglossus 
is also normal in its connexions. 

Styloglossus, usually strong in Carnivores, is in H. crocuta very 
large. It arises from the cranial end of the stylo-hyal bone, and passes 
to the side of the tongue. Wide in the Civet, it arises from the 
middle of the stylo-hyal. 

The stylo-pharyngeus, also very strong, is from the stylo-hyal 
and tympano-hyal bones. 

There is no sty/o-hyoid. Meckel states that this muscle, which is 
ordinarily wanting in Carnivores, is present in H. striata, Cat, Dog, 
and Genet; Macalister found it in the Civet. 

Scaleni.—Of these there are but two, both of which are situated 
behind (dorsad) the brachial plexus ; cousequently the scalenus an- 
ticus must be regarded as wanting. 

The scalenus medius passes from the transverse processes of the 
fifth, sixth, and seventh cervical vertebree to the first vib. 8. pos- 
ticus is from the fifth cervical vertebra to the fourth and fifth ribs, 

The scalene muscles in H. crocuta are therefore similar in arrange- 
ment to those of H. striata and Dog, as described by Meekel. 
Douglas, however, avers the existence of three scalenes in the latter 
animal, thus agreeing with H. édrunnea, in which, according to 
Maurie, a s. anticus exists along with the medius and posticus ; such 
is also the condition which obtains in the Civet. 

The rectus capitis anticus major, from the transverse processes of 
the second to the sixth cervical vertebra, to the basiocciput is but 
indistinctly separated from the rectus capitis anticus minor. The 
latter muscle springs from the arch of the atlas, and lies under cover 
of the major. 

Longus colli occupies the cervical and anterior dorsal regions. Its 
fibres extend between the transverse processes and bodies of the 
various vertebrz over which it passes, with the exception of the axis, 
and terminate anteriorly at the arch of the atlas. These muscles do 
not differ materially in the Carnivora. 

Splenius arises from the whole length of middle line of the neck, 
first two dorsal spines, articular processes of last five cervical and first 
dorsal vertebrze ; it has its insertion solely into the outer half of the 
transverse ridge of the occiput. There is therefore no splenius colli 
present. This condition is usual in Carnivores. Douglas, however, 
notes a cervical attachment of splenius in the Dog. 

Complexus.—This muscle forms an enormous fleshy mass in the 
region of the neck. It arises from the last five cervical articular 
processes and from the anterior two dorsal spines. Insertion is into 
occiput beneath splenius. There is no division into complexus and 
digastric, such as Meckel notes in H. striata. 


94 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE [Jau. 14, 


Complexus tertius.—A series of strong fleshy bundles extends be- 
tween the articular processes of the posterior cervical vertebree ; con- 
tinued forwards as a separate muscular band, the fibres pass to the 
transverse process of the atlas, forming the muscle so-named. Murie 
describes a similar structure in H. brunnea, and regards it as corre- 
sponding to the compleaus tertius in Hyraz. 

The homological significance of this muscle appears, however, to 
have received varied interpretations by different anatomists, e.g. 
Mivart and Murie!, recording their observations on the Myology of 
Hyrax capensis, write that ‘“ Meckel describes it as the transver- 
salis cervicis; but this,’ they proceed to say, “it cannot be, as the 
transversalis cervicis is always the continuation into the neck of the 
longissimus dorsi, whereas our muscle lies distinctly internal to such 
continuation ;”’ they further state that the true ¢ransversalis cervicis 
is the cervicalis ascendens of Meckel. 

Whilst agreeing with the view of Mivart and Murie as to the 
nature of the muscle under consideration, and regarding it as a com- 
plexus tertius, we must take exception to their exposition of Meckel’s 
views. We do not believe that Meckel described the muscle under 
any name, certainly in no case as forming solely the ¢ransversalis 
cervicis ; neither does he confound the cervicalis ascendens with the 
transversalis cervicis. 

The posterior recti and obliqui have their usual attachments. 
Obliqus inferior is comparatively very large. ‘The rectus capitis 
posticus major consists of two parts, superficial and deep ; such is also 
the case in the Dog, Bear, and Civet. Rectus capitis lateralis is in- 
separable from the superior oblique. 

Spinalis colli extends from the first dorsal and last five cervical 
spines to the spine of the axis; there is no semzspinalis. 

The cervical intertransversales, arranged in pairs, are exceedingly 
large and strong. 


Muscles of the Back, Thorax, and Abdomen. 


The panniculus carnosus in H. crocuta, as in Carnivores generally, 
forms an extensive muscular sheet, specially strong on the lateral 
aspects of the trunk, and extending more or less over the dorsal 
and ventral regions. It arises from the fascia over the datissimus 
dorsi, and posteriorly from that covering the thigh. There is, how- 
ever, no femoral attachment. The fibres converge towards the axilla 
and join the datissimus about four inches above its humeral attach- 
ment. 

Trapezius is small. It arises from the spines of the seven anterior 
dorsal vertebree and from the ligamentum nuchz opposite the last 
two cervical spines. Its insertion is into the whole length of the 
scapula. This represents the posterior part of the trapezius of 
Meckel in H. striata, his anterior portion being our levator humeri. 

The latissimus dorsi takes origin from the posterior eleven dorsal 
spines and from the lumbar aponeurosis; it has no costal attach- 
ment, Joined by the panniculus, it is inserted along with the teres 

1 “On the Myology of Hyrax capensis,” P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 333. 


1879. ]} ANATOMY OF HYZNA CROCUTA. 95 


major into the shaft of humerus at the junction of its upper and 
middle thirds. It agrees closely with Meckel’s description of this 
muscle in H. sé¢riata, and also with what exists in H. drunnea and 
Civet. As in them, it also gives off a dorsi epitrochlearis. 

The rhomboideus is a single muscle. It arises from the ligamen- 
tum nuchz corresponding to the last two cervical vertebrae, and also 
from the anterior four dorsal spines. Insertion is into the superior 
costa, as well as about an inch of the anterior costa, of the scapula. 

It has no occipital attachment such as Meckel found in H. striata, 
in this respect agreeing with Viverra and, according to Douglas, with 
the Dog. 

Superior and inferior serrati postici are not combined as in ZH. 
brunnea; though almost continuous, they are distinguishable by the 
different direction of their fibres. The superior is from the seven 
anterior dorsal spines, its costal attachment extending from the 
fourth to the eleventh ribs. Inferior serratus is from the lumbar 
aponeurosis to the four posterior ribs. 

Erector spine is subdivided as usual. The sacro-lumbalis small, 
is inserted into the last four ribs; it is prolonged forwards, however, 
to the first rib by a musculus accessorius. There is no cervical con- 
tinuation in the form of a cervicalis ascendens. 

The longissimus dorsi, smaller than the spinalis dorsi, is attached 
by fleshy bundles to the ten anterior dorsal transverse processes, and 
by tendinous slips to the corresponding ribs. An enormous trans- 
versalis cervicis is continued into the neck. It arises from the 
posterior four cervical and anterior four dorsal articular processes, 
receiving in addition accessory bundles from the third, fourth, fifth, and 
sixth dorsal spines ; it is inserted into the transverse processes of the 
last five cervical vertebree. The ¢rachelo-mastoid is absent. 

Spinalis dorsi, the innermost and largest subdivision of the 
erector, is inserted into the spines of the anterior dorsal and last two 
cervical vertebrae. 

Appareutly these muscles are similarly arranged in H. striata and 
HZ. brunnea. In these animals the unusual nature of the relative 
sizes of the dorsal muscles, the one to the other, is noted by Meckel 
and Murie respectively. As Dr. Murie puts it, “the serrati postici 
usually small, are here large; the sacro-lumbalis and longissimus 
dorsi, on the contrary, are comparatively small, although in them- 
selves of no mean bulk; but the spinalis dorsi obtains by far the 
largest dimensions, and is indeed a very powerful muscle of enormous 
magnitude.” In the main these remarks are equally applicable to 
HI, crocuta. 

In the Civet Macalister records a cervicalis ascendens and also a 
trachelo-mastoid. 

The multifidus spine extends as far back as the seventh caudal 
vertebra, Rotatores spine are large; the interspinales are also well 
marked. 

Levatores costarum, with the usual attachments, are very strong ; 
their fibres are quite continuous with those of the external intercostal 
muscles. 


96 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE [Jan. 14, 


Serratus magnus arises from the transverse processes of the five 
posterior cervical and first dorsal vertebrze, and by seven costal slips 
from the eight anterior ribs, excluding the first. It is inserted into 
the vertebral border and part of the ventral surface of the scapula. 
The muscle is similarly arranged in H. striata. In the Civet the 
cervical part is limited to four vertebrae ; and in the Dog the costal 
attachment is less by one digitation. 

The intercostal series of muscles are normal. 

Triangularis sterni strong and well marked. It takes origin 
from all the pieces of the sternum except the first, and passes 
to the cartilages of the second to the sixth ribs inclusive. A sepa- 
rate muscular band arises from the side of the eighth sternal segment, 
and runs transversely to the posterior margin of the seventh costal 
cartilage ; though distinct from the triangularis and interposed be- 
tween it and the intercostal muscles, it can only be regarded as an 
aberrant slip of that muscle. 

The diaphragm has the ordinary attachments. It possesses no 
special aperture for the passage of the vena cava, that vessel passing 
with the aorta behind the crura, 

Of the abdominal muscles the ewternal oblique is from the last 
eleven ribs to its usual insertion. The znternal oblique is easily 
separable from the ¢ransversalis. 

Rectus abdominis, from the posterior extremity of the symphysis 
pubes, isinserted into the seven anterior costal cartilages, close to the 
sternum. The prolongation of the rectus to the first rib is usual in 
Carnivores. Asin H. drunnea, there is no pyramidalis ; this muscle 
is also absent in H. striata. There is but a single supracostalis ; 
it extends from the cartilage of first rib to the aponeurotic insertion 
of the rectus opposite the third and fourth costal cartilages. Two 
such muscles are noted in H. drunnea, whilst the Dog agrees with H. 
crocuta in possessing only one (‘‘ musculus in summo thorace situs” 
of Douglas). 

Coccygeus is attached to the roots of the transverse processes of the 
first three coccygeal vertebrae and to the ischial spine. 

The remaining muscles of the region, 7. e. those in relation to the 
generative organs and rectum, are described in a previous communi- 
cation. 

The tail is supplied with a levator caud@, which arises from 
atticular processes of the last three lumbar vertebre, and is reinforced 
by muscular slips from the laminze of the caudal veitebre, into the 
spines of which it is inserted by means of delicate tendons. 

The depressor caude, from the bodies of sacral and coccygeal 
vertebra, receives also a special muscular slip from the pelvic aspect 
of the ilium. Its insertion is by narrow tendons into the bodies of 
the caudal vertebree. 

Laterales caude are constituted by the intertransversales of the 
caudal region. 


Muscles of the Fore Limbs. 
Pectoralis major, from the whole length of the sternum, and ex- 


1879.] ANATOMY OF HYENA CROCUTA. o7 


tending forwards for about one inch from a mesial raphe in the neck, 
this muscle is inserted into the whole length of the shaft of the 
humerus, from the bicipital groove down tothe elbow. The fibres 
are easily separable into a superficial and a deep stratum, thus cor- 
responding closely to the arrangement in H. striata. 

In the Civet the pectoralis major, as in the Dog, consists of three 
strata, whilst its insertion is much more limited than in H, crocuta. 

Pectoralis minor wanting, as in Carnivores generally’. 

Deltoid consists of two parts—one, narrow, from the tip of acro- 
mion, and asecond, wider, from the fascia covering the infraspinatus ; 
they are inserted together into the deltoid ridge of the humerus. The 
so-called clavicular portion of the deltoid we describe with the levator 
humeri ; but including this element, the deltoid of H. crocuta is 
evidently the same as Meckel describes in H. s¢riata, and agrees with 
what we find in Viverra. Douglas describes the deltoid in the Dog 
as we do in H. crocuéa, the acromial and scapular portions, however, 
not being so easily separable. 

Levator humeri proprius (Douglas) arises by two heads—one, 
thin, from the anterior half of the neck, dorsal mesial line, and a 
second, riband-like in character, from the mastoid process. The heads 
unite in front of the shoulder-joint ; and the resulting belly is inserted 
into the lower end of the shaft of the humerus, in front of the biceps. 

This corresponds to the cephalo-humeral described by Murie in H. 
brunnea, whilst by Meckel it is in H. striata regarded as a portion 
of the double trapezius. 

The subscapularis, from the venter scapule (except so much as 
affords attachment to the serratus magnus) to the smaller humeral 
tuberosity. Infraspinatus and supraspinatus are both strong and 
well developed ; they, as well as the subscapularis, present no devia- 
tion from the usual arrangement. 

Teres minor is small, but is distinct from the infraspinatus, as 
in Civet and Dog. 

A levator scapule (trachelo-acromial) arises from the inferior 
border of the transverse process of the atlas, and runs to the acro- 
mial process of the scapula. The same arrangement is mentioned 
by Meckel in H. striata and Viverra, and by Douglas in the Dog. 

Teres major is from the upper half of the posterior margin of 
the scapula. Its insertion unites with that of /atissimus dorsi, as in 
Civet. 

The diceps is single-headed, attached above to the upper border 
of the glenoid cavity, and below to the inner borders of both radius 
and ulna. In respect of origin it agrees with H. striata and Dog. 
In the Civet the biceps is coracoid in origin, and entirely radial at 
its insertion. 

Brachialis anticus, from almost the whole length of the posterior 
surface of the shaft of humerus, winds round the outer side of the 
lower half of that bone, and is inserted into the upper two inches 
of the internal border of the ulna. The arrangenent is essentially 
the same in the Civet and Dog. 

? Cuvier, Lecons d'Anat, Comp. vol. i. p. 256, 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. VII. 


N 


98 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE (Jan. 14, 


The coraco-brachialis is a c. brevis (Wood). It springs from the 
upper border of glenoid cavity, and passes to the shaft of the humerus 
just above the insertion of the latissimus. Such, according to Wood’, 
is also the arrangement in the Dog and Cat; and so have we 
found it in the Civet. In other of the Carnivora, e. g. Bears, the 
coraco-brachialis exists as a double muscle, corresponding to the long 
and short varieties of Wood. 

The ¢riceps possesses four distinct heads. Of these the scapular, 
very large, springs from nearly the whole length of the axillary costa 
of scapula. The second and third arise from the upper third of the 
humeral shaft, and are separated by the origin of brachialis anticus. 
The fourth head is a small muscular bundle from the olecranon-fossa 
and adjoining part of the shaft of humerus. These heads have a 
common insertion into the olecranon process of ulna. 

In the Civet the muscle is similarly constituted; the long head, 
however, is more limited at its scapular attachment. 

Supinator longus is absent ; a tendinous vestige exists and appa- 
rently represents it. According to Meckel it is also wanting in H. 
striata ; whilst Douglas records its absence inthe Dog. In the Civet, 
however, it exists, comparatively small and feeble, but quite distinct. 

The ewxtensores carpi radiales longior et brevior arise conjointly 
from the outer condyloid ridge of humerus. Fused for some distance 
the two muscles are inseparable ; the respective fibres, however, ter- 
minate on two separate tendons, which are inserted into the metacar- 
pals of index and middle digits. The muscular fibres at the origin 
are similarly interblended in the Civet and Dog, whilst in H. striata 
Meckel describes the muscles as distinct throughout, the tendons 
being united by a transverse band. 

Extensor communis digitorum, from the outer condyle and inter- 
muscular fascia, terminates in the usual manner, passing to the four 
outer toes. 

There is an ewtensor carpi ulnaris, from the external condyle to 
the base of metacarpal of little digit. 

A small supinator brevis passes from the orbicular and external 
lateral ligaments to the radius anteriorly, reaching just belowtheelbow. 

A double extensor minimi digiti springs from the outer humeral 
condyle ; its tendons pass to the two outermost digits (annularis and 
minimus). The same obtains in H. striata. In the Civet the 
muscle terminates by three tendons, which are distributed to the 
three outer toes; whilst, according to Douglas, in the Dog there is 
but a single tendon of insertion, this being confined to the fourth 
digit (annularis). 

The extensor primi internodii is wanting or is quite inseparable 
from the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis. The latter arises from 
the whole length of internal surface of ulna and adjoining interosseous 
membrane, and also slightly from the upper end of the radius. 
It is inserted into the base of rudimentary pollex. Such also is the 
arrangement in the Dog, Civet, and H. striata. 

An extensor indicis passes from the middle of the external border 

' Wood, “on Muscular Variations,” Journal Anat. and Phys. vol. i. p. 55. 


1879. | ANATOMY OF HYZNA CROCUTA. 99 


of ulna to the index finger, there joining the common extensor tendon 
in the usual manner. Meckel notes an extensor indicis in H. striata, 
but says it is distributed to the third finger. 

In the Civet a conjoined extensor secundi et indicis is found. 

The pronator radit teres, from internal condyle of humerus to june- 
tion of upper and middle thirds of radius, is slender ; 1t does not differ 
from that of H. striata. In the Civet, on the contrary, the muscle is 
particularly strong, and extends down to the lower end of the radius. 

In H. crocuta, the smallness and comparative feebleness of the 
round pronator is compensated by an extensive pronator quadratus, 
which is attached to the whole length of the bones of forearm. 
Large also in H. striata, Dog, and Cat, it is limited in Civet to the 
lower third of the forearm. 

The flewor carpi rudialis arises trom the inner condyle, and is 
inserted into the base of the second metacarpal bone. In the Civet 
there is an additional inferior attachment to the base of the first 
metacarpal. ; 

Palmaris longus is quite distinct from the inner condyle, and termi- 
nates in a strong palmar fascia. Meckel states that in H. striata this 
muscle is intimately blended with the superficial flexor of the digits. 
According to Douglas, it is entirely wanting in the Dog. Inthe Civet, 
on the other hand, somewhat remarkably, it forms a double muscle 
from end to end. 

Flexor carpi ulnaris, from the internal condyle of humerus to 
the pisiform bone, is prolonged also to the outermost metacarpal. So 
also in H. striata and Civet ; in the latter animal an olecranoid origin 
likewise exists. 

Flexores digitorum.—The superficial and the deep form one large 
irregular muscular mass. This arises from the internal humeral 
condyle, and also from the bones of forearm—one slip taking origin 
from the upper extremities of both radius and ulna, while a second 
comes from the whole length of the posterior border of ulna. Below 
the middle of the forearm the muscle divides into two parts, a super- 
ficial and a deep. 

The superficial (perforatus) is distributed by means of separate 
tendons to the four outer toes, each tendon ending at the middle 
phalanx of its respective digit, and giving passage to the corresponding 
deep flexor tendon in the usual manner. 

The deeper part of the muscle (perforans) ends in a single broad 
tendon which divides into four, and sv is distributed to the same 
four toes as the superficial tendons, perforating these latter, and 
reaching the terminal phalanges of.the digits. This complication of 
the flexors of the digits appears to be common in the Carnivora. A 
particularly interesting modification, however, exists in the Civet, in 
which animal the distribution of the perforatus (7. e. the superficial 
part of the common flexor mass as in H. crocuta) is limited to the 
three middle digits, no tendon passing to the outermost. The 
latter, however, possesses a special little muscle! which arises from the 


* Mivart and Murie describe a similar muscle in Hyrax capensis (P. Z. 8, 


1865, p. 341), and designate it ‘flexor brevis manus.” 
Vhs 
ri 


100 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE [ Jan. 14, 


pisiform bone and from the annular ligament ; the fibres terminate on 
a tendon which, after being pierced by the deep flexor tendon of the 
fifth digit, is inserted into the second phalanx of that digit, and con- 
sequently represents its superficial flexor tendon. A similar but 
smaller muscular slip runs to the fourth toe, and joins the superficial 
flexor tendon, 

Somewhat analogous is the condition elaborately described by 
Meckel in H. striata—the palmar accessory slips, however, not being 
confined to the two outer digits as in the Civet, but running to all 
four, each tendon of the superficial flexor thus receiving an additional 
slip. In H. striata, it is to be noted, the accessory slips are alto- 
gether tendinous, apparently springing simply as offsets from tbe 
expansion of palmaris longus. They do not possess the muscular 
portions so well marked in the case of the Civet. 

There is no representative in H. crocuta of the fleror longus 
pollicis described by Meckel as existing in H. striata. 

Lumbricales ave four in number. All arise from the palmar 
surface of the common deep flexor tendon, and pass to be attached to 
the deeper aspect of the superficial flexor tendons. The nature of 
this peculiar attachment of the lumbricals is apparently the same in 
H, striata, and is to be found figured in Cuvier and Laurillard’s 
*Recueil,’ pl. 141. fig. 3. 

In the hand, the pollex, as in /H. striata, is deprived of any 
special muscles ; the little finger is furnished with an abductor mi- 
nimi digiti ; this, from the pisiform bone, joins the extensor-expansion 
on dorsal aspect of first phalanx of fifth digit. This muscle also 
exists in the Civet. According to Douglas it is wanting in the Dog. 
In this latter animal Douglas avers the presence of a small flexor and 
an opponens of the pollex. 

The interossei muscles are strong and well developed, their 
arrangement being very similar in Carnivora generally. in H. cro- 
cuta a deep set comprises eight fleshy bundles arranged in pairs, two 
to each metacarpal, situated rather on the palmar aspect of these ; 
they arise from their proximal ends, and pass to the sides of the 
bases of the first phalanges, reaching as far as the extensor-tendon. 

In addition to these paired muscles are two single ones (palmar 
interossei). These arise together from the bases of the third and 
fourth metacarpals. They are distributed to the middle and outermost 
digits respectively. 


Muscles of the Hind Limbs. 


In Carnivores generally the gluteus maximus (evternus) is more 
or less divisible into two parts—this, as observed by Meckel, being 
especially well marked in H. striata. 

In H. crocuta a similar disposition holds good—the anterior part 
of the muscle, thin and flat, springing from the spines of the poste- 
rior sacral vertebra, and passing to the fascia lata, whilst the posterior 
moiety, forming a perfectly distinct elongated and fusiform bundle, 
springs from the transverse processes of the three anterior caudal 


1879. | ANATOMY OF HY-ENA CROCUTA. 101 


vertebrae and terminates by a tendon which, blending with the fascia 
lata immediately above the knee-joint, is continuous with the biceps 
flexor cruris. 

The gluteus medius, as usual, exceeds in bulk the so-called maxi- 
mus. It arises from the external surface of the iliac bone and from 
the fascia covering the muscle, and is inserted into the outer surface 
of the great trochanter of the femur. 

Perfectly distinct, the gluteus minimus arises behind the last- 
mentioned muscle from the gluteal surface of the ilium and from the 
dorsum acetabuli. Its insertion is into the antero-external border of 
the great trochanter. The muscle is partially divisible into two, the 
posterior fibres passing to their insertion on a deeper plane than the 
anterior. 

A fourth gluteus (gluteus qguartus) arises from the anterior border 
of the acetabulum over the reflected tendon of the rectus femoris, 
and is inserted into the middle of the anterior intertrochanteric line. 
This muscle appears to have been first described by Douglas in the 
Dog, under the name of ‘ musculus parvus in articulatione femoris 
situs.” Its existence in HZ. striata is noted by Meckel, and in the 
Civet by Macalister (“gluteus quintus”’) and ourselves. 

The pyriformis has origin from the middle third of the ventral 
surface of the sacrum, and, running quite distinct and separate, is 
inserted into the great trochanter. Meckel found it in H. striata, 
but notes its absence in the Bear. It exists as a distinct muscle in 
the Civet. 

Obturator internus, which arises as usual, after emerging from 
the pelvic cavity, is accompanied to its termination by two well- 
marked and strong gemel/i. The common insertion is into the tro- 
chanteric fossa. 

The obturator externus arises from the obturator-membrane and 
its bony boundary. It is also inserted into the trochanteric fossa of 
the femur. 

Quadratus femoris is from the outer border of the ischial tubero- 
sity to the posterior border of the great trochanter. 

The above five muscles are similarly arranged in the Carnivora 
generally. 

Of the hamstring-muscles the semimembranosus is quite insepa- 
rable from the adductor magnus, in the description of which it is 
therefore included. To a more or less marked degree this union of 
the muscles is, according to Meckel, usual in Carnivores. He states, 
however, that in the Hyena, Bear, Raccoon, and Coati the semimem- 
branosus exists as a distinct muscle. We have also found it quite 
separate throughout in Viverra, though in this animal Macalister 
states the contrary to be the case. This latter observer further notes 
its separate character in the Tayra. 

The semitendinosus arises from the ischial tuberosity, and is in- 
serted into the internal surface of the shaft of the tibia near its su- 
perior extremity. Meckel found the insertion of this muscle to be 
lower in H. striata than is the case in H. crocuta; whilst in the 
Cynoids and Arctoids it is still lower down than in the Hyena. 


102 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE {Jan. 14, 


In the absence of a caudal origin the semitendinosus in H. crocuta 
differs from that of Viverra. 

The diceps, strong and bulky, springs from the tuberosity of the 
ischium. The anterior two thirds of its fibres terminate on the 
ligamentous structure on the outer side of the knee, whilst the re- 
maining third ends on a tendinous band which reaches down to the 
os calcis. © 

In the Civet the arrangement is very similar. 

Tensor fascie femoris, from the anterior half of the lower border 
of the ilium, is inserted into the fascia lata about the middle of the 
outer side of the thigh. Douglas describes this muscle in the Dog 
as being double-headed. 

The sartorius takes origin from the anterior spine of the ilium ; and 
whilst one set of fibres pass obliquely to the upper end of the tibia 
as usual, a second set run straight down superficial to the rectus 
femoris, and joins this latter low down, forming an additional element 
in the common extensor. 

The two parts so described are united simply by membrane, they 
themselves forming distinct muscular bundles. The muscle may be 
regarded, therefore, as a double sartorius, or the outer fibres as 
forming a superficial recius or fifth extensor, such as was first de- 
scribed by Douglas in the Dog under the name of “ extensor tibize 
primus cani proprius.” In many Carnivorous animals the two bundles 
are united and continuous, a single muscle therefore resulting, viz. 
the sartorius. In the Civet such is the case, though Macalister in 
his specimen found it double. 

The gracilis has a broad aponeurotic origin from the posterior 
part of the symphysis pubis, and also from the anterior portion of 
the pubic arch. It is inserted into the internal surface of the shaft 
of the tibia at its upper part. Exactly the same arrangement is found 
in the Civet and also in H. striata. 

The pectineus is from the ilio-pectineal line to the middle of the 
linea aspera of the femur. 

In the Civet this muscle is large and double at its insertion, which, 
however, does not extend below the middle of the shaft of femur. 
In the Dog, whilst the pectineus is single, according to Meckel its 
insertion reaches down to the internal condyle. 

Adductor magnus arises from the pubic arch, for two inches in 
front of the ischial tuberosity. The fibres form a comparatively 
long and narrow muscle, which, bifurcating low down, is inserted 
partly into the line leading to the internal condyle of the femur, and 
also by a distinct but narrow tendon into the internal tuberosity of 
the tibia. This latter probably represents the insertion of the semi- 
membranosus, which in H. crocuta must be regarded as coalesced 
with the great adductor. In this respect, as stated before, H. cro- 
cuta conforms to the Carnivorous type, but differs from H. striata, 
Bear, Raccoon, Coati, Civet, and Tayra. 

Adductor brevis, of considerable magnitude, forms the remaining 
and greater part of the adductor mass. It takes origin from the 
body of the pubis and from the anterior half of the pubic arch, and 


1879. ] ANATOMY OF HYZNA CROCUTA. 103 


is inserted into the whole length of the linea aspera, as well as into 
the internal of its lower bifurcations. 

Rectus femoris is tolerably well developed. It originates partly 
from the anterior (inferior) spinous process of the ilium, and also by 
a well-marked reflected tendon from the dorsum acetabuli. In the 
Civet the two heads exist as usual, whilst in HZ. striata Meckel fonnd 
that the two heads of origin were not distinct. The muscle termi- 
nates in the usual manner. 

The vas¢i muscles, as in H. striata, are hardly separable. They 
form a large muscular mass which arises from the upper half of the 
shaft of the femur, and, with the rectus femoris and the straight 
fibres of the sartorius, are inserted into the anterior tubercle of the 
tibia. 

Crureus is absent or is not to be differentiated from the vasti. 

In the Civet there is a much more strongly marked distinction 
between these deeper heads of the quadriceps extensor. 

Gastrocnemius, well developed, arises by two heads as usual ; its 
insertion below is into the os calcis. 

The soleus is wanting. In this respect H. crocuta agrees with H. 
striata and with the Dog and Cat’, but contrasts strongly with the 
Civet, in which the soleus exists as a separate muscle throughout. 
It is also present in the Bear. 

Plantaris.—This arises along with, but internal to the external 
head of origin of the gastrocnemius. Its tendon joins that of the 
latter muscle low down, close to the os calcis, and is inserted with it. 
The plantaris-tendon is not continued into the sole, either as the 
plantar fascia or as the flexor brevis digitorum. In the Civet the 
plantaris is comparatively large, and its tendon does not end at the 
os calcis, but, expanding somewhat, runs over the tuberosity of that 
bone to become continuous with the flexor brevis digitorum. Meckel 
notes a similar prolongation of the muscle into the foot in H. striata. 

Popliteus is trom the external femoral condyle. _ Its insertion is into 
the posterior surface of the tibia above the oblique line, and further, 
extending halfway down the shaft. It is similarly arranged in H. 
striata and the Civet. 

The ¢idtalis posticus, as usual in Carnivores, is small but normal. 
Very thin and slender in H. erocuta, it arises below the popliteus 
from the middle third of the postero-internal border of the tibia. 
Its tendon is inserted into the scaphoid and entocuneiform bones. 

The long flexor of the toes (perforans), representing the conjoined 
Jlewor longus hallucis and flexor longus digitorum of human anatomy, 
arises by two heads, of which the internal (fewor longus digitorum) 
is small and springs from the head of the fibula and intermuscular 
septa separating it from neighbouring muscles. The external head 
(flexor longus hallucis) is much larger ; it arises from the superior 
extremity and upper half of the shaft of fibula, from a corresponding 
extent of tibia, and from the interosseous membrane. Each of these 
heads terminates on a distinct tendon, which, passing through a 
separate sheath in the annular ligament, unite in the sole of the foot 

* Chauyeau’s ‘ Comparative Anatomy,’ translated by Fleming, p. 309. 


104 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE (Jan. 14, 


to form a single broad tendon from which four slips are derived ; 
these, after perforating the superficial flexor-tendons, are inserted 
into the terminal phalanges of the toes. 

This fusion or junction of the tendons of the flexors hallucis and 
digitorum exists in H. striata, the Dog, and Cat, and also in the 
Civet. 

The flewor brevis digitorum (perforatus) in H. crocuta is confined 
to the sole of the foot, and is represented solely by tendon, a muscular 
belly being entirely wanting. This tendinous structure is attached 
posteriorly to the os calcis, and anteriorly divides into four slips, which, 
splitting for the passage of the corresponding deep flexor tendons, 
terminate on the sides of the second phalanges of their respective 
toes. Quite different is the arrangement in H. striata, in which the 
flexor brevis digitorum is described by Meckel as a prolongation of 
the tendon of the plantaris, receiving additional muscular fibres in the 
sole from the fourth metatarsal bone. The Civet presents a similar 
disposition, the additional muscular fibres being, however, derived 
from the os calcis. In the Cat a distinct muscular belly exists, 
springing from the tendon of the plantaris". 

Musculus accessorius.—This muscle exists in H. crocuta, exceed- 
ingly small and slender. About one inch in length, it stretches from 
the front of the os calcis to join the tendon of the long flexor on its 
outer side. Meckel does not note its presence in H. striata, whilst 
Douglas avers its absence in the Dog. Chauveau, however, speaks of 
its existence as a small undeveloped muscle in both the Dog and Cat?. 
It exists well marked in Viverra. 

Lumbricales are three in number, as in the fore foot. They all 
spring from the tendons of the long flexor, and join those of the short. 
Their arrangement is as follows. —The first lumbrical arises from the 
superficial aspect of the deep tendon before its subdivision, and passes 
to the slip of the flexor brevis which is distributed to the third toe ; 
the second arises below the first, but joins the same tendon of the 
flexor brevis; whilst the third arises from the point of bifurcation of 
the deep tendons going to the two outer toes, and is inserted into the 
tendon of the flexor brevis to the fourth toe. 

(Note.—In speaking numerically of the respective toes, we include 
the rudimentary hallux.) 

The interossei of the hind foot constitute a set of small muscular 
bundles, two to each toe, excluding the hallux. They all spring 
from the plantar aspect of the proximal extremities of the metatarsal 
bones, and pass upon either side of these bones to their distal ends, 
where they are inserted partly into the sesamoid bones and also into 
the extensor-tendons of the same toe; as pointed out by Meckel, they 
exercise principally the function of flexors. 

Extensor longus digitorum is, as usual, in Carnivores femoral in 
origin, springing from the outer surface of the external condyle. 
Its tendon passes, along with that of the tibialis anticus, beneath the 
annular ligament, and gives off three slips, which are distributed to 
the second, third, and fourth toes, none passing to the little or outer 

1 Meckel, oc, cit. p. 451. 2 Loc. cit. p. 311. 


1879.] ANATOMY OF HYNA CROCUTA. 105 


toe; in this respect it differs from those in the Civet and Dog. Ac- 
cording to Meckel, in H. striata this muscle divides into two distinct 
bellies, and gives off five tendons. In the Civet the muscle is undivided. 

An extensor hallucis does not exist as a separate muscle, a slip 
from the tibialis anticus being its only representative. 

Tibialis anticus arises from the external surface of the upper 
third of the tibia; halfway down the leg the muscle divides into two, 
each division terminating on a separate tendon ; of these the one (¢i- 
bialis anticus) is inserted into the entocuneiform bone, whilst the 
other (extensor hallucis) oes to the metatarsal of rudimentary great 
toe. 

There is no separate extensor hallucis proprius, such as exists in 
the Civet or Dog. 

Extensor brevis digitorum, from the os calcis, terminates by 
three tendons, which pass to the second, third, and fourth toes. 
The same obtains in H. striata. In the Civet the muscle js distributed 
to the four inner toes, whilst in the Dog it is to the four outer. 

Peroni ave two in number. Of these the longus arises as in H. 
striata, Bear, Coati, &c., from the external condyle of the femur ; 
it has also an additional origin from the external tibial tuberosity. 
Insertion is solely into base of fifth metatarsal bone, as in H. striata. 
In the Civet it is fibular in origin, and its tendon of insertion, after 
giving a slip to the fifth metatarsal, is continued to the first. 

The peroncus brevis arises below the longus from the middle two 
thirds of shaft of fibula, and terminates in two tendons, one of which 
passes on the dorsal aspect of the outer toe and joins the expansion 
of extensor-tendon, whilst the second is inserted jato the base of the 
metatarsal bone of the same toe. 

In H. striata the first tendon joins the extensor of the fourth toe. 
In the Dog the insertion is as in H. crocuta. In the Civet, and in 
the Bear also, a third peronzeus exists ( ““peronzeus quinti,”’ Macalister) 
which, as observed by Meckel, may represent the peronczeus tertius. 
It joins the extensor-tendon of the fifth toe over the first phalanx. 

The tendency towards the formation of a third peronzeus is well 
evidenced by the double insertion of the peronzeus brevis in the Dog, 
and the still better marked division inferiorly in H. crocuta. Com- 
paring these with the Civet or Bear, a progressive and more com- 
plete differentiation obtains, up to the formation of entirely separate 
muscles. 


ConcLuDING REMARKS. 


Having now described at some length the anatomy of H. crocuta, 
it may be well to add a few words by way of comparison of the 
structure of this with that of the other species which most closely re- 
semble it. The arrangement of the muscular system of H. crocuta, 
so far as one can judge from an inspection of the plates of Cuvier 
and Laurillard, and from a perusal of the somewhat fragmentary 
notes which have been published with reference to other species, 
appears to be very similar to that of H. striata and H. brunnea, and 


106 MESSRS. WATSON AND YOUNG ON THE (Jan. 14, 


to differ in several important particulars from that of the Viverridee, 
as well of the true Felide. The enormous development of the 
muscles of the neck and fore quarters, together with minor points 
already referred to, serve at once to associate H. crocuta with the 
other species of the same genus, and to separate it from the remain- 
ing groups of the Ailuroidea. Unfortunately, so far as we can 
ascertain, the myology of Proteles has not yet been worked out ; but 
if we may base any conclusion regarding its muscular system upon 
the external configuration of the animal, that system will not differ 
materially from what we find in Hyena. 

A good description of the brain of other species of Hyena is still 
adesideratum. With the exception of Prof. Flower’s observation that 
the brain of Proteles resembles that of a Hyzena (species unknown) 
in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, we possess no 
reliable information regarding the arrangement of the cerebral convo- 
lutions in the latter genus. So far as the information derived from 
a comparison of the brain of H. crocuta with that of Proteles goes, it 
shows that these two species are closely allied to one another, and that, 
as pointed out by Prof. Flower in Proteles, so alsoin H. crocuta, the 
brain occupies an intermediate position between that of the true Cats, 
in which the convolutions are slightly more complex, and that of the 
Viverrids, in which they are slightly less so. The vascular system of 
the Spotted Hyzna does not present any remarkable deviation from 
that of the Carnivora in general, except the mode of origin of the iliac 
arteries. In respect of the relative lengths of the small and large 
intestines, this species seems to deviate from the true Cats, in which, 
according to Meckel, these stand in the relation of 5 to 1, and 
to approach the Viverrids, in which the small is to the large intes- 
tine as 12 or 15 to 1, more than do the other species of the genus. 
The measurement of the comparative lengths of the small and large 
intestines, correlatives as these are of well-defined physiological 
processes, appears to us to be more important in determining the 
affinities of closely allied species than that of the relative length of 
the intestine and body of the animal, the latter varying much in 
accordance with the habits and mode of life, whilst the food may 
remain the same. 

The hyzenoid form of larynx is well marked in H. erocuta, and 
serves to distinguish it, together with its congeners, from the other 
groups of the Carnivora. So far the structure of H. crocuta agrees 
closely with what we find in other species of the genus. But when 
we come to the consideration of the reproductive organs we meet 
with an element of classification which, diverging as these organs do 
so strikingly from the Carnivorous and even Mammalian type, would, 
taken per se, justify us in establishing a separate genus for the recep- 
tion of H. erocuta. The unnecessary multiplication of genera ap- 
pears to us, however, to be open to objection, as tending to defeat 
the chief object of classification ; and therefore, in view of the close 
resemblance which otherwise exists between H. erocuta and other 
species of the genus, we think it advisable to retain for it the old 
generic title. And while we thus express ourselves, it may not be out 


1879. ] ANATOMY OF HYZNA CROCUTA. 107 


of place to remark that the occurrence of this divergence from the 
usual type, so far as its female organs are concerned, in an animal 
which in all other respects so closely resembles its fellows, may well 
serve to demonstrate the uncertainty of any scientific classification 
founded on any thing short of the consideration of the enéire struc- 
ture of any animal. Had the comparative anatomist examined only 
the female organs of H. crocuta, there can be little doubt that he 
would have established a separate genus, if not a family, for the 
reception of the animal to which they belonged. The necessity for 
such a course, however, is, as already pointed out, obviated by the 
more complete examination of the structural details of the animal. 

Lastly, it might be of interest to speculate as to how in the course 
of evolution of three species so closely allied as the three species of 
Hyena, two of these should have conformed to the normal mammalian 
type in every particular, whilst the third diverged so remarkably 
from that type in respect of the structural configuration of a single 
group of organs. Such ‘speculations, however, do not come within 
the scope of a paper devoted exclusively to a record of facts. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES V. & VI. 


Plate V. Right side of Hyena crocuta, to show the superficial layer of muscles ; 
drawn from the recent dissection :—Gmnz., gluteus maximus, its two 
parts; G.md., gluteus medius; Bf, biceps femoris; Tiwf, tensor 
vagine femoris; Sa., sartorius, “its vertical fibres forming a super- 
ficial rectus ;” P.c., panniculus carnosus; 77., trapezius; P., platysma : 
L.d., latissimus dorsi; P.m., pectoralis major; T, triceps; L.h., 
levator humeri; Z.s., levator scapule; D., deltoid. 

Plate VI. Deeper muscles, on right side of H. crocuta: G.mzx., gluteus maximus 
reflected; G.mn., gluteus minimus, its two portions; G.mn.?, in- 
sertion of the anterior fibres of gluteus minimus; Bf, biceps femoris, 
reflected; Gg., gluteus quartus; Sa., sartorius; Rf, rectus femoris ; 
O.i., obturator internus and gemelli; Qf, quadratus femoris; 4.6., 
adductor brevis; 4.m.+s.m., adductor magnus-++semimembranosus ; 
V.e., vastus externus, “hooked back;” P., plantaris; Ga., gastro- 
cnemius ; F’/.d., flexor longus digitorum ; P./., peronzus longus ; P.d., 
peronzus brevis ; Z./.d., extensor longus digitorum ; T.a.+ E.1h., tibia- 
lis anticus+-extensor longus hallucis; E.o., external oblique; R.a., 
rectus abdominis ; P.c., panniculus carnosus, cut ; L.d., latissimus dorsi; 
D.e., dorsi epitrochlearis; T., triceps; T.m., teres major; S.m. ser- 
ratus magnus; Z’., trapezius, cut; Sc.1, Sc.2, scaleni; Tc., trans- 
versalis cervicis, “its anterior slip;” Sp., splenius; L.s., levator 
scapule; Z.., levator humeri; B.a., brachialis anticus; L.c.r.6., 
extensor carpi radialis brevior, “and origin of longior ;” E.c.d., exten- 
sor communis digitorum ; £.o.m., extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis ; 
Em.d., extensor minimi digiti; F.c.u., extensor carpi ulnaris; F.c.w., 
flexor carpi ulnaris; D., deltoid. 


108 LETTER FROM PROF. J. REINHARDT. [ Feb. 4, 


February 4, 1879. 
Dr. A. Ginther, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. 


The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during January 1879 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of January was 83, of which 2 were by birth, 
43 by presentation, 25 by purchase, 9 received in exchange, and 4 
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the 
same period, by death and removals, was 96. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1. A Bar-winged Rail (Rallina peciloptera, Hartlaub), from the 
Fiji Islands, purchased of the ‘“‘ Museum Godeffroy” of Hamburg, 
January 6th, new to the collection. 

2. A young male Giraffe (Camelopardalis giraffa), received on 
deposit from Mr. Rice, January 27th, and intended to be purchased 
if it appear to be perfectly healthy. The recent death of one of 
the two males of this animal has rendered this proposed acquisition 
desirable. 


Mr. Sclater read the following extract from a letter received from 
Prof. J. Reinhardt, F.M.Z.S., dated Zoological Museum, Copen- 
hagen, August 2, 1876 :— 

“There is living at present in the Zoological Gardens of this place 
a Curassow which seems to deserve some attention. 

“Tris a ‘ Mitua,’ agreeing with M. tuderosa in possessing a crest 
of elongated straight feathers, which can be erected quite as in this 
specics; but the beak is differently shaped, and more like that of 
M. tomentosa. It is, however, its colouring which exhibits the 
chief interest, the belly beimg pure white, and the tail-feathers 
broadly tipped with the same colour. 

‘I never saw such a bird before; and I have failed to find any 
indication of it in the literature known to me. At first I was 
inclined to suppose that the bird in question might be, perhaps, the 
female of M. tuberosa; but this suggestion implies that the sexual 
difference in this case is exactly the contrary to the general rule 
in the family. It also seems to be a well-established fact that the 
sexes are alike in the genus Mituwa; and you yourself have given 
the weight of your high authority to this statement. Nor does 
it seem likely that the bird can be the immature or young Mitua 
tuberosa. I have at least never heard of a change of the colour of 
the abdomen, as a bird advances in age, from white to rufous in any 
of the Cracidee. Moreover, as Natterer has collected such a large 
number of specimens of Curassows (and particularly not less than 
thirty-four of the two well-known species of Mitua), such a change 
could scarcely have escaped this most acute observer if it really 


1879.] PROF. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN. 109 


took place in these birds. Again, the bird does not seem to be a 
young one. 

“The Mitua in question, was presented by a patron of our garden, 
and is there named ‘ Mitua brasiliensis. ” 

Mr. Sclater stated that the bird in question, having recently died, 
had been presented to the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen, and 
that Prof. Reinhardt had forwarded it to him for examination. \ Mr. 
Sclater then proceeded to remark on the specimen, and stated that 
he quite agreed with Prof. Reinhardt that it must be considered as 
the representative of a new and distinct species, which Prof. Rein- 
hardt had proposed to call Mitua salvini?. 

Prof. Reinhardt had ascertained the sex by dissection to be female ; 
but the male would probably scarcely differ. The dimensions were 
nearly those of M. tomentosa ; and the species should stand next to 
that species in Mr. Sclater’s arrangement (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. 
p. 284), with the following differential characters :— 

Nigra purpureo nitens; ventre imo et caude apice albis; pilei 
plumis elongatis, sicut in M. tuberosa jacentibus ; loris et capitis 
lateribus dense plumosis ; rostro sicut in M. tomentosa JSormato 
sed paulo longiore et minus alto, toto rubro; pedibus rubris : 
long. tota circ. 2°10, ale 15, caude 12-5, tarsi 4-7. 

Obs. Sp. ventre albo satis distincta, quoad rostrum ad M. tomen- 
tosam, sed quoad cristam magis ad M. tuberosam appropinquans. 


Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe exhibited a series of Bulwer’s Pheasants 
(Lobiophasis Lulweri) from the Lawas river, N.W. Borneo, col- 
lected by Mr. W. H. Treacher, Acting Governor of Labuan. The 
series represented every stage of plumage of this Pheasant, and 
conclusively proved that L. castaneicaudatus, Sharpe, was the 
immature male of LZ. bulweri. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. Notes on Points in the Anatomy of the Hoatzin (Opistho- 
comus cristatus). By A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.R.S., 
Prosector to the Society. 


[Received December 9, 1878.] 


Prof. Newton having most kindly placed in my hands for dissec- 
tion three specimens of Opisthocomus cristatus preserved in spirit, 
1 am able to add a few details to the accounts which have already 
appeared on the structure of this peculiar bird. : 

In his valuable paper in this Society’s ‘ Proceedings ’*, “On the 
Classification and Distribution of the Alectoromorphz and Hetero- 


’ Cf. Vid. Medd. Nat. For. i Kjébenhayn, Jan. 8, 1879. 
2 P.Z.S. 1868, p. 294. 


110 PROF. A, H, GARROD ON THE [ Feb. 4, 


morphe,” Professor Huxley describes in detail the skeleton of 
Opisthocomus, concluding, as the result of his study of the bird, 
that it should constitute a group (the Heteromorphe) by itself, 
which sprang direct from the main stem of Carinate descent, later 
than the Tinamomorphe, Turnicomorphe and Charadriomorphe, 
but before the Gallinaceous birds, Sand-Grouse, and Pigeons were 
developed. 

Since then, in our ‘ Transactions’?, Mr. J. B. Perrin has published 
a myological account of the species, in which he, however, compares 
it with few other birds. One of Mr. Perrin’s figures’ very excel- 
lently represents the form and situation of the immense crop, as 


Trachea of Opisthocomus (front view). 


well as the situation, in the unfleshed bird, of the expanded margin 
of the short carina sterni, from which an accidental error made by 
Nitzsch, who evidently had an imperfect skin to work upon, may 
be corrected. Nitzsch, in his ‘ Pterylography,’ figures (and the 


1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ix. p. 353. 2 Loe, cit, pl. lxiii. fig. 3. 


1879. | ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN. 111 


drawing is reproduced in Mr. Perrin’s memoir), the outline of the 
furcula and sternum, and does it as if the bird were not peculiar 
in the pectoral region. ‘But as the crop occupies almost all the 
upper part of the breast, aud by its magnitude distorts the furcula and 
sternum, the outline is quite incorrect. What is more, there is in the 
bird itself an oval area, about *75 inch long from above downwards, 
and *25 inch in breadth, of dense naked skin, covering the surface 
of the expanded upper cutaneous surface of the carina sterni. This 
is omitted in the drawing. The area surrounding this is unfeathered, 
although I find well-developed plumes in the middle line above it, 


Big,2, 


Trachea of Opisthocomus (back view). 


and no trace of any longitudinal median space of any kind over the 
surface of the crop or neck. 

Opisthocomus is one of those birds in which the pterylosis is not 
so decisive of its affinities as in many cases, the reason being that so 
great an amount of the unfeathered spaces is protected by semi- 
plumes. May not these semiplumes in many instances be de- 
generated feathers? This question has never been decided, so far as 
I am aware. 

To our knowledge of the osteology of the Hoatzin I have no fresh 


112 PROF. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Feb. 4, 


facts to add. I may, however, mention that it is only in the Cra- 
cidee, among allied birds, that the vomer runs so far forward in the 
palate at the same time that it is tumified at its anterior extremity. 
In Ortalida albiventris this is most strikingly the case. 

The alimentary canal has been so fully described by L’ Herminier’, 
that it is quite unnecessary for me to enter into detail with reference 
to it. 

Johannes Miller? has noted one or two points concerning the 
windpipe. Figs. 1 and 2 (pp. 110, 111) represent its anterior and 
posterior aspects. The lowermost four tracheal rings are consolidated 
together, and the first pair of bronchial semirings with them, to form 
a box-like three-way piece, the pessulus posteriorly running up to join 
the middle of the penultimate ring. The second pair of bronchial 
semirings does not articulate with the first, they in all respects. 
resembling those nearer the lungs. 

It is possible that what is above considered to be the first pair of 
bronchial semirings may be the last tracheal ring. That there isa small 
notch interrupting the continuity of the inferior mid-anterior margin 
of the tube formed by the consolidated rings, and that the ring 
above the lowest segment of the consolidated tube is incomplete 
behind, are, however, facts in favour of the former view. 

Among the Gallinz the only genera which at all approach Opis- 
thocomus, as far as the lower larynx is concerned, are those of the 
Megapodide. 

The two carotid arteries of Opisthocomus, where they meet in the 
front of the neck, become bound together much more intimately than 
in most birds, although at the part where it is impossible to dissect 
away the one vessel from the other, a cross section proves that the 
two tubes are still quite separate. 

Myologically, the great gluteus (tensor fascize of my earlier papers) 
completely covers the biceps cruris superficially. The fifth gluteus, 
which runs from the ilium a short distance behind the acetabulum, 
and covers with its triangular tendon the trochanter of the femur, is 
present, but small. The semitendinosus and its accessorius are both 
large, as are the femoro-caudal and its accessorius. The myological 
formula’, as far as these muscles are concerned, is therefore AB XY. 
The ambiens muscle is present and small; but its slender tendon, in 
every case but one of the six knees I have examined, is lost upon the 
capsule of the front of the knee. In the one instance it traversed 
the fibrous tissues of the quadratus-tendon, as in other birds whern 
it is present, to join the digital flexors in the back of the leg. A 
similar imperfection in the development of the ambiens is sometimes 
found in Sula bassana, Stringops habroptilus, and in the species of 
the genus Cdicnemus. The obturator internus is triangular in 
shape, as in the Galline. 

In the deep tendons of the foot, the flexor hallucis longus sends a 


? Comptes Rendus de l’Acad. des Sciences, 1837, vol. v. p. 435. 
2 Berichte Akad. d. Wissenschaft. z. Berlin, 1841, p. 177. 
3 Vide P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 111. 


1879.] ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN, 113 


strong vinculum downwards to that of the flexor digitorum pro- 
fundus before it runs on to supply the hallux itself’. The determi- 
nation of this point the late Prof. C. J. Sundevall much desired 2) as 
in the only specimen he had the opportunity of examining, and that 
imperfectly, the apparent absence of the vinculum favoured its 
Passerine affinities. As, however, is stated above, the vinculum is 
present and large in the individuals dissected by myself. 

In the upper limb, the great pectoral muscle is much reduced at 
its fureular and manubrial origins, over which the crop is placed. It 
is thicker lower down. The fibres of the second pectoral descend as 
far as the lower margin of the sternum; and there is a small third 
pectoral covered by it, as in all Gallinee, although in Opisthocomus 
it is reduced in size. The biceps humeri muscle sends a peculiarly 
large fasciculus to the tendon of the tensor patagii longus, which 
reaches it opposite the middle of the patagium®. This slip I never 
find developed in the Cracideze ; but it is present in the closely allied 
Megapodidee, and in all the other Gallinaceous birds. 

The above-mentioned myological facts throw some light on the 
affinities of Opisthocomus. The presence of two carotid arteries, an 
ambiens muscle, an accessory femoro-caudal, and a deep plantar 
vinculum place its non-passerine nature beyond a doubt. Adding 
the tufted oil-gland and the inch-long colic ceca, the bird could only 
be related to the Tinamidze, Gallinee, or Rallidee, from which it will 
be remembered the Cuculide differ in that they lack the oil-gland 
tuft, and the Musophagide in that they have no colic ceca. Opis- 
thocomus, being holorhinal*, can have nothing to do with the Chara- 
driiform birds. In the Rallide there is only a single posterior 
notch on each side of the carina sterni, at the same time that a crop 
is never developed. These features, when correlated with the pecu- 
liarities of the palate, remove them from the necessity of further 
consideration. 

Opisthocomus must therefore, from what has been just shown, be 
a Gallinaceous bird, or form a group by itself. As there is no 
Gallinaceous bird without a direct articulation between the pterygoid 
bones and the basisphenoidal rostrum, it is hardly possible to include 
the Hoatzin along with them; and yet it resembles them most 
closely, as it does the Cuculide, in the length of its colic czeca and 
the number of its rectrices. It is not far removed from the Muso- 
phagide as well. All these facts can be expressed as follows :— 


1 Vide P.Z. 8. 1875, p. 341. 
* Methodi Naturalis Avium disponendarum Tentamen. Stockholm, 1873, 
pb6: 
5: Vide P.Z.8. 1876, pp. 195, 199. 
* P.Z.S. 1873, p. 33. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. VIII. 8 


114 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BREEDING OF { Feb. 4, 


De after they branched from the TS. at 
cove Bragg 
on ES 
“py RN 
CucvULID. 4 
ys Tuft of x 
oil-gland \ 


lost. 


fo ay : 
\ Cae Tufted oil-gland ; 
ee) PERISTE- y . colic ceca; _ 
eG ates 9) | Opistho- | nO basipterygoid (eave. 
SEZ, Nee comus. ‘acets. 4 
A : : ; Ancestral type. pe 
Basipterygoid articulations = 
acquired. 
Ss a — 
\ eg a . . 
/ ; 
mf / | PsiTract, 
a MUSOPHAGID. \ 
eS Colic ereca Ss 
as lost. 


Diagram to show position of Opisthocomus. 


This diagram indicates that the Galliform ancestor, besides giving 
rise to the at this moment irrelevant Rallide and Psittaci, varied 
also in a strictly Gallinaceous direction, the ancestor of Opisthocomus 
leaving the parent stem very shortly before the true Gallinze first 
appeared, and at about the same time as the independent pedigree 
of the Cuculide and Musophagide commenced. That the Muso- 
phagide and the Cuculide are very closely related to the Gallinz is 
proved by facts brought forward by me in an earlier paper’; and the 
anatomy of the Hoatzin seems to still further favour this hypothesis, 
by showing that there exists a bird which helps to fill the gaps 
between them, 


2. On the Breeding of the Argus Pheasant and other Pha- 
sianidve in the Society’s Gardens. By P. L. Scrarer, 
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. 

[Received December 11, 1878.] 
(Plates VII. & VITI.) 


Although the hopes entertained some twenty years ago of esta- 
blishing the whole of the Indian Phasianide as permanent denizens 
in our aviaries* have been disappointed, and some of the species 

2 Pue, 8) L874, p: eal. 2 Cf. Mitchell, P. Z.S. 1858, p. 554. 


'o ‘SO HINVDID SNDUV 


dart 222 yUey TAL Fug ¢ 


P Z.8.1879.P1.VIII 


JSmit lth. Hanhart imp. 


: | EGG OF ARGUS GIGANTEUS 

»  POLYPLECTRON CHINQUIS. 

»  CERIORNIS TEMMINCKI. 

> SATYRA 

»  CROSSOPTILON MANTCHURICUM 


Oe © do 


1879. ] PHEASANTS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. JU 


originally introduced have become almost extinct in Europe’, we 
have nevertheless succeeded of late years in breeding two or three 
other more recently acquired species, concerning which I have a few 
remarks to offer to the Society, principally as an introduction to the 
valuable notes which our head keeper, Mr. Benjamin Misselbrook, 
who has for many years had the breeding Gallinaceous birds under 
his care, has at my request drawn up upon this subject. 


1. Tue Arcus PHeasant (Argus giganteus). 

The first birds of this species possessed by the Society were two 
cocks, presented by Mr. J. G. Fanshawe, F.Z.8., in May 1872. Mr. 
Fanshawe informs me that these birds were sent to him by Mr. Arthur 
N. Birch, F.Z.S., late Colonial Secretary at Singapore, where Argus 
Pheasants are frequently brought to market alive. The birds are 
caught by the natives in springes in the jungles, tied up in palm- 
leaves, so as to be prevented from knocking themselves about, and 
brought to market alive, the weather being so hot that the birds 
cannot be conveyed when dead, so as to be useful for food. Thus 
obtained they are frequently placed in aviaries, where they soon 
become tame, and are killed when they are required for the table. 
It was from some of the tame stocks in the aviaries that Mr. Fan- 
shawe’s birds were derived. 

In July 1873 Sir Harry Ord, Governor of the Straits Settlements, 
presented us with two hen Argus Pheasants, probabiy derived from the 
same source ; and we thus became possessed of two periect pairs of this 
bird. Before the commencement of the last breediag-season we had 
lost one of our cock birds; but there still remained in the Gardens, 
besides the other cock and the two hens above mentioned, a third 
hen, received on deposit in 1873. I subjoin Mr. Misselb. :k’s 
report on the breeding of these birds during the season of 187 


Report on the Argus Pheasants, 1878. By B. MisseLBroo. 

This season there were four adult examples of the Argus Pheasant 
in the Gardens, one cock and three bens. The heus were placed in 
adjoining compartments, and the cock shifted from one to the other 
about every alternate day. 

Hen number one laid two eggs, one on March the 7th and on ca 
March the 9th. As she did not seem inclined to sit herself, I piace. 
these eggs under a bantam hen. After thirty days, no young birds 
appearing, the eggs were taken away, when one of them was foun: 
to contain a dead bird, and the other was addled. 

Hen number two laid two eggs, one on May 27th, the other on 
May 29th. These eggs were also put under a bantam hen; and after 
twenty-four days’ sitting two birds were hatched. “oth these did 
very well for five weeks, when they were atacked with worm in the 
windpipe ; and both, unfortunately, died. 

1 The Impeyan (Lophophorus impeyanus) has not bred with us since 1871, 
and has, I believe, likewise failed on the Continent. The Crossoptilon (Cros- 
soptilon mantchuricum) and the Cheer (Phasianus wallichii) have both become 
scarce; and others (e. g. Ph. semmerring? and Certornis satyra) seem to haye been 


altogether lost. 
S* 


116 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BREEDING OF [Feb. 4, 


Hen number three laid two eggs. These were put under a hen; 
and one bird was hatched, the other egg being addled. This bird 
also lived for five weeks, and then died. 

Hen number two laid a second sitting of two eggs. These she sat 
upon herself ; but both were addled. 

Hen number one laid a second sitting of two eggs, and began to 
sit on them on July 9th. On the 2nd of August two birds were 
hatched. Thisshows the time of incubation to be twenty-four days. 
The male took no part in the incubation. 

I am glad to say that I have succeeded in rearing these two birds 
up to the present time, and that both are doing well, and are, I hope, 
out of danger, as they are now nearly three months old. I find the 
habits of these birds as near as possible those of the Peacock 
Pheasant (Polyplectron). The faculty of flying begins very early, 
the young being able after four or five days to mount a high perch, 
and so to roost under the large wings of the parent bird. The 
difference in the sex of the young birds is shown by the males being 
much larger than the females, and also of a brighter colour. 

As will be seen by these notes, the three hens have laid altogether 
ten eggs. ‘Two have laid four each, and one bird two eggs. Five 
eggs were bad ; and five birds were hatched, of which three died, and 
the other two are now living in the Gardens. 

I am glad to be able to add that the two young Argus Pheasants 
hatched last year are still thriving, and show every prospect of being 
likely to attain maturity. This is the more gratifying, as none of 
the continental gardens or amateurs, I believe, have yet succeeded in 
breeding this bird. M. Vekemans, of Antwerp, who has been so 
successful with most of the Phasianide, writes me that though he 
has succeeded in hatching the eggs, he has never been able to rear 
the young birds. 

I exhibit a skin of a chick of the Argus Pheasant (Plate VII.) 
which was hatched in our gardens in July last, and died when about 
thirty-five days old; also some eggs of this species. 

The ege (Plate VIII. fig. 1) is of a rich coffee-colour, finely punc- 
tured throughout, with a darker blotch at the large end, It 
measures about 2°6 by 1°9 inches. 


2. Tue Peacock Pueasant (Polyplectron chinquis). 


Males of this species were introduced into our gardens in 1857 ; 
but no females were received until 1864. The birds paired and 
began to breed in 1866, and have continued to do so nearly every 
year until the present time. 

Unlike most of the Phasianidee in captivity, the Polyplectrons pair, 
and it is not practicable to keep one male for several hens. Mr. 
Misselbrook has furnished me with the following notes on the repro- 
duction of this species. 


Report on the Polyplectrons. By B. MisseLBroox. 
The Polyplectrons pair and begin to breed in the second year of 


1879. ] PHEASANTS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 117 


their age. The hen lays two eggs only at a sitting, and begins to 
sit at once ; but if the first two eggs are removed and placed under 
a bantam hen for hatching, in about a month or six weeks she lays 
two more eggs. ‘These second two I have usually allowed her to sit 
on herself. The time of her sitting is twenty-one days. 

In the laying of two eggs only at a sitting the Peacock Pheasant 
resembles the Argus. 

The young Polyplectrons are not so strong as the young of the 
Argus: the young of the Argus are able to mount a high perch in 
a few days; but the young Polyplectrons are not able to do so until 
they are a month or six weeks old. 

The male Polyplectron takes no part in sitting or charge of the 
young birds. 

It is difficult to distinguish the sex of the young Polyplectrons 
until they are six or seven months old; by that time the males are 
seen to be a little larger than the females. They are also a little 
lighter in colour, and have a lighter-coloured eye. 


The egg of the Polyplectron chinguis (Plate VIII. fig. 2) is more 
like those of the true Pheasants, being of a uniform pale stone- 
colour, and measuring about 2°0 inches by 1°45. 


3. Toe Temmincx’s Tracopan (Ceriornis temmincki). 


Males of this Tragopan were acquired in 1864 and 1866; and in 
1867 we acquired our first female. The first young birds were 
hatched in May 1869. The following are our head keeper’s notes 
on the mode of incubation. 


Report on the Temminck’s Tragopan. By B. Misseuproox. 


The old birds begin to lay early in April, and lay seven or eight 
eggs; they make their nest, if possible, off the ground. I therefore 
used always to place an open box for the hens to lay in, which box 
they readily take to, and, after laying the usual complement of eggs, 
begin to sit and hatch out young birds. The male bird at times 
takes a share in sitting on the eggs. The period of incubation is 
twenty-eight days. 

The young birds are not so strong as the young Argus, and they 
are not able to fly until they are four or five weeks old. At that 
time they will mount a perch along with the parent bird, and, if 
allowed, would roost outside along with the old bird for the night. 


The egg of Ceriornis temmincki (Plate VIII. fig. 3) is of a clear 
buff-colour freckled with reddish spots, and measures 2-05 inches by 
about 1°6. 


4. Tue Hornep Tracopan (Ceriornis satyra). 


Of this species we received our first specimens from the Babu 
Rajendra Mullick in 1863'. They bred the same year, and again in 
1865, after which we, unfortunately, lost most of our stock. 

1 See P. Z. 8. 18638, p. 104. 


118 ON THE BREEDING OF PHEASANTS. [Feb. 4, 


In 1876, July 24th, a pair of these birds were presented to the 
Society by H.R.H. the Prince of Wales. The female died; but 
another female (received in exchange, July 17, 1877) laid three eggs 
in April 1878. These eggs were placed under a common Hen ; and 
two young birds were hatched, which are now living in the gardens. 

Mr. Misselbrook reports that the period of incubation in C. satyra 
is the same as in the other species, viz. twenty-eight days, and re- 
marks that he has never seen the male of this species take part in 
the sitting. Otherwise its habits are similar to those of C. tem- 
mincki. He adds that all Tragopans, both young and old, are great 
grass-eaters, and are also fond of dried fruits, such as currants, 
raisins, &c., and all kinds of wild berries, such as hawthorn-berries, 
privet-berries, and ripe elder-berries. 

The egg of C. satyra (Plate VIII. fig. 4) resembles that of C. 
temmincki, but is considerably larger, measuring nearly 2°7 inches 
by 1°6. 


5. Tae Manrcuurian Crossopriton (Orossoptilon mantchu- 
ricum). 

We received our first examples of this fine bird in July 1866’. 
They were both males; but females were obtained from the Jardin 
d’Acclimatation of Paris later in the same year. They bred in 1867 
and 1868, but have not thriven with us since that period. 

Mr. Misselbrook has supplied me with the following notes on this 
species :— 

“The males and females of the Crossoptilon are the same in colour 
and appearance when young, and it is not easy to distinguish the 
sexes. In the adult birds the males are recognizable from being 
furnished with a small blunt spur, whereas the females have none. 

«The hens lay from twelve to sixteen eggs each at a sitting, the 
time of incubation being about twenty-eight or thirty days. I say 
twenty-eight or thirty days, as I have known the time to vary one 
or two days in the time of sitting. 

‘«‘T have not seen the males take any part in the incubation. 

“The great peculiarity in the young of these birds being their ex- 
ceeding tameness; there is not the least shyness about them, they 
being more like the domesticated chicken.” 

The egg of the Crossoptilon (Plate VIII. fig. 5) is of a uniform 
pale stone-colour, and measures about 2°3 inches by 177. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puarte VII. 

Chick (male) of Argus giganteus, from an example which died on 25th August, 
10. 

Prate VIII. 
Fig. 1. Egg of Argus giganteus. 
. Egg of Polyplectron chinguis. 
Egg of Ceriornis temmincki. 
Egg of Ceriornis satyra. 
5. Egg of Crossoptilon mantchuricum. 


Tie cok 


1 See P.Z. 8. 1866, p. 418. 


1879.] ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SPIDERS. 119 


3. On anew Genus and Species of Spiders of the Family 
Salticides. By the Rev. O. P. Camsripez, M.A., 
C.M.Z.S. 


[Received December 17, 1878. ] 


' Some few months ago, Mr. Charles Darwin very kindly forwarded 
to me two pretty little silken nests of a Spider of the family Salticides, 
formed on the upper surface of the leaves of, apparently, some shrub 
or herbaceous plant, and received a short time previously from Herr 
Fritz Miller of Blumenau, Sta. Catherina, Brazil. More recently, 
in answer to a letter written to him by myself, asking for information 
about the maker of these little nests, Herr Miiller has most obligingly 
and promptly sent me two more, together with several of the Spiders 
by which they are constructed. All the Spiders are females, and 
all, excepting one, immature. The nests are remarkable from their 
form, and from the exactly similar size and shape of all the four that 
have come under my notice; they also appear to be, as Herr Miiller 
tells me, invariably formed on the midrib of the upper side of the 
leaf. The accompanying figure (p. 120) will give a good idea of this 
curious little three-entranced domicile. 

There is nothing particularly remarkable in the appearance of the 
Spider. It is, however, interesting in respect of the generic details of 
its structure ; for although it bears a strong affinity to several Euro- 
pean genera of Salticides (Menemerus, Sim., Marpessa, C. L. Koch, 
Hyctia, Sim., and Icius ejusd.), I am unable to get it satisfactorily 
into any of them; I have therefore characterized a new genus for 
its reception. 

Herr Miller tells me that he finds the nests of this Spider on the 
leaves of various plants. 


Fam, SaLTiciDES. 
Fritzia, g. n. 


Cephalothorax lounger than broad, the length being about half as 
much again as the breadth ; upper surface perfectly flat ; depth mode- 
rate ; hinder slope short and very abrupt. Ocular area rectangular, 
considerably broader than long (the length being no more than half 
the breadth), and scarcely more than one third the length of the 
cephalothorax. 

Eyes of foremost row very unequal in size, separated by rather 
considerable intervals, those of middle row nearer to the foremost 
than to the hinder row. 

Legs short, moderate in strength, relative length apparently 
1, 4, 2, 3, the actual difference between 1, 4 and 2, 3 respectively 
being very small; those of first pair much the strongest. Spines be- 
neath metatarsi and tibie of first and second pairs; those of first 
pair long and strong. 

Abdomen short oval, and of a somewhat flattened form. 


120 ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SPIDERS. __[Feb. 4, 


FRitTzia MUELLER], Sp. nN. 


Length of the adult female 1? line. 

Cephalothorax deep blackish brown, the ocular area being black ; 
it has a narrow submarginal line of white hairs ; and its whole upper 
surface is thinly clothed with similar hairs. 


Fig. 1. Spider enlarged. a. Natural length of Spider. 
2. Ditto, in profile, without legs or palpi. 
3. Leaf of plant with nest on midrib (natural size). 


Falces small, set rather back beneath the fore margin of the 
cephalothorax, nearly vertical, and of a dark-brown hue. 
Mazille and labium dull brownish, tipped with a paler colour. 


1879.| MR. OTTLEY ON THE EYE-MUSCLES OF MAMMALS. 121 


Sternum oval, pointed behind, and similar in colour to the 
cephalothorax. 

Legs pale dull yellowish, the femora being dark brown, and the 
tibize, metatarsi, and tarsi marked with brown, giving them a some- 
what annulated appearance ; beneath the terminal claws is a small 
claw-tuft. 

The palpi are short, and of a more uniform pale-yellowish colour, 
clothed with, among others, some pale scale-like hairs above ; while 
the digital joints have numerous longer, blackish ones beneath. 

Abdomen short-oval, and of dark maroon-brown colour, thinly 
clothed with short, pale grey, or whitish, rather shining, somewhat 
squamose hairs; an indistinct pale stripe runs obliquely from just 
beneath each side of the fore extremity to, or towards, the spinners ; 
the central longitudinal line is broadly blackish, but not very di- 
stinctly defined ; and there are, on its hinder part, some very indi- 
stinct paler, sharply angular lines in a longitudinal series; on the 
underside is a broad, longitudinal, central blackish band, somewhat 
narrowing to the spinners. 

Hab. Blumenau, Sta. Catherina, Brazil. On the leaves of various 
herbaceous plants, in little three-entranced, white, silken nests. 


4. On the Attachment of the Eye-Muscles in Mammals. 
—I. Quadrumana. By W. Orvtey, M.B., F.R.C.S., 
Demonstrator of Anatomy at University College, 
London. 

[Received January 1, 1879.] 


During the last six months I have been enabled, by the kind 
permission of Mr. Garrod, to examine the attachment of the eye- 
muscles to the sclerotic in a large number of the Mammalia. In 
some orders my observations have been as yet too few to enable me 
to generalize from them; but in the Quadrumana, where there has 
been a larger amount of material at my disposal, the variations in 
these muscles appear to be sufficiently well marked and characteristic 
to deserve a short record. 

As a preliminary, I may state that, from the observations of Profs. 
Donders, Helmholtz, and others, it has been established that in man 
the six muscles are combined in the following manner :— 

In turning the eye up, the superior rectus and inferior oblique 
act; in turning it down, the inferior rectus and superior oblique ; 
directly inwards, the internal rectus ; directly outwards, the external 
rectus. 

In any intermediate position three muscles are used, thus :— 

In turning the eye up and in, the superior and internal recti and 
inferior oblique ; in turning it up and out, the superior and external 
recti and the inferior oblique ; and so for the other movements. 


122 MR. W. OTTLEY ON THE 


(Feb. 4, 


The action of the individual muscles may be thus stated :— 
The superior rectus (3) turns the eye up and in, 


3%? 


inferior rectus (3) 
internal rectus (3) 
external rectus (6) 
superior oblique (4) oe 
inferior oblique (3) 55 


> 


” 


down and in, 
in, 

out, 

down and cut, 
up and out; 


the numbers indicating the nerves which supply them. 
It is also believed that a very slight rotation of the eye round an 


Fig. 1. 


antero-posterior axis (the visual axis) does normally occur (Donders, 
Ann. d’Oculistique, 1877). 

On examining the eye of a fish it is at once evident that the muscles 
here cannot have the same action as in the human eye. It is seen 
that here the superior oblique, which has no pulley, must be com- 


1879. | EYE-MUSCLES OF MAMMALS. 123 


bined, not with the inferior, but with the superior rectus; and the 
same disposition is found in all the Reptiles and Birds that I have 
examined. Not only so, but in some Mammalia, particularly those 
in which the eyes are placed at the side of the head, as in the Rodents 
and others, the muscles must be combined as they are in the fish 
or bird. 

Professor Struthers, in a paper on the action of the oblique muscles 
(Monthly J. of Med. Science, Oct. 1849), has already drawn attention 
to the differences in the direction of these muscles which are found 
in the Mammalia, and has pointed out that the more the eyes are 
directed outwards, the more does the angle which the superior oblique 
makes with. the visual axis tend to become acute. 

The accompanying diagrams will explain this change in the angle. 

Fig. 1 represents the visual axes VA VA’ parallel as in man; 
SO SO' the direction of the superior oblique; the angle ScA is 
obtuse. In fig. 2 the axes are divergent, as in the Rabbit: the 
letters correspond; the angle Sc A is acute. It will be noticed also 
that SO SO! are directed to the front of the eye instead of to the 
back. This forward position of the superior oblique muscle, how- 
ever, as will be presently shown, is not peculiar to those animals in 
which the eyes diverge. 

Among the Quadrumana I have examined the attachment of the 
eye-muscles in the following genera and species :— 

Fam. Simiidee.—Simia satyrus. 

Fam. Cercopithecidee.—Semnopithecus leucoprymnus, Cercopi- 
thecus callitrichus, C. albigularis, Cercocebus fuliginosus, Macacus 
tnuus, Cynocephalus porcarius. 

Fam. Cebidee.—Ateles ater and A. melanochir, Mycetes seniculus, 
Cebus capucinus, C. hypoleucus, Nyctipithecus felinus, Saimaris 
sciured. 

Fam. Hapalidee.—Hapale penicillata, Midas rosalia. 

And in the Lemures, fam. Lemuride, Lemur, sp.?; fam. Nycti- 
cebidee, Nycticebus tardigradus. 

In the human eye my observations agree with Sappey’s description 
rather than with that of Henle; and I therefore give the measurements 
to be found in Sappey’s ‘ Anatomie Descriptive,’ and a diagram, to 
serve as a standard of reference. 

The superior rectus is inserted ;8; inch from corneal edge. It is 
curved ; and its outer is further from the cornea than is its inner edge. 

The inferior rectus at a distance of 38. (It is also oblique like 
the superior.) 

The external rectus 55. 

The internal or median rectus 3 to 5%. 

The superior oblique $2 (I should rather say 58) trom the optic 
nerve. 

The inferior oblique 7; from the nerve-entrance. The line of its 
insertion, if prolonged, would meet the optic nerve. 

Neither of these authors refers to the curvature of the line of in- 
sertion of the superior oblique. 

In Simia satyrus it will be seen that the attachments resemble 


124 MR. W. OTTLEY ON THE [Feb. 4, 


those described already, with the exception that the recti are placed 
further forwards. 

The superior, inferior, and external recti are {> from the corneal 
edge. The median is rather nearer, 34; inch. 


Fig. 3. Fig. 4. 


raed wae er 
ER a a so / a 


/ 
H / 
| (16 yearer 
| \ 10 
/ \ / 
“| 10 : yh ss Vs 


(a4 


Fig. 3. Adiagram of the attachments of the superior oblique, inferior oblique, 
and external rectus in the human eye, from the outer side. 

Fig. 4. A diagram of the insertions of the superior and inferior oblique in 
the human eye, from behind: a, optic nerve. 


The superior oblique is curved, but generally parallel to the optic 
nerve ; anterior border 1° from cornea, posterior 4, from optic nerve. 


Fig. 5. Fig. 6. 


Fig. 5. A diagram of the attachments in Simia satyrus, from the outer side. 
Fig. 6. From behind, to show the relative positions of the obliqui and the optic- 
nerve entrance. 


The inferior oblique is higher at its inner extremity, which is 4 
from the optic nerve. 

The optic-nerve entrance is 7 inch nearer the inner than the outer 
edge of the cornea. 


1879.] EYE-MUSCLES OF MAMMALS, 125 


There is no choanoid muscle!; and the obliquity of the inferior 
oblique is remarkable. 

In all the Cercopithecide, as, indeed, in all the Old-World Mon- 
keys below the Simiidee, there is a representative of the choanoid 
muscle, in the shape of a larger or smaller muscular slip, inserted 
between the superior and inferior oblique. In Semnopitheeus leuco- 
prymnus this slip was very smail, the fibres were fattily degenerated, 
and no strize were perceptible; but, at the same time, the atrophied 
remains were distinctly recognizable. In Cercopithecus callitrichus 
the muscle was even less distinct; there was nothing but a thin 
fibrous sheet, quite isolated from the capsule enclosing the sclerotic, 
it is true, and with an insertion corresponding to that of the choanoid 
slip in other members of this group; but microscopically no muscular 
fibres were found, only vessels and fibrous tissue remained. 

In C. albigularis the slip was larger and contained distinctly 
striated muscular fibre, as also in Cercocebus fuliginosus. In Ma- 
cacus innuus and Cynocephalus porcarius this muscular band was 
Jarger and very evident. 

The differences between these members of the group with respect 


A diagram of the attachments in Macacus innuus, from above and outside ; 
shows the relative positions of the oblique muscles to one another and to 
the choanoid. 


to the other muscles were slight. In all, the outer borders of the 
superior and inferior recti were posterior to the inner borders, while 
the median rectus was slightly nearer to the cornea than the ex- 
ternal (as a rule). 

In all, the anterior edge of the superior oblique was more distant 
from the cornea than was the posterior from the optic nerve, while 
the inferior oblique remained near the back of the eye. The optic- 
nerve entrance was always internal to the visual axis. 

In the Cebidee and Hapalide we have an important difference. 
The choanoid slip is entirely absent ; even in the Marmosets I could 


' This muscle, very seldom absent in the Mammalia, arises on the outer side 
of the optie nerve, is inserted into the sclerotic behind the recti, and is supplied 
by the sixth nerve; but its size and its attachment to the sclerotic vary much. 


126 MR. W. OTTLEY ON THE [Feb. 4, 


find no trace of it; but the superior oblique has now moved forward 
so as to be inserted close behind the superior rectus; while the in- 
ferior oblique still remains near the optic nerve, which still enters on 
the inner side of the fundus, though in Hapale penicillata it is only 
zz inch nearer to the inner than to the outer border of the cornea. 


Fig. 8. Fig. 9. 


SB was s oo 


ea! 


Fig. 8 is a diagram, seen from above, of the attachments of the superior oblique 
and superior rectus in Mycetes seniculus. 
Fig. 9. Ditto in Hapale penicillata. 


In the Cebide the rectus and obliquus are inserted almost at right 
angles with one another (in Ceéus the superior oblique is quite 
at right angles to the superior rectus); while in Hapale penicil- 
lata and Midas rosalia the superior rectus is so oblique as to approach 


Fig. 10. 


<_’ 


Adiagram, from above, of the eye of a Lemur; indicates the relations of the 
choanoid, superior oblique, and superior rectus. 


the direction of the superior oblique ; in these also the external rectus 


is very convex forwards. 
There is no tapetum in any of the Quadrumana that have been 


examined. 


1879.] EYE-MUSCLES OF MAMMALS. 127 


In the Lemures the choanoid appears again as a distinctly muscular 
slip with the same relative attachment. 

The superior oblique keeps its anterior position, the posterior 
border being nearly twice as far from the optic nerve as the anterior 
is from the cornea. 

The inferior oblique has also moved forwards, so that in Nycti- 
cebus its posterior border is 33, from the optic nerve, while its anterior 
is ~; from the cornea. (In the Cebide it is often five times nearer 
to the optic nerve than it is to the cornea.) 

In Lemur some fibres of the superior oblique are inserted in front 
of the superior rectus (so! in diagram). 

The optic nerve is considerably to the inner side of the fundus. 

In Nycticebus there is a further peculiarity in the superior oblique, 
in that it pierces the tendon of the superior rectus near its inner 
border to be inserted behind it. 


Bie. it, 
i ES 


ER 
ae 
10) ae 


A diagram, from the outer side, of the eye of Nycticebus: shows that 
the inferior oblique has moved further forwards. 


The following summary therefore appears to be true :— 

a. In the higher Quadrumana the muscles closely resemble the 
human muscles in their attachments, and, as was already known, 
there is no choanoid muscle. 

6. In the Cercopithecidze, besides other points of difference, there 
is always some representative of the choanoid. It is interesting to 
observe that in the higher families the muscle which may be 
supposed to be ceasing to be useful becomes degenerated and, at 
last, almost unrecognizable. 

ce. In the Cebidz no trace of choanoid remains, but the superior 
oblique has moved forwards. 

d. In the Hapalidee the superior oblique has moved still further 
forwards, and changed its relation to the superior rectus, while the 
optic nerve has also moved outwards. 

e. In the Lemuride the choanoid is again distinctly present, but 
the superior oblique has a different relation to the superior rectus, 
and either pierces it or is attached partly in front of it, while the 
inferior oblique is also moved forwards. 


128 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 4, 


I may add that in a Bat (Péeropus medius) I found the superior 
oblique to have a relation like that in the Lemur to the superior 
rectus, but the inferior oblique was close up to the corneal limit. 

It may be also proper to state that these variations in the muscu- 
lar attachments do not appear to depend in any definite manner on 
alterations in the position of the orbit. M. Broca, in the ‘ Revue 
J’ Anthropologie,’ 1877, p. 356, gives a table of the obliquity of the 
orbit in members of the Quadrumana, this obliquity being determined 
by measuring the angle between the base-line of the skull (in his 
series the base-line chosen is the plane of the foramen magnum) and 
the axis of the orbit. This axis is a line passing outwards and for- 
wards from the optic foramen through the centre of the orbital 
aperture. From this direction of the axis it will be seen (a) that 
it does not correspond with the visual axis, (6) that its obliquity 
is made up of an obliquity to the median plane of the head and of 
an obliquity to the horizontal base-line of the skull. 

As instances of the great varieties found in this angle, he gives 
the mean angle in Orang as 45°°62, Cercopithecus 28°'43, Cebus 
22°3, Mycetes 67°°17, Lemurs 41°05. 

It seems possible that a comparison of the angles between the two 
visual axes when the eyes are at rest, would be more likely to afford 
some explanation of the meaning of the gradual change in the rela- 
tive position of the eye-muscles ; and the direction of these axes it 
appears at present to be impossible accurately to ascertain. 


5. On some Birds transmitted from the Samoan Islands by 
the Rev. T. Powell. By Osperr Satvin, M.A., F.R.S. 


[Received January 6, 1879.] 


The collection, which contained specimens of the following five 
species of birds, was placed in my hands by Mr. Sclater, because there 
were two Petrels amongst them, a family of birds to which I have 
lately paid considerable attention. The skins were obtained by the 
Rev. Thomas Powell, of Faleatili, Upolu, Samoan Islands, during a 
visit to the islands of Tutuila and Manoa, the two easternmost islands 
of the group, and transmittted to Mr. Sclater, with a request that he 
would have them named. This I have endeavoured to do, but have 
only succeeded in finding names for three of the five species, the 
other two being apparently undescribed :— 


1. PINAROLESTES POWELLI, Sp. nov. 


Saturate brunneus, alis et cauda nigricantioribus; abdomine 
rufescenti-brunneo ; rectricibus tribus utrinque extimis albo 
terminatis ; rostro et pedibus plumbeo-corneis. Long. tot. 7-0, 
ale 3:1, caude 3°2, tarsi 0-9, rostrt a riclu 1°1. 

Hab. Tutuila, Samoan Islands (7. Powell). 

Obs. Sp. P. vitrensi affinis, sed major, alis et cauda saturatius 

brunneis, 


1879. ] THE SAMOAN ISLANDS. 129 


This bird, for which I have been unable to find a name, belongs 
to the small section of this genus the members of which have white 
tips to the lateral tail-feathers. It certainly comes nearest the Fijian 
P. vitiensis, with the British-Museum specimens of which I have 
compared it. P. heinii is another allied species, but is still smaller 
than P.vitiensis, besides differing in other respects (¢f. Sharpe, Cat. 
B. iii. p. 293 et seg.). Dr. Finsch and Mr. Sharpe, both of whom 
are conversant with the members of this genus, on examining this 
skin pronounced it to belong to an undescribed species. No 
Pinarolestes has hitherto been recorded from the Samoan Islands. 

The type of this species, which I propose to dedicate to its dis- 
coverer, has been deposited in the British Museum. 

Mr. Powell’s letter gives the following account of this species :— 

*‘Vernac. name, ‘ Sagaolevas’ (Sd-nga-o-le-vas). A small agile 
bird. Length 7" from the point of the beak to the tip of the tail, 
wings rather longer than the body. Tail long, spreading. Feathers 
of the head, back, wings, and tail brownish black ; the three outer 
tail-feathers on each side tipped with white; throat, breast, and 
belly brownish slate; sides brownish. Head large; feathers of the 
head erect. Appearance fierce; voice harsh. Beak long, strong; 
and slightly notched at the tip, furnished with bristles at the base ; 
nostrils near the base, round, slanting backwards; gape wide. Tongue 
cartilaginous at the tip. Tarsi about 1 long. Toes, inner and outer 
nearly of a length, shorter than the middle, the hinder one of which 
is rather longer and stronger than the front one. Grasp strong. 

“* Habits. This bird flies round and round persons coming into its 
vicinity, keeping up a continual harsh cry, which the natives call 
scolding ; it nevertheless keeps well out of arm’s length, and dodges 
well. A native fired twenty times, and failed to get a specimen.” 


2. Hatcyon sacra. 

Halcyon sacra (Gm.); Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 223, pl. 85. 

Hab. Tutuila, Samoan Islands (7. Powell). 

The specimen sent agrees accurately with the central figure in 
Mr. Sharpe’s plate, which was drawn from a specimen said to have 
come from Tongataboo. Mr. Sharpe unites the birds from the Fiji, 
Friendly, and Samoan islands; and I follow him in so doing; but 
should the Samoan bird prove distinct, the name it should bear is 
Haleyon pealii, Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Centralpolyn. p. 38, it being the 
Dacelo coronata, Peale (nec Miiller). 


3. ANOUS CERULEUS. 

Sterna carulea, Bennett, Narr. Whaling Voy. ii. p. 248. 

Anous ceruleus, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 272. 

Hab. Tutuila, Samoan Islands (7. Powell). 

The full synonymy of this species is givenin Mr. Sharpe’s Notes 
on Birds from the Ellice Islands (J. c.). Mr. Powell gives the total _ 
length as 10 inches, and the expanse of the wings as 20 inches. The 
native name in Samoa is “ Laia.” He says the bird is abundant in 
some parts of Tutuila. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. IX. 9 


130 ON BIRDS FROM THE SAMOAN ISLANDS. [ Feb. 4, 


4. FREGETTA MG@STISSIMA, Sp. 0. 


Omnino fuliginoso-nigrescens, alis et cauda nigricantioribus ; 
alis longissimis, cauda valde furcata; rectricibus latissimis ; 
tarsis elongatis; digitis fere cqualibus, phalangibus proxi- 
mis complanatis. Long. tota 9°5, ale 9:1, caude rectr. med. 
3-2, lat. 4°2, tarsi 1-9, dig. med. cum ungue 1°3, rostri a rictu 
0°9. 

Hab. Samoan Islands (7. Powell). 

Obs. Species F. melanogastre congenerica, sed ab omnibus ves- 

titu unicolori nigrescente distinguenda. 

In the ‘Proceedings’ of last year (P. Z. S. 1877, p. 722) Dr. Finsch 
described a Petrel under the name of Procellaria albogularis from 
the Fiji Islands, which is evidently a near ally of the present bird. 
This bird, however, differs in having the chin, belly, and upper tail- 
coverts white, and in some other respects. Of Dr. Finsch’s bird I 
have before me a specimen obtained in Aneiteum, New Hebrides, as 
long ago as January 1860, I believe by the late John Macgillivray. 
Curiously enough, it bears the MS. name albogularis, selected for it 
by Dr. Finsch seventeen years subsequently. The native name given 
in Aneiteum to this bird is ‘‘ Nichitterin,”’ as the label records. 

A similar specimen is in the British Museum, and another in the 
Leyden Museum. In both places the birds are referred to Procel- 
aria tropica, Gould ; and all references to P. tropica from the Pacific 
Ocean apply to it. But Fregetta albogularis is considerably larger 
than P. tropica, and has a more deeply forked tail than that bird, 
besides the tail-feathers themselves being much wider. It is doubtful 
whether P. tropica, the original specimens of which were obtained 
by Mr. Gould himself in the Atlantic Ocean, is really separable from 
F.. melanogastra. Mr. Sharpe has already united them under the 
former name (Trans.-Venus Exp. Birds, p. 30.) The following 
references relate to Dr. Finsch’s Procellaria albogularis :— 


Procellaria tropica, Bp. C. R. xli. p. (nec Gould). §)'2- 
Fregetta tropica, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 197 (nee Gould), 
Procellaria tropica, Schl. Mus. P. B., Procell. p. 4. 
Fregetta tropica, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 85 (? partim). 
* Procellaria torquata, Macgill.,’ G. R. Gray, Hand-list, iii. 
p- 104 (nee Macgill.!). 
Thalassidroma albogularis, Macgill. MS. 
Procellaria albogularis, Finsch (mot. prop.!), P. Z. 8. 1877, 
. 722. 
: Oceanites tropica, Sharpe, Trans.-Venus Exp. p. 30 (partim). 


The native name of Fregetta mestissima in Samoa is Seu-ta-peau ; 
and of its habits Mr. Powell says :—‘‘ They often float on the sea in 
great numbers. They inhabit all the islands of the group, but are 
most abundant on Manua. They-sleep in holes under the trunks of 
trees at an elevation of 2500 feet, whence they are taken with dogs, 
which scent them. They are easily extracted from their holes.”’ 


1879.] | MR. W. H. DALL ON THE GENERIC NAME GOULDIA. 131 


5. PurFINUS OBSCURUS. 


Procellaria obscura, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 559. 

Puffinus obscurus, Finsch, Journ. Mus. Godeff. Heft xii. p- 40. 

Hab. Manua, Samoan Islands (7. Powell). 

Native name “ Taio,” =Taiko. 

Mr. Powell says that these birds are found in the mountains of 
Manua in holes, as in the case of the Seu-ta-peau (i.e. F. mestissima). 
The natives are very fond of them, and catch and consume great 
numbers, hunting them with dogs. He gives the dimensions of the 
specimen sent as follows:—Length ‘126 inches from the tip of the 
bill to the tip of the tail; bill 1:3; tail 3°3; middle and outer toe 
1-8; inner toe 1°5; tarsus 1°6 (black on the outer side, bluish black 
on the inner) ; expanse from tip to tip of wings 2 feet 2 inches. 


6. On the Use of the generic Name Gouldia in Zoology. 
By W. H. Dat, Smithsonian Institution. 


[Received January 7, 1879.] 


Until within a few days I have never been able to point to the 
exact place where the late Prof. C. B. Adams described his genus 
Gouldia ; and most foreign naturalists have supposed that its first 
appearance was in Jay’s Catalogue of Shells of January 1850. 
According to Marschall’s continuation of the ‘Nomenclator Zoologicus,’ 
a genus Gouldia (Trochilide) was proposed by “ Ch. Bonaparte 
in Paris Acad. 1850,” while another authority places the date of 
the description in 1849. On this account Mr. Guppy of Trinidad, 
W. L., proposed to substitute Crassinella for the molluscan Gouldia 
of C. B. Adams. I believe this name has somewhere been used by 
T. A. Conrad for some fossil allied to Astarte; but I have not been 
able to find the reference yet. It is, however, of no consequence, 
since, even had Gouldia, C. B. Ad., been untenable, there are several 
synonyms which are prior to Orassinel/a, Guppy, for that genus. 

I am glad to be able to state definitely, at last, the place of de- 
scription and date of Gouldia, C. B. Ad., and to establish it on a 
permanent footing, especially as the eminent naturalist from whom 
it was named was one to whom I owe a lasting debt of gratitude 
and affection for the almost paternal kindness with which he for- 
warded my first attempts at the study of natural history. 

The story is most briefly told in a few paragraphs of synony- 
mical references. 


Genus Goutpra, C. B. Adams. 


Thetis, C. B. Ad. 1845, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 9 (Jan. 
1845). Genus described, with two species, 7’. cerina and T. parva, 
from Jamaica. Not Thetis, J. Sowerby, Min. Conch. t. 513, 1826. 

Gouldia, C. B. Ad. (in) Cat. of Genera and Species of recent 

g* 


132 Mr. G. A. SHAW ON THE HABITS OF LEMURS. [Feb. 4, 


Shells in the Coll. of C. B. Adams, ete.’ p. 29, note, Jan. 1847 (with 
the same two species as types); Pan. Sh. p. 275, 1852 (G@. pa- 
cifica). Jay, Catal. of Shells, Jan. 1850; ibid. 1851. Not Gouldia, 
Bon. 1849-50 (Aves). 

Eriphyla, Gabb, Pal. Calif. i. p. 180, 1864, type H. umbonata, 
Gabb; Stoliczka, Pal. Ind. iii. p. 156, 1871. 

? Eriphylopsis, Meek, Pal. Upper Missouri, p. 125, 1876 (EZ. 
gregaria). 

Crassinella, Guppy, Geol. Mag. Oct. 1874, p. 451, types C. 
pacifica and OC. martinicensis, loc. cit. Not Crassinella, Conrad. 

Mr. Gabb’s Eriphyla was described under the idea that certain 
characters of the hinge were constant, which an examination of a 
series of a recent species of Gouldia (G. mactracea, Linsley) has 
shown to be variable ; and the same is probably true of Meek’s Eri- 
phylopsis, in which the specimen examined had the teeth reversed, 
as regards the right and left valves, as compared with the recent 
species. Such reversals occur in nearly all bivalves in individual 
cases, and, unless confirmed by the testimony of a large series, can 
hardly be held to have any systematic value. 

It would seem, therefore, that the genus Gouldia of Bonaparte 
requires a new name; but, with Mr. Guppy’s example as a warning, 
I shall leave that to the ornithologists to settle. 

It may be remarked, however, that another genus of Trochilide, 
Halia, Mulsant and Verreaux (Mém. Cherbourg Soc. Sc. Nat. xi. 
1866), is preoccupied by Risso (Eur. Mér. 1826) for a valid genus 
of mollusks. It may also be questioned whether Doryfera, Gould, 
P. Z. 8S. 1847, has the right to exist simultaneously with Doryphora 
(Illiger, 1811, and Kitz. 1844). Moreover Glaweus (Bruch, Cab. 
Journ, 1853, Laride) was used for a mollusk by Forster in 1800, 
and Gnathodon (Jardine, Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. 1848, Columbide) 
was used by Gray for a mollusk in 1825. 


Washington, Dee. 25, 1878. 


7. A few Notes upon Four Species of Lemurs, specimens of 
which were brought alive to England in 1878°. By 
GrorcE A. SHAw. 

[Received January 9, 1879.] 
(Plate IX.) 
1. Tue Rine-TarLep Lemur’. 
As far as my experience of seven years goes, these Lemurs are 
found only in the south and south-western borders of the Beétsileo 
province of Madagascar. This province is about 150 miles in length, 


by 50 or 60 in width, and is situated on the central tableland, about 
100 to 250 miles south of Antananarivo, the capital of Madagascar. 


1 Middleburg, Vt., Justus Cobb, 1847, 8yo, pp. 32, The preface is dated 
January 1847. 

2 [See above, p. 2.—P. L. 8] 

3 | Lemur catta, Linn.—P. L. 8.} 


J.Smit hth Hanhart imp. 


CHIROGALEUS MILI. 


1879. | MR. G. A. SHAW ON THE HABITS OF LEMURS. 133 


A forest extends along the whole eastern side of this province, 
fringing the tableland, and covering all the slopes down into the low- 
land bordering the sea; but nowhere in these forests have the Ring- 
tailed Lemurs been found. Their habitat in the south and south-west 
is among the rocks, over which they can easily travel, where it is 
impossible for the people, although bare-footed, to follow. An 
examination of their hands will show that they are preeminently 
adapted for this kind of locomotion. The palms are long, smooth, 
level, and leather-like ; and enable the animal to find a firm footing 
on the slippery wet rocks, very much on the same principle as that 
which assists the fly to walk up a pane of glass. The thumbs on 
the hinder hands are very much smaller in proportion than in the 
Lemurs inhabiting the forests, which depend upon their grasping- 
power for their means of progression. These spring from tree to 
tree, and rarely if ever touch the ground, except in search of water. 

Hence the Ring-tailed Lemurs are an exception to the general 
habits of the Lemuride, in that they are not arboreal. There are 
very few trees near their district ; and those which do grow there are 
very stunted and bushy. 

These Lemurs are provided with two long canine teeth or fangs in 
the upper jaw, those of the male being considerably longer than those 
of the female. These they use to take away the outer coating of 
the fruit of the prickly pear, which is full of fine spines, and con- 
stitutes their chief article of winter food, and which grows abundantly 
in the crevices and around the foot of the rocks. Their summer 
food consists of different kinds of wild figs and bananas. Their 
fangs are doubtless used as weapons of self-defence, although when 
fighting I have noticed that they depend a great deal upon their 
hands, with which they scratch and strike. I have seen the male 
put a dog larger than itself to the rout in this way. 

They are very easily tamed, and in captivity will eat almost any 
kind of fruit, but do not like meat in any form. By a little care, 
they can be induced. to feed upon cooked rice, upon which they 
thrive. In their natural state, they do not drink, as is proved not 
only from the native accounts, but also by the fact that for the 
first month or two after being caught, and while living on bananas, 
they do not drink. It is curious that all the species of Lemurs 
living on the west, including the two kinds of white Lemurs, appear 
to subsist without water; whilst all those on the east invariably 
drink at their meals. 


2. Tur Broap-nosep Lemur!. 


This one was caught and chained up last January. It came from 
the higher-level forests on the eastern side of the Betsileo, among 
the bamboos, on which it appears in a great measure to subsist. Its 
teeth are different from those of any other kind of Lemur with which I 
am acquainted. It has the few sharp outwardly inclined teeth in the 
lower jaw in the front common to all Lemurs, and which they use 


* [Hapalemur simus, Gray, P. ZS. 1870, p. 828, pl. liii—P. L. §.] 


134 MR. G. A. SHAW ON THE HABITS OF LEMURS. [Feb. 4, 


as scrapers, and not to bite with. Besides these, nearly all’ its teeth 
are serrated cutting-teeth, and are arranged, not in opposition, but so 
as mutually to intersect. In this respect it is admirably accommodated 
to suit the country in which it lives, as with the greatest facility it 
can bite off the young shoots of the bamboo, and mince up a whole 
handful of grass blades and stalks at once, each bite cutting clean, 
like a pair of scissors. Like very many grass-eating animals, it seems 
to feed nearly all day long. For several months I had this one 
chained on the lawn; and it scarcely ceased gathering the grass 
within its reach, and eating it, from morning till evening. It is also 
unlike other Lemurs in its dislike of fruit. I have tempted it with 
very many different kinds of berries and fruits growing in the forest ; 
but it would not touch any of them. It is very fond of cooked meat, 
and also of sugar-cane ; and it was owing to its desire for sugar that 
it has been coaxed to eat cooked rice, which is now its staple food. 
It is furnished with a remarkably broad pad on each of the hinder 
thumbs, by means of which it is enabled to grasp firmly even the 
smoothest surfaces. Unlike most other Lemurs, its head is very 
round, although the female has a somewhat more pointed snout 
than the specimen now in the Society’s Gardens. Its cry is very 
peculiar, at times resembling the quack of a duck, at other times 
Joud and piercing. Its tail is long, but not very bushy. 


3. THe Brown Movuse-Lemur’. (Plate IX.). 


This small and highly interesting animal was caught in November 
1877, since which time it has lived in a small box, and has been allowed 
a little exercise about the room each night. It is nocturnal in its 
habits; and its food consists of fruits and possibly honey: of this 
there is abundance in the forests on the eastern side of Betsileo, from 
the lower parts of which the animal was brought. The specimen is 
full-grown, about seven or eight inches in length ; has a pointed 
snout and very prominent eyes, large ears, and round rat-like tail, 
which is not prehensile. It is of a brownish-grey colour, approach- 
ing to white on the underparts. Its four legs are almost equal in 
length, thus rendering it difficult for this Lemur to leap any con- 
siderable distance, as the majority of species can. It runs on all 
fours, but sits up to eat, holding its food in the fore hands. I faney 
that in the winter months in its natural state it hibernates, be- 
cause in the beginning of last winter (that is in June), after 
several nights’ good exercise, during which time it had the oppor- 
tunity of eating as much banana as it chose to take, I was astonished 
in the evening, on opening its box, to find it still asleep, and quite 
cold to the touch. At first I thought it was dead; but by holding 
it near to a fire and rubbing it, it gradually awoke, and when 
thoroughly warmed appeared none the worse in health. This 
happened two or three times, and without any apparent cause, as 
there was no ill health, nor was the weather particularly cold. From 
this fact, and from the sudden and unnatural enlargement of the 


1 My notes with these particulars have not yet arrived. 
2 [This seems to be Chirogaleus mili, Geoftr.—P. L. 8.] 


1879.] MR. G. A. SHAW ON THE HABITS OF LEMURS. 135 


tail, which unfortunately still continues, I presume, had it been in its 
native forest, it would under the same circumstances have slept 
through the winter. It makes a nest of leaves or dry grass, by care- 
fully scooping a hollow big enough to contain itself, and then, after 
getting in, covering itself with the loose leaves or grass. The native 
tradition also confirms my opinion with regard to its hibernation. 
They say that it hides in the hollow trees in the winter. 

It appears to be a very uncommon animal, even in Madagascar, as 
this is the only specimen I have been able to obtain, although I kept 
a man in the forest for two months seeking for one after I had ob- 
tained this one. Of course, the fact of their sleeping all day and only 
feeding at night adds to the difficulty of catching them. 

It was easily tamed, and proved very affectionate ; comes when 
called by name, and enjoys being fondled and rubbed. 


4. Tae Dwarr Lemur. 


This is another species of nocturnal animal, and is the most 
diminutive Lemur with which I have become acquainted. They 
inhabit a belt of forest-land stretching from the eastern forest into 
the heart of Betsileo, a few miles north of Fianarantsdéa, where they 
are tolerably abundant. They live on the tops of the highest trees, 
choosing invariably the smallest branches, where they collect a 
quantity of dried leaves, and make what from below looks like a 
bird’s nest. So close is the resemblance, that it requires good eyes 
to distinguish the one from the other. 

Their food consists of fruit and insects and most probably honey. 
I haye frequently seen them catching the flies that have entered 
their cage fur the honey ; and I have supplied them with moths and 
butterflies, which they have devoured with avidity. 

They are extremely shy and wild. Although I have had between 
thirty and forty caged at different times, I have never succeeded in 
taming one. ‘They are also very quarrelsome, and fight very fiercely, 
utteriug a most piercing penetrating sound, somewhat resembling 
a very shrill whistle. 

The teeth are very minute, but exceedingly sharp ; and when they 
bite they hold so tenaciously that it requires a good shake and 
knock to make them let go. These Lemurs can leap better than 
No. 3: but still their usual mode of progression is on all fours; and 
when running up any branches which they can grasp with their 
hands, they are very nimble indeed, very much more so than when 
on the ground. They are very strong in their hind legs and hands. 
I have often seen them swing themselves down from their perch 
holding by the hind hands, grasp their food in the two fore hands, 
and then gradually draw themselves back again into their former 
position on the perch. In this they are assisted by the tail only as 
a balance and not as an additional grasping-member. And although 
the tail is of considerable assistance when stretching out from one 
branch to another, by being partly twisted round the branch, it is 
certainly not prehensile in the same sense as some monkeys’ tails are. 

1 [ Microcebus smithii (Gray).—-P. L.S. | 


136 MR. F, MOORE ON NEW * {[Reboay 


Their eyes are large and brilliant, their ears large, and their hands 
beautifully perfect, with ordinary-sized nails on each finger, except 
the second of the hind hands, which is furnished with the long 
scratching-claw. 

They bring forth two, and sometimes three at a birth ; but I have 
had none breed in captivity. 


8. Descriptions of new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. 
By F. Moors, F.ZS. 


[Received January 14, 1879.] 


DaNnaINnz. 
Danals PERSIMILIS, 0. Sp. 


Nearest allied to D. exprompta, Butler (the Ceylon form of D. 
juventa), but is much smaller in size. The markings are similar ; 
but those from the base of the wings are very much more attenuated 
and shorter, and the discal spots also smaller, the markings on the 
hind wing being more attenuated than those in D. grammica. 

Exparse 22 inches. 

Hab. Petchaburree, Bankok District, Siam (April 12, 1875). 
In coll. R. Meldola and F. Moore. 


NyYMPHALIN&. 

NEPTIS CAMBOJA, 0. sp. 

Male. Upperside—fore wing with a pale ferruginous broad longi- 
tudinal band from the base to beyond the cell, a broad oblique sub- 
apical and a constricted lower band ; also two very narrow indistinct 
ferruginous marginal lines: hind wing with a broad ferruginous 
transverse discal, and narrow slightly curved submarginal band ; also 
a single very narrow and indistinct ferruginous marginal line. 
Underside pale yellowish ferruginous; bands as above, but indis- 
tinctly defined. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Cambodia (Mouhot). In coll. N. C. Tuely, Esq. 

Allied to N. dindinga, Butler, from Malacca. Also allied to N. 
heliodore, Fabr., from Siam (the type specimen of which is in the 
Banksian cabinet in the British Museum), but differs above on the 
fore wing in the discoidal streak not extending over the median vein, 
and in the submarginal band on the hind wing being narrower. On 
the underside these differences also occur, and the dark interspace 
between the bands on the hind wing is also narrower. 


NEPpTIS SINUATA, D. Sp. 


Allied to WV. hordonia, Stoll. Differs on the upperside in the bands 
having deeply sinuated borders. Underside also paler; the strigee 
less prominent, and disposed in more blotchy patches. 

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 14 inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore. 


1879.] ASIATIC DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 137 


VANESSA HARONICA, 0. Sp. 


Differs from the Indian VY. charonia, Drury, in the blue band on the 
fore wing being continuous and broader. On the hind wing the band 
crosses the middle, is straight, and has no black spots within it, but 
has a parallel outer row of small black spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 22, 2 3 inches. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore. 


ADOLIAS ANNAMITA, 0. sp. 


Differs from A. evelina, Stoll, pl. 28. f. 2, in both sexes being 
more falcated in the fore wing, in having a longitudinal white costal 
patch immediately before the apex, and in the female having, both 
above and beneath, the discal space of the fore wing broadly greyish 
white, sparsely irrorated with green scales, and leaving only a distinct 
marginal border; the hind wing also pale-speckled along the discal 
border of the dark base. 

Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 33 inches. 

Hab. Cochin China. In coll. H. Druce. 


NEMEOBIIN. 
ABISARA PRUNOSA, 0. sp. 


Differs from the Malacca species (4A. kausambi, Feld.) in the male 
having more prominent darker bands on the fore wing and prominent 
black spots on the hind wing. The female differs also in its paler 
colour, and uniformly pale transverse discal bands without any trace 
of white at their costal end. 

Expanse 1} to 1? inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore. 


LYCZNIDZ&. 
SPALeIs, n. g. 


Allied to Gerydius (Symethus, Horsf.). Male with fore wing more 
trigonal, the costa straighter, the third subcostal branch bifid, the fifth 
branch starting from end of cell: the hind wing is also more trigonal 
in male, and the exterior margin is even in both sexes. Antenne 
short, club thickish. 


SPALGIS EPIUS. 
Lucia epius, Westw. Gen. D. L. p. 502, pl. 76. f. 5. 


CURETIS DENTATA, N. sp. 


Male. Fore wing slightly concave, but not scalloped out on exterior 
margin ; red patch very broad, with a dentate black mark at the 
end of the cell, and its outer border sinuous: hind wing convex and 
slightly sinuous on its exterior margin, with the red broadly diffused ; 
outer border narrow ; the basal streak and abdominal border dusky 
black. 


138 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW [Feb. 4, 


Female with fuliginous brown borders and white discal patch ; the 
dentate mark on fore wing distinct. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Deyra Doon, N.W. India (G. Austen). In coll. F. Moore. 

Distinguished from C. dulis, Doubleday and Hewitson (Gen. D. 
Lep. pl. 75. f. 5), in the fore wing not being falcate, and in the ex- 
terior margin of the hind wing not being angular in the middle. 


CURETIS DISCALIS, N. Sp. 


Male. Distinguished above by the bright red of the fore wing 
being confined to a narrow elongated patch, and that on the hind 
wing also confined to a small oblong lunular discal patch, which is 
slightly dentate on the middle of its inner border: fore wing some- 
what short and truncate. 

Expanse 132 inch. 

Hab. Nepal (General Ramsay) ; Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. 
F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. 


ANOPS STIGMATA, N. Sp. 


Male. Fore wing short, apex not falcate, exterior margin slightly 
scalloped, the bright red patch broad and sinuous on its apical border : 
hind wing quite convex and even along exterior margin, with a well- 
defined black outer border and prominent black longitudinal narrow 
median basal brand or streak ; the abdominal border dusky., 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Moulmein, Burmah. In coll. F. Moore. 

Has most resemblance to the male of C. ¢hetys in the contour of 
the wings. 


PoLYOMMATUS PSEUDEROS, li. Sp. 


Male. Upperside smalt-blue, with somewhat broad greyish-black 
maculated exterior borders; cilia with a blackish inner line. Under- 
side pale ochreous-grey : fore wing with a white-circled black dot in 
middle of the cell, a streak at its end, a discal series of six spots, and 
a marginal row of less-distinct black spots bordered inwardly by a 

ale ochreous-red and black lunule: hind wing speckled with green 
and black at the base; a transverse subbasal series of four white- 
circled black spots,a curved discal series of seven similar spots, a paler 
streak at the end of the cell, a very prominent row of marginal spots 
bordered by an inner ochreous-red and black lunule, and an inter- 
vening short longitudinal discal white dash ; cilia white. 

Female. Upperside brown, with a submarginal series of small 
ochreous-red lunular spots. Underside darker-coloured than male ; 
markings the same. 

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 1,% inch. 

Hab. Sind valley, Kashmir (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 

Allied to P. eros; differing above in having the outer margins more 
decidedly maculated with greyish-black, and in the fore wing beneath 
having no spots at the base ; the discal row of spots also are disposed 


1879. ] ASIATIC DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 139 


in a more linear series ; and the ochreous red borders to the mar- 
ginal spots are less dentated with black on their inner border. 


PoOLYOMMATUS LIMBATUS, 0. sp. 


Male. Upperside lilac-blue ; cilia white, with an inner black line: 
fore wing with a very narrow exterior marginal black band: hind 
wing with a very narrow marginal black line and a few minute 
speckles at apex. Underside white, with slender dusky markings, 
as in P. puspa. 

Expanse 15%) inch. 

Hab. Parisnath hill, Behar, Bengal. In coll. F. Moore. 

Differs from P. dilectus in its more pointed fore wing, darker 
colour, and more prominent marginal line. 


PoLYOMMATUS TRANSPECTUS, Nl. Sp. 


Male. Upperside blue; both wings with a broad outer marginal 
black band, broadest at apex of fore wing; the band on the hind 
wing maculated. Underside white, with indistinct slender dusky 
markings disposed as in P. puspa; the costal spot only prominent 
and visible above. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Khasia hills, E. Bengal. In coll. F. Moore. 


PoLYOMMATUS ALBOCZRULEUS, Nl. Sp. 


Male and Female. Upperside pale clear blue, discal area of fore 
wing and apical area of hind wing white: fore wing with a broad 
outer marginal black band terminating in a point at the posterior 
angle in the male, but not reaching the angle in the female: hind 
wing with a narrow marginal black line and a series of small indis- 
tinct spots, the latter still less apparent in the female; cilia white, 
with an inner bordered line adjoining band on fore wing. Underside 
white, with small and slender black markings disposed similar to those 
in P. puspa, but without the lunular line encompassing the mar- 
ginal spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 13 inch. 

Hab. Nepal (Ramsay) ; Deyra Doon (G. Austen). In coll. F. 
Moore. 


PoOLYOMMATUS DILECTUS, 0. sp. 


Male. Upperside pale lilac-blue, with a very slender marginal 
black line; diseal area of fore wing and apical area of hind wing 
slightly whitish ; cilia white. Underside white, with small slender 
indistinct blackish markings disposed as in P. puspa. 

Female similar to P. puspa, but paler above, the exterior dusky- 
brown band on fore wing of less breadth, and the blue extending to 
posterior margin: hind wing bluer, less dusky anteriorly, with a 
marginal row of indistinct dusky spots. 

Expanse 1 to 1} inch. 

Hab. Nepal; Sikkim; N. Cachar. In coll. F. Moore. 


140 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW [Feb. 4, 


APHN US LUNULIFERA, 0. Sp. 


Upperside dark greyish-blue, the borders dark brown: fore wing 
with a small ochreous red lunule beyond end of the cell: hind wing 
with a dark ochreous red anal lobe, containing two prominent black 
silver-streaked spots. Underside pale ochreous-brown, the bands and 
spots defined only by prominent black lines and _silver-streaked 
centres; anal lobe bright vermilion, the black silvered-streaked spots 
prominent. 

Expanse 1,2; inch. 

Hab. Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 

Differs from A. ictis, Hewits. Exot. Butt. pl. 25. figs. 8 & 9, above 
in having a dissimilar-shaped subapical mark. Underside also of a 
different colour. 4. elima, Moore, also differs from this in being 
paler-coloured above, of a deeper colour beneath, in having the mark- 
ings nearly obsolete, and in the absence of the red patch on anal 
lobe. 


DEUDORIX LAZULINA, 0. sp. 


Male. Upperside dull dark lazuline-blue, outer borders black, 
abdominal margin grey, anal lobe black. Underside brownish grey : 
fore wing crossed by a discal band’of two narrow white lunular lines, 
and a short streak at end of the cell: hind wing crossed by similar 
irregular bands, the discal bent upward to middle of anal margin ; a 
black spot bordered above with ochreous at anal angle, and another 
beyond. 

‘Female purple-grey above, ochreous-grey beneath; marked as in 
male. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore. 

Allied to the Javan D. varuna, Horsf. Catal. Lep. E.1.C., p. 91, 
and to D. orseis, from Singapore. 


DrEUDORIX SCHISTACEA, N. sp. 


Male. Upperside dark slaty-blue : underside buff-grey ; both wings 
crossed by a narrow discal band of two white lunular lines, and a 
cell streak; a black anal spot bordered above with white and 
another beyond bordered with ochreous. 

Female purple-blue, borders slightly purple-brown. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. Calcutta (Atkinson and Farr). In coll. F. Moore and Dr. 
Staudinger. 

Allied to D. varuna. May be distinguished by the blue colour 
of the male pervading the entire surface of the upperside. 


DeEUDORIX GRISEA, 0. Sp. 


Male. Upperside dull greyish blue, outer border dusky back. 
Underside dull lavender-grey ; both wings crossed by a broad darker 
band bordered by a pale lunular line, and a cell-streak ; anal spots 
black, the outer ochreous-bordered above. 


1879.] ASIATIC DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 141 


Female pale greyish blue above, border dusky brown. 

Expanse, ¢ 13%, ? 1,5; inch. 

Hab. Deyra Dhoon, N.W. Himalaya (G@. Austen). In coll. F. 
Moore. 

Allied to D. schistacea. 


DEUDORIX RECTIVITTA, n. sp. 


Male. Upperside dark dusky blue, borders black. Underside pale 
vinous brownish buff; both wings crossed by a straight narrow 
tapering dark-brown pale-outer-bordered band, a paler cell-streak, 
and an indistinct brownish submarginal fascia; the band on hind 
wing bent and zigzag above anal angle; a small black anal and sub- 
anal spot speckled ochreous and white, a few speckles also between 
them. 

Expanse ]3 inch. 

Hab. N. Cachar (G. Austen). In coll. F. Moore. 

Nearest allied to D. nissa, Kollar, from N.W. Himalayas. 


DEUDORIX LANKANA, I. sp. 


Female. Upperside pale violet-brown, marginal line black; cilia 
pale ferruginous; anal lobe ferruginous; tail black; cilia at anal 
angle and beyond tail white. Underside pale ferruginous, the margin 
darker ; crossed by a narrow ferruginous-brown discal band; a black 
spot at anal lobe and a speckled spot beyond, both of which and the 
end of the band are bordered with white speckles. Legs blackish, 
banded with white. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Ceylon (Kottawah forest near Galle). In coll. Capt. Wade. 


AMBLYPODIA NARADOIDES, 0. Sp. 


Male. Upperside dark violet purple-brown, with a broad dusky- 
black marginal band; anal lobe and tail chestnut-brown, the angle 
white-speckled. Underside dark purple-brown ; transverse band, 
speckled marks on basal area, and a submarginal series of speckled 
spots black, the latter and anal angle white-speckled. 

Female. Upperside dark brown; fore wing with the lower basal 
and discal area smalt-blue. Underside pale brownish grey, transverse 
line and speckled markings black ; anal angle ferruginous. 

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 17 inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. Capt. Wade and F. Moore. 

A much darker insect than the Javan species A. narada, Horsf. 


AMBLYPODIA DARANA, 0. sp. 


Differs from 4. naradoides in being larger, the upperside of the 
male of a deeper violet-blue, the marginal band narrower; anal lobe 
red only in the middle, its margin and the tail black. Underside 
purple chestnut-brown ; speckled markings black, the marginal series 
white-speckled. 

Female, Pale violet-brown above. Underside similar. 

Expanse, ¢ 15%, 2 21 inches. 


142 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW [Feb. 4, 


Hab. Ceylon (Kottawah forest near Galle). In coll. Capt. Wade 
and F. Moore. 


Surenpra!, Moore. 


SwRENDRA LATIMARGO, Ni. Sp. 


Near to S. vivarna (Amblypodia vivarna, Horsf. Catal. Lep. E. I. 
C. 1829, p. 99), from Java. Differs in being smaller, with slightly 
shorter wings, the hind wing less convex at the anterior angle 
and outer margin; the upperside of male has a much broader brown 
outer border, and the hind wing has scarcely any blue on the disk. 
The underside is purplish fawn-colour, the outer transverse sinuous 
line darker, and the inner zigzag line with less white border. The 
female differs also in being of a dark vinous brown above, with a 
slightly paler discal area on fore wing, and of a dark fawn-colour be- 
neath. 

Expanse, ¢ 1,4;, 2 144 inch. 

Hab. Andamans. In coll. F. Moore. 


SURENDRA DISCALIS, N. sp. 

This also differs from S. vivarna in having a broader border in 
the male. The wings are of the same shape as in S. datimargo. ‘The 
female above is ochreous-brown slightly violet-tinted, with a promi- 
nent pale ochreous discal area. Underside greyish basally, ochreous 
brown externally, with dark sinuous markings. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 1,5; inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore. 


PIERINZE. 

CATOPHAGA PSEUDOLALAGE, N. Sp. 

Allied to C. lalage, Doubleday, Gen. D. Lep. pl. 6. f. 3. 

Male. Differing on the fore wing in the black apical band, the 
discal and cell-spot being smaller—the hind wing having but a 
slight black linear tip to the upper veins. 

Female marked like the male of C. lalage (Durvasa, Moore, P.Z.S. 
1857, pl. 44. f. 6), some specimens having the black discal and cell- 
spot on fore wing confluent and extending in a continous band down 
the upper part of cell. Underside of both sexes dull ochreous, palest 
in male; apex of fore wing and the hind wing brown-speckled, the 
latter with darker brown zigzag speckled fascie. 

Expanse, ¢ 23, 2 2? inches. 

Hab. Sikhim. In coll. F. Moore. 


CaTOPHAGA LANKAPURA, 0. Sp. 

Allied to C. alope, Wallace, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 372. 

Male. Differs above in the fore wing being less black at the apex, 
and the hind wing having but a few indistinctly scattered black scales 
at end of the veins. Underside bright deep yellow. 

Type, S. guercetorum (Amblypodia quercetorum, Moore, Catal, Lep. E.I. C. 
i. p. 42, pl. 1a. fig. 7.). 


1879. ] ASIATIC DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 143 


Female. Similar above and beneath, excepting that the black 
curved band on fore wing is twice the width, and the hind wing 
having a submarginal macular fascia composed of black scales. 

Expanse, ¢ 24 2 23 inches. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore. . 

Distinguished from the allied Ceylon species C. galene, Felder, 
Nov. Reise, p. 165, by the bright yellow colour of the underside. 


APPIAS TAPROBANA, N. Sp. 


Differs from typical specimens of A. hippo, Cram. Pap. Exot, ii. 
pl. 95, f. B,C, from Sumatra, in its smaller size, the male having a 
darker and somewhat broader well-defined dentate marginal band 
above, the underside having the prominent apical spot and the hind 
wing of darker yellow, the band being quite as broad, the costal 
vein narrowly and the subcostal broadly speckled with dark brown. 

Female. Above with broad well defined sinuous borders, the disk 
of fore wing and basal area of hind wing broadly whitish, similar to 
the female of A. vacans; underside as in male. 

Expanse 232 inches. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore. 


PAPILIONINE. 
PApmLio CASYAPA, Nl. sp. 


From Himalayan specimens of P. panope, Linn. (Cram. Pap. 
Exot. iv. pl. 295. f. E, F), this differs in the male being of a darker 
purple brown, and the female darkest-coloured on the fore wing 
basally between the veins. The fore wings in both sexes have a third 
or inner discal series of speckled dentate marks on both upper and 
undersides, these being most prominent in the female; hind wing 
with well-defined and broad markings. 

Expanse 47 inches. 

Hab. Calcutta district (Russell and Farr.). In coll. F. Moore. 


PAPILIO LANKESWARA, 0. Sp. 


Distinguished from P. panope and P. clytia by its much paler 
colour, the fore wing having the veins broadly and the outer border 
pale coffee-brown, the basal interspaces between the veins only being 
dusky black; the marginal spots are very small, the upper series 
being obsolete in the male and indistinct in the female; hind wing 
with the discal dentate marks less distinct, shorter and widely sepa- 
rated from the submarginal narrow dentate lunules, marginal lunules 
broadest in the male. 

Expanse 4 inches. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore. 

This is certainly not P. lacedemon, Fabr. It does not agree either 
with the description or with Donovan’s figure. 


144 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW RODENT. [Feb. 4, 


HESPERIDE. 
GoMALIA, 0. g. 


Wings short: fore wing with the costa slightly arched at the base, 
apex acute, exterior margin oblique, posterior angle slightly convex, 
costal vein short ; subcostal vein five-branched, first, second, and third 
arising before end of the cell, fourth and fifth from its end; upper 
discocellular angled, lower oblique, upper radial from angle of upper 
discocellular, lower radial from its end; median vein three-branched, 
middle branch from near end of the cell; submedian vein nearly 
straight : hind wing lobed and angled near base of costal margin, 
apex and exterior margin very convex ; costal vein extending to near 
apex, subcostal vein two-branched, one radial; median vein three- 
branched. Body short, thorax stout ; palpi thickly pilose ; antenna 
short, with a thick very blunt club; legs moderately long, squamous. 


GoMALIA ALBOFASCIATA, 0D. Sp- 


Upperside dark greyish brown: fore wing with a black transverse 
basal and a discal band, a small white streak at end of the cell, two 
lunular spots on the disk and three contiguous spots obliquely before 
the apex: hind wing with a broad white median transverse band. 
Underside paler, white markings as above. Palpi white beneath. 

Expanse inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. Capt. Wade. 

A single specimen captured between Kirrinde and Werewille be- 
yond Hambantotte, on the S.E. coast. 


9. On a new Rodent from Medellin. 
By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.Z.S. 


[Received February 4, 1879.] 
(Plate X.) 


The British Museum has lately received from the vicinity of 
Medellin, Columbian Confederation, through Mr. J. K. Salmon, the 
skin of a Rodent, which, though evidently taken from a specimen 
not fully adult and not in perfect condition, represents characters so 
well marked that it cannot fail to be recognized by the following 
notes. It is the type of a distinct genus in the family of Octodontide. 


THRINACODUS, g. 0. 


Legs of moderate length ; toes four in front and five behind ; 
claws small. Eyes small; ears broad, short, with long sparse hairs 
round the margin; nose hairy, except on a narrow stripe in the 
median line, which is naked. Tail very long, finely verticillated, but 
rather densely covered with short stiffish hairs. Fur soft, dense 
andlong. Facial portion of the skull short ; incisive foramina short, 
but extending into the maxillaries. Molar teeth extremely broad, 
the anterior in the upper jaw nearly meeting in the middle line, and 


Pi 


yanvolaTy Ssiaod VNIYHL 


eC 
G 


~ 


WaT HIS 'P 


1879.] | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW HUMMING-BIRD. 145 


interrupting the continuity of the bony palate. Each of the two 
anterior upper molars with two pairs of enamel folds, those of each 
pair meeting interiorly and forming a kind of fork. Enamel folds of 
the anterior lower molar more irregular ; the second with three folds, 
the two anterior forming a loop’. 


Dentition of Thrinacodus albicauda. 


TuRINACODUS ALBICAUDA. (Plate X.) 


Fur along the back of uniform softness and length, the longest 
hairs being about an inch long; lower parts covered with shorter, 
but likewise soft and dense fur. Bright reddish-brown above, the 
longest hairs being black towards the extremity ; roots of the hairs 
grey. Lower parts white. Basal half of the tail like the back, 
terminal half white, with a greyish tinge towards the extremity. 


millim. 
Length of head and body ................ .....+ 150 
deenpth of tail. 0.57%. ; esr Mme eter hiea tenets Sea 255 
Hength-of sole of fare foot ...........0°5. 0.008. 20 
Distance between heel and extremity of middle toe.. 38 
Remit SKU: 0. ekg ce beens wees 40 
Distance between the incisor and first molar ...... 8 
Length of first upper molar... .................. 4°5 
Width of first upper molar ....................- 4 


February 18, 1879. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, Lxu.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of the Rev. F. O. Morris, an 
example of Bombyx quercés with the antenne malformed, being 
much smaller than the ordinary size. 


Mr. Sclater laid before the Meeting an example of a Humming- 
bird obtained at Guajango, in Northern Peru, by Messrs. Stolzmann 
? Only the two front molars above and below have been preserved; the 


third, which was still in an undeveloped condition, is lost. But it is not likely 
that in the adult dentition the breadth of the molars would be diminished. 


Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1879, No. X. 10 


146 MR. LAYARD ON A NEW PACHYCEPHALA. [Feb. 18 


and Jelski, and forwarded to Mr. Sclater for examination by 
M. L. Taczanowski, of Warsaw, C.M.Z.S. 

Mr. Sclater stated that, after careful examination and consultation 
with Mr. Gould and Mr. Salvin, he had come to the conclusion that 
this bird must be referred to a new species, which he proposed to 
characterize as follows :— 


THAUMASIUS’ TACZANOWSKI, Sp. Nov. 


Supra metallice viridis, in capite cupreo lavatus, plumis subtus 
cinereis ; alis fuseis, tectricibus dorso concoloribus ; cauda 
@quali, supra dorso concolori, versus apicem cupreo tincta, sub- 
tus fusca, versus apicem cupreo-virescente ; corpore subtus albo, 
lateraliter et in crisso precipue pallido cinereo perfuso ; gut- 
ture toto punctis minutis, cordiformibus, nitenti-viridibus ob- 
tecto; rostro forti, paulum incurvo: long. tota 4:0, ale 2°6, 
caude@ 1°5, rostri a rict. lin. dir. 0°9. 

Hab. Guajungo, prov. Cajamarca, Peru. 
Obs. Sp. Th. viridicipiti, Gould, ut videtur, affinis, rostro fortius- 
culo, cauda eequali, et maculis gutturis minutis insignis. 


Mr. Sclater exhibited a living Amphisbeenian lately received by 
the Society from Monte Video, which appeared to be referable to 
Amphisbena darwini, D. & B. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. Note on the Pachycephala icteroides of Peale, with De- 
scription of a supposed new Species. By E. L. Layarp, 
C.M.G., F.Z.S. 


The acquisition of the part of the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 
March and April of 1878, has put me in possession of the remarks 
of Mr. W. A. Forbes on Pachycephala icteroides, Peale, from Sa- 
moa (page 351), and has induced me to reconsider my opinion on 
that species given P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 494. Unfortunately I can only 
do this from memory, as the Part (No. 3, of 1876) containing that 
page is wanting from my series. 

In general terms, I believe I said ‘I doubt the occurrence of P. 
icteroides, Peale, in Samoa.’ ‘To this belief I was led by Drs. Finsch 
and Hartlaub including it as a Fijian species in their ‘ Fauna Cen- 
tralpolynesiens’ in the “ Einleitung’’ of which (page xxxiv) P. 
icteroides is given as from the ‘ Viti-Gruppe,”’ and from Viti Levu 
in particular. The bird I identified with P. icteroides is found on 
Ovalau, and as certainly is not found in Samoa. With P. greffii, 
Hartlaub, I at first confounded it (P. Z.S. 1875, p. 433), believing 
that another bird, that I afterwards named P. intermedia, was 


1 Hoe nomen ex Qaupacios, admiratione dignus, derivatum, “Thaumasius,” nec 
“ Thaumatias” melius scribatur. 


1879. | MR. LAYARD ON A NEW PACHYCEPHALA, 147 


P. vitiensis. The acquisition of the true P. grefii set me right ; and 
I then settled that the bird was P. icteroides, never dreaming that a 
bird so far from uncommon could have escaped the notice of Drs. 
Graffe and Finsch, and that there could be a third new species in 
Fiji, as I now see it to be. 

I did not sufficiently consider the diagnosis given by Drs. Finsch 
and Hartlaub, which omits entirely the jet-black head possessed by 
my bird. Now also I have the advantage of reference to the 
original description and figures by Peale (Cass. Un.-St. Expl. Exp. 
(1858), p. 161. pl. x. fig. 3), thanks to the Smithsonian Institution ; 
and I at once recall my observations. 

What P. icteroides is I know not, unless it be the young of P. flavi- 
frons (Peale). This Fijian bird is apparently undescribed ; and as it 
has escaped notice up to this moment, I shall name it, if new, 


PACHYCEPHALA NEGLECTA, 0. sp. 


3. Above, back obscure darkish green, with a small patch of 
yellow on the immediate rump ; head shining jet-black, all but the 
throat and chin, anda very small spot (not always present) between 
the eye and the nostril, which is of the light brilliant yellow of the 
whole of the underparts. In some specimens, a few straggling 
black feathers on the lower part of the throat, encroaching on each 
side of the chest, seem to point to the formation of a narrow black 
collar across the chest, such as is found in my P. intermedia. 
Wing-primaries edged more or less broadly with greenish grey (tail- 
feathers tipped with the same) ; secondaries broadly edged and tipped 
with pale yellow. The yellow of the underparts is a little darker than 
in P. flavifrons, agreeing, as far as my memory serves, with P. inter- 
media, of which I unfortunately have not retained a specimen, but 
is far less deep (orange-tinted) than in P. grefii or P. torquata, 
Layard. Length 6” 6”; wing 3” 9”; tail 2" 10’; tarsus 13”; bill 
(to gape) 12'”. Bill black ; legs bluish; iris dark browa. 

Hab. Ovalau, Fijis. 

This species differs entirely from P. flavifrons, Peale, in which the 
colour of the back is cinereous, with the faintest tinge of green, the 
head being of the same colour; on the latter the spot on forehead is 
far larger and is united over the bill; the wing-primaries are only 
most narrowly edged with grey ; and the whole form is slighter. I 
give the dimensions of P. flavifrons for comparison. Length 6"; 
wing 3” 3'"; tail 2” 6!"; tarsus 103!"; bill (to gape) 10'”. 

Of the female of P. neglecta I unfortunately know nothing ; but a 
very young male just showing a trace of yellow below, is of a palish 
chocolate-brown above throughout, tinged with green ; below it is 
of a warm deep cinnamon-brown, with here and there a yellow 
feather. This is so like a female P. vitiensis, that I suspect it is 
also the livery of the female P. neglecta, nob. 

On Viti Levu P. neglecta is replaced by the narrow-collared species, 
P. intermedia, nobis; P. torquata, nob., is confined, I think, to Ta- 
viuni; P. grefii, F. & H., to Vanua Levu; and P. vitiensis, G. R. 
Gray, to Kandavu. 

10* 


148 pR. GUNTHER ON NEW SPECIES OF CHAM&LEON. [Feb, 18, 


I have six specimens of P. neglecta, all males, in various phases of 
plumage, all from Ovalau—and five of P. flavifrons, male, female, 
and young, of both sexes, 


2 Description of four new Species of Chameleon from 
Madagascar. By Dr. A. Ginruemr, F.Z.S., Keeper of 
the Zoological Department, British Museum. 


[Received January 25, 1879.] 
(Plates XI.—XIII.) 


The Trustees of the British Museum have recently obtained by 
purchase a small number of animals collected in the neighbourhood 
of Antananarivo, the capital of Madagascar, a locality from which 
we should scarcely have expected to receive many novelties. How- 
ever, singularly enough, the five Chameleons sent in this collection 
prove to represent four species which appear to have escaped the 
notice of previous collectors. ; 


CHAMZLEON MALTHE, sp. nov. (Plate XI.) 


Snout (of the adult male) produced into a flat obtuse horn of 
moderate length, grooved above and below, and covered with large 
tubercles. Occipital region rather flat, angular but not pointed 
behind, on each side with a broad flap, the two flaps being continuous 
behind the occiput. Dorsal crest low, formed by short pointed 
tubercles unequal in size. No gular or ventral median series of 
tubercles. The round flat tubercles on the occiput and the occipital 
flaps are unequal in size, but none very large, most nearly granular. 
Along each side of the throat and on the limbs larger granules may 
be seen scattered among the small ones; but these larger granules 
are almost wanting on the side of the body. Heel without spur or 
prominence. Greenish yellow, with white upper lip, with a black 
band running from the eye along each occipital ridge; the portion 
of the neck which is covered by the occipital flaps deep black. 

A single adult male, 9 inches long, the tail measuring exactly one 


half. 


CHAMZLEON BREVICORNIS, sp.nov. (Plate XII. fig. A.) 


Allied to C. cucullatus and C. monachus, but with the superciliary 
ridge continued to the end of the occiput. 

The snout of the male is produced into a very short flat pro- 
tuberance, concave above; the raised canthus rostralis passing 
uninterruptedly into the superciliary ridge, which is continued to the 
occiput. Upper surface of the occipital region flat, without 
prominent median crest. Occiput behind angular and pointed, but 
not produced into a spine; on each side a broad flap, the two flaps 
being nearly entirely separated from each other by a deep notch. 


ISL VANS) mlsyicig AeA 2.0 


Mintern Bro® imp 


R..Mantern lith 


CHAMELEON MALTHE. 


60m 


o. 1879) 21 


ees 


Mintern Bros imp. 


R.Mintern lith. 


CHAMA LEON BREVICORNIS. 
CHAMA. LEON 


A. 
Be 


GULARIS. 


trieay 
ea’ arts 
A 


cH. 


< 


DW aeuts) ulsyvaciay Jeu 


Pa Meigen 


Mintern Bros imp. 


R. Mintern lith 


GLOBIFER. 


CHAMALEON 


1879.] DR. GUNTHER ON NEW SPECIES OF CHAMELEON. 149 


Dorsal crest very low ; anterior part of the throat and the abdomen 
with a very low crest, formed by a double series of short conical 
tubercles. The occipital flaps are covered by large flat rounded 
scutes, much larger than those of the temple, which is crossed by an 
indistinct raised ridge running parallel to the occipital ridge. Sides 
of the throat with very indistinct longitudinal wrinkles. Body and 
limbs finely granular, with scattered somewhat larger tubercles. 
Heel without prominence. Greyish or yellowish; occipital -flaps 
whitish ; snout blackish. 
A single male, 93 inches long, of which the tail takes 6 inches. 


CHAMZLEON GULARIS, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. B.) 


Allied to C. brevicornis. 

Snout of the female not produced. The raised canthus rostralis 
passes uninterruptedly into the superciliary and occipital ridge, and 
is covered with a series of enlarged prominent reddish tubercles. 
Upper surface of the occipital region flat, without prominent median 
erest. Occiput pointed behind, but not produced into a spine; on 
each side a broad flap, the two flaps being separated from each 
other bya deep notch. Dorsal crest very low ; anterior part of the 
throat with some isolated pointed tubercles in the median line ; 
abdomen with a low median crest. The basal portion of the 
occipital flap covered with small flat tubercles, the marginal half 
with larger ones, of which two or three are conspicuous by their 
very large size. Temple crossed by a raised curved ridge. Sides 
of the throat with two or three longitudinal wrinkles, the bottom 
of which is extremely finely granular, and which are separated by 
rows of larger tubercles. Sides of the body and legs with numerous 
very conspicuous larger tubercles between the smaller ones. Heel 
without prominence. Yellowish, sides of the body and snout black ; 
canthus rostralis purplish red. 

A single adult female, 83 inches long, of which the tail takes 44 
inches. 


CHAMZLEON GLOBIFER, sp. nov. (Plate XIII.) 


Allied to C. parsonii and C. pardalis. 

Each canthus rostralis terminates (in the male) in an erect globular 
protuberance in front; behind, it passes uninterruptedly into the 
superciliary and lateral occipital ridge ; the occipital region being 
flat (without projecting median ridge), slanting from behind forwards, 
and with an obtusely rounded margin behind. No occipital flap. 
The spinous processes of the vertebral column form a crest, which, 
however, shows no denticulation, and but an indistinct serration im- 
mediately behind the head. Throat andabdomen without median crest. 
The sides of the body are uniformly finely granular ; but the dorsal 
crest is covered with larger quadrangular scutes arranged in vertical 
series, some of which descend into the fine granulation of the side 
of the body. The legs, loins, and sides of the throat with numerous 
round flat tubercles interspersed between the fine granules; also the 
skin of the cheek is similarly covered. Temple very rough with 


150 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Feb. 18, 


series of prominent oblong tubercles. Heel without prominence. 

Very dark-coloured, a more or less distinct small white spot on the 

middle of the side; each toe generally with a narrow white ring. 
Two males, 10 inches long, the tail measuring exactly one half. 


3. Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from Central 
and South America. By F. DuCanz Gopmay, F.Z.S., 
and Osspert Savin, F.R.S. 


[Received January 29, 1879. ] 
(Plate XIV.) 


The following descriptions are all taken from specimens in our col- 
lection ; they relate to species many of which have long remained un- 
named ; to these we have added descriptions of some recent acqui- 
sitions. Figures of all the Central-American species will shortly be 
published. 


EUTRESIS HYSPA. 


3. Exp. 3°9 in. Allied to EZ. hyperia, D. & H. (Gen. Diurn. Lep. 
i. p. 112, Suppl. Pl. f. 2): but the primaries are diaphanous where in 
LE. hyperia they are fulvous; the secondaries also are almost dia- 
phanous, the inner edge of the dark margin, especially near the anal 
angle, the spot at the end of the cell, and the nervules alone being 
fulvous. To H. theope (nob. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 60) it is more 
nearly allied, differing chiefly in the broader margin of the second- 
aries and the greater restriction of the fulvous on those wings. 

Hab. Ecuador, Jorge, Guadalquiza (Buckley). 


ATHESIS DEMYLUS. 


3. Exp. 3 in. Nearly allied to Dircenna dercyllidas, Hew. 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3. ii. p. 248, pl. 16. f. 4), of which it is a more 
southern race. The transverse markings of the primaries are very 
narrow, the whole of the wing being diaphanous with the exception 
of the dark margins, the remains of the transverse bands being re- 
presented by the dark nervules. The transverse band of the secon- 
daries is narrower, as well as the outer margin. 

Hab. Southern Ecuador. 

We have two male specimens of this species which were sent from 
the confines of Ecuador and Peru some years ago. We have hesi- 
tated to describe it before being convinced of the constancy of its 
differential characters. 


MELIN#A HICETAS. 


gd. Exp. 3:4in. Allied to M. maelus (Hew. Ex. Lep., Mecha- 
nites, t. 3. f. 6), but differing in the absence of yellow in the cross 
band of the primaries, this portion of the wing being of the same 
colour as the base. The apex is black, enclosing three yellowish 


— 


Hanhart 


Rippon hth 


RHF. 


. E a 
ae at 
ak nied 


1879.] NEW SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA. 151 


tawny spots, the secondaries are crossed by a median and a submar- 
ginal bands, which are divided by the tawny submedian branches ; 
these bands in some specimens are almost confluent. 

Hab. Yquitos, Upper Amazon (Whitely). 

This is one of the numerous forms of M. maelus found in the 
Upper Amazon and Lower Napo. Having six specimens from these 
countries all closely resembling one another, we think it necessary 
that this form should bear a name. 


MELINA CYDON. 

6. Exp. 3°3in. Allied to M. pardalis (Bates, Trans. Linn. 
Soe. xxiii. p. 552), but differing in the absence of the yellow cross 
belt of the primaries, the only yellow markings on the wing being re- 
stricted to a subapical series of three spots. The tawny brown 
markings of both wings are rather more clearly defined than in 
M. pardalis ; and the central black cross bar of the secondaries is 
generally distinct from the black outer margin. 

Hab. Tabatinga (Bates) ; Pebas (Hauawell) ; Yquitos (Whitely). 

This is the race alluded to by Mr. Bates under his description of 
M. pardalis. At that time he did not seem to have considered it suffi- 
ciently distinct to separate it; but since then additional examples 
have come to hand, which point to the conclusion that this race is 
as well-defined as M. pardalis itself. The same degree of local 
differentiation is to be seen in Ceratinia tigrina as compared with 
C. fuonia. In Heliconius pardalinus a similar state of things is to 
be found. 


Eresia Laras. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.) 


Exp. 2in. Allied to Z. carme (Doubl. and Hew.), differing in 
the arrangement of the spots of the primaries: a large patch of ful- 
vous occupies the apex of the wing, between which and the inner 
margin lies a larger oval patch, its axis parallel to the outer margin ; 
beyond the cell is a small fulvous spot, obsolete in some specimens. 
Beneath the colour-pattern is much as in Z. carme; but the fulvous 
base of the primaries extends interruptedly almost to the outer mar- 
gin, but does not include the spots in the apex. In EZ. carme there 
are distinct spots near the anal angle. 

Hab. Frontino, Columbia (7. K. Salmon). 


ADELPHA HYPSENOR. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.) 

Exp. 2-9 in. Allied to 4. Jara (Hewitson), but differing on the 
upperside in having the transverse extra-cellular band on the 
primaries white, instead of red ; this white band is divided by dark 
nervules, and on its outer edge especially, where it approaches the 
outer margin, is tinged with fulvous. Beneath, the band of the 
primaries is white instead of pink as in A. Jara, and the basal half 
of the secondaries is yellower. 

Hab. Frontino, Columbia (7. K, Salmon). 


PYRRHOPYGA RUFINUCHA. 
Exp. 24 in. Body bluish black ; palpi black ; a rufous spot at the 


152 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Feb. 18, 


back of the head, and one on the thorax beneath ; the outer margin 
of secondaries narrowly red. 

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley). 

Obs. Differs from T. hygieta and all its allies in having a red 
nuchal patch. 


PyRRHOPYGA £RATA. (Plate XIV. fig. 3.) 


Exp. 3 in. Body greenish black, abdomen with six rufous bands 
on either side : wings bronzy-green ; secondaries rather darker, with a 
discocellular and three adjoining spots rufous. Beneath, both wings 
bronzy green, three spots forming a patch in the middle of the se- 
condaries rufous. 

Hab. Pueblo Viejo, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta (Simons). 

Obs, Apparently allied to 7. Aygieia, but differing considerably 
both in colour and markings. We have but a single specimen of 
this fine species, one of Mr. Simons’s recent discoveries. 


PyRRHOPYGA RUFIPECTUS. 


Exp. 2°5in. Body greenish black, head and palpi black, a rufous 
patch on the thorax beneath ; wings as in 7’. hyyieia. 

Hab. Ecuador, Rio Topo (Buckley). 

Obs. Differs from T. hygieia in having black palpi and a rufous 
patch on the thorax beneath. 


PyRRHOPYGA VARIEGATICEPS. 


Exp. 24 in. Body black, head between the eyes with three in- 
distinct white bars, wings rich metallic blue, darker on the secon- 
daries towards the outer margin and anal angle. ‘Cilia of the outer 
margin of secondaries red. 

Hab. Costa Rica (Rogers). 

Obs. Allied to T. hygieia (Feld. Reise Nov. Lepid. iii. p. 506, t. 
70. f. 1); differing in the white markings of the head ; the palpi are 
black instead of red, and the red outer margin of the secondaries nar- 
rower. 


PyrRHOPYGA MINTHE. (Plate XIV. fig. 4.) 


Exp. 2°6 in. Allied to 7. pityusa, Hew. (Exot Butt. Pyrrh. ii. 
f. 11); but differs in the proximal band of the primaries being ob- 
solete and the apical spot being wholly absent ; the dark line which 
crosses the secondaries from the middle of the costa in the direction 
of the anal angle is much narrower in the present species. 

Hab. Rio Topo, Ecuador (Buckley). 


PyRRHOPYGA EUPHEME. (Plate XIV. fig. 5.) 


Exp. 2°4 in. Wings black ; primaries crossed through the middle 
from the subcostal to the submedian nervures by a reddish yellow 
band ; in the apex is an oval yellow trifid spot, between which and the 
the band is a similar bifid spot ; the secondaries are considerably pro- 
duced at the anal angle, and are crossed by two obsolete bluish 


1879. | NEW SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA. 153 


bands. Beneath, primaries as above, secondaries crossed with three 
blue-grey bands, the submarginal one being somewhat broken. 
Hab. Cosnipata, Peru ( Whitely) ; Apolobamba, Bolivia (Pearce). 
Obs. Allied to P. iphinous, Latr.; differing chiefly in the more 
elongated hind wings, the narrower cross band of the primaries, and 
the greater breadth of the blue-grey bands of the secondaries be- 
neath. 


PyrruoryGa Matis. (Plate XIV. fig. 6.) 


Exp. 2°5in. Body and wings black ; primaries with a central red 
band crossing the cell from the subcostal to the submedian nervure ; 
two obsolete bluish bands parallel to the outer margin of the secon- 
daries. Beneath, the lower third of the red band of the primaries is 
yellow; three greyish-blue obsolete bands cross the secondaries— 
one near the base, one through the middle, and one parallel to 
the outer margin. 

Hab. Frontino, Antioquia (Salmon). 

Obs. Allied to P. nurscia, Swains., but differs in having the secon- 
daries beneath crossed with obsolete blue-grey bands, instead of the 
whole inner area of the wing being nearly uniformly of that colour. 


PyRRHOPYGA ERYTHROSTICTA. 


Allied to P. maculosa, Hew. (Tamyris agathon, Feld. Reise 
Nov. Lep. iii. t. 70. f. 2,8). Differing in being browner, in having 
a rufous spot on the primaries in the angle between the median and 
submedian nervures, and in the narrower black margin to the secon- 
daries beneath. 

Hab. Chontales, Nicaragua (Belt) ; Veragua (Arcé). 

Obs. Certainly a close ally of P. maculosa; but all our specimens 
show the above differences are constant. 


MYsceLus BELTI. 


3. Exp, 2:2 in. Allied to M. epimachia H.-S. (Hew. Exot. 
Butt. Pyrrhopyga, iv. f. 26, 27), but rather deeper in colour above, 
and there are no white marks on the cilia of the secondaries. Be- 
neath, the whole of the base of the primaries inside the inner hyaline 
spot is yellow, the black transverse band being absent, the inner 
black band of the secondaries is also absent, there being merely an 
obsolete black spot between the median and submedian nervures. 
In the female the secondary wings above are almost uniform rusty 
brown ; beneath, the base of both wings is yellow, that of the secon- 
daries including a few black spots: there are no black bands on the 
wings ; but the distal half is uniform black. 

Hab. Chontales, Nicaragua (Belt § Janson); Polochic valley, 
Guatemala (Hague). 

Obs. In the late Mr. Belt’s collection several specimens of this 
species occur. Its nearest ally is no doubt M. epimachia as represented 
by Hewitson; but the differences pointed out above seem associated 
with its distinct habitat, and thus the species requires separation. 
We-have long had a single Guatemalan example in our collection, 


154 ON NEW SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA. [Feb. 18, 


but have always considered that the differences observable required 
the confirmation of a larger series of specimens, such as we now 
possess. 


ERYCIDES PYRES. 


Exp. 2°8 in. Allied to Z. urania (Doubl. and Hew.) ; but both 
wings suffused with a shining green gloss not seen in the Mexican 
species ; the green markings of the wings are in all cases brighter ; 
the submarginal band of spots on the secondaries are much closer 
together than in Z. urania. 

Hab. Haiti, Porto Rico. 


ERYCIDES SCYTHON. 


Exp. 2°4 in. Uniform dark greenish above and beneath ; cilia of 
outer margin of both wings white, at the anal angle of secondaries 
rufous. 

Hab. Paraguay (Kezth Johnson). 

Obs. Allied to L. palemon, Cram., but differs in the absence of 
the red spots in the centre of the costa of the primaries; and the 
palpi are black instead of being red. ; 


ENTHEUS MATHO. 


3. Exp. 2:2 in. Allied to F. peleus (Linn.). The orange spot 
between the two cross bands of the primaries, instead of joining the 
proximal one as in H. pe/eus, lies close to the inner edge but does not 
join the band which crosses the apex ; there is a large oval yellow 
spot close to the abdominal margin of the secondaries not seen at all 
in EL. peleus. 

Hab. Choctum, Guatemala (Hague) ; Chontales, Nicaragua (Belé). 


Hesperia pouites. (Plate XIV. fig. 7.) 


Exp. 2°6 in. Above dark brown ; a yellow band common to both 
wings passes from the end of the cell to between the first and 
second median branches of the secondaries, and is cut into three by 
the nervures on the primaries, and into four on the secondaries; a 
row of seven nearly equal small spots follows the curve of the apex 
of the primaries, from between the second and third median branches 
to the costa. Beneath the same as above, except that the band on 
the secondaries is larger and paler in colour. 

Hab. Frontino, Antioquia (Salmon). 


Hesperia SAcRATOR. (Plate XIV. fig. 8.) 


Exp. 2°5 in. Above uniform dull brown. Beneath a broad 
yellow band crosses the primaries through the cell, and then passes 
on to the secondaries beyond the cell, and, extending nearly to the 
outer margin, tapers towards the anal angle. Where this band 
meets the brown of the basal portion of the secondaries are four 
white spots. 

Hab, Frontino, Antioquia (Salmon). 


P. 2.8. 18"/ Gree 


RHF Rippon lith Hanhart imp 


NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE OF YORK GROUP 


1879.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM NEW IRELAND ETC. 155 


HESPERIA AURIFER. 

Exp. 2:1in. Above brownish black ; two spots at the end of the 
cell, and a row of eight running more or less parallel from the inner 
margin to the costa, diaphanous, that between the first and second me- 
dian branches being the largest. Beneath rich dark brown, the 
central portion of primaries black; the spots of the primaries as 
above ; a row of seven golden spots across the secondaries, one at the 
end of the cell, six in a linear series beyond it ; cilia of secondaries 
alternately black and white. 

Hab. Irazu, Costa Rica (Rogers). 


HESPERIA SAPTINE. 

Exp. 2°2 in. Upperside deep brown, a large semidiaphanous 
yellow spot, divided into five by the nervules, crosses the middle of 
the wing from the costa nearly to the anal angle, the inner edge of 
this spot is deeply sinuated ; apical margin of secondaries narrowly 
bordered with yellow. Beneath rich dark brown, the band of the 
primaries as above, apex enclosing three dark spots pinkish brown; 
outer margin, costal region, and a band crossing the wing from the 
middle of the abdominal margin towards the apex dark brown; the 
rest, including the apex, pinkish brown. Antenne brown above and 
yellow beneath. 

Hab. Iraza, Costa Rica (Rogers). 


Hesperia SYRNA. 

Exp. 2:3 in. Upper surface dark brown, paler towards the apices 
of the primaries ; the cell of the primaries, except the proximal end, 
a large trifid spot with deeply sinuated inner edge cut by the first 
and second median branches, a small trifid spot near the costa be- 
tween the end of the cell and the apex, and three small spots be- 
tween the apex and the cell of the secondaries semidiaphanous 
yellow. Beneath exactly as above ; antenne wholly brown. 

Hab. Irazu, Costa Rica (Rogers). 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 
Fig. 1. Eresta laias, p. 151. Fig. 5. Pyrrhopyga eupheme, p. 152. 
2. Adelpha hypsenor, p. 151. 6 malis, p. 153. 3 
3. Pyrrhopyga erata, p. 152. 7. Hesperia polites, p. 154. 
4. —— minthe, p. 152. 8. sacrator, p. 154, 


4. On a Collection of Diurnal Lepidoptera made by the 
Rev. G. Brown in New Ireland and New Britain. By F. 
DuCane Gopmay, F.Z.S., and Ossrerr Satvin, F.R.S. 

[Received January 29, 1879.] 
(Plate XV.) 


In the Proceedings of the Society for 1877 (page 139), we had the 
pleasure of describing the collection of Lepidoptera formed by the Rev. 
G. Brown in the neighbourhood of Duke-of-York Island. We now 


156 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18, 


bring before the Society the results of an examination of a second col- 
lection from the same source. Mr. Brown has carefully noted the 
island on which each specimen was obtained ; so that we are enabled, 
to a considerable extent, to remedy a defect in our former communica- 
tion. The whole of the present collection was formed on the large 
islands of New Britain and New Ireland, the majority of the specimens 
coming from the latter, a large portion of the collection from the 
former having met with a mishap. As we hope Mr. Brown will con- 
tinue his explorations in this very promising field, it is perhaps prema- 
ture to investigate in detail the difference between the butterfly faunas 
of the two islands. We may, however, say that there are indications 
of considerable differences between them. The total number of 
species sent us by Mr. Brown from these two islands now amounts 
to 60; there still remein several described by Dr. Buisduval from New 
Ireland which have not yet come to hand. 


*1 DaNAIs AUSTRALIS, Godm. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 141. 
New Ireland. 


* Danats soprina, Salv. et Godm. P. Z.S8. 1877, p. 141. 
New Ireland. 


3. Danas ptexiprus, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p, 262. 

New Ireland. 

Several specimens, agreeing accurately with N.-American examples. 
On the range of this species see Mr. Distant’s paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. 
1877, p. 93), where he uses Cramer’s name D. archippus for it. 

4, *EUPL@A UNIBRUNNEA, Salv. et Godm. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 141. 

New Ireland. 

Mr. Brown sends us a female specimen which, besides the charac- 
teristic sexual differences, is paler than the male and has the spots on 
the under surface rather larger. 

5. *EvrpL@a BRownl, Salv. et Godm. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 142, 

New Britain. 

A female specimen, which, except as regards the sexual distinctions, 
resembles the male. 

6. EupLa@a pasiTHeEA, Feld. Reis. Nov. p. 318. 

New Britain. 

Several examples of both sexes; they differ slightly from Ceram 
specimens in having all the spots on the underside smaller, and in 
having but a single submarginal row at the apex of the primaries. 

7. Evpt@a ErRmmas. (Plate XV. fig. 1.) 

Euplea erimas, Godm. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 733. 

New Ireland. 


' An asterisk prefixed to a name denotes that the species was included in our 
former paper. 


1879.) FROM NEW IRELAND AND NEW BRITAIN. 157 


8. *Evpt@a rreitscukit, Boisd. Voy. Astr. Ent. p. 98. 
New Britain. 


9. Eupt@a puponcue.t, Boisd. Voy. Astr. Ent. p. 97. 

New Britain. 

The examples sent have all the spots on the underside smaller 
than specimens thus named in the British Museum. 


10. *Hamapryas xqQuicincra, nob. P, Z. 8. 1877, p. 142. 
New Ireland. 
Several specimens, all exactly alike. 


11. Meuaniris Lepa (Linn.), Syst. Nat. i. p. 773. 
New Ireland. 


12. *Mycauests LuGENS, Salv. et Godm. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 142. 
New Ireland. 


13. *Mycauesis MEpus: Salv. et Godm. P.Z.S. 1877, p. 142. 
New Ireland. 


14. *DrusiLxa anas_eps, Saly. et Godm. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 142. 
New Ireland. 


15. * Cynruia rnsuLaris, Salv. et Godm. P. Z S. 1877, p. 142° 

New Ireland. 

Male specimens now sent agree with Moluccan examples of C. 
arsinoé. 


16. *Mxessaras wWAuuacil, Feld. Reise Noy. Lep. p. 390. 

New Ireland. 

Two damaged specimens doubtfully referable to this species ; they 
differ in having the marginal band on the underside of the secondaries 
narrower than specimens from Mysol and Waigiou. 


17. Junonia rpHita, Cram. Pap. Ex. iii. t. 209. f. C, D. 
New Ireland. 
Two very dark-coloured specimens of this variable species. 


18. *RHINOPALPA ALGINA, Saly. et Godm. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 143. 
New Ireland. 


19 *CrTHosiA osscuRA, Salv. et Godm. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 144. 
New Ireland. 


20. DiapEema Boutna (Linn.). 


New Ireland. 
Agrees with specimens from New Guinea. 


21. *Dr1ADEMA INEXPECTATA, Salv. et Godm. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 144. 
New Ireland. 
With additional male specimens Mr. Brown has also sent females. 


158 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18, 


These differ from the male in having the wings above dark brown 
instead of bluish black ; the lighter blue bands of the upper surface 
are wanting; beneath, the irregular light band which crosses the 
secondaries in the male is also absent. 


22. *CyRESTIS FRATERCULA, Saly. et Godm. P. Z. 8.1877, p. 145. 
New Ireland. 


23. CyRESTIS ADEMON, sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 2.) 

3 Exp. 2°5 in. Allied to C. menalis (Erichs. Nova Acta Ac. 
Nat. Cur. xvi. Suppl. p. 402, t. 50. f. 3), but differs in having the 
common white transverse band of both wings more clearly defined 
and the central dark line included within it almost obsolete; the 
transverse white bands near the base of the wings are much less clearly 
defined, as are also the white markings in the broad dark margin of 


the primaries. 
New Ireland. 


24. *MiIneTRA SyLviA (Cram.). 


New Ireland. 

Several examples sent by Mr. Brown in this collection are doubtless 
referable to this species, differing in no respect from Amboyna 
examples. It does not, therefore, bear out our anticipation of its 
being a new species. 


25. *DoLESCHALLIA BROWNI, Salv. et Godm. P. Z.S. 1877, 
p. 145, pl. xxii. f. 3-4. 
New Ireland. 


26. Nepris venix1a (Linn.), 

New Ireland. 

27. Nepris pRASLINI (Boisd.), Voy. Astr. Ent. p. 131. 

New Ireland. 

LycZNID&. 

28. AmBLyPoplIA, sp. ? 

We have received only one specimen of this Amblypodia, which 
seems closely allied to 4. araxes (Feld. Voy. Nov. Lep. ii. p. 224, 
t. 29. f. 3-5). 

New Ireland. 

29. Lyczna, sp.? 

Allied to P. hylas of Cramer, but darker blue above. 

New Ireland. 

30. Lycna, sp.? 

Allied to P. e/pis, Godt., but appears to be a distinct species. 

New Ireland. 

31. Lyczna aratus, Cram. Pap. Ex. iv, t. 365. f. A, B. 

New Ireland. 


1879. | FROM NEW IRELAND AND NEW BRITAIN. 159 


32. *ScoLitaNTIDES CLEOTAS, Saly. et Godm. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 
146. 

New Ireland. 

Male specimens now sent by Mr. Brown have the blue of the upper 
surface distributed just as in S. excellens (Butler), which makes it 
doubtful that the latter species is really distinct. 

There are two other species of Lycenide in the collection which 
we are not yet able to determine ; few of the specimens sent by Mr. 
Brown belonging to this family are in a sufficiently perfect state to 
render their determination satisfactory. 

33. *TERIAS XANTHOMELENA, 0. sp. 

Terias, sp. ? Salv. et Godm. P. Z. 8S. 1877, p. 146. 

New Ireland. 

3. Exp. 2 in. Allied to T. candida of Cramer; the yellow of 
the upper surface is of a paler sulphur-colour; the black border on 
the outer margin is narrower; on the costa of the primaries and 
abdominal margin of the secondaries it is broader. In the female 
the basal third of the primaries and the base and abdominal half of 
the secondaries, as well as the outer margin of both wings, are smoky 
brown. 

Obés. Additional specimens of both sexes of this Terias sent by Mr. 
Brown confirm the differences between it and 7. candida, to which 
we drew attention in our former paper. 


34. TERIAS HEBRIDINA, Butl. 

New Ireland. 

35. Preris tyra, Godm. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 734. 
New Britain. 

36. Pirris EUMELIs, Boisd. Voy. Astr. Ent. p. 50. 

New Ireland. 

“ 37. Preris EURYGANIA. (Plate XV. figs. 5, 6.) 
Pieris eurygania, Godm. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 734. 
New Ireland. 

38. Preris MADETES. (Plate XV. figs. 3, 4.) 
Pieris madetes, Godm. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 733. 
New Ireland. 


39. *ORNITHOPTERA URVILLIANA, Salv. et Godm. P. Z. 8. 1877, 
p. 147. 


New Ireland. 

40. PaprLio EuRYpPyYLus, Linn. 

New Ireland. 

4l. *PapiIL1o CHOREDON, Salv. et Godm. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 148. 
New Ireland. 


160 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 18, 


42. PapiLio SEGONAX, Godm. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 734. 
New Ireland. 


43. *PAPILio TELEMACHUS?, Saly. et Godm. P. Z.S.1877, p. 148. 
New Ireland. 


44. *Papriio atBinus, Wall. Trans. Linn. Soc. xxv. t. 5. f. 4. 
New Ireland. 


45. *PapiLio EUCHENOR, Guér. Voy. Cog. t. 13. f. 3. 
New Ireland. 


46. *PaprLio potyporvs?, Salv. et Godm. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 149. 
New Ireland. 

HEsPERID. 
47. *Tacrapxs, sp. ?, Salv. et Godm. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 149. 
New Ireland. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. 


Fig. 1. Upper and underside of Huplwa erimas, 3, p. 156. 
2. Upper and underside of Cyrestes ademon, p. 158. 
3. Upperside of Pierts madetes, $ 9, p. 159. 
4. Underside of Pieris madetes, 2, p. 159. 
5. Upperside of Pieris eurygania, g 9, p. 159. 
6. Underside of Pieris eurygania, g, p. 159. 


5. On the Heterocera in the Collection of Lepidoptera from 
New Ireland obtained by the Rev. G. Brown. By A. G. 
Butter, F.Z.S. 


[Received January 29, 1879.] 


In this series are twenty-two species, most of which are either 
identical with or allied to forms occurring in New Guinea and the 
adjacent islands. The specimens are all of them in the collection of 
the British Museum. 


AGARISTIDZ. 
AGARISTA TYRIANTHINA, 0. Sp. 


Primaries purplish black ; a large and nearly pyriform white spot 
(its apex pointing towards the costal margin) across the basal portion 
of the median branches ; apical fringe white: secondaries black, shot 
with brilliant purplish blue ; a large patch of white occupying the 
whole central area from abdominal margin to subcostal vein ; apical 
fringe white: body blackish, with orange anus; thorax shot with 
blue ; a white line behind the eyes. Under surface nearly the same 
as above. Expanse of wings 2 inches. 

Most nearly allied to A. privata of Walker, from Ceram, but dif- 


1879.] MOTHS FROM NEW IRELAND. 161 


fering in its more rounded primaries, the bright purple-shot colouring 
of the wings, the large white patch on the secondaries, the form of the 
single white spot of the primaries, with other slighter differences. 


OpuTHALMIs Lincea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. pl. 228. fig. B. 


LirTHoOsIID&. 


Hypsin&. 
Hyrsa EvusemiorpDEs, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iv. pl. evi. 
a eae 
There are three pairs of this species in the collection. The males 
(as usual in this genus) have the anterior wings more produced at 
apex than the females; the white belt on these wings also varies 
considerably in form and width. 


Hypsa LEUCONEURA, 0. sp. 

Allied to H. doryca of Boisduval. Anterior wings greyish brown, 
sericeous, with all the veins white; a nearly circular white spot in 
the centre, cut by the median vein and its second and third branches ; 
base ochraceous upon the veins, a bright ochreous basal spot con- 
nected with a black spot, beyond which is an angulated series of 
transverse black spots: secondaries white, with a broad, internally 
bisinuated, blackish outer border, confluent with a much narrower 
blackish abdominal border: body ochreous, the back of head, the 
collar, and tegulz distinctly orange; palpi, antennee, a small spot 
on each shoulder, and a series of triangular spots down the centre of 
the abdomen black. Wings below dull blackish or smoky brown, 
the primaries with a central white spot and a cream-coloured spot 
at the base ; secondaries with a very broad white patch from the 
internal nervure to the first subcostal branch : body below ochreous ; 
legs, with the exception of the coxe, blackish; venter with a row 
of five blackish spots on each side. [Expanse of wing 2 inches 2 to 
4 lines. 

Two males and a female. 

In the earlier collection of Lepidoptera from Duke-of- York Island 
there was a single much rubbed and dwarfed example of this species 
(noted in P. Z.S. 1877, p. 149, asallied to H. intacta). Two of the 
examples in the series now sent are in very fair condition, proving 
the species to be most nearly allied to H. doryca, but darker in 
coloration, with white veins and a rounded instead of a comet-like 
spot on the fore wings, and with no black spots on the prothorax. 


DaMALis ALcipHRON, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 133. fig. E. 


A single strongly marked female of this widely distributed species, 
which, since the publication of my revision of the Hypsinze, we have 
received from the Andamans and New Guinea. 


AGAPE LEONINA, 0D. Sp. 

Like A. analis, Walker (Agape cyanopyga, Felder, Noy. Lep. iv. 
pl. evi. fig. 4), excepting that the abdomen has all the segments 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. XI. il 


162 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 18, 


bright ochreous, with lateral black cuneiform anterior borders, the 
second, third, and sometimes the fourth of which unite in the middle 
of the dorsal line so as to form transverse belts. Expanse of wings 
2 inches 3 lines. 

Five examples. 

The anal segment in A. analis and A. chloropyga is blue-black. 
Of these two species, the first occurs in Ceram and Amboina, and the 
second at Port Macquarie (New S. Wales). 


NeEocCHERA EUGENIA, Cramer, Pap. Exot. pl. 398. fig. M. 


The examples from New Ireland vary slightly in the inward dif- 
fusion of the blue-black border of the posterior wings, the whole 
interno-median area in some specimens being streaked with blue 
and grey. 


CLeEIs PosTIcaLis, Guérin, Voy. Coquille, p. 286, pl. 18. fig. 5. 
One female. 


CLEIS LUNIGERA, 2. sp. 


Allied to C. arctata. Chocolate-brown, wings above with a faint 
purplish gloss ; primaries with a large semicircular orange patch, 
almost crossing the wing in an oblique direction beyond the middle ; 
secondaries generally with a squamose indication of an orange sub- 
marginal belt: wings below blacker than above, brilliantly shot with 
purple; primaries with a more golden-orange semicircular patch ; 
secondaries with a broad submarginal orange belt, not reaching the 
apex ; body below orange. Expanse of wings | inch 3 lines. 

Four specimens, hardly differing in pattern. 


NycTEMERID. 
NycreMERA BAULUS, Boisduval, Voy. del’ Astrolabe, p. 200, n. 5. 
Four examples. The type was obtained at Bourou; there is also 
a specimen in the collection of the British Museum from Ternate. 
DEILEMERA ARTEMIS. 


Nyctemera artemis, Boisduval, Voy. de P Astrolabe, p. 199, n. 4. 
Occurs also in New Guinea and Ceram. 


EuscHEMID&'. 
MNIOCERA, nN. gen, 


Allied to Craspedosis and, less closely, to Bursada ; from both it 
differs in its long slender palpi and extremely finely pectinated 
slenderer antenne : in Craspedosis, as in this genus, the antenne 
are rather ciliated than pectinated. Type Celerena cincta, Walk. 


MnIocera CINERESCENS, Ni. Sp. 


Blue-black: primaries with three shining silver-grey abbreviated 
bands across the internobasal area; a rounded white spot with a 


1 Always referred to the Bombycites, but in point of fact belonging to the 
Geometrites. 


1879. ] MOTHS FROM NEW IRELAND. 163 


diffused silver-grey border immediately beyond the cell: secondaries 
with two parallel transverse silver-grey bands across the basal area ; 
two rather narrower bands of the same colour from the anal angle to 
the second median branch, where they unite into a single greyish- 
bordered white spot, the latter again united with the costal border 
by a looped grey line; a grey spot close to apex; border greyish, 
fringe varied with white: thorax streaked and spotted with grey ; 
abdomen with grey basal segment and a broad central orange belt. 
Under surface blue-black ; white spot of the anterior wings slightly 
smaller than above, no grey markings ; posterior wings with a rounded 
grey spot at the origin of the median branches, and two grey bands 
across the basal area; venter with an orange belt. Expanse of wings 
1 inch 6-7 lines. 

This species is very distinct from M. cincta. The only form in the 
genus Bursada which seems at all to approach it or M. cincta in 
character is B. basistriga from Mysol; but even in this form the 
structure of the antenne disproves any close affinity. 

Celerena funebris of Felder is a third species of Mniocera. 


TIGRIDOPTERS INTERRUPTA, D. sp. 


Pale cyaneous, the primaries with two and the secondaries with 
three ochraceous divergent longitudinal streaks: primaries crossed 
to beyond the cell by five parallel subangulated series of more or less 
confluent black spots, the last series interrupted by the ochreous 
streaks ; two submarginal series of oval black spots, both series in- 
terrupted in the centre, and the outer one also at apex and external 
angle: secondaries with the ochreous streaks extending to the outer 
margin ; a black stripe across the basal area; a large black spot at 
the end of the cell; two subangulated parallel stripes across the 
middle, both interrupted by the ochreous streaks ; a submarginal 
series of black spots, also interrupted by the ochreous streaks; a 
single marginal black spot close to the apex: thorax greyish, spotted 
with black, abdomen ochreous. Wings below greyish, with black 
spots on the discocellulars, forming part of a blackish stripe which 
crosses the wings ; a second similar but more arched stripe across the 
disk ; a large white patch at centre of external area on all the wings ; 
anterior wings with the apex white; pectus grey; venter ochreous. 
Expanse of wings 2 inches 9 lines. ; 

Allied to the Australian 7’. matutinata of Walker, but differing 
in the interruption of the series of black spots of the upper surface, 
the much greater size of these spots, the absence of the ochreous 
outer border or the ochreous costal border in the primaries, and below 
in the presence of the two blackish stripes, the external area uniform 
in tint with the remainder of the ground-colour, but interrupted by 
large white patches. 


SATURNIIDE. 
CosciNOCcERA, 0. gen. 


Allied to Argeina and Attacus; general pattern and coloration of 
the latter, but the posterior wings with a long tail, as in the former ; 


164 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 18, 


differing from both genera in its enormous sieve-like antennae. Type 
Attacus hercules, Misk. 


CoscINOCERA OMPHALE, n. sp.’ 

Ferruginous ; wings crossed near the base by a rusty whitish stripe, 
oblique, bisinuated and angulated upon the median vein in the an- 
terior wings, and nearly straight in the posterior wings; a second 
stripe of the same colour across the external third, parallel to the 
outer border, and slightly incurved towards the costa of anterior 
wings, bounded internally by a dark ferruginous or mahogany-brown 
stripe; outer border dull ochraceous brown; a large ocellus closing 
each discoidal cell, the centre formed by a white-edged triangular 
hyaline spot, with broad black-edged dull ochraceous iris: primaries 
with the ocellus elongated and subtriangular; apical area pinky 
white, bordered and longitudinally streaked with lake-red: secon- 
daries with the ocellus almost circular: bead and collar testaceous, 
the latter partially bordered behind with white; base of abdomen 
white. Wings below much paler and of a sordid clay-colour, brownish 
towards the outer border, which is testaceous; stripe across the 
basal area obsolete ; discal stripe more distinct and whiter than above, 
with dark brown internal border ;. ocelli rather smaller than above, 
and with less vivid black margin: fore wings with the apical area 
less distinctly clouded with white; hind wings white at the base, 
the abdominal and external areas broadly, but not abruptly, darker 
than the fore wings: body testaceous, cox tufted with white hair ; 
venter with lateral white line and transverse preanal white belt. 
Expanse of wing 9 inches 7 lines. 

This species may be distinguished from C. hercules, Miskin (Trans. 
Ent. Soc, 1876, p. 7), by the redder and not black-bordered pale 
stripes of the upper surface, the ochraceous irides to the ocelli, and 
the more vivid instead of paler discal stripe of the under surface. 
Comparison with the Australian species will probably reveal other 
differences which are not apparent in Mr. Miskin’s description. 


Coss1p&. 

ZevuzeERA sienaTA, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1537, n. 19. 

A single example of what seems to be a slight variety of this 
Indian species; unfortunately the type of Z. signata is much dis- 
coloured and somewhat worn. When more specimens are obtained 
from both localities, it will be possible to determine whether or not 
the differences which do exist are constant ; they are principally 
confined to the costal border of the fore wings. 


OPHIDERID. 
OpHIDERES DIOSCOREX, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 212, n. 15. 
A worn, but unusually dark example of this form. 


1 The type is unfortunately somewhat damaged, and has only the commence- 
ment of the tails. A rather larger example received since the reading of this 
paper has tails 3 inches 9 lines in length, and less spatulate in character than 
the species of Argeina. 


1879.] MOTHS FROM NEW IRELAND. 165 


OMMATOPHORID. 


Nycrrpao EpHESPHORIS, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 272 
(Crepuscularis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. elx. fig. A). 


The female agrees with Cramer’s figure; the males have much 
yellower bands and spots. 


CyDIMONIIDZ. 
NycraLemon patrocuius, Clerck, Icon. pl. 37. fig. 1. 
A series of both sexes. 


Aucripis (nee Atcrprs') AurorA, Salvin & Godman, P. Z. 8S. 
1877, p. 150, pl. xxiii. figs. 5, 6. 


Several specimens. (New Britain.) 


Microniip2’”. 
STROPHIDIA URAPTERINA, 0. sp. 


Nearly allied to S. astheniata from Borneo, but constantly differ- 
ing in its smaller size, the streaky stripe nearest to the external border 
on the fore wings almost obliterated, and the costal border only dotted 
with black opposite to the transverse bands, not striated, the black 
border of the hind wings continued to the end of the caudal process: 
markings below much less distinct. Expanse of wings 2 inches 
4 lines. 

An example from Malacca agrees with the above in size, but differs 
in marking precisely as do typical specimens of 8. astheniata. 

In the former consignment from Mr. Brown there was only a single 
example of the above; and therefore it was provisionally regarded as 
a variety of Guénée’s species. 


STROPHIDIA BIFASCIATA, Ni. Sp. 


Allied to S. phantasmah of Felder (Reise der Nov., Lep. iv. 
pl. exxvili. fig. 40) ; but the costal and external borders of primaries 
and the submarginal band of secondaries dark olive-brown, shading 
externally into black; fore wings also with two central parallel 
straight pale olive-brown bands, the inner one of which is continued 
across the hind wings to the anal angle: under surface white, the 
costal border of the fore wings and the transverse bands obsolete, 
other markings paler. Expanse of wings 2 inches 7 lines. 


1 Alcides is a genus of Coleoptera characterized in 1826; it ought to be 
abolished, as being too close to Hiibner’s genus Alcidis (1816). Confusion has 
already arisen in consequence of Walker haying quoted the name Alcides (sic) 
orontiaria, published by Hiibner in his ‘Sammlung exotischer Schmetterlinge,’ 
previous to the appearance of the ‘ Verzeichniss,’ in which the diagnosis of the 
genus first saw the light. It may be a question whether Alcides shonld not be 
preferred to the name accompanying the diagnosis; but Dr. Felder has retained 
the latter appellation. 

? The genus Micronia must be restricted to M. striataria, pontiata, convexaria, 
and their allies, M. striataria being regarded as the type: S. caudata is the 
type of Strophidia, Hibner. 


166 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS LATHAMUS. [Feb. 18, 


STROPHIDIA CLARISSIMA, Ni. Sp. 


Allied to S. pannata of Felder (Reise der Nov., Lep. iv. pl. exxviil. 
fig. 39). Snow-white, with black fringe ; primaries with a broad sub- 
costal stripe, and the outer border smoky brown, costal area from 
the margin to the edge of the stripe mottled with black ; secondaries 
with a rather broad and regular blackish submarginal band from the 
apex to the second median branch, two large rounded black spots 
touching the outer margin on the median interspaces, a subanal 
transverse black dash ; back of head and upper margin of palpi black ; ~ 
antenne greyish brown: wings below white; fore wings with the 
costal margin, a subcostal spot just beyond the cell, the apex, and 
the external border greyish brown; hind wings with a broad trian- 
gular patch of blackish between the anal angle and the third median 
branch, continued beyond this branch as a submarginal greyish brown 
band, which runs in a straight line to the apex. Expanse of wings 
2 inches 3 lines. 

One example of this beautiful species. 


6. On the Systematic Position of the Genus Lathamus of 
Lesson. By W. A. Fores, F.Z.S. 


[Received January 30, 1879] 
(Plate XVI.). 


In their paper on Australian birds in the Linnean Society’s 
Transactions for 1828 (vol. xv. p. 74), Messrs. Vigors and Horsfield 
established a genus Nanodes, of which the Psittacus discolor of Shaw* 
was made the type, and full generic characters were given. Besides 
Nanodes discolor, three other species (those now generally known 
as Melopsittacus undulatus, Euphema pulchella and Platycercus 
venustus) were included in the genus, which was considered by its 
authors to be allied to Pezoporus and Platycercus, and as connecting 
these Australian forms with the South-American Psittacare (= Conu- 
rusauct.). Nanodes having beenalready used by Schonherr fora genus 
of Rhynchophorous Coleoptera’, Lesson’ substituted for this name 
that of Zathamus, including under that head four other species (one 
a Euphema, one a Cyanorhamphus, and two Trichoglossi, as now 
understood), remarking that Swainson ‘“‘a parfaitement établi ses 
caractéres” in his ‘ Zoological Illustrations,’* where, however, 2. 
pulchella is considered the type of the genus’. As will be seen from 

1 White’s Voyage, pl. 263 (1790). For the synonymy of the species, see 
Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 863. 

2 Schénh. Cureul. Disp. Meth. p. 322 (1826). 

3 Traité d’Orn. p. 205 (1881). 

4 nd series, vol. i. part 5, no. 21 (1829). 

5 Swainson, however, in his ‘ Classification of Birds’ (vol. ii. p. 304, 1837), 
makes Lathamus a member of his “subfamily Platycercine,” in which he also ~ 


includes Coracopsis, Pezoporus, Platycercus, and Calopsitta, with the remark 
that it is a “subtypical” form. 


FP 2 eo. vos 


Hanhart imp. 


J.Smait hth 


STRUCTURE OF LATHAMUS. 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS LATHAMUS. 167 


the species associated with it, all these authors were evidently puzzled 
by the characters of this peculiar little Parrakeet; and the same 
seems to have been the case with all subsequent naturalists who 
have treated of it. The majority, however, seem to have considered 
that it had Trichoglossine affinities. 

Thus Bonaparte’ included Lathamus as “ dernier des Trichoglos- 
siens ;” and Gould, likewise acknowledging the validity of the genus, 
places it amongst the Trichoglosside. He says :— Having had ample 
. Opportunities of observing the bird in a state of nature, I concur in 
the propriety of separating it into a distinct genus; in its whole 
economy it is most closely allied to the Trichoglossi, and in no 
degree related to the Eupheme’’ (Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 89). Dr. 
Finsch, in his great work on Parrots’, after a careful examination of 
its peculiarities, came to the conclusion that these were not sufficient 
to justify its separation as a distinct genus, and included it as a 
Trichoglossus. More lately, the same position (7. e. that of a member 
of the family T'richoglosside) has been assigned to it by Gray’, 
Sclater*, Wallace®, and others. On the other hand, Sundevall in his 
‘Tentamen’® placed it in his fourth family “ Platycercini,’” re- 
marking, “‘ Hee species, plerumque cum sp. Trichoglossinis (Ps. 
concinno &ec.) consociata, vera tamen est species Platycercina, 
maxilla inferiori tumida, &c, Eupheme maxime affinis.” In his 
paper on the anatomy of the Parrots, Prof. Garrod’ shows that 
Lathamus differs from Lorius and its allies in having a superficial 
left carotid, a feature common to it and Platycercus, Psephotus, 
&c., from which, however, it differs in the possession of a furcula’. 
He further says:—‘It may at first sight seem very heretical to 
remove Lathamus from the Loriinz, the brush-tongue being considered 
characteristic of that subfamily. To the unbiased student, however, 
the brush-tongue is a character not more important than several of 
those that have been above considered. . . . . The character of the 
papillee is somewhat different in Lathamus from what it is in Lorius, 
they being blunter and shorter in the former genus than in the 
latter.” 

Having undertaken at Prof. Garrod’s suggestion an investigation of 
the pterylosis of the Parrots, the results of which I hope to communicate 
to this Society at no distant date, Lathamus was one of the first 
forms I examined ; and 1 at once saw that its pterylosis confirmed — 
the relationship of this form to the Platycercine already insisted 
on by Sundevall and Garrod. From this I was led to an examina- 
tion of some other parts of its structure; and I propose to lay the 


? Compt. Rend. xliy. p. 586 (1857). 

? Pap. ii. p. 863 (1868). x 

Trichoglossus, c. Nanodes, gen. no. 2047, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 156 (1870). 

List. Vert. 6th ed. p. 269 (1877). 

Geogr. Distrib. Animals, ii. p. 327. |. 

Methodi Naturalis Avium disponendarum Tentamen, p. 71 (1872). 

P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 586. rare 

M. Blanchard, indeed, says (Compt. Rend. 1857, sliv. p. 521) that Lathamus 
has no furcula; but this bone is present, though small and weak, in the mens 
Thave seen: cf. also Owen, Cat. Ost. Ser. R. O. 8. i. p. 279 (1853). 


an Qa rp w 


168 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS LATHAMUS. [Feb. 18, 


results of my inquiries before the Society to-night, in order to 
establish the view that Lathamus must be removed from the brush- 
tongued Trichoglossine, with which it has been so generally asso- 
ciated, and must be considered a (no doubt aberrant) member of the 
Platycercine group. 

The pterylosis of this form having first struck my attention, I 
will describe this in the first instance, the more so as, as far as I 
know, no description of this part of the structure of the bird in 
question has yet been published. I may perhaps anticipate part of 
my paper on the pterylosis of the Psittaci in general, and point out 
briefly the general characters of the distribution of the feathering in 
these birds, so as to enable the reader without any further trouble to 
appreciate the points of distinction in this respect between Lathamus 
and the other species with which I have compared it. 

As will be evident from the figures (Pl. XVI. figs. 1-6), the 
tracts of contour-feathers in a Parrot may be arranged as follows :-— 
On the upper surface of the body, continuous in front with the 
feathering of the top and sides of the head, is a long narrow tract, 
the “superior tract,’ which divides behind in the interscapular region 
in a fork-like manner, forming the “scapular fork.’’ Behind this, 
occupying the hinder part of the back and pelvis, is another, more 
or less Y-shaped tract, with the “handle” (which is usually short) 
of the fork placed close to the posterior extremity of the trunk, 
whilst the more lengthy ‘“‘arms” of the Y are more anterior, and 
run in, in front, between the corresponding ones of the ‘ scapular 
fork,” usually becoming very feebly feathered in so doing. This 
tract may be called the “dorso-lumbar”’ fork. Scattered more 
irregularly and diffusely over the sides of the pelvis, and external to 
the last-named tract, is the “lumbar feathering,” which passes 
posteriorly on each side into the narrower but more distinct “ femoral 
tracts.” These are continued onto the legs as far as the tarsi as 
the “crural tracts,’ clothing the legs in atrouser-like way. On the 
inferior surface, on each side, is a continuous tract, running from 
the upper part of the neck (where it may or may not unite with its 
fellow of the opposite side), over the breast and abdomen, to the 
anus. This “inferior tract,’ besides one or two small branches 
running towards the humerus and patagium (the first and second 
‘‘humeral tracts”’), gives off, at about the commencement of the 
sternum, a more or less separate and well-marked external branch, 
the ‘‘ outer pectoral” tract, which runs down more or Jess parallel 
to the main part of the inferior tract for a little way, but ceases before 
the thighs. 

Amongst the various species of Psittaci I have examined, well- 
marked differences in some of these tracts occur, more particularly 
in the arrangement of the “ dorso-lumbar fork,” and the greater or 
lesser development of a distinct “outer pectoral” branch to the 
inferior tract. 

In Lathamus discolor (P|. XVI. figs. 1, 2), the inferior tract of each 
side starts from about the angle of the jaw, and does not unite with 
its fellow. On the sternum it is about eight or nine feathers broad at 


1879.] MR, W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS LATHAMUS. 169 


the widest part, the feathering being rather strong and not close. As 
in most Parrots, there are two humeral tracts. The space on the carina 
sterni between the inferior tracts of the two sides is not wide. ‘There 
is a well-marked outer pectoral tract, about 1 inch long, dis- 
tinguished by its rather stronger and closer feathering. It is quite 
separate from the main part of the inferior tract, the space between 
the two tracts being about as broad as the latter tract itself. The 
outer pectoral has the appearance of being somewhat dilated at its 
free end, owing to the presence of a few irregularly placed and 
small feathers lying to the outside of its termination. ‘The main 
part of the inferior tract is rather narrow, with its rows of four and 
five feathers each separated by rather considerable spaces. 

The scapular fork is rather long, the tracts being narrow and 
moderately strongly feathered. 

The dorso-lumbar fork is elongated ; each arm is of nearly the 
same strength and breadth throughout, beginning a little outside 
the scapular fork, with the part inside the arms of the latter re- 
presented only (as usual in the Psittaci) by one or two rows of small 
teathers, placed singly or in pairs. Each arm is composed of about 
fourteen rows of feathers (counting to the junction with its fellow), 
the rows being four feathers wide, rather close together, and of about 
the same width as the space between the tracts. There is some 
tendency in some of the anterior rows towards a dilatation of the 
tract, one or two of the rows being five feathers wide. In the more 
anterior parts of each arm, the most internal feather of each 
row is often placed in front of and at an angle with the other 
feathers composing it, and so comes to stand between two rows of 
three feathers each ; so that at first each tract looks as if made up 
of rows of three (or four) feathers alternating with single feathers. 
This tendency to a 3.1.3 arrangement, however, disappears in the 
the more posterior parts of the tracts, the four feathers of each row 
there standing in a direct line with one another. The two arms 
unite to form the ‘‘handle”’ at about three quarters their entire length ; 
after the junction the tract narrows rather rapidly towards the tail. 
The dorso-lumbar fork is throughout quite distinct from the lumbar 
feathering, which is very weak and diffuse. 

Inall the truly Platycercine’ forms that I have examined—namely 
Platycercus eximius and pennantii, Psephotus hematogaster (four 
specimens) and P. hematonotus, Pyrrhulopsis splendens and P. perso- 
_ nata, Cyanorhamphus auricepsand C. nove-zealandie—the disposition 
of the outer pectoral tract and dorso-lumbar fork resembles essen- 
tially that of Lathamus. In all the outer pectoral is a distinct, more 
closely feathered, and rather narrowish tract, clearly separated 
throughout from the main part. In Cyanorhamphus this tract is 
distinctly hook-like, dilated at theend. In all the same length’, and 
uniformity in strength and width, of the arms of the dorso-lumbar 


1 T. e. excluding Aprosmictus, Polyteles, Euphema, Pezoporus, &e. 

2 In Pe. pennantii, and in the two species of Pyrrhulopsis I counted fourteen, 
in C. auriceps thirteen, in Ps. hematonotus thirteen, and in Ps. hematogaster 
eleven rows of feathers in the arms of this tract to their junction, 


170 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS LATHAMUs. [ Feb. 18, 


tract is observable, the inclosed space being of about the same width 
as either of the tracts inclosing it, no tendency to a dilatation of 
the arms at their junction (though there is some in front) being 
present, and the rows of feathers in front having a more or less 
clear 3.1.3 arrangement. The lumbar feathering is always very 
weak; so that the boundaries of the dorso-lumbar fork are very 
clearly defined. Lathamus, however, differs from the above-men- 
tioned forms a little by its longer and not so widely divaricated 
scapular fork, and by the greater breadth of its inferior tract on the 
sternum, thereby causing a corresponding diminution in the breadth 
of thecarinal space. The general agreement, however, of the ptery- 
losis in the two types will, I think, at once be evident from the 
figure of Lathamus (Pl. XVI. figs. 1, 2), and that of Platycereus 
pennantii (Pl. XVI. figs. 3, 4), which I have represented next to it 
for the sake of comparison. 

If now we turn to the Trichoglossine' (See Pl. XVI. figs. 5, 6), 
in which so many naturalists have included Lathamus,we shall find 
important and well-marked differences in the two tracts mentioned 
above, though the general character of the pterylosis remains the 
same inall?. The outer pectoral tract is never so narrow and distinct 
here as it is in Lathamus and its allies; it is usually almost triangular 
in shape, and so tolerably broad, shorter, and not so divergent, the 
interspace between it and the main tract being much narrower, and 
frequently with a few scattered feathers in it uniting the two tracts 
together. The inferior tract on the breast is always much broader, 
and the carinal space narrower. 

Still better-marked characters between the two groups are to be 
seen in the disposition of the dorso-lumbar fork. ‘This in all the 
Trichoglossine is extremely weak in front, the tracts not getting at 
all strongly feathered till some way (in 7. concinnus 3 inch) from 
the ends of the scapular fork. Each arm is much shorter (in all the 
forms I count about eight rows of feathers to the junction), wider 
and more diffusely feathered than in the Platycercine, and becomes 
dilated and more strongly feathered towards its junction with its 
fellow, which takes place further from the tail than in the other 
group. The united tract is strongly feathered and rather broad 
at first, but narrows rapidly again towards the tail. Figs. 5 and 6, 
Pl. XVI. represent the pterylosis of Trichoglossus concinnus (a 
bird a little larger than the “‘Swift Parrakeet”’), and show the 
differences between the two groups, which, if somewhat slight, are 
nevertheless easily appreciable after a little study, and are as well 
marked as any others I have as yet observed in the pterylosis of this 
order. 

Several points in the external characters of Lathamus show that 


1 Of these I have examined the pterylosis in Hos rubra, Trichoglossi orna- 
tus, hematodes, swainsont, concinnus (two specimens), and pusilius, and 
Coriphilus fringillaceus. 

2 [ have as yet been unable to confirm Nitzsch’s observation (Pterylogr. 
Eng. edit. p. 100) that in Lorius garrulus and L. domicella the inferior tracts are 
continuous over the lower surface of the neck. 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS LATHAMUS. 171 


Fig. 1. Head of Lathamus discolor. 

Fig. 2. Foot of ditto. 

Fig. 3. Head of Psephotus hematogaster. 
Fig. 4 Foot of dit‘o. 

Fig. 5. Head of Trichog/ossus concinnus. 
Fig. 6. Foot of ditto. 


172 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS LATHAMUS. [Feb. 18, 


it has in fact no particular relationship to the Trichoglossine. The 
shape of the upper mandible, with a small but distinct tooth, is 
obviously (see fig. 1, p. 171) much nearer to that of Psephotus (fig. 3) 
than it is to that of a Lory (fig. 5). The same story is told still more 
plainly by its maxilla, which has none of the laterally compressed, 
elongate, and pointed form characteristic of the Lories, and which 
induced Sundevall to divide all Parrots into two groups “ Psittaci 
proprii”’ and “ Psittaci orthognathi,” the latter including only the 
Lories and Nestor, and characterized by having the “ maxilla in- 
ferior recta, angusta, altitudine longior.”” In Lathamus the maxilla 
is short and deep, with a broad and rounded anterior margin. These 
differences will be seen by a glance at figures 5 and 1, representing 
the heads of a Trichoglossus (concinnus) and of Lathamus. 

In all the Trichoglossine I have examined, the cere is rather narrow 
from before backwards, the anterior margin only sinuate, and the 
nostrils elongated and ovate, with their long axis directed forwards 
and inwards, and so somewhat ¢ransversely to the direction of the 
beak (fig. 5,p.171). This is very evident in the living birds, and is 
also to be made out inskins. In Lathamus, however, and the Platy- 
cercine generally, the cere is much larger, with the anterior 
border on each side nearly semicircular; and the nostrils are oval 
and directed upwards, more nearly parallel with the culmen (see 
figs. 1 and 3). 

In the small size of the nude orbital ring Lathamus agrees with 
the Platycercine rather than with the Lories, in which it is of fair 
size and rather conspicuous in the living birds. 

In the shape of the wings, no doubt, Lathamus is somewhat aber- 
rant, and nearer the Lories than the Platycerci. This is, however, 
so obviously an adaptive modification, due to the swift flight and 
arboreal habits of both these birds as compared with the more ground- 
loving mode of life of the Platycerci, that no stress can be laid on it 
as a taxonomic character. The rounded end of the wing-feathers, 
however, of Lathamus still point to its Platycercine affinities. Its 
feet, too, though not typically Platycercine, differ from those of the 
Trichoglossine (cf. figs. 2 and 6, p. 171) by their more elongated and 
slender tarsi and toes, with the latter not so much flattened and fitted 
for grasping branches, &c., as are those of the Lories, and with 
the claws not so strong and longer, particularly that on the third 
digit. In both these points more resemblance to the Platycerci 
is shown (cf. fig. 4, p. 171, foot of Psephotus hematogaster), though 
the different modes of life’ have here again induced a certain 
amount of change from the form observed in the truly terrestrial 
Platycerci. 

A thorough study of the osteology of the Parrots has yet to be 


1 Mr. Gould says (‘ Handb. B. Austr.’ ii. p. 89) :—“ In its actions and manners 
it is closely allied to the Zrichoglossi, but differs from them in some few par- 
ticulars, which are more perceptible in captivity than in a state of nature. It 
has neither the musky smell nor the jumping motions of the Trichoglossi. I 
have never obseryed it alight on the ground, or elsewhere than among the 
branches,” 


1879.] MR. W.A. FORBES ON THE GENUS LATHAMUS. 173 


made; and till that is done it is perhaps somewhat premature to 
generalize. Nevertheless, having examined somewhat carefully a con- 
siderable number of the skeletons of the two groups with which 
Lathamus has been generally associated, I have, I believe, been able 
to detect certain differences which will help us in referring the bird 
at present under discussion to its proper place. 

First, as regards the skull. This, in all the Trichoglossine, is 
remarkable for its somewhat depressed form and the lateral compres- 
sion and elongation of the upper and lower jaws, the mandible when 
deprived of its horny sheath showing even more clearly the peculiar 
shape of the lower jaw in these birds, first pointed out by Sundevall 
and already alluded to above (PI. XVI. fig. 7). In the Platycerci 
the skull is less depressed above and much shorter in proportion, and 
the mandible is not pointed, but has its symphysial portion wide, 
deep from above downwards and somewhat truncated. The same 
is the case in Lathamus (Pl. XVI. fig. 8). 

In the Lories the lengthening of the beak has led to a similar 
elongation in the anterior limb of the palatine bones, so that this part 
is as long as, or longer than, the posterior one; and the latter is con- 
siderably shorter than the pterygoids. In the Platycerci the an- 
terior part of the palatines is not so elongated ; but, on the contrary, 
the posterior limb is somewhat lengthened, and, in fact, nearly as 
long as the pterygoids. Here, again, Lathamus agrees more with 
the Platycerci. 

In the Lories (Pl. XVI. fig. 9, Hos rubra) the anteorbital pro- 
cesses are much larger and better-developed than in the Platycerci, 
where the hinder margin of these parts, as seen from above, is not 
very far from being on a level with the cranio-rostral suture, and so 
causes the orbits to take up a larger part of the surface of the skull 
(in a view from above) than in the other group. The same is the 
case in Lathamus' (Pl. XVI. fig. 10). 

The retention of the furcula is no doubt associated with the rapidity 
of flight of this bird, whilst in the more slowly moving Platycerci it 
has disappeared almost entirely. As we already know from M. 
Blanchard’s researches (Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. xi. pp. 84-85, 1859),. 
but little assistance as regards classification can be gained in this 
group from a study of the sternum. 

The pelvis, however, has been of more use to me. 

In the Lories this is always elongated and narrow in proportion, 
the preacetabular part being particularly elongated, and the iliac 
fossee on each side for the attachment of the gluteal muscles being 
deeper and more extensive. In the Platycerci and Lathamus the 


1 Bonaparte (Compt. Rend. xliv. p. 536, 1857), following Owen (Cat. Osteol. 
Series R. C. S. 1853, p. 279, no. 1451), says that in Lathamus the orbit is com- 
pleted below by the junction of the lacrymal with the “mastoid.” This is 
certainly not the case in a skull lent to me by Professor Garrod, and, if true, 
would be an anomaly for any member of either of the above-mentioned groups. 
In the specimen referred to in the Museum of the College of Surgeons (no. 1451) 
it appeared to me on examination that there was in reality no bony union be- 
tween the two bones, which were connected simply by ligament. 


174 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS LATHAMUsS. ([Feb. 18, 


pelvis is wider, the preacetabular part much shorter, and the iliac 
fosse shallower and smaller. These differences will be visible from 
the figures which I exhibit (Pl. XVI. figs. 11, 12), in which are 
shown respectively the pelvis of Lathamus and of Lorius tricolor. 

As regards internal anatomy, little can be said of any important 
characters, except the difference in the disposition of the carotid 
arteries in the two groups, first pointed out by Prof. Garrod, and 
already mentioned above. The nature of the tongue in Lathamus 
requires reexamiuation, as also does the coloration of the eyes, this 
presenting very marked characteristics in all those T'richoglossine I 
have been able to examine alive (of the genera Lorius, Hos, Chalco- 
psitta, and Trichoglossus), and being quite unlike that prevalent in the 
Platycerci and most other Parrots. 

In coloration Lathamus is no doubt aberrant, but is no more 
clearly related, as far as I can see, to one group rather than the other. 
The external rectrices being blue is perhaps a hint of its Platycercine 
relations. 

To conclude, the more important characters of Lathamus, i. e. 
pterylosis and superficial left carotid, beak, nostrils, cere, feet, skull, 
and pelvis, all point to a near relationship to Psephotus, Platycercus, 
and allied genera. The abnormal tufted tongue, the retention of the 
furcula, and the sharp pointed wings may be regarded as adapta- 
tions to its tree- and flower-loving modes of life, and not as due to any 
consanguinity with the Trichoglossine. Lathamus may be amore or 
less modified remnant of a group that branched off from the common 
stock with the progenitors of the more typical Platycerci, and of 
which all the others have become extinct (perhaps due to the com- 
petition with the more specialized Trichoglossing) ; or it may be a 
member of the Platycercine group that has become specialized to 
modes of life like those of the true Lories and Lorikeets, and so has 
come to resemble them in some few superficial particulars. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


2. Back and side views of Lathamus discolor, showing pterylosis. 
4, The same of Platycercus pennantii. 

6, The same of Trichoglossus concinnus. 

“f Mandible, deprived of horny sheath, of Eos rubra. 

9 


Figs. 1, 
3, 
5, 


. The same of Lathamus discolor. 

. Skull, seen from above, of Eos rubra. 
10. The same of Lathamus discolor. 
11. Pelvis of Lorius tricolor. 
12. The same of Lathamus discolor. 


1879.| MR. R. B. SHARPE ON HELIODILUS SOUMAGNII. 175 


7. A Note on Heliodilus soumagnii, Grandidier. By R. 
Bowpier Swarre, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of 
Zoology, British Museum. 

[Receiyed February 4, 1879.] 


The British Museum has recently acquired a skin of Heliodilus 
soumagnii from Mr. Higgins, of 22 Bloomsbury Street. This very 
interesting specimen, which I now exhibit, was obtained in the neigh- 
bourhood of Antananarivo, and formed part of the same small con- 
signment as the new Dromeocercus, which also lies upon the table. 
The genus Heliodilus is of very great interest to ornithologists, as 
having formed the subject of an important communication by Prof. 
Alphonse Milne-Edwards to the French Academy (‘ Comptes Rendus,’ 
Dec. 1877); and I have had great pleasure in receiving such a de- 
sideratum for our national collection, which gives me the opportu- 
nity of comparing together Strix, Phodilus, and Heliodilus. 

In my ‘ Catalogue of Birds’ (vol. ii. p. 289) I separated the Stri- 
gid@ as a separate family from the Budonide, and included in the 
first-named family the Barn-Owls and the Phodili, reserving every 
other Owl for the family Bubonide, which, of course, greatly pre- 
dominates in number. I take the present opportunity of acknow- 
ledging an oversight, which was unintentional on my part ; and that 
was, not to have mentioned in the ‘ Catalogue’ that the institution 
of these two principal groups was derived from Messrs. Sclater and 
Salvin’s notes, as published in Professor Newton’s edition of Yarrell’s 
British Birds—a fact that should have been stated at the time. 

In a previous communication made by Professor Alphonse Milne- 
Edwards to the French Academy of Sciences on Dec. 17, 1877, he 
shows that in the form of its sternum and in other peculiarities of 
the skeleton, Phodilus is one of the Bubonide, and suggests that it 
comes near Syrnium. It is curious that every author has placed the 
genus near the Barn-Owls, to which the form of the facial disk and 
the red plumage somewhat assimilate it. On reexamining our spe- 
eimen of Phodilus, I also perceive that an important external cha- 
racter, the serration of the inner edge of the middle claw, is wanting ; 
and thereby further evidence is afforded of the correctness of Prof. 
Milne-Edwards’s remarks. From the shape of its nostril, ear-conch, 
and facial disk, the genus Phodilus appears to be nearly allied to 
Scops. 

The new geuus Heliodilus looks at first sight very much like Pho- 
dilus, as the typical species H. soumagnii is a red bird of the general 
aspect of the Bay Owl (Phodilus badius). On a more careful exa- 
mination, however, the bird will be found to possess the serrated claw 
of a Barn-Owl; and this, with the careful description of the osteology 
given by Professor Milne-Edwards, conclusively shows that the 
tamily of the Barn-Owls, reduced to a single genus Striv by the ab- 
duction of its time-honoured ally Phodilus, ought to be compensated 
for the loss by the addition of the still more remarkable Heliodilus. 


176 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON HELIODILUS SOUMAGNII. [Feb. 18, 


In external appearance Heliodilus is very similar to Strix, but 
has the toes almost. perfectly bare, without any of the hairs which are 
found on the feet of a Barn-Owl. A more important difference is 
exhibited in the shape of the wings in the two genera, which may be 
thus diagnosed :— 


a. Wings very long, surpassing the end of the tail. ..............-+0 Strix. 
6. Wings shorter and much more concave, falling short of the tail 
by as much as the length of the outer toe and claw. ......... Heliodilus. 


The following is a description of the specimen in the British Mu- 
seum :— 


Genus HeLiopiLus. 

Heliodilus, Alph. Milne-Edwards, C. R. 1877, Type. 
CCCI Ce EER oe sade eras chairs Sev trespehbe gh eine sient? ee Se 
Range. Confined to Madagascar. 

HELIODILUS SOUMAGNII. 


Heliodilus soumagnii, Grandid. Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris (7), il. 
p. 66; id. C. R. 1877 (Dee. 3:). 


Adult. General colour above bright cinnamon-rufous, slightly 
varied with scantily distributed blackish spots, very small, of an 
arrow-head shape, and varying in number from two to five, the sub- 
terminal one alone being distinct ; head and mantle a little more 
closely spotted than the rest of the upper surface, with the exception 
of the inner greater coverts and inner secondaries; wings cinnamon- 
rufous, with faintly indicated black bars on some of the greater 
coverts, the quills are regularly banded with black on their inner 
webs ;_ tail light cinnamon-rufous, crossed with narrow and incom- 
plete black bars, of which six can be noted, without including a tri- 
angular black spot near the end of the tail ; a complete ruff of deep- 
cinnamon feathers, with buffy-white bases to the feathers; facial 
disk deep vinaceous, lighter on the lower margin, where the feathers 
are fulvescent on their bases; entire under surface of body light cin- 
namon, uniform, with the exception of small dusky spots en the 
fore neck and chest, with here and there a spot on the flanks and 
and under wing-coverts, which are deep cinnamon ; quills pale cin- 
namon below, with bars of black on the inner webs; leg-feathers 
deep cinnamcn-rufous, extending down the entire hind leg, and be- 
coming more and more scanty on the fore part of the tarsus just 
above the toes; bill ivory white, the lower mandible yellower. 
Total length 12°8 inches, culmen 1°45, wing 8:5, tail 4°1, tarsus 2-1. 

Hab. Neighbourhood of Antananarivo and ‘Tamatave (Mus.Paris), 
Madagascar. 


ConTENTs (continued). 


February 4, 1879 (continued). 


; Page 
Mr. BR. Bowdler Sharpe. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of Bulwer’s Pheasants 
(Lobiophasis bulweri) from the Lawas river, N.W. Borneo ......-.--..++++++s00+ 1 


1, Notes on Points in the Anatomy of the Hoatzin SoA eae eet et A. H. 
Garrop, M.A.,, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society ..... sien 109 


_ On the Breeding of the Argus Pheasant and other Phasianide in the Society's Gardens. 
By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.B.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plates VII., VIII.) 114 


3. On anew Genus and Cae of Spiders of the Family Salticides. By the Rev. O. P. 


Fits 


Cansrivce, M.A., OA Ser ieee a ate alte aa hele os Ges .asiehsiewesidaes es 119 

4. On the Attachment of the Eye-Muscles in Mammals. I. Quadrumana. By W. Orrtsey, 
~ M.B., F.R.C.S., Demonstrator of Anatomy at University College, London ........ 121 

. On some Birds transmitted from the Samoan Islands by the Rev. T. Powell. By Ossrrt 
Sanvin, M.A, FUR.S..... 6... cc cece eee ee eee e ete e tence teens ces eeees 128 

6. On the Use of the generic Name Gouldia in Zoology. By W. H. Datt, Smithsonian 
ETIeE TT UETO TINE celia cia Sate hake chee plelale dinie, sieieiels ee pi0(e.\9 elaleeidies aaneyecs'0ic ¢ vreieivie «im ae 131 

7. A few Notes upon Four Species of Lemurs, specimens of which were brought alive to 
England in 1878. By Guorce A. Suaw. (Plate IX.) ....-+ 1. . eee ee ee eee eee 132 
8. Descriptions of new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. By F. Moors, BUA. tadashi» LOO. 
9. On a new Rodent from Medellin. By Dr.. A. Ginruer, F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Plate X.).... 144 


February 18, 1879. 


| Rev. F. 0. Morris. Exhibition of an example of Bombyx quercis, with malformed antennz 145 


| Pe Mr. Sclater. Exhibition and description of anew Humming-bird, Thaumasius taczanowskit, 


\ from Guajango, Northern Peru ......6. sess sseee renee cece c eres e esse ee teee es 145 
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of a living Amphisbenian from Monte Video ......--......-- 146 


. Note on the Pachycephala aes of Peale, with Description of a supposed new Species. 
- By BE. L. Layarp, C.M.G., F.Z8. ...... oR OQ ot Et MBO OcL0c> DOM a ao ICSE 146 


. Description of four new Species of Chameleon from Madagascar. By Dr. A. Ginrnze, 
F.B.S., F.Z.8., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. (Plates 


. KIL)... Teed REDE REE OE Ce G0 UD DOD LAE ROOST eae DOOD TOGO 148 
4 3. Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from Central and South America. oer 
* P. FB. DuCanz Gopman, F.Z.S., and Osprrr Sayin, F.R.S. (Plate XIV.) . ee lis) 


fe <4. On a Collection of Diurnal Lepidoptera made by the Rey. G. Brown, in New Ireland 


and New Britain. By F. DuCanz oboe F.Z.S., and Osperr Satvin, F.R.S. 


(RIBS KV. occ. cess eee nce ane ene eter eesee reeset rettte see enetec ce es 155 
as On the Heterocera in the Collection of Lépidoptera from New Ireland obtained by the 

me Rey. G. Brown. By A. G. Buruzr, F.Z.8. .....- oe miele ae Matnctincetern cr 160 
E Ae On the Systematic Position of the Genus Lathamus of Lesson. By Ai A. Forses, F.Z.8. 

‘i (Plate XVL).....+... BS oh 5 AEC, peu tg one EAweCteL ae aoa Bag 166 


“ie 
— 7%. & Note on Heliodilus sowmagnii, Grandidier. By R. Bownuer Suarre, fy Wit= heel SV 
a &e., Department of Zoology, British Museum .....---++-ssreeerreeeee ster eees 173 


ie ah ‘ x Me) a Py 
LIST OF PLATES. 
1879. . 
PARTI. 
Plate 
18 Ue j Fah i gegen et. 
156 Boca ee SS ee eae 


mantchurieum Pd wilates Ste seads pe eerary ote 
IX. Chios mit ooo csciscacae 
X. Thrinacodus albicauda .. ’ 
XI. Chameleon malthe ..... 
XII. Fig. A. Chameleon brevic ornis ; 
XIII. Chanieleop See eee e eee 
: ay Nee American Bu 
x 


According to present le es | 


as follomeres ra a 
Part I. ee 

‘ IIL ‘ ‘ ” : 

aWatemes a. ie fest on ek November and ot oH April 


a oO. eet 


that with ee carter vive 


— 
Li e - ‘ 
- a ‘ ae 
' 2 yi: 
4 . a 
: . ¥ 
#. 
Bi. ; f 
»~ “ vt 
NM 
Pe 
vs 
‘ ¢ iv 
Me 
- z “K 7 
va A 
ea 


PROCEEDINGS 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF LONDON, 


FOR THE YEAR 


1879. 


"PART: i. 


# Sa ee PAPERS READ IN 
5 eas AND APRIL. 


es 
” 


LON OMANS, GREEN, oe ue axp DYER, 
a PATERNOSTER-ROW.— 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART II.—1879. 


February 18, 1879. 


Page 

8. Ona second Species of Drom@ocercus from Madagascar. By R. Bower Suarre, E.LS., 
F.Z.S., &c., Department of Zoology, British Museum .......- Per ace in claiele siete 177 

9. Descriptions of two supposed new Species of South-American Birds. By A. Bovoarp, 
C.M.Z.S. (Plate XVII.) ......-.---- pia wis cea bs eahets Sealer’ 5/0 056 tle aha! #calahes elon Nga geet 178 

10. On the Identity ot ave Ray baht and 7, hirundo. By Francis ON F.Z. 8. 
(Plate XVIIL.) ...... cece cces cece cece ccc cece ce cetereeeecusesedarssnssene 179 

11. On a Collection of Mollusca from Japan. By Enaar A. Suiru, F.Z.S., Be it De- 
partment, British Museum. (Plates XIX., XX.)....++--++seeeeeeees ddracr ete 181 


March 4, 1879. 


The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1879 .... 218 


Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two rare Fruit-Pigeons......... Pe ay ots 
Mr. L. M. D’Albertis, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of some new and rare birds from the Fly nee, 
New Guinea .....cc.ssccccueee SSO MCs peep eer HOR Cy ites won tenor a eeret ots Pee lB 
Prof. Newton. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a il peat of Byine nisoria belonging 
to Mr. John Robinson .. 2.02. ecseeceerecconrenncs yt sladeta eine tore Dareerete 219 
1. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis au Nord du Pérou par MM. Stolzmann et Jelski en 1878. 
Par M. L. Taczanowsgi. (Plates XXI. & Xxar) Tow cvesag le Mihaela Silaicietereisia we 


to 


. On Collections of Birds from Kina Balu Mountain, in North-western Borneo, By R. 
Bowpuer Suarre, F.LS., F.Z, s, Senior Assistant, pene eRe of Zoology, British 
Museum. (Plate XXIII.) . Sabo bin wats ecpwelaaiy:s Sele g Voice elatiniaete = ence vin oD. 


3. Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—I. On the Species of the Genus 
Brissus, and on the allied forms Meoma and Metalia. By F. Jerrrey Brut, B.A. 
Magdalen College, Oxford, Zoological Department, British Museum sleublans-o's-dcawivteloes 249 


4.A ayapae of the Meliphagine Genus se Tecpel with Descriptions of two new Species. 
y W. A. Forszs, F.Z.8. (Plates XXIV & XKV.).... cece sececesecceecees ele riatOOe 


5. On some new and little-known sepa of Araneidea, with Remarks on the Genus Gaste- 
racantha. wd the Rev. O. P. Camsrivez, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &e. (Plates 7a 
XXVIL.).. a BOSE ieee se ae wiote s wrtla a beter eiaons ia i8.b o' ais oe soa areas ance 279 


Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper. 


1879.] ON A NEW SPECIES OF DROMOCERCUS, 177 


8. Ona second Species of Dromeocercus from Madagascar, 
By R. Bowpter Suarre, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department 
of Zoology, British Museum. 


[Received February 4, 1879.] 


In the same collection as the Heliodilus, described in the preceding 
paper, there were several specimens of a Feather-tailed Warbler 
belonging to the genus Dromeocercus, instituted by me in January 
1877 *. On comparing the birds recently sent with the type of 
Dromeocercus brunneus, it is evident that they belong to a different 
species, for which I propose the name of Dromeocercus seebohmi, 
after my friend Mr. Seebohm, who is now associated with me in the 
‘Catalogue of Birds.’ Of this he is about to prepare the volume 
on the Thrushes and Warblers, with which two groups he has shown 
already such a good acquaintance. 


DROMZOCERCUS SEEBOHMI, Sp. 0. 


D. similis D. brunneo et ejusdem forme, sed corpore supra 
maculato nec concolori, plumis brunneis medialiter obscurioribus 
et gutture albo, brunneo striato, distinguendus. 

General colour above dark brown with edges of lighter brown, pro- 
ducing a mottled appearance, the rump and upper tail-coverts more 
uniform ; tail-feathers rufous-brown with stiffened black shafts, the 
feathers loose-webbed, as is usual in this genus; wing-coverts and 
quills blackish brown, margined with lighter brown; lores whitish ; 
ear-coverts and sides of neck ashy brown; under surface of body 
dull white, shaded with ashy brown on the sides of the breast ; sides of 
body and under tail-coverts rather more fulvous-brown; fore neck with 
small but distinct spots of dusky brown, the sides of the body more 
largely and distinctly streaked ; under wing-coverts ashy brown, the 
edge of the wing white; quills dull brown below, fulvescent along the 
edge of the inner web. Total length 5:9 inches, culmen 0-4, wing 
1-95, tail 3-1, tarsus 0-7. 

Hab, Neighbourhood of Antananarivo, Madagascar. 

Some of the specimens exhibit less mottling on the back than others ; 
but it is always more or less strongly characterized, as also is the 
light-coloured throat, which has the stripes more distinctly indicated 
in some specimens than in others. Since describing the original 
specimen of Drome@ocercus brunneus, I have seen several others 
collected by the late Mr. Crossley ; and with some of these, in Mr, 
Seebohm’s cabinet, I have compared the series of the new species. 


1P.Z. 8. 1877, p. 22, pl. ii. fig. 2. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. XII. 12 


178 ON SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF AMERICAN BIRDS. [Feb. 18, 


9, Descriptions of two supposed new Species of South- 
American Birds. By A. Boucarn, C.M.Z.S. 


[Received February 4, 1879.] 
(Plate XVII.) 


1. CHTROMACHARIS CORONATA, n. Sp. (Plate XVII.) 


Head black encircled by yellow feathers forming a coronet ; back, 
tail-, and wing-coverts silky black; wings and tail brownish black, 
paler internally ; throat and breast black ; abdomen and under tail- 
coverts grey with a whitish spot in the centre of each feather, but this 
can only be seen by separating the feathers; under wing-coverts 
white with yellow edges; bill on the upperside black, paler under- 
neath; feet yellow. 

Total length 32 inches, bill 44 lines, wing 2 inches 3 lines, tail 
1 inch. 

Hab. Columbia. Mus. Boucard. 

The present bird is the seventh of this interesting genus, and 
cannot be confounded with any of the other species. The single 
specimen, from which the figure is taken, is a fine male, and came 
in a large collection of birds sent from Bogota. 


2. LAMPORNIS VIOLICAUDA, var. ? 


Upper surface purplish black, lighter on the rump; tail-coverts 
and central tail-feathers black ; lateral tail-feathers metallic purple, 
with the tip and external edge of each feather dark blue; chin and 
breast black, with a line of lustrous purplish black feathers com- 
mencing at the angle of the bill and passing down the sides of the 
neck ; abdomen black in the centre, paler on the sides, with a line of 
white feathers on each side as in ZL. violicauda ; under tail-coverts 
purplish black ; bill and feet black. 

Total length 4 inches 2 lines, bill 9 lines, wing 2 inches 6 lines, 
tail 1 inch 5 lines. 

Hab. Brasilia. Mus. Boucard. 

I have only one male specimen of this bird. It is closely allied 
to L. violicauda, from which it differs chiefly in its colour. Pos- 
sibly it may be a melanism of that species. 


Pero. boo a ee 


JSmit hth. Hanhart ump 


CHIROMACHA RIS CORONATA. 


a 


ce 


a 


i 


P dunt ‘sorgq Wau 


(ap2s vane Jang yuoyaad *y—-uappy]q-uro +g 


OCGNOYIH VTL 


UYPDULYS 'C 


“wm‘setnpyo “Pe Kea 


“TAX Id “6481 'S'°2Z da 


1879.] ON TRIGLA PHCILOPTERA AND TRIGLA HIRUNDO. 179 


10. On the Identity of Trigla peciloptera and T. hirundo. 
By Francis Day, F.Z.S. 


[Received February 17, 1879.] 
(Plate XVIII.) 


While at the Westminster Aquarium in the month of October last 
year, my attention was drawn to some small but beautiful Gurnards 
that hai recently been obtained from Southend. The colours on 
the innew side of their pectoral fins did not coincide with that shown in 
any British example; and the presence of a large, black, oval blotch, 
covered with light blue spots, seemed to render it probable that they 
might be t':e “ Little Gurnard”’ (Trigla peeciloptera)—a species which 
neither Y¢ rell nor Couch were so fortunate as to obtain’. I therefore 
asked Mr.» arrington, the naturalist to that establishment, to preserve 
any examples that died, in order that I might have the opportunity of 
ascertaining, first, if they belonged to the species I supposed, and, se- 
condly, if such specimens were or were not the young of another form. 
I have now to record my thanks to Mr. Carrington for six excellent 
examples of the “ Little Gurnard”’ (varying from 2°0 to 9°8 inches in 
length), which, so far as I am aware, has not previously been re- 
corded from the waters of Great Britain, although a fish two inches in 
length has been reported to have been captured in Ireland, but, as I 
shall presently show, was either wrongly identified or erroneously 
described. 

This fish has been recorded in several works (Cuv. & Val. iv. p. 
47 ; Thompson, P. Z.S. 1837, p. 61; Yarrell, Brit. Fishes, i. p. 49 ; 
Demid. Voy. Russ. mérid. iii. p. 375; Guichen. Explor. Algér. Poiss. 
p- 39; Giinther, Catal. ii. p. 203; Couch, Brit. Fishes, ii. p. 36, 
pl. lxx. f.2?). Some of the authors have personally examined speci- 
mens; others have copied their descriptions from previous writers ; 
but all coincide in the statement that it has not been taken upwards 
of 4 inches in length. 

I do not propose giving a detailed account of the species, as such 
may be found in Cuv. & Val. To what is there recorded I will, how- 
ever, add that it has ten czecal appendages, and that the number of 
spined plates along the bases of the dorsal fins is from 25 to 26 on 
either side, a not uncommon number in the species of this genus. 

At 54 inches in length the various spinate projections on the head, 
shoulder, and along the bases of the dorsal fins become more blunted, 
the colours on the body are not so vivid, while the oval black blotch 
with blue spots on the inner side of the pectoral fin is more decidedly 
blue, covered with white spots. If an example, coloured as in 7‘ 
hirundo, of the same size is placed alongside, scarcely any differences 
are perceptible; the number of spinate elevations along the bases of 
the dorsal fins, of the fin-rays, of the rows of scales, and the propor- 
tions of the various parts of the body are the same. 


1 Yarrell gave a figure of this fish in his second edition from a Heenels drawing, 
12 


180 ON TRIGLA PHCILOPTERA AND TRIGLA HIRUNDO. ([Feb. 18, 


I have found, however, 10 cecal appendages in 7’. peeciloptera, 
whereas in Cuv. and Val. 7. hirundo is said only to possess 8. But 
on reexamining this point, I find my examples of the latter fish also 
have 10 ; consequently this feature may be subject to individual varia- 
tions. Until I possess more examples I shal] be unable to ascertain the 
number of vertebra, or make detailed investigations as to the sexes. 

The air-vessel in the various species of this genus afford excellent 
characters for discrimination; so I have been careful in ascertaining 
what its appearance is like in T. peciloptera. At 53 inches it is oval, 
with two short projections anteriorly, one on either side, and behind 
them laterally is a short tube, which does not extend backwards 
along the outer side of the air-vessel more than one fourth of its 
length. In another example of the same dimensions tliese lateral pro- 
longations extended backwards about one half of the length of the air- 
vessel on either side ; andin my largest example (9°8 inches in length) 
they nearly reach its posterior extremity. 

Among the British species of 7’rigla destitute of elongated fin-rays 
(such as 7’. obscura Linn.), three bave the lateral line armed or rough- 
ened, viz. 7. lineata, Ray, T. gurnardus, Linn., 7’. cuculus, Bloch ; 
but as the lateral line is smooth in 7’. peciloptera, any immediate 
relationship between these forms is excluded. ‘Those with the lateral 
line smooth are 7’. pint, Bloch, and 7’. /yra, Linn., in neither of which, 
according to Cuv. & Val., has the air-vessel any lateral process; but 
in the third, 7’. hirundo, Bloch, we find a lateral process on either 
side extending backwards as is seen in 7. peciloptera. 

It is evident that in the “ Little Gurnard ”’ these processes aug- 
ment in extent with the age of the fish; but I have not seen them 
reaching round the posterior extremity of the air-vessel, as I have 
found them doing in large examples of T’. hirundo ; I have, however, 
found them two thirds of the length of the air-vessel in examples’ 
about 6 inches in length. I have not seen any very young speci- 
mens of 7’. hirundo ; neither do I know of their having been recorded, 
unless in the form of T. peciloptera. 

In the very young, these fishes appear to be unsociable, keeping near 
the bottom of the water and spreading out their pectoral fins so that 
they appear like beautiful blue butterflies with white and light-blue 
spots on either wing. As they increase in size the dimensions of 
the spotted portion of the fin decrease ; and in some cases it seems to 
disappear. In 7’. hirundo, on the contrary, the inner side of the pec- 
toral fin is blue, with transverse black bands in its whole extent. 
Curiously, one of the examples on the table, upwards of 9 inches in 
length, has one pectoral fin coloured as in 7’. hirundo, whereas the other 
shows unmistakable evidence of the remains of the immature spot. 
As a rule, fins with the large spot are only banded on their outer two 
thirds; while fins destitute of spots are banded in their whole extent. 

P.S. Since the foregoing was written I have seen, in the collection 
of the British Museum, several examples of the young of 7’. hirundo 
having the vivid colours of 7’. pwciloptera, seven being from Wey- 
mouth ; while the following specimens still have traces, to a greater 

1 All these yarions sizes are present on the table. _ 


PZ. 5S 16707 Rie 


2 
A 
¥ 
6 i, 
Ge 
13 
1 
fj 
17 
18 19 
24 
23 
25° 
E.A. Smith. del. Mintern Bro® imp. 


SHELLS OF JAPAN 


PZ.5.1879) Peas 


37% 


40 


foi 


Mintern Bro? imp. 


AH. Searle del. 


OF JAPAN. 


SHELLS 


1879.] MR. E, A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN, 181 


or lesser extent, ofthe dark pectoral blotch covered with light spots: — 
one, 123 inches long, from the Propontis ; another, 93 inches long, 
from Dalmatia ; a third, of the same size, from Naples ; anda fourth, 
73 inches in length, from Sicily. 

As no structural difference is observable between 7. peciloptera 
and T. hirundo, except such as may be due to age, I think we are 
justified in considering the former the immature of the latter ; while 
the immature colours may be continued (although less decidedly) to 
the adult age, this difference being restricted to the inner side of 
the pectoral fin. 

Whether Thompson’s specimen was 7" hirundo or T. lineata is open 
to grave doubt. He says:—‘‘10 dorsalspines. . .  . lateral lines 
spinous ;”’ and as to colours, ‘I have little doubt that when recent it 
would in colour have corresponded. So I conclude it did not cor- 
respond when he received it from Mr. Ball, who obtained the single 
example, 2 inches in length, from among some sprats captured at 
Youghal, in Ireland. A Tvigla possessing ten dorsal spines and a 
spinous lateral line is unlikely to be 7. peciloptera, which has 
nine dorsal spines and a smooth Jateral line. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 


Trigla hirundo, from a specimen in the author's collection obtained near 
Southend: @. Stomach and cecal appendages; 0. Air-bladder; c. Pectoral fin 
(inner side). 


11. On a Collection of Mollusca from Japan. By Enear A. 
Smiru, F.Z.S., Zoological Department, British Museum. 


[Received January 28, 1879.] 
(Plates XIX., XX.) 


A large collection of Japanese Mollusca, containing very many 
new and most interesting forms, has been presented to the British 
Museum by Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S., with his wonted 
liberality. It is a most valuable addition to the series of species 
from the same region which was placed in the national collection a 
few years ago by the same gentleman. That series, of which a 
brief account of the Gastropoda only appeared in the ‘ Annals and 
Magazine of Natural History’ for 1875, was dredged by Capt. H.C. 
St. John, of H.M.S. ‘Sylvia.’ The specimens now to be considered 
were derived from the same source; and the highest praise must 
be accorded to Capt. St. John for the excellent manner in which 
they have been collected and preserved. Most of them are from the 
region of the Goto islands; and to save the continual repetition of 
the longitude, latitude, and depths of the various stations, a list of 
them with consecutive numbers is appended below; so that for the 
locality of each species only the number of the station will be quoted. 


182 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


List of the Stations. 


Station 1. Goto Islands in the Korean Channel, 33° 19' N. lat., 
129° 7! E.long.; 50 fathoms. 

Station 2. East of Goto Islands, 32° 43’ N. lat., 129° 28’ E. long. ; 
58 fathoms. 

Station 3. West of Goto Islands, 33° 10’ N. lat., 128° 51’ E. 
long. ; 54 fathoms. 

Station 4. Low-water mark, Goto Islands. 

Station 5. Ojica Bay, Goto Islands, 33° 123’ N. lat., 129° 5’ BE. 
long. ; 10 fathoms. 

Station 6. Ibid. On rocks at low water. 

Station 7. Goto Islands, 32° 49’ N. lat., 128° 54’ E. long. 

Station 8. Ukushima, Goto Islands, 33° 153’ N. lat., 129° 5’ E. 
long.; 11 fathoms. 

Station 8*. Ibid. 33° 16’ N. lat., 129° 4’ E. long. Among 
rocks at low water. 

Station 9. East of Goto Islands, 33°10’ N. lat., 129° 12’ E. long. ; 
36 fathoms. 

Station 10. East of Goto Islands, 33° 4’ N. lat., 129° 18’ E. long. ; 
23 fathoms. 

Station 11. West of Goto Islands, 33° 23' N. lat., 128° 483’ E. 
long. ; 22 fathoms. 

Station 12. North of Goto Islands, 33° 19’ N. lat., 129 73' E. 
long. ; 50 fathoms. 

Station 13. East of Goto Islands, 32° 47' N. lat., 129° 5’ E. long. ; 
46 fathoms. 

Station 14. East of Goto Islands, 32° 483’ N. lat., 129° 6’ EK. long. ; 
47 fathoms. 

Station 15. East of Goto Islands, 33° 15' N. lat., 129° 18' E. long. ; 
40 fathoms. 

Station 16. West of Goto Islands, 33° 8' N. lat., 128° 46’ E. long. ; 
60 fathoms. 

Station 17.. West of Goto Islands, 33° 14’ N. lat., 128° 55’ E. 
long. ; 40 fathoms. 

Station 18. East coast of Kii, south of Niphon. 

Station 19. East of Kii, 34° 13' N. lat., 136° 13’ E. long.; 48 
fathoms. 

Station 20. East of Kii, 34° 11’ N. lat., 136° 25’ E. long.; 56 
fathoms. 

Station 21. Between south-western extremity of Niphon and the 
island of Shikoku, 33° 453’ N. lat., 132° 30’ E. long. ; 30 fathoms. 

Station 22. Inland sea between Shikoku and Niphon, 34° 31’ N. 
lat., 133° 40’ E. long. ; 22 fathoms. 

Station 23. Channel between the east end of Shikoku island and 
the Kii peninsula, 33° 52’ N. lat., 135° 4’ E. long.; 30 fathoms. 

Station 24, Gulf of Yedo, 35° 24' N. lat., 139° 43’ E. long. ; 103 
fathoms. 

Station 25. South of Niphon, 34° 12’ N. lat., 136° 28’ E, long. ; 

athoms. 


1879.) MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 183 


Station 26. West of Nagasaki, 32° 43' N, lat., 129° 28! E. long. ; 
40-58 fathoms. 

Station 27. North of Kiushiu, 33° 56’ N, lat., 130° 27’ E. long. ; 
30 fathoms. 

Station 28. Satsuma Bay, south Kiushiu. 

Station 29. South of Korea, 34° 8’ N. lat., 126° 24’ E. long. 
24 fathoms. 

Station 30. South of Korea, 33° 42’ N. lat., 127° 40’ E. long. ; 
51 fathoms. 

Station 31. South of Korea, 34° 30' N. lat., 125 °44' E. long. ; 20 
fathoms. 

Station 32. South of Korea, 34° 19’ N. lat., 124° 57' BE. long. ; 
12 fathoms. 


ve 


GASTROPODA. 


1. TereBRa EvOLUTA, Deshayes. 


Terebra evoluta, Deshayes, P. Z.8. 1859, p. 292; Reeve, Conch. 
Icon. xii. f. 55. 

Hab. Station 8. 

Like the specimens which were mentioned by me in the ‘Annalsand 
Magazine of Natural History’ 1875, these also from the Goto Islands 
are much smaller than the type, which seems to be of very unusual 
dimensions. ‘The Goto specimens differ from the type and the 
others from Matoza Harbour in having a much narrower sulcus at the 
upper part of the whorls, from which circumstance the infrasutural 
band is broader. The colouring and sculpture are the same. 


2. TEREBRA GOTOENSIS. (Plate XIX. figs. 1-1 a.) 


Shell subulate, pale brown or fawn-colour, with a white band spotted 
with brown at the upper part of the whorls, and with a white narrow 
zone round the middle of the last whorl: volutions 16; the two 
apical ones white, smooth, subglobose, the rest almost flat, only 
very faintly constricted towards the upper part, where they are un- 
equally divided by a transverse shallow groove, longitudinally ribbed 
and very finely striated, the stria being inconspicuous to the naked 
eye and scarcely developed at all on the ribs; the latter are but 
little raised, arcuate, and divided at the upper part by the spiral 
furrow, and number about 24 on the penultimate whorl; cost on 
the last volution obsolete at the periphery : columella white, oblique 
at the base, straightish at the upper part; canal short, recurved, 
oblique. 

Length 25 millims., diameter 5. 

Variety. Shell more slender, similarly sculptured; spots on infra- 
sutural band dark brown ; rest of surface purplish brown, variegated 
with white patches. Length 29 millims.; breadth 42. (Fig. 1 a.) 

Hab. Station 1. Var., Japan. 

The brown spots on the white zone at the top of the whorls are 
somewhat distant from one another, of a transversely oblong sub- 
quadrate form. Below these are other less conspicuous spots placed 


184 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


under them, so that the upper series might be said to be subdivided 
by the spiral furrow which separates them. The general tone 
of the shell is light brown or fawn; but a few of the upper whorls 
are of a more or less lilac tint. The variety, from its slenderness 
and different coloration, appears at first sight almost specifically 
distinct ; its sculpturing, however, is of precisely the same character 
as that of the typical form. The painting of 7. alveolata, Hinds, 
resembles that of this species very much ; but its sculpture is a great 
deal coarser. 


3. TEREBRAJEFFREYSII. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.) 


Shell subulate, dirty yellowish, dotted and streaked with light 
brown. Whorls 13 to 14; the two nuclear ones proportionally very 
large, globose, white, shining; the rest flat, bearing numerous oblique, 
but little raised fine costae (about 20 on a whorl), and spirally striated, 
the striz cutting through the riblets and giving them a nodulousappear- 
ance: the strise number about five on a whorl; of these the two 
uppermost are twice as far apart as the three following, and con- 
sequently the spaces between them are wider and more conspicuous ; 
the ends of the coste cut off by the two uppermost striz are 
promineutly nodulous, and form two distinct series of granules, 
whereof the upper are more elongate than the lower. The body- 
whorl is but very faintly angied at the middle; the coste 
upon it terminate abruptly at that part, and are only continued 
to the base in a very obsolete manner ; thus the lower half of the 
whorl is comparatively smooth to the upper portion, and the spiral 
or concentric strize are also less pronounced than those above. The 
aperture is small, light brown, and exhibits traces of one or two pale 
narrow zones. The canal is short, oblique, and slightly recurved : 
the columella is straight or nearly so in the middle and oblique at 
the base, and covered with a thin, shining, whitish callosity. 

Length 25 millim., diam. 5. 

Hab. Stations 20 and 2). 

This species is remarkable on account of the unusually large size 
of the nuclear whorls. The colour is rather indistinct, as most of 
the specimens are more or less coated with a cretaceous deposit ; 
however, it appears to be luteous or dirty yellow, dotted with light © 
brown between the two series of nodules, and streaked with the same 
colour beneath, and the body-whorl has a pale zone at the middle. 


4, Terrepra Torquata, Adams & Reeve. 

Terebra torquata, Adams & Reeves, Voy. Samarang, p. 30, pl. 10. 
fig. 13; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. xii. fig. 69. 

Hab. Station 14. China Sea (4. Adams). 

This species must not be confounded with 7. fenestrata, Hinds. 
The latter is very similarly sculptured, but lacks the variegated 
painting of 7. torquata. 


5. TeREBRA TEXTILIS, Hinds. 
Terebra textilis, Hinds, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 156; id. Voy. Sulphur, 


1879.] | MR. &E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 185 


p- 34; id. Sowerby’s Thesaur. Con. vol. i. pl. 44. fig. 73; Reeve, 
Conch. Icon. vol. xii. fig. 130. 

Hab. Station 18. Philippines (Cuming); Straits of Macassar 
(Hinds) ; Ovalau, Fiji Islands (Macgillivray in Brit. Mus.). 


6. TEREBRA SUBTEXTILIS. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.) 


Shell subulate, entirely white: whorls probably about 22, the 
few apical ones being broken off; they are a little convex, finely 
ribved, and spirally grooved ; coste about 20 on a whorl, arcuate, 
constricted a little below their upper extremities by a spiral furrow, 
which in the interstices between the ribs is comparatively deeply 
pitted ; transverse strize rather deep, more or less obsolete on the coste, 
about ten in number on a whorl, whereof three are above the 
pitted sulcus, and the rest below it; the ribs on the last whorl are 
arcuate above and flexuous at the base, to which they attain; the 
lower part of the whorl is also transversely sulcated like the upper 
portion ; columella covered with a distinct callosity ; canal short, 
rather broad and recurved. 

Length 37 millims., diam. 6. 

Hab. Station 21. 

This species to a certain extent has the characters of 7’. tertilis, 
Hinds. From it, however, it may be known by its more convex and 
broader whorls, its greater size, and the more numerous spiral sulci 
or striz, which in this species are present on the infrasutural band 
as well as below the pitted groove, whilst in 7’. tertilis they only 
exist on the latter portion of the whorls, leaving the upper part plain, 
with the exception of the cut-off terminations of the costee. These 
striee are of different magnitudes, so that the interstices also vary in 
size and also in their degree of elevation. The scuipture of 7. poly- 
gyrata, Desh., is similar in character, but much finer. That, too, is 
a coloured species and smaller. 


7. TEREBRA TANTILLA, Smith. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.) 


Myurella tantilla, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, vol. xi. 
- 2/0. 
‘ Myurella pumilio, Smith, 1. c. p. 269. 

Hab. Station 21. Persian Gulf (Col. Pelly in Brit. Mus.). 

‘The specimens described under the name of 7. tantilla were in 
bad, faded condition ; and hence it was that the third band on the 
body-whorl escaped observation. JI am now convinced of the iden- 
tity of P. tantilla and T. pumilio. 


8. TEREBRA ALBOZONATA, Smith. (Plate XIX. fig. 5.) 
’ Terebra albozonata, Smith, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, vol. 
xv. p. 415; 2. c. 1877, vol. xix. p. 226. 

Hab. Station 27. Matoza Harbour (J. c.). 

It is satisfactory to have obtained a second, although young, ex- 
ample of this species agreeing perfectly with the type. 
_ 1 take this opportunity of changing the name of a species of 


186 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


Terebra described by me as granulosa in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. 1873, vol. xi. p. 268: I propose to call this interesting 
Japanese form 7’. pustulosa. 


9. PLEuRoTOMA FuscCA, var., Hombron & Jacquinot. 

Pleurotoma fusca, var., Hombron & Jacquinot, Voyage ‘au Pole 
Sud, Zoologie, vol. v. p. 111, pl. 25. figs. 19, 20. 

Shell fusiform, pale horn-colour, with a white band round the 
middle of the whorls, brownish at their upper part: whorls 10 ; first 
three convex, the rest strongly keeled above at the suture; beneath 
this keel they are concavely sloping, prominently carinated at the 
middle, the carina being white and bearing small close-set nodules ; 
beneath and above this series of nodules the whorls are ornamented 
with three or four spiral thread-like lire and oblique lines of growth; 
last whorl whitish at the lower extremity, with a brownish somewhat 
indistinctly defined band around the middle, and encircled with 
about 15 lirze below the white carina; mouth and canal occupying 
rather less than half the entire length of the shell; slitin the labrum 
small, situated at the termination of the prominent white keel ; canal 
narrow, produced, and a little recurved. 

Length 17 millims., diam. 5. 

Hab. Stations 1 and 21. “Torres Straits” (ombron §- Jac- 
quinot). 

Although in some respects like the Californian P. gemmata, 
Hinds, nevertheless, on comparison with that species, the present 
one appears sufficiently distinct for specific rank. It has a less 
slender spire and is strongly carinated beneath the suture, whilst P. 
gemmata is described by Hinds as having two small keels parallel 
with the suture; and Reeve (‘ Conchologia Iconica,’ i. sp. 83) refers 
to these keels as ‘‘two very distinct elevated lines.” A second, 
rather deep sinus is situated in the outer lip, about halfway between 
the suture and the caudal extremity. This character is not referred 
to by Hombron & Jacquinot; but if the labrum of their single spe- 
cimen were broken (and this is very possible, judging from the figure 
of it), of course the slit would not be present. ‘The name fusca 
has been employed earlier for a species in this family by C. B. Adams ; 
but as that belongs to a different section, I think it unadvisable to 
alter the name of the present. 


10. PrevroroMa MARMORATA, Lamarck. 

Pleurotoma marmorata, Kiener, Coq. Viv. pl. 6. fig. 11; Reeve, 
Conch. Icon. vol. i. fig. 21; jun. =P. Aastula, Reeve, U. ¢. fig. 139. 

Hab. Station 21. 

Other localities are :—the Straits of Malacca; Shanghai; Ticao, 
Philippines ; and Ovalau, Fiji Islands. 


11, PLEUROTOMA VERTEBRATA, Smith. (Plate XIX. figs. 6-6 a.) 


Hab. Stations 21 and 27. 
The description of this species in the ‘Annals and Magazine of 
Natural History,’ 1875, vol. xv. p. 416, was based upon specimens 


1879.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN, 187 


from the Persian Gulf (fig. 6). The Japanese examples (fig. 6') differ 
in a slight measure : they are a trifle narrower, have a very slightly 
more elongated canal; and the apex is brown instead of pale violet as 
in the typical form, In sculpture and colouring they are identical. 


12. PLeurotoma nironica. (Plate XIX. fig. 7.) 


Shell shortly fusiform, light brown: whorls 62; nucleus consist- 
ing of 13, rather large, globose, glassy shining ; the four whorls fol- 
lowing strongly keeled around the middle, concave above, with two 
or three fine spiral lirze, and also concave below the carina, margined 
at the upper and lower boundaries by a fine thread-like lira, arcu- 
ately or flexuously elevately striated above the carina, and obliquely, 
but in an opposite direction, beneath it ; the last whorl encircled be. 
neath the principal keel by about ten lirze, whereof the uppermost is 
the stoutest, the rest gradually becoming finer towards the base; the 
interstices between them crossed by elevated strize or lines of incre- 
ment. Aperture small, brownish, occupying about three sevenths 
of the entire length of the shell; slit situated in the concavity above 
the principal carination ; columella a little convex or prominent in 
the middle, and oblique below it ; canal short, scarcely recurved, 

Length 7 millims., width 23. 

Hab. Station 21. 

This pretty shell is recognizable by the strong central keel to the 
whorls, which are excavated above and below, and the raised striz 
on the upper portion are obliquely flexuous towards the right, whilst 
those below the carina are obliquely straight and inclined to the 
left. 


13. Prevroroma pirricius. (Plate XIX. fig. 8.) 


Shell shortly fusiform, brownish horn-colour, Whorls nearly flat, 
strongly keeled a little below the middle, and above at the suture, 
with one or two thread-like spiral liree in the spaces between these 
two carine and between the subcentral one and the suture below it ; 
lines of growth moderately distinct, raised, flexuous, and more or 
less oblique ; nucleus (or the three apical whorls) smooth, glassy, 
shining, convex; the fourth also convex and coarsely obliquely 
costate ; last whorl encircled by about ten coarsish lirse, whereof the 
three uppermost are equal in size to the submedian carina of the 
upper whorls, which falls just above them on this volution ; the in- 
terstices between them coarsely striated by the lines of growth. Aper- 
ture small, occupying three sevenths of the entire length ; columella 
brown, coated with a smooth enamel, oblique below the middle = slit 
above the submedian liration ; canal short, very little recurved. Oper- 
culum ovate, pointed at the base; nucleus apical. 

Length 7 millims., width 23. 

Hab. Stations 21 and 27. 

Of this species there are two specimens in the collection, In both 
there are two fine thread-like lire in the interstice between the upper 
and submedian keels on the last two whorls ; but the upper one gra- 
dually becomes obsolete on ascending the spire. The upper of the 


188 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


two fine lire: in the inframedian space also gradually disappears or 
attenuates on the upper whorls. 


14. PLevroToma TRiporcaTA. (Plate XIX. fig. 9.) 


Shell shortly fusiform, of a uniform pale brown or luteous tint. 
Whorls 9, the first globular, glassy, rather large, the rest encircled 
with three distinct keels: the uppermost is just beneath the suture ; 
the median one (the most prominent of all) is situate in the middle 
of the whorls, and the lowermost a little above the lower suture: the 
interstices between the carinations are finely latticed with spiral 
thread-like liree and raised incremental lines ; the former are about 
three or four in number in each of the interstitial spaces, and the 
latter very arcuate between the central and uppermost keel, and very 
oblique beneath the former: the body-whorl has about twelve addi- 
tional carine or lire, whereof the four uppermost are stouter and 
further apart than those beneath. Columella a little oblique and 
arcuate above the middle, more sloping below; labrum thin, very 
much produced in the middle, widely and deeply notched between 
the terminations of the uppermost and principal keels ; canal short, 
recurved. 

Length 14 millims., diam. 4}. 

Hab. Station 1. 

This is another species belonging to the same section of the genus 
Pleurotoma as the three preceding. ‘They are all sculptured with 
the same character of ornamentation; yet in detail it is very distinct, 
and they also show good differences in the nuclear whorls. 


15. PLEUROTOMA PATRUELIS, Smith. (Plate XIX. fig. 10.) 


Pleurotoma (——*) patruelis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
1875, vol. xv. p. 419. 

Hab. Gulf of Yedo, 103 fathoms. 

The specimen from the above locality agrees precisely with the 
type in colour and sculpture, but it is rather more robust. It is 
253 millims. long, and 8 broad. When describing this species I was 
unable to give any account of the labrum, as, unfortunately, it was 
broken away in the only specimen at hand. In the perfect shell 
it is thin, prominent in the middle, and broadly sinuated at the 
upper part in the concavity of the whorl. Columella a little oblique, 
covered with a callosity, thickest towards the base. Operculum sub- 
ovate, concentric, nucleus subcentral, but rather towards the inner 
or columellar side (fig. 10 a). 


16. Pievroroma consimiuis. (Plate XIX. fig. 11.) 


Shell ovately fusiform, turreted, pale fleshy brown. Whorls 8; the 
first globular, glassy, smooth, the rest concave above, angled at the 
middle and a little concave below the angle, longitudinally flexuously 
obsoletely plicated ; plicze obsoletely nodulous above at the suture, 
bearing larger nodules at the angle and two smaller ones beneath it ; 
nodules connected by spiral liree between the plicee, which are coarser 
than other intermediate fine spiral lirations ; the last whorl encircled 


1879.] MR. E.A.SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 189 


by about fourteen of these transverse lirze, whereof nearly all, with 
the exception of a few at the base, are more or less granular on the 
plicee. Aperture equalling about two fifths of the entire length of the 
shell, light brown ; fissure in the lip, below the suture, and above the 
nodulous angle, broad and moderately deep ; labrum thin, prominent 
in the middle, with a very shallow sinuation near the base, smooth 
and not lirate within; columella callous at the base; canal very 
short. Operculum elongate, rather acuminate at both ends; nucleus 
terminal. 

Length 18} millims., diam. 6}. 

Hab. Station 29. Also China Seas (Mus. Cuming). 

The style of sculpture of this species is’ considerably like that of 
P. metcalfei, Angas. However, the whorls are fewer, the nuclear 
one being larger, the last proportionally broader. The few lirations 
within the lip of that species are wanting in the present one; and the 
tubercles around the middle of the whorls are less oblong than in P. 
metcalfet. 


17. DriLLIA PERADMIRABILIS. (Plate XIX. fig. 12.) 


Shell robustly fusiform, whitish or yellowish white, stained with 
brown beneath the suture, and obscurely banded with the same 
colour about the middle of the last whorl, spotted and dotted with a 
lighter tint irregularly over the rest of the surface, but leaving a 
plain white zone at the angulation of the whorls and a second just 
above the median brown one on the last whorl; apex white. Volu- 
tions 84; one and a half nuclear smooth, globose; the rest concavely 
sloping above, then obtusely angled about the middle, rounded, and 
much contracted beneath, obliquely plicated and spirally lirated ; 
plice rounded, oblique, but little elevated, more or less obsolete at 
the upper part. Transverse liree most beautifully and finely granu- 
lated, separated by deep-cut striz of different sizes, those in the 
concavity of the whorls subequal and finer than those beneath, which, 
again, are not all of uniform tenuity ; on the penultimate whorl 
they number about 20, and on the last as many as 55; those around 
the lower part of the last whorl are pretty regularly alternately 
larger and small, the latter being the more granulous. The body- 
whorl is contracted at the lower part, and is destitute of the plicee 
on about a third of its extent near the lip. Aperture together with 
the canal a little less than half the length of the shell, brownish 
within, with a single white central zone, and a white patch parallel 
with the margins of the lip, corresponding to a stout exterior sub- 
marginal varix, and stained with dark brown between this and the 
thin prettily crenulated edge of the labrum, which is curved and very 
shallowly sinuated towards the base, and finely sulcated within, but 
at the edges; sinus deep, at the suture ; columelia a little oblique and 
tortuous, whitish, without markings or callosity, only furnished 
with a small whitish tripartite tubercle at the upper part, just a little 
below the sinus, and connected with the suture by a thin callus, 

Length 23 millims., diam. 73. 

Hab, Stations 1 and 32. 


190 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


The example of this most wonderfully sculptured species from 
the latter locality is a little darker in colour than the other. The 
marking on the upper part of the whorls and the bands on last volu- 
tion are of a dull purplish brown. 


18. Drinuia NAGASAKIENSIS. (Plate XIX. fig. 13.) 


Shell elongate, turreted, luteous. Whorls 9; two apical brown, 
smooth, convex; the rest keeled above at the suture, somewhat exca- 
vated beneath the carina, then convex at the sides, which contract 
inwards towards the base; they are closely ribbed and transversely 
grooved ; the coste are rounded, oblique, sixteen on the penultimate 
volution, and do not quite attain to the suture, but become obsolete 
in the sloping concavity above; the spiral ridges between the sulci 
number eight on the penultimate whorl; of these the three upper- 
most are very fine and situated in the concavity above, the rest are 
much coarser and subnodulous on the costze-; the latter are attenu- 
ated inferiorly on the last volution, and become obsolete a little 
below the middle; one of them near the tip is considerably enlarged 
in the form of a varix ; the spiral sulcation also extends over the 
entire surface. Aperture rather small, occupying a third of the entire 
length, light brown within; labrum thin, much produced and ar- 
cuated at the middle, broadly and deeply notched a little below the 
suture, and with a second shallow sinuation near the base ; columella 
suberect, smooth, coated with a thin callosity, terminating above at 
the sinus in the form of a tubercle; canal short, broad, but little re- 
curved. 

Length 17 millims., diam. 5. 

Hab. Station 26. 

This species has much the appearance of P. pyramidula of Reeve 
(Con. Icon. fig. 260). The whorls, however, are more convex at 
the sides and broader, and the lip is different. The cost are less 
numerous on the upper whorls than on the lower one, and they 
gradually become finer as the shell increases, so that those on the 
last volution are more slender than those on the upper part of the 
spire. 


19. Drini1a LonetispirA. (Plate XIX. fig. 14.) 


Shell slender, fusiform, whitish, banded with brown between the 
cost ; zones two in number on the upper whorl—one a little below 
the upper suture, and the other at the base. Whorls 10, the two 
first smooth, convex, the rest somewhat excavated above, obtusely 
angled at the middle, obliquely costate and spirally striated ; ribs 
about six on a whorl, oblique, subnodose at the middle, attenuating 
at both extremities and not reaching to the upper suture ; transverse 
strie rather coarse, minutely decussated by the flexuous lines of 
growth ; last whorl with a third brown zone below the middle. 
Aperture whitish within, ornamented with the three exterior bands, 
occupying about four elevenths of the entire length of the shell; sinus 
deep, situated in the upper part of the lip, which is thin, has a 
second shallow sinuation near the base, and is much produced and 


1879. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. i¥l 


arcuate in outline in the middle; columella straightish, but a trifle 
oblique, covered with a thin callosity terminating in a tubercle at its 
junction with the upper extremity of the labrum ; canal short, re- 
curved. 

Length 164 millims., diam. 43. 

Hab. Station 13. 

This slender species is well characterized by the brown bands, 
which are interrupted by the oblique ribs. The spiral striation is 
rather coarse. 


2U. Dritia saponica, Lischke. (Plate XIX. fig. 15.) 

Drilla japonica, Lischke, Japanische Meeres-Conch. i. p. 32. 

Hab. Station 27. Nagasaki (Lischke). 

The number of whorls is rather underestimated by Lischke, whose 
two specimens were mutilated at the apex, and had but six remaining 
volutions. ‘The two examples in the present collection have eleven 
each, whereof the two nuclear ones are brown, smooth, and shining ; 
the rest are a little constricted at the upper part, and then rather 
convex. Both of these shells and also a third in the Cumingian Col- 
lection display two or three transverse series of more or less distinct 
whitish granules ; a little below the middle of the last whorl they form 
an ill-defined band terminating in the white spot near the base of 
the labrum, which at this point has a second shallow sinus. 


21. DrinxiA opLtiauaTA, Reeve, var. 

Pleurotoma obliquata, Rve. Conch. Icon. i. fig. 262. 

Hab. Station 21. —? (Reeve); Ceylon and Singapore (Mus. 
Cuming) ; var. from Persian Gulf (Colonel Pelly). 

The single shell of this species is not full-grown, and differs from 
the normal form in having a series of white dots on the ribs, in place 
of the band round the middle of the whorls. In describing this 
species, Reeve omitted to notice the presence of a transverse row of 
minute white dots situated on the costz a little below the middle of 
the body-whorl, the end or cauda of which is encircled by about five 
oblique lirze ; columella smooth, very slightly oblique, covered with 
a callosity terminating in a large tubercle at the upper end of the 
labrum, and aiding in forming the large rounded sinus; labrum thin 
at the edge, with a large swollen varix some distance behind, and 
with a second slight emargination near the base. 


22. DriturA suBsosLiauaTa. (Plate XIX. fig. 16.) 


Shell acuminately ovate, light brown, with a narrow white zone a 
little below the middle of the whorls, and a second, less distinct and 
subinterrupted one a little below the middle of the body-whorl : 
whorls 9, two nuclear smooth, convex, white, the rest concave at 
top, thin, convex at the sides, obliquely costated and finely transversely 
lirated; costze rather fine, 14 on the penultimate whorl, subnodose 
a little above the middle, where the concavity of the whorl commences, 
attenuated at the upper extremity, and becoming obsolete about the 
middle of the body-whorl ;_ the spiral lirze are not conspicuous, rather 


192 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


far apart, and are not found in the excavation at the upper part of 
the volutions: aperture small, occupying rather more than a third of 
the entire length; sinus deep, inferior simuation very shallow ; canal 
very wide, not recurved ; columella covered with a pale brownish 
callosity, tuberculated at the upper extremity. 

Length 18 millims., diam. 6. 

Hab. Station 15. 

This species is closely affined to P. obliquata, Reeve. It differs 
in being more slender, has a narrower concave portion at the top of 
the whorls, and consequently longer rounded sides; the costze are 
more numerous and less produced inferiorly on the last volution; and 
the surface, with the exception of the upper or depressed part of the 
whorls, is ornamented with fine subdistant lirule, which in obliquata 
are altogether wanting ; the basal canal, too, is broader, and the la- 
brum has not the large swollen varix behind it which is characteristic 
of Reeve’s species, 


23. DrituiA CANDENS. (Plate XIX. fig. 17.) 


Shell shortly subfusiform, entirely white, shining, subpellucid : 
whorls 8, two nuclear ones large, globose, smooth, the rest rather 
bulging towards the lower part, and a little constricted above, ob- 
liquely ribbed and striated by the lines of growth ; costz stouter on 
the upper whorls than on the last, on which they are obsolete at the 
middle; they are very oblique and flexuous ; the lower part of the 
body-whorl is sculptured with fine oblique grooves, which by degrees 
are less distinct on the upper portion; sinus very wide and deep, inferior 
sinus slight; columella but little oblique, sinuous, covered with a 
white shining enamel, with a small tubercle at the upper extremity ; 
canal broad, very short, and not recurved, 

Length 12 millims., diam. 43. 

Hab. Stations 1 and 15. 

This is a very pretty species, of a diaphanous white tint, a little 
more opaque just beneath the suture. Besides the fine lines of growth, 
other striz in a transverse direction, and equally fine, can be dis- 
covered in parts under a powerful lens. For such a small shell the 
sinus is remarkably large and deep; the apical whorls, too, are pro- 
portionally large. 


24. Driuyia RARICosTATA. (Plate XIX. fig. 18.) 


Shell elongate, shining, horny brown: whorls 8, two apical trans- 
versely keeled and angled round the middle; the rest concavely 
excavated above, convex below, coarsely obliquely plicated, and some- 
what margined beneath the suture; plice abruptly terminating at 
the concavity, eight on a whorl, very oblique, gradually shorter on as- 
cending the spire, so that the upper rather acute ends fall about the 
middle of the whorls; cost on last whor! obsolete at the base, which 
is obliquely grooved: aperture very small, about one third as long 
as the whole shell; sinus deep, inferior sinuation shallow; labrum 
thin, curved and prominent, with a swollen varix some distance be- 
hind the margin ; columella scarcely oblique, but slightly sinuous, 


1879.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 193 


covered with a callosity, tuberculated above at the suture; canal 
very short and a little recurved. 

Length 10 millims., diam. 31. 

Hab. Station 26. 

This species is remarkable for the abrupt and acute termination of 
cost above. 


25. Driwuia rnTERMACULATA. (Plate XIX. fig. 19.) 

Shell shortly fusiform, shining, subpellucid, white, with two trans- 
verse series of brownish-yellow dots between the ribs on the upper 
whorls and four on the last. Whorls 7, two nuclear ones simple, 
smooth, convex, the others concave at the upper part and convexish 
beneath, ornamented with oblique rounded cost, which become 
obsolete above, not attaining to the suture, twelve in number on a 
whorl; those on the body-whorl less strongly developed, especially 
near the labrum, and not extending downwards below the middle. 
Aperture occupying about two fifths of the entire length ; sinus deep, 
lower sinuation slight ; columella arcuate, with a tubercle at the 
suture ; canal very short, wide, and not recurved. 

Length 10+ millims., diam. 33. 

Hab. Station 31. 

The painting of this pretty shell is very characteristic; the upper- 
most series of dots is situated between the ribs just about where they 
become obsolete, the second row at the middle of the body-whorl, 
and the two following at equal distances below. 


26. Drinira numiuis. (Plate XIX. fig. 20.) 


Shell fusiformly ovate, chocolate-brown at the base of the whorls 
and lighter above, indistinctly banded with white round their middle, 
the band being most conspicuous on the ribs, which are also white at 
their upper extremities. Whorls 8; two apical smooth, convex, rather 
large, the rest considerably excavated above and rather bulgingly con- 
vex inferiorly and obliquely ribbed ; cost nine in number on the pen- 
ultimate whorl, subobsolete in the concavity at the upper part of the 
whorl, and again nodulous at the suture; last whorl with a trans- 
verse series of white dots on the coste a little below the middle ; ribs 
gradually attenuating downwards, not extending quite to the extreme 
base ; the latter, or cauda, is sculptured with about six oblique fine 
grooves. Aperture small, brown, white at the sinus and at the 
termination of the series of dots a little below the middle; sinus 
large, deep, rounded, in the concavity, lower sinuation slight; lip 
thin, arcuate, produced, with a large tumid varix at a little distance 
from the margin; columella a trifle oblique, coated with a smooth 
brown callus, adjoining the suture in the form of a tubercle; canal 
very short, broad, and not recurved. 

Length 9 millims., diam. 33. 

Hab. Station 5. 

This species at a first glance has the appearance of a dwarfed D. 
obliquata (Reeve), but when closelyexamined proves specifically dis- 
tinct. It has fewer volutions, whereof the apical ones are propor- 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. XIII. 13 


194 MR. E. A, SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


tionally much larger; the form is less robust, and the colouring is 
different in detail. 


27. Dritiia FLAvVoNoDULOsA. (Plate XIX. fig. 21.) 


Shell solid, ovately fusiform, pale fleshy white, banded with yellow 
on a series of nodules around the lower half of the whorls, stained 
with reddish brown between the nodules, with a second series of 
yellow gemmules, with a reddish-brown lira beneath it, situated a little 
below the middle of the body-whorl. Whorls 73, apical ones large, 
the rest undulately carinated above at the suture, then concave, 
coarsely ribbed and spirally lirate ; two of the lire (in all six in 
number) are vastly stouter than the rest, and on crossing the ribs 
form two distinct series of nodules around the lower part of the 
whorls ; the other liree above and below these are fine and thread- 
like; beneath the sutural wavy keel on the last whorl are three fine 
liree ; then follow nine of the coarse nodulous ones ; and around the 
basal extremity or cauda, which is brownish, are about six finer ones. 
Aperture small, a little more than one third the entire length of the 
specimen ; labrum not thickened, rather deeply sinuated in the con- 
cavity at the upper part of the whorl; columella smooth, a trifle 
oblique, very slightly tortuous, covered with a moderately thick livid 
enamel; canal very short. 

Length 93 millims., width 3. 

Hab. Station 22. 

This is a solid species, peculiarly coloured, and readily known by 
the coarse granules. It belongs to the same group as P. inconstans, 
another Japanese form described by me in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. in 1875. 


28, DrILLIA FORTILIRATA. (Plate XIX. fig. 22.) 


Shell elongated, horny or dirty white, stained with brown or pur- 
plish brown at the extremity of the last whorl. Whorls 12, a little 
convex, rather coarsely clathrated by longitudinal costz and trans- 
verse ridges ; costa alittle oblique, rounded, ten or eleven ona whorl; 
spiral liree very prominent, compressedly subnodulous on crossing 
the ribs, undulating or festooned, five or six in number, whereof the 
uppermost (which borders the suture) is especially developed ; last 
whorl concave below the middle, at which point the ribs terminate, 
and encircled by about nine fine thread-like lire. Aperture small, 
brownish within, equalling about two sevenths of the entire length of 
the shell; labrum thickened by the last costa, lirate internally, with a 
small sinus a little below the suture; columella coated with a thin 
brown callosity, obliquely sinuous, smooth, without lire or granules ; 
canal short, oblique, faintly recurved, broadish. 

Length 14 millims., width 33. 

Hab. Stations 21 and 14. 

The liree within the lip may not be a character of much specific 
value, as they are only observable in one of the four specimens 
before me, 


1879.| MR. E. A, SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 195 


29. Drivuia sUBAURIFORMIS. (Plate XIX. fig. 23.) 


Shell elongate, narrow, yellowish white, banded at the suture with 
purplish brown, and the lower half of the body-whorl of the same 
colour. Whorls 10; the two or three apical ones smooth, convex ; 
the rest convex, sometimes exhibiting a slight angulation at a little 
distance from the top, obliquely costate and spirally lirate; cost 
about fourteen on a whorl, rounded, varying somewhat in thickness 
in dfferent specimens ; lirze also subject to variation in number and 
stoutness, usually five or six in number, but sometimes as many as 
eight ; on crossing the coste they are a little thickened, producing 
a somewhat granulous effect; on the last whorl there are from 
eighteen to twenty liree, whereof those around the base are smooth 
and simple, as they do not cross the riblets, which terminate a little 
below the middle of the whorl. Aperture varying in length in pro- 
portion to that of the entire shell, sometimes occupying a little more 
and in other specimens a trifle less than one third of it; labrum stained 
with brown, thickened exteriorly, denticulated or lirate within, and 
widely sinuated just below the suture; columella transversely lirate 
(this character is only apparent in quite adult shells, and then not 
obviously); canal short, narrow. 

Length 9} millims., diam. 2%. Larger specimens are 123 long 
and 33 broad. 

Hab. Station 21. 

This species has for its nearest ally Defrancia tecta, Dunker. 
It is, however, more elongate, and apparently, judging from Dunker’s 
description and figure, differently coloured. The small and larger 
forms of this species agree in all respects with the exception of size. 


30. Dritxuia TEXTA, Dunker. 


Defrancia texta, Dunker, Maiakozool. Blat. 1859, vol. vi. p. 225 ; 
Moll. Japonica, p. 2, pl. i. fig. 19. 

Hab. Station 22. 

Little can be added to the excellent diagnosis of this species given 
by Dunker. The number of whorls in the specimen which I con- 
sider belongs to this species, from the above locality, is eight. The 
two nuclear are glassy, smooth, and convex; the rest are convex, 
with a slight tendency to angulation or shouldering at the upper 
part. Besides the colouring noticed by Dunker, the whorls are 
stained beneath the suture with light brown, in which respect it 
agrees with the preceding species (sudauriformis), and in fact might 
almost be considered an extreme variety of it. 


31. DrinLiaA GRACILENTA, var., Reeve. (Plate XIX, fig. 24.) 


Pleurotoma gracilenta, Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 114. 

Var. =P. contracta, Reeve, J. c. sp. 116. 

Var. =P. fusoides, Reeve, l.c. fig. 349. 

Shell narrow, subfusiform, elongate, whitish, banded at the suture 
and around the middle and base of the last whorl with orange-red. 
Whorls 7, the first two smooth, very convex, shining 5 the rest 

13 


196 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


longitudinally and a trifle obliquely costate and transversely lirate, 
sloping at the upper part and a little convex below; the coste on 
the upper whorls are coarser and fewer than on the body-whorl, which 
has about twenty, attenuated below, and not quite attaining to the 
base: the spiral liree are four in number on the upper whorl, two 
principal ones with a smaller one between them around the middle, 
and the fourth below at the suture ; on the body-whorl they number 
about sixteen. The entire surface under the microscope is seen to be 
minutely cancellated by the lines of growth and excessively slender 
spiral strie. Aperture narrow, almost half the length of the shell, 
white within; lip thin at the edge, thickened both interiorly and 
without, and blotched with orange-red on both sides, the spots being 
the terminations of the transverse bands, without teeth or liree ; 
columella smooth, almost rectilinear, but inclining a little obliquely ; 


sinus well defined, semicircular, situated in the labrum close to the 
suture. 


Length 8 millims., width 24. 

Hab. Station 18. Philippine Islands (Cuming). 

The specimen above described resembles almost exactly the variety 
contracta, the figure of which in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica’ is not at 


all good, the whorls being much too angular and the spiral line 
scarcely traceable. 


32. DeFRANCIA GRACILISPIRA. (Plate XIX. fig. 25.). 


Shell slender, fusiform, dirty yellowish, faintly banded with livid 
brown between the coste near the top of the whorls, and stained with 
the same colour from the middle of the last whorl downwards. Whorls 
12; three nuclear convex, minutely reticulated with raised obliquely 
crossing lines ; the rest very convex, with a slight concavity, sculp- 
tured with distinct arcuate short raised lines beneath the suture, also 
bearing slender oblique costelle (13 on the penultimate whorl), 
which are crossed by transverse lire ; these are four to six on the 
upper whorl, nodulous on the riblets ; nodules compressed, subacute ; 
last whorl convex above, slender below the middle; at this point 
the costelle are becoming obsolete; and thence downwards the 
whorl is transversely obliquely lirate ; the lire are simple, subequal, 
and rather close together. Aperture narrow, occupying about four 
elevenths of the entire length; labrum imperfect, probably incrassated 
as in the European D. gracilis of Montagu; sinus at the suture ; 
columella obliquely tortuous ; canal rather long, narrow, somewhat re- 
curved. 

Hab. Station 27. 

The slender form, the delicate riblets, the shallow excavation at 
the upper part of the volutions, and their convexity are the prin- 
cipal distinctive characters of this interesting shell. It belongs to 
the genus Defrancia as restricted by Jeffreys for species with the 
sinus in the suture and with the apical whorls minutely reticulated. 


33. DAPHNELLA? FUSCOBALTEATA. (Plate XIX. fig. 26.) 
Shell ovately fusiform, yellowish, pale violet or lilac towards the 


1879.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 197 


apex, banded with light brown, one band at the top of the whorls 
darker than the rest. Whorls 9? (apex broken), obliquely sloping 
at the upper part, and slightly convex at the sides, strengthened 
with longitudinal suberect rounded coste, whereof there are 12 on 
the penultimate whorl and about 16 on the last (those towards the 
labrum being finer), gradually vanishing a little below the middle; 
between the more slender ribs there are a few fine intermediate ones, 
but this may only be an individual peculiarity ; the whorls are also 
transversely lirate ; lire of different thicknesses, numerous, raised 
equally between and upon the coste, fewer and coarser upon the 
upper whorls, and about 30 on the body-whorl. Aperture rather 
narrow, less than half the length of the shell, exhibiting the same 
banded colours as the exterior ; labrum thickened within and ex- 
teriorly, thin at the extreme edge, smooth interiorly ; sinus small a¢ 
the suture ; columella simple, obliquely flexuous; canal a trifle ob- 
lique and slightly recurved. 

Length 12 millims., width 33. 

Hab. Station 21. 

This species belongs to a section of Pleurotoma which includes 
saturata, Reeve, subula, Reeve, allibalteata, Reeve, and afew others. 


34. Dapuneia? supzonata. (Plate XIX. fig. 27.) 


Shell elongate, dull lightish brown, more or less distinctly banded 
at the middle of the whorls, with opaque white lines interrupted 
by dark brown dots or short lines ; sometimes marked with opaque 
white streaks just beneath the suture, and with a second less apparent 
transverse band around the lower part of the last volution. Whorls 
11 ; apical ones minutely reticulated ; the rest convex, divided by an 
oblique suture, longitudinally costate, and transversely closely 
lirate ; costee rounded, a little oblique, 16 on the penultimate, and 
fewer on the preceding whorls ; spiral liree equally elevated on and 
between the ribs, about 12 on the penultimate, and, like the coste, 
gradually fewer on the upper whorls; the entire surface micro- 
scopically reticulated. Aperture rather broad, somewhat of the 
same colour as the exterior, but a little clouded ; lip arcuate, mode- 
rately thickened, with a small sinus a¢ the suture, smooth within ; 
columella suberect, a little oblique at the lower end, smooth; canal 
rather wide, short, but very little recurved. 

Length 17 millims., width 5. 

Hab. Station 27. 

Allied to Pleurotoma albibalteata, Reeve, but narrower, with less- 
swollen whorls, of a different colour, and with the characters of the 


aperture and lip not agreeing. 


35. DAPHNELLA? sATURATA, Reeve. 

Pleurotoma saturata, Rve. Con. Icon. vol. i. sp. 213. 

Hab. Station 27. Corrigidor, Philippines (Cuming). 

This specimen is a little lighter in colour than the type. The 
whorls in all examples are somewhat convex and have a narrow fur- 
row just beneath the raised margin at the top; they are 9 in 


198 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18 


number, the three apical ones being very much rounded and mi- 
nutely reticulated by raised lines, oblique in opposite directions. This 
oblique reticulation is found in Defrancia as limited by Jeffreys 
(Brit. Conch. iv. p. 361), and also in Daphnella of Hinds. 


36. DarPHNELLA FRAGILIS, Reeve, var. 

Pleurotoma fragilis, Reeve, Cou. Icon. sp. 179. 

Var.=P. lymneeformis, Rve. Con. Icon. sp. 325. 

Non P. lymneiformis, Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 62, pl. 22. fig. 3. 

Hab. Philippine Is. (Reeve). 

The Japanese specimen is much smaller than the type of this 
species, having a length of only 10 millims. However, in form and 
sculpture the differences are but very trifling. Its spire is certainly 
less acutely conical, and the reticulation of the surface proportionally 
coarser, in these respects approaching Daphnella interrupta of Pease 
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 147), a Sandwich-Island form. In truth 
the gradation from one species to the other is so subtle, that I fail at 
present to perceive any other differences except of size, stoutness of 
the spire, and the solidity of the labrum in interupta. 


37. MANGILIA RoBUSTICosTATA. (Plate XIX. fig. 28.) 


Shell ovately fusiform, light brown, whitish at the base of the 
Pody-whorl and labrum. Whorls 6; the apical one and half 
the succeeding forming the nucleus, globose, large, smooth; the 
rest turreted, angulated at the upper part at a short distance from 
thesuture, beneath the angulation, which is rounded, sloping inward, 
so that they are much narrower at the lower part than at the angle, 
obliquely costate, and striated by the incremental lines; cost 
very thick (12 on the penultimate whorl), subacute at their edge, 
and almost adjacent to one another at their bases, thinner and at 
times sublamellar at the upper extremities, and very obliquely 
flexuous from the angle downwards ; on the last volution they gra- 
dually become obsolete below the middle. Aperture small, livid 
brown within, except near the lip, where it is whitish; labrum thin 
at the extreme edge, strengthened exteriorly by the last well-developed 
costa, which is white with a single livid-brown spot a little below 
the middle; sinus scarcely discernible ; columella smooth, slightly 
oblique, subrectilinear, covered with a thin callosity which unites at 
the upper extremity with the termination of the labrum; canal 
very short. 

Length 61 millims., width 23. 

Hab, Japan. sive 

This species, like the British WM. septangularis, exhibits but a very 
small sinuation in the labrum. 


38. Lacuesis saponica, A. Adams. (Plate XX. fig. 29.) 

Lachesis japonica, A. Ad, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, vol. 
v. p. 411. 

Hab. Station 2. “ Off Mino-Sima, 63 fms.” (4. Ad.). 

The largest specimen of this species in the Museum is 12 millims. 


1879.] MR. E. A, SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 199 


long and 4 broad. Adams describes ‘the colour as ‘fuscous. The 
only fresh specimen that I have seen is of a dirty transparent white 
tint, blotched with light brown at intervals beneath the suture, and 
indistinctly banded with the same colour a little below the middle of 
the last whorl, leaving a light zone above it which is visible within 
the aperture. The cancellation of the surface is composed of about 
20 longitudinal arcuate costee on the penultimate, crossed by six 
transverse lire, rather finer than the costa, on crossing which they 
are very prettily nodulous ; this cancellation extends over the greater 
portion of the body-whorl; and the ribs not being produced quite to 
the extremity, the cauda is only transversely grooved or lirate. 
The lip is somewhat thickened exteriorly, thin and crenulate at the 
margin, arcuate and very faintly sinuated near the suture, and fur- 
nished within with about 10 short fine lirze at a little distance from the 
extreme edge. Columella whitish, only slightly flexuous, and a trifle 
oblique, covered with a thin smooth callosity which abruptly limits 
the clathrated surface of the whorl. Adams remarks that “the 
spire is as long again as the aperture.’ This is apparently a slight 
exaggeration, since in the most elongated specimen in the collection 
it only occupies +5 of the entire length. 


39. Murex soprinus, A. Adams. (Plate XX. fig. 30. 

Murex sobrinus, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 370. 

Shell subclavately fusiform, whitish, with two reddish-brown 
bands interrupted by whitish costz ; one, the broader of them, rather 
below the middle of the upper whorls, and the other beneath the 
convexity of the last. Whorls 7; the two apical smooth, rounded ; 
the rest convex, subangled above, trivaricose, tricostate between the 
varices and spirally lirated ; liree about eight on a whorl, those on 
the upper part finer than the inferior ones, which are compressedly 
nodulous on crossing the costez and varices; the latter bear a single, 
shortish, upward-directed spine at the subangulation of the volu- 
tions; the upper whorls seem to be pretty constantly destitute of 
spines ; the last whorl has a second shorter spine on the varices a 
little below the middle of the convex part, and two still smaller ones 
somewhat lower down, those on the antepenultimate varix falling 
opposite the lower end of the oval aperture, and those on the last a 
short distance below it on the right; lower part of the last whorl, 
with the exception of the end of the cauda, obliquely,-finely, and 
rather rugosely lirate. Aperture roundly ovate, bluish white, two- 
banded ; peritreme thin, produced ; canal stained with brown behind, 
long, slender, a little oblique, very much closed, rather more than 
half'as long as the entire shell. Operculum (fig. 3 a) reddish brown, 
composed of coarse concentric layers ; nucleus nearly terminal. 

Length 36 millims., diam. 11; aperture 7 long, and 4} broad. 

Hab. Stations 3 and 30. ‘*Satanomosaki, 55 fathoms; Goto, 
48 fathoms ; Kuro-Sima, 29 fathoms” (4. Adams). 

This appears to be a species which does not attain to a large size, 
and is remarkable for the fewness and smallness of the spines. Of 
the spiral liree three are generally more prominent than the rest. 


200 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


40. Murex (Puyiionorus) FALcatus, Sowerby. 


Hab. Stations 9 and 17. 
For synonymy and distribution of this species consult Lischke’s 
‘ Japonische Meeres-Conchylien,’ 11. p. 30. 


41. Murex (CERASTOMA) EMARGINATUS, Sowerby. 


Murex emarginatus, Conch. Illust. figs. 98-100 ; Reeve, Conch. 
Icon. iii. f. i. 

Hab. Stations 4 and 11. Kiusiu (Lischke). 

The operculum is subpyriform, having the nucleus at the outer 
side at a short distance from the lower or smaller extremity. On 
the lower surface it has a smooth thickening along the outer edge, 
and the marks of muscular attachment consist of a few narrow 
concentric layers placed obliquely crossways. It is of a reddish- 
brown colour, paler at the outer margin. 


42. Murex (CERAsTomA) rorirLuvus, Adams & Reeve. 


Murex rorifluus, Ad. & Reeve, Voy. Samarang, p. 38, pl. viii. 
f. 2a, 2 6. 


Murex monachus, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1862, vol. x. p. 55, 
pl. 1. fig. 8. 

Hab. Station 4. Bay of Talienwhan, N. China (Crosse); Tsau- 
lian (A. Adams, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 373); Nagasaki (Lischke). Korean 
archipelago (Samarang). 

Crosse refers to the similarity of his species to M. rorifluus. The 
type of the latter is now in the Museum, and appears to me a very 
worn specimen of the same species described as monachus. 

The specimen figured by Crosse is in bad condition and does not 
truly represent the usual character of the colour of Japanese speci- 
mens. In these the ground-colour is a dark chocolate-brown, which 
is interrupted by narrow transverse whitish lines, two in number on 
the upper whorls, and varying from four to eight on the last ; they 
are a trifle elevated, especially upon the varices. The latter vary in 
number, sometimes being four on a whorl and sometimes five. All 
the eleven specimens from the Goto Islands are smaller than those 
from Talienwhan, and rather narrower. Owing to the bad state of 
the shells, Crosse was not enabled to notify the presence of a very 
short tooth-like projection near the base of the labrum. It is very 
small, but still is constant in all perfect shells. The operculum is 
almost precisely the same as that of the preceding species. 


43. Murex (MuricipEA) cirrosus, var., Hinds. 

Murex cirrosus, Hinds, P. Z. 8. 1843, p. 128; Voy. Sulphur, 
3. p. 9, pl. 3. f. 17, 18; Reeve, Conch. Icon. i. fig. 138. 

Hab. Station 2. Straits of Macassar (Hinds) ; Andaman Islands 
(Capt. Wilmer). 

The single specimen obtained by Capt. St. John off the coast of 
the Goto Islands is remarkable for the manner in which the trans- 
verse lirze at the upper part of the whorl are produced at the varices 


1879.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 201 


into an upturned ard curved hollow hook. Its canal too, like some 
examples from the Andaman Islands described by me (P. Z.S. 
1878), is rather elongate, and directed to the left, or in an opposite 
direction to that of the type. Notwithstanding these differences, 
and a few other slight ones, I feel convinced that they all belong to 
one and the same species. 


44. Murex (OcinesrRa) rimpriatuLus, A. Adams. (Plate 
XX. fig. 31.) 

Trophon fimbriatulum, A. Adams, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 375. 

Shell turgidly subfusiform, turreted, fawn or light reddish, with 
a narrow interrupted brown band a little above the middle of the last 
whorl and almost obsolete above, and dark brown at the apex. 
Whorls 7, the two apical smooth, the rest sloping at the upper part 
and rather convex beneath, longitudinally nodosely plicated and 
spirally ridged ; coste or plicee attenuated at the top of the whorls, 
rounded, about eleven on a whorl; on the last subnodose at the 
upper part or shoulder, attenuated and becoming obsolete inferiorly ; 
spiral liree about nine in number on the upper volutions, whereof the 
upper three or four on the slope are finer than those beneath, which 
appear at intervals to be somewhat imbricately scaled; last whorl 
rather suddenly contracted below the middle, with about twenty- 
eight transverse lirz, the interstices being moderately deep. Aper- 
ture ovate, pale pinkish or flesh-colour within; labrum thin and 
crenulated at the margin, strengthened with a strong imbricated 
exterior varix, extending downwards almost to the extremity of the 
cauda; columella arcuate, pale rose; canal closed, as long as the 
aperture, curved to the right, slightly retroverted and brown at the 
tip. 

Length 19 millims., diam. 74. 

Hab. Station 15. 

Like Murex japonicus of Dunker, this species is remarkable for 
the absence of varices, with the exception of the postlabral one, in 
which respect it calls to mind certain species of Tritonium—for 
example, 7’. strangei, A. Adams and Angas; but in that and other 
allied species the canal is not closed. 


45. TRopHon, sp. 


Hab. Station 21. 

This shell, I believe, is the young state of an undescribed species. 
It is subpyriform, white, purple at the apex, longitudinally plicate, 
and very beautifully spirally lirate, the lira: being most prettily im- 
bricately scaled. The aperture, together with the canal, occupies 
two thirds of the entire length (10 millims.). 


46. URosaLpinx INNOTABILIS. (Plate XX. fig. 32.) 


Shell ovately or shortly fusiform, whitish, with two transverse 
somewhat interrupted brown lines on the last whorl, the upper one 
of which is visible on the upper volutions. Whorls 9; two apical 
smooth, convex; the rest turreted, concave at the upper part, then 


202 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


rather strongly angulated at the middle; beneath with convex out- 
lines, but sloping or contracted inwards, thus being narrower at the 
base than at the angle, stoutly plicate and coarsely spirally ridged ; 
plicee or costee about nine on a whorl, equal in width to the inter- 
stices between them, becoming thinner or more or less obsolete in 
the concavity, on the last whorl attenuated below and produced to 
the extremity ; transverse lirse stout, four or five beneath the angu- 
lation, prominent on the ribs, and the same number above the ecari- 
nation, rather finer than the preceding, about twenty in number on 
the body-whorl ; the interstices between are deep, about as broad as 
the ridges, all of which are finely and somewhat closely imbricately 
sealed. Aperture half the length of the shell, white within, exhi- 
biting about six tubercles near the labrum; columella smooth, 
covered with a thin white callosity, only a trifle oblique, tortuous 
below the middle ; canal short, reflexed. 

Length 20 millims., diam. 10. 

Operculum with a lateral subterminal nucleus exteriorly. 

Hab. Station 27. 

This species is a close relation of Zrophon paiva, Crosse, and 
Trophon hanleyi, Angas, which two species, judging from the shells 
alone, might conveniently be placed in Stimpson’s genus Urosalpina ; 
but the operculum of both is fusoid, although not quite typical, and 
the odontophores have not been examined ; therefore I prefer locating 
them provisionally in the genus Fusus. Murex caleareus, Dunker 
(Moll. Jap. p. 5, pl. 1, f. 2), also approaches this species very 
closely. 


47. Fusus NODOSO-PLICATUS, Dunker. 


Fusus nodosoplicatus, Dunker, Novitates Conchologice, Abtheil. 
il. p. 99, pl. 33. f.3,4; Lischke, Japan. Meer.-Conch, ii. pl. 3. f. 6, 
variety. 

Hab. Station 8*. Nagasaki (Lischhe). 

48. Fusus rerreLtexus, A. Adams. 


Fusus perplexus, A. Adams, Journ. Linn. Soc. 1864, vol. vii. 
p- 106. 

F. inconstans, Lischke, Japan. Meeres-Conch. i. pl. 2. f. 1-6, 
part il. pl. 3. f. 1-5; Schacko, Jahrbiicher der deutsch. malak. 
Gesellschaft, 1874, p. 115, pl. 6. f. 1-1 d (radula). 

Hab. Stations 9 and 10. 

I have no doubt of the identity of Lischke’s shell with this species, 
for specimens of it in the Cumingian collection, probably received 
by Cuming from A. Adams, answer exactly the description in the 
‘Japan. Meeres-Conchylien.’ 


49. Fusus nierrrostratus. (Plate XX. fig. 33.) 

Shell fusiform, brownish, much streaked with very dark brown or 
black, especially between the plications, with white transverse lire 
upon them ; rostrum of the last whorl purplish black. Whorls 9, 
obliquely tabulated and a little concave above, then acutely angu- 


1879.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 203 


lated, contracted to the base, longitudinally plicate, and prominently 
spirally ridged ; plicze suberect, becoming obsolete above the angu- 
lation, ten on the penultimate whorl ; transverse lire of different 
thicknesses, two around the middle and one at the lower suture of 
the whorls specially prominent, forming acute compressed transverse 
nodules upon the costz ; about fourteen on the upper whorls, all 
subgranose through being crossed by deep strize of growth; on the 
body-whorl there is a fourth especially prominent lira falling within 
the aperture, just beneath the upper extremity of the labrum. Aper- 
ture bluish or purplish within, with the dark streaks of the exterior 
showing through, together with the canal equal to half the length 
of the shell ; columella arcuate and whitish or livid above, oblique 
and purplish black below the middle; canal oblique, of moderate 
length, only a trifle reflexed. 

Length 50 millims., diam. 17 

Hab. Station 29. 

The epidermis of this interesting form is of a brown colour, lon- 
gitudinally, finely, and exceedingly closely lamellated, bearing upon 
the transverse liree minute acute productions somewhat resembling 
short hairs. 


50. Fusus nreonicus. (Plate XX. fig. 34.) 


Shell fusiform, brownish white or sordid yellowish, stained at the 
upper part of the whorls with brown, and ornamented with a narrow 
zone of the same colour around the middle of the last whorl. Whorls 7, 
apical one smooth, mamillar, the, rest longitudinally plicated and 
transversely ridged, sloping above, and then very convex; plicze or 
ribs oblique, not much elevated, attenuated and faint at the upper 
ends, eleven in number on the last whorl, attenuating and vanishing 
just below the middle or convex portion. Transverse liree numerous ; 
most of them (about eleven on the penultimate whorl) are very fine, 
thread-like, and simple ; but two or three stouter than the preceding, 
and situated at some distance apart at the middle portion of the 
whorls, on crossing the plice are elevated into compressed and trans- 
versely elongated tubercles ; suture prettily wavy, margined with the 
thickened upper edge of the volutions ; last contracted below the 
middle, and produced into an elongated cauda, which is obliquely 
and rather closely and finely lirate; the transverse ridges, which 
become tubercular, number about six or seven on this volution, 
three of them being more conspicuous than the others. Aperture 
with the canal equal to about four sevenths of the whole length, 
whitish within; columella smooth, thinly enamelled, tortuous; 
canal elongate, narrow, oblique. 

Length 22 millims., width 7. 

Hab. Station 25. 

The two specimens of this delicately sculptured species do not, 
I imagine, vepresent the ultimate size to which in all probability it 
attains. The coloured bands are not very conspicuous; and the 
entire surface is sculptured by the lines of growth, those imme- 
diately beneath the suture being arcuate and especially observable. 


204 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


51. Fusus stmpuex. (Plate XX. fig. 35.) 

Shell fusiform, white, clothed with a smooth greyish-olive epi- 
dermis. Whorls sloping and slightly concave at the upper part, 
bulging beneath and contracted at the base, carinately margined 
above at the suture, obliqiely nodosely plicate and spirally lirate ; 
plice or coste eight or nine on the upper whorls, rounded, large, 
almost obsolete at the upper part; spiral liree about six im number 
on a whorl, whereof three around the lower portion are the stoutest ; 
besides these lira, at times a few fine thread-like lirulz are present 
in the interstices. Last whorl with the coste not extending below 
the middle, lirate throughout, the lire on the rostrum being very 
fine and close together. Aperture suboval, together with the canal 
equal in length to the spire above it; columella arcuate above, 
tortuous beneath; canal shorter than the aperture and a little 
recurved. 

Length 18 millims., diam. 5}. 

flab. Station 29. 

The shell above described may possibly not be of adult growth. 
It consists of but seven whorls, which is a small number for a species 
of true Fusus. However, I cannot identify it as the young state of 
any described species. It is remarkable for the absence of colouring 
of any kind and the shortness of the canal. The thickened mar- 
gin of the whorls is rather oblique and scarcely undulating, as the 
longitudinal plicee are somewhat obsolete at the lower part as well 
as above. 


52. Fusus coreanicus. (Plate XX. fig. 36.) 

Shell fusiform, dirty diluted flesh-colour, streaked with dark 
brown upon the coste. Whorls 73-8 ; nucleus consisting of one and 
a half to two whorls, smooth, globose ; remaining volutious sloping 
and a trifle excavated above, margined at the suture, somewhat an- 
gular at the middle, a little convex beneath and much contracted at the 
base, longitudinally costate and transversely ridged ; costz or plicze 
only slightly prominent, but little oblique, twelve in number on the 
penultimate whorl; spiral lire close-set, pretty regularly alternately 
fine and coarser, about twelve on a whorl, whereof three or four 
around the lower half are larger than the rest and subnodulous on 
the ribs ; the latter become obsolete about the middle of the body- 
whorl, which is rather suddenly contracted just below that point, 
and produced into a short oblique rostrum. Aperture ovate, fuscous 
within, with the canal occupying only five elevenths of the entire 
length ; columella smooth, arcuate above, very oblique inferiorly ; 
canal short, slightly retroverted. 

Length 22 millims., diam. 8. 

Hab. Station 29. 

This species is remarkable for the brevity of the canal and the 
style of colouring. The dark stripes always appear to fall upon the 
tibs, and they are somewhat interrupted by the stoutest of the 
transverse lire, which are rather nodulous and dirty whitish. The 
thickened margin at the top of the whorls is also pale. 


1879. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 205 


53. Fusus pACHYRHAPHE. (Plate XX. figs. 37, 37a.) 


Shell shortly fusiform, biconical, dull light brown, pale at the an- 
gulation of the whorls. Whorls 8, of which the two apical are smooth 
and convex; the rest slopingly excavated above, rather sharply 
angled at the middle, and flattish beneath, longitudinally plicate and 
spirally grooved and ridged; plice eight or nive on a whorl, atten- 
uating in the concavity, and again becoming more developed upon a 
thickening at the upper margin of the whorls consisting of two 
prominent lire ; the transverse ridges are all beautifully imbricately 
squamous through the elevated undulating lines of growth; two or 
three beneath the angle stouter than the rest and subaodulous upon 
the plicea ; on the penultimate whorl there are about from eight to 
nine, and on the last about twenty-two, generally alternately fine 
and coarser ; the cost attenuate inferiorly and extend almost to the 
extremity. Aperture elongate, more or less tinged within with fleshy 
brown, with the canal being rather longer than the spire, armed 
with about six short lire, which do not attain to the crenulated 
margin of the lip; columella livid pinkish, straightish above, and 
oblique below the middle; canal short and recurved. 

Length 21 millims., diam 9. Length of aperture and canal 12. 
A smaller specimen is 16 long, 6 broad, and the aperture has a 
length of 8 millims. (Fig. 37a.) 

Hab. Stations 8 and 27. 

The largest specimen from the latter locality differs from the rest 
in having one plication less on a whorl, and the aperture propor- 
tionally longer. In all other respects it agrees ; and I feel convinced 
that they all belong to one and the same species. It belongs to the 
same section of Fususas F. imbricatus, Smith, from New Caledonia. 


54. SIPHONALIA CASSIDARIIFORMIS, Reeve. 
Buccinum cassidarieformis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. fig. 11; 


Lischke, Jap. Meer.-Conch. i. p. 38, pl. 4. f. 1-10 (as Siphonalia). 

Hab. Stations 5 and 17. 

The operculum of Siphonalia is described by A. Adams as fusoid. 
In this species it is not of the typical form, as the nucleus, instead of 
being terminal, is situated within the outer margin at the distance of 
three millimetres from the lower or narrowed extremity. 


55. SIPHONALIA SPADICEA, Reeve. (Plate XX. fig. 38.) 


Buccinum fusoides, Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. pl. 9. f. 64. 

Buccinum spadiceum, Reeve, l. ec. (Errata). 

Siphonalia spadicea, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1863, 
vol. xi. p. 203. 

Hab. Stations 25 and 32, and Port Hamilton, 10 fathoms, 
34° 32! N. lat., 127° 15' E. long. ‘ Mino-Sima 63 fathoms” 
(A. Ad.). 

The specimen described by Reeve is somewhat worn and the 
colouring faded. In fresh examples, besides the brownish irregular 
blotching, chiefly between the plications, there are certain of the 


206 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


spiral ridges, subequidistantly placed, of a rich reddish-brown 
colour. The operculum is typically fusoid, having a terminal nucleus, 
and differing in this respect from that of S. cassidarieformis, thus 
showing how variable and unreliable the operculum is as a divisional 
character. 


56. Evururra rerrea, Reeve. (Plate XX. figs. 39, 39a.) 


Buceinum ferreum, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. 1847, p. 102. 

Fusus viridulus, Dunker, Moll. Japon. 1861, p. 3, pl. 1. f. 16; 
Lischke, Jap. Meer.-Conch. i. pl. 5. f. 5, 6; Smith, Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. 1875. 

Hab. Stations 8* and 28. ‘ Tsu-Sima, O-Sima, and Nagasaki 
(A. Ad.) ; Decima and Nagasaki (Lischhe). 

The type of this species is in a worn condition, and entirely desti- 
tute of the olivaceous epidermis exhibited by fresh specimens. How- 
ever, there is not a shadow of doubt that it is identical with the 
shell described by Dunker as Fusus viridulus. Itis a species subject 
to considerable variation in form, some examples being considerably 
more robust thanothers. Its operculum is typically fusoid, with an 
apical nucleus. 


57. TRITONIDEA SUBRUBIGINOSA. (Plate XX. fig. 40.) 


Shell ovate, dark brown, witha luteous band around the middle 
of the last whorl, which is also partly seen upon the upper whorls 
just above the suture ; tip of the body-whorl luteous. Volutions 63, 
the one and a half at the apex smooth; the rest very convex, 
obliquely plicated and spirally ridged ; plicze or cost large, swollen, 
broader than the interstices, ten in number on the penultimate 
whorl ; transvere liree four or five on 2 whorl, with finer intermediate 
ones, a trifle thickened upon the plice ; the latter become obsolete 
upon the last whorl about the periphery. It is encircled throughout 
by spiral ridges, some of which at the basal extremity and between 
the strong ones above are very fine. Aperture occupying rather less 
than half the entire length, livid blue within ; labrum thickened ex- 
teriorly with a large tumid varix, thin and crenulated at the margin, 
armed within with about eight lire, which are thickest at the end 
towards the lip ; columella covered with a thin callus, arcuate above, 
with a somewhat dentiform prominence at the middle, and one or 
two tubercles close to it, and another small elongate one above close 
to the termination of the outer lip ; canal oblique. 

Length 17 millims., diam. 7. 

ab. Station 8*. 

This interesting little shell might, at first glance, be mistaken for 
a diminutive form of Buccinum rubiginosum, Reeve. It is, how- 
ever, distinguished by fewer whorls, whereof the nuclear ones are 
actually larger than those of 7. rubiginosa, and also by difference of 
coloration and the shorter aperture. The operculum is fusoid, with 
the nucleus terminal. 


1879. | MR. E. A.SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 207 


58. CoLUMBELLA SCRIPTA, Lamarck. 


Columbella scripta, Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 50, pl. 6. f. 3, 3a. 

Columbella versicolor, Sowerby, Thesaurus, f. 41-46; Reeve; 
Conch. Icon. f. 5la, 6. 

Columbella variegata, Menke, Synops. p. 65. 

Columbella bidentata, Menke, Moll. Novee Hollandie, p. 23 ; 
Sowb. Thes. f. 53, 54; Reeve, f. 205. 

Hab. Station 8*. 

This species has a wide geographical range, having been recorded 
from the Philippine Islands, North and South Australia, Annaa 
Island, and New Caledonia. 


59. CoLUMBELLA SAGENA, Reeve. 


Columbella sagena, Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 162; Lischke, Jap. 
Meeres-Conch. i. p. 58, iii. p. 34, pl. 2. f. 5-7. 

Hab, Stations 8* and 18. 

The variation of this species has been already remarked upon by 
Lischke. The epidermis, which is generally for the most part 
worn off when the shell arrives at maturity, is of a dull olivaceous 
colour and finely lamellated, the lamelle being perpendicular and 
close together. 


60. CoLUMBELLA UNDATA, Duclos. 


Columbella undata, Duclos, Monograph, pl. 4. f. 4; Kiener, 
pl. 9. f. 1, pl. 12. f. 3; Lischke, iii. pl. 2. f. 1-4. 
Hab. Stations 8* and 29. 


61. CoLUMBELLA MISERA, Sowerby. 


Columbella misera, Sowerby, Thesaurus, fig. 111 ; Reeve, Conch. 
Icon. fig. 68 ; Lischke, i. p. 59, ii. p. 48, ili. p. 35, pl. 2. f. 10, 11. 

Hab. Station 8*. Nagasaki (Lischke) ; Sandwich Islands (Pease 
and Martens). 

The number of costz in this species is considerably variable, there 
being in some specimens fifteen on the last whorl, whilst in others 
there are but ten. A pretty constant character of the painting 
consists of the upper half of the whorls being unspotted, and the 
costz on that portion opaque snow-white. 


62. CoLUMBELLA (ATILIA) LISCHKEI. (Plate XX. fig. 41.) 


Shell fusiform, narrow, dirty white, blotched at intervals with olive- 
brown. Whorls 8; two apical smooth, globose, rather large, the 
one or two following longitudinally strongly costate; ribs thick, 
with a thin vitreous upper margin; the remaining volutions a trifle 
convex, smooth, with minute striations or lines of growth; the last 
suddenly contracted below the middle, where it is obtusely angulated, 
sculptured at the caudal extremity with about eight narrow oblique 
sulci or strie. Aperture small, indistinctly quadrangular, occupying 
rather more than one third of the entire length; outer lip with a 


208 MR, E, A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


broad swollen varix externally, thin at the margin, armed within with 
about six subtubercular lirations ; columella very little oblique above, 
slightly convex, more inclined below the middle, invested with a very 
thin callous deposit, united above to the outer lip and not obscuring 
the oblique sulci around the caudal end of the whorl; canal distinct, 
faintly reflexed. 

Length 11 millims., diam. 33. 

Hab. Station 27. 

Compared with C. alabastrum, Reeve, its nearest ally, this species 
is more elongated, has more numerous and shorter whorls, and is 
differently coloured. The brown maculations extend from suture to 
suture, and gradually increase in size as the whorls enlarge. On the 
base of the last whorl there are a few longitudinal streaks of the same 
colour. 


63. CoLuMBELLA (ATILIA) NIVEOMARGINATA. (Plate XX. 
fig. 42.) 

Shell elongate, greyish white, with an opaque white band spotted 
with brown at the top of the whorls, and a narrower one around the 
middle of the last whorl, the rest of the surface being marked 
with opaque white in an irregularly closely reticulating manner. 
Volutions 8-9; the apical ones smooth, the one or two succeeding 
longitudinally costate, the rest almost flat, separated by a deep 
suture, so that the spire appears somewhat turreted ; body-whorl 
tranversely sulcate below the middle. Aperture small, occupying 
rather more than two fifths of the whole length of the shell, whitish 
within ; labrum with an exterior varicose thickening and five or six 
small tubercles within, of which the uppermost is the largest ; the 
margin near the upper extremity is faintly sinuated; columella 
suberect above, oblique below the middle, where there is a small notch 
or oblique groove, coated with a callosity with a thickened margin ; 
canal short, recurved. 

Length 11 millims., diam. 33. 

Hab. Station 8. 

The brown markings upon the opaque white zone at the upper 
margin of the whorls are small and in the form of somewhat irregular 
oblique short lines or stripes, some of them here and there being 
more like a blotch or irregular spot. The band at the middle of the 
last whorl is only half as broad as that above; and the spotting 
upon it is also paler and closer. Only a single specimen was ob- 
tained. 


64. CoLuMBELLA (ATILIA), Sp. 


Hab. Stations 1 and 30. 

The two specimens of this species, which, I believe, is undescribed, 
are both of immature growth. They consist of eight whorls, whereof 
the three uppermost are glassy and faintly tinged with violet. The 
rest are flattish, smooth, of a transparent white colour, painted with 
close longitudinal olive-brown lines, interrupted by two broad trans- 


1879.] MR.£E.A.SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 209 


verse bands of the same colour spotted with white, one above and the 
other below the suture. The body-whorl has a third similar band 
near the middle, and is obliquely finely grooved at the base. The 
banding upon the specimen from station 30 is less definite, and the 
form of the shell, too, is rather more slender. 

Length 12 millims., diam. 5. 


65. CotumBELLA (Zarra) suBviTREA. (Plate XX. fig. 43.) 


Shell fusiformly ovate, subpellucid, white, with a thin indistinct 
brown line interrupted by the coste around the lower part of the 
whorls, and a transparent pellucid zone at the top, with a second 
band or series of short flames just below the middle of the last whorl, 
which is stained with brown at the extremity. Whorls 7, the first 
two convex, smooth, the following two or two and a half almost flat 
and likewise smooth, the rest strongly costate ; coste about eleven 
ona whorl, rounded, a little oblique, and more or less arcuate, 
narrowed and subobsolete at the upper extremity, disappearing a 
little below the middle of the body-whorl, the lower extremity or 
cauda of which is transversely and a little obliquely sculptured with 
five or six strize, whereof the two or three uppermost are wider apart 
than the rest. Aperture narrow, occupying rather less than half the 
shell’s entire length ; labrum thin, faintly and broadly emarginate, or 
sinuated just beneath the suture, smooth within; columella a trifle 
oblique, tinged with brown, a little convex or swollen at the middle, 
covered with a thin callosity with a defined margin, which unites at 
the upper extremity with the termination of the outer lip; basal 
canal short, rather deep, and in a slight measure recurving. 

Length 4 millims., width 14. 

Hab. Station 25. 

The genus Zafra is described by A. Adams in the ‘Annals and 
Magazine of Natural History,’ 1860, vol. vi. p. 331. He considers 
that it belongs to the Turridz or Pleurotomide. In his description 
he does not state whether the labrum bears internal liree or denticles. 
I have examined a specimen of the typical species, and I do not 
discover their presence. The absence of these denticles appears to 
be the only character which distinguishes this group from the genus 
Seminella of Pease (‘American Journal of Conchology,’ 1867, 
vol. iil. pp. 233 & 234). In size and style of sculpture the species of 
the latter genus answers to the description of Zafra; and I am in- 
clined notwithstanding that their lips are toothed within, to include 
them in that genus. It is possible that Z. mitriformis and Z. sub- 
vitrea in the very adult state at times may exhibit denticles. 

The latter species differs from the former in being narrow, 
differently coloured, and having the costze obsolete on all except the 
last two and a half whorls. -Anachis zonata, Gould (?=Zafra 
mitriformis), and Anachis virginea of the same author, also should 
be classed with Zafra. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. XIV. 14 


210 MR. E, A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


66. CotumpeLLA (AmyciA) vARIANs, Dunker. (Plate XX. 
figs. 44-440.) 

Amycla varians, Dkr. Mal. Blt. 1860, vi. p. 231; Moll. Jap, 
pl. 1. f. 17; Lischke, J. M.-Conch. ii. p. 49. 

Hab. Stations 5, 7, 8*, 10, 11, and 28. 

This remarkably variable species is but poorly figured in Dunker’s 
work. The illustration above cited represents the spire much more 
obtuse at the apex than is usual. The operculum is purpuroid. 
The following measurements will show how variable is the size of 
different specimens :— 


Length 13 millims., diam. 53 
22 ] 1 29 2) H) 
29 10 22 2 4 
99 cl Narn ona ya 


67. Nass (ALEcTRION) GLANS, Linn. 


Nassa glans, Kiener, Coq. Viv. pl. 15. f. 52; Reeve, Con. Icon. 
fig. 5. 

Hab. Station 7. Philippine Islands and Australia are other 
localities. 

The operculum of the single specimen of this species is of a bright 
vinous red colour, of an elongate subtrigonal form, the angles being 
rounded and the margins simple. The shell itself differs from the 
ordinary form of the species in having a less elongated spire, and 
the body-whorl less inflated and encircled with only eight red lines 
instead of nine. 


68. Nassa (Zeuxts) siquisorensis, A. Adams. (Plate XX. 
figs. 45, 45 a.) 

Nassa siquijorensis, A. Adams, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 97 ; Reeve, Con. 
Icon. figs. 53 a, 6; A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1870, vol. v. 
p- 425 (Zeuzis). 

Hab. Station 19. ‘Tsaulian, Tomo, Seto-Uchi (Adams), Philip- 
pine Islands (Cuming). 

The cost in the Japanese specimen are fewer than in the 
originally described examples. In the latter the penultimate whorl 
has about 32 upon it, whilst the same volution in the former has 
but 22 to 24; in one specimen, however, there is the normal number. 
The largest example is 28 millims. long and 12 wide. The operculum 
(fig. 45a) is rather elongate, brown, serrated along the outer margin 
and also on the inner edge for a short distance from the nucleus. 


69. Nassa (ZEUXIS) VARICIFERA, A. Adams, var. 

Nassa varicifera, A. Adams, P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 108; Reeve, Con, 
Tcon. vill. figs. 118 a,6; A. Ad, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1870, 
vol. v. p»429 ; Gen. Ree. Moll. i. pp. 119 & 121 (as Zeuwis § Hima), 

Hab. Station 31. Tsaulian (Ad.). 

Only a single non-adult specimen was dredged at the above 
spot. It is most beautifully sculptured with very fine coste, which 


1879.]| MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 211 


are coarsest on the upper whorls, gradually becoming finer on the 
penultimate, and then nearly obsolete on the last. Notwithstanding 
this difference from the types, in which the ribs become thicker from 
the upper part downwards, its more slender form, more convex whorls, 
and more turreted spire, I believe this shell to be a delicately 
sculptured form of this Species ; for the colouring and the peculiar 
varices are of precisely the same character. The operculum is 
coarsely serrated along the outer margin. 


70. Nassa (Nrorma) STIGMARIA, A, Adams. 


Natha stigmaria, A. Adams, P. Z. 8S, 1851, p. 96; Reeve, Con. 
Icon. fig. 42, 

NV. densigranata, A. Ad., Reeve, fig. 181. 

Hab. Station 10. Philippine Islands (Cuming), Ooshima (Cape. 
St. John), Andaman Islands (Capt. Wilmer), 

This species is Subject to considerable variation in size. The 
type figured by Reeve is the largest specimen I have seen, being 20 
millims. Jong and 104 broad. Another, the type of densigranata, 
has a length of 12 millims. and a breadth of 63, 


71. Nassa (Hrma) FESTIVA, Powis. 


Nassa festiva, Powis, Reeve, Conch. Tcon. fig. 117. 

N. lirata, Dkr. Moll. Jap. pl. 1. f. 22, 

Hab. Station 8*. Other localities recorded are Decima, Nagasaki, 
and Hakodadi. 

The home first assigned to this species, namely Panama and St. 
Helena, is only one of the numerous errors occuring in the Cumingian 
Collection. If this had not oceurred, Dunker would never have 
redescribed the species. 


72. Nassa (Ha) FRATERCULUS, Dunker, 


Nassa fraterculus, Dkr. Moll. Jap. pl. 1. f. 15; Lischke, J. M.- 
Conch. ii. pl. 4. f. 7-8; Schrenck, Reise Amurland, p: 435. 

? N. plebecula, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1860, p- 332 ; 
Otia Conch. p. 128, 

Hab. Stations 5 and 8*. Other localities are Decima, Ousima, 
Hakodadi, Tatiyama, Simoda, Nagasaki, and O-Sima. 

One specimen differs from the rest in having fine transverse brown 
lines on the raised ridges between the grooves, and not iz the latter 
as is usual. Another one is black with a single median narrow 
yellow zone. 


73. Nassa (Him) Tenuis, Smith, 


Nassa tenuis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, xv. p. 423. 
N. japonica, Lischke, Jap. M.-Conch. iii. p. 37, pl. 2. f. 20-23, 
‘12 N. japonica, A. Ad. P. Z. §. 1851, p. 110, 
Hab. Station 21, 
The type of Adams's species described from the Cumingian Collec- 
tion is not to be found. On this account, and considering that 
14* 


212 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 15, 


Adams’s description is far too brief and vague for identification of the 
species, I am induced to retain the name ¢enuis imposed upon it by 
myself in the Annals of 1875. 


74. Nassa (Him) acurrpenpaTa. (Plate XX. fig. 46.) 


Shell ovate, acuminated above, thick, reddish brown with a white 
zone round the middle of the upper whorls and two on the last, and 
again pale at the extremity. Volutions 7; two embryonal smooth, 
mamillar, convex; the rest a little convex, divided by a deep and 
almost channelled suture, ornamented with longitudinal ribs (18 on 
the penultimate whorl) and transverse lire, which are granuliferous 
upon the coste; they are usually four in number upon the upper 
whorls ; but in some instances a fifth finer one is observed just be- 
neath the suture; on the last whorl there are nine or ten granulous 
ones, then about five simple oblique ridges on the extremity or short 
cauda, whereof the uppermost is the stoutest and carineeform, 
Aperture small, ovate, whitish, with three dark brown bands with- 
in, one central, one superior, and the other at the basal extremity 
corresponding to the exterior banding of the whorl; labrum with 
an exterior varix, and armed within at a little distance from the 
extreme edge with 5-6 denticles, whereof one, the fourth from the 
base, is conspicuously larger than the rest and rather acute, and the 
one or two above that are more or less obsolete ; columella much 
arcuated, coated with asmall thin callus, thickened at its edge, bear- 
ing at the upper part a lireeform tubercle and four or five smaller 
ones beneath it. 

Length 10 millims., diam. 43. 

Hab. Stations 5 and 8*. 

This species is painted very much in the same manner as N. fenuis. 
It differs, however, from that species in the smaller number of the 
whorls, in form, and the character of the aperture and its armature. 
Twelve specimens were examined. 


75. Nassa (Hima) tureoua. (Plate XX. fig. 47.) 


Shell small, elongate, yellow: whorls 6; the two nuclear 
globose, the rest convex, costate, and transversely lirate; coste 
twenty in number on the penultimate volution, a little oblique; lire 
nodulous on the ribs, four to five on the upper whorls, six on the 
penultimate, and about eleven on the last, the cauda of which is 
grooved. Aperture small, ovate, yellow ; lip exteriorly variced, thin at 
the margin, and lirate within ; columella considerably arched, covered 
with a callosity, bearing a tubercle above and exhibiting traces of 
another below. 

Length 7 millims., diam. 31. 

Hab. Station 7. 

This little shell, of which there is but one in the collection, is 
chiefly characterized by its diminutive proportions and the unifor- 
mity of coloration. The tuberculation upon the columella is hardly 
definable, and probably has been absorbed by the little Pagurus in- 
habiting the shell. 


1879.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 213 


76. CORALLIOPHILA JEFFREYSII. (Plate XX. fig. 48.) 


Shell shortly fusiform, reddish brown, transverse ridges, especially 
at the middle of the whorls, white: whorls probably 8; the six 
that are left acutely angular at the middle, spirally deeply sulcated, 
leaving very prominent ridges between the sulci, longitudinally 
obsoletely plicate ; the liree are six in number on the penultimate 
whorl, the third from the base being the most prominent, forming 
the angles, acutely produced on crossing the plice, and closely, 
rather coarsely imbricately scaled ; last whorl encircled with sixteen 
liree, with the scales on some of the lower ones remarkably thickened 
and prominent, terminated with a large prominent scaled ridge. 
Aperture bluish within, with the canal equal to the spire, internally 
finely lirate; canal short, very oblique and recurved; columella 
straightish at the upper part. 

Length 20 millims., diam. 10. 

Hab. Station 22. 

This species is much of the same type as Murex lamellosus of 
Philippi. It differs from it, however, in colour, the deeper sulci, and 
the greater angulation of the whorls. 

The location of it in the genus Coralliophila is only provisional. 
The sculpture is just of the character which frequently obtains in 
many species of that genus; but the brownish red colour is unusual. 


77. PuRPURA BRONNI, Dunker. 


Purpura bronni, Dunker, Moll. Jap. pl. 1. f. 23; Lischke, Jap. 
M.-Conch. i. p. 53, pl. 5. f. 17. 

Hab. Station 4. Nagasaki and Decima (Lischke and Dir.); 
Tatiyama (A. Adams). 


78. PurRPURA ALVEOLATA, Reeve. 


Purpura alveolata, Con. Icon. iii. tig. 60; Smith, Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. 1875, vol. xv. 

P. clavigera, Kiister, Con. Cab. pl. 31a. f.1; Lischke, Jap. Meer.- 
Conch. i. p. 54, pl. 5. f. 12-14, part ii. p. 39. 

ITab. Station 4. Nagasaki (Lischhe). 

The habitat ‘“‘ Panama,” originally assigned to this species, is 
evidently incorrect. 


79. SisrruM unDATUM, Chemnitz. 


Murex undatus, Chem. Con. Cab. xi. p. 124, f. 1851-2. 

Murex margariticola, Broderip, P.Z.S. 1832, p. 177 ; Reeve, Con. 
Icon. iii. f. 178. 

Var. = Ricinula fiscellum, Reeve (not Murex fiscellum, Chemnitz), 
Con. Icon. ii. f. 28. 

fTab. Station 4. 

This species is very widely distributed. It has been recorded 
from Lord Hood’sisland and New Caledonia, besides Japan; and in 
the British Museum there are specimens from Swan River, Port 
Essington (Jukes), Andaman Islands (Captain Wilmer), Singapore 


214 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. ([Feb. 18, 


(Dr. Livesay), and Louisiade archipelago (Macgillivray, Voyage of 
‘ Rattlesnake’). 


80. Mirra (CosTELLARIA) SUBTRUNCATA, Sowerby. 


Mitra subtruncata, Sowerby, Thesaurus Con. iv. pl. 360. f. 405, 
sp. 468. 

Hab. Ooshima harbour, 8 fathoms, on a bottom of sandy mud 
and broken shells. 

Mr. Sowerby remarks that in sculpture this species resembles J. 
obeliscus. Judging from his figure and the specimens which I be- 
lieve to belong to this form, this statement requires some qualification. 
To a certain extent there is some similarity; but the costellz in MW. 
obeliscus are finer and more numerous, and the spiral sulci between 
them much deeper than in J, subtruncata. The ribs, too, in the 
former are subgranulous at the points where the spiral lire between 
the sulci come into contact with them, whilst in the latter they are 
smooth and regular. The columella has five plaits, M. obeliscus 
only four. 


81. Mirra (CosreLiartA) Fusco-Aprcata. (Plate XX. fig. 49.) 


Mitra (Costellaria) suluensis, Smith (non Ad. and Rve.), Annals 
and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, xv. p. 4269. 

Shell fusiform, whitish, stained with brown at the apex, obscurely 
banded with bluish ash a little below the top of the whorls, and 
spotted irregularly with brown in the same part, generally between 
the cost ; lower half of the last whorl cinereous brown. Whorls 10, 
one to two apical ones smooth, globose, the rest almost flat at the 
sides, scarcely turreted, longitudinally ribbed and spirally sulcated 
between the costee ; the latter are about 17 in number on the penul- 
timate whorl, a little arcuate and oblique, about half as broad as the 
interspaces between them; spiral sulci interrupted by the costa, 
five on the upper whorls, moderately deep, subequidistant: the 
ribs on the body-whorl alternate at the base, and at this part are cut 
across by the oblique transverse grooves, producing nodules upon 
them ; one of the ridges between the sulci, which is in a line or con- 
tinuous with the uppermost fold on the columella, is conspicuous, 
being a little thicker than the rest. Aperture generally internally 
lirate, small, narrow, with a white band within a little above the 
middle, and two interrupted brown zones, one above and the other 
below the white one; columella with a callus near the extremity of 
the labrum, with four folds, the two uppermost grooved so as to 
appear duplex; canal recurved. 

Length 24 millims., diam. 7; aperture 9 long, 2 wide. 

Hab. Station 19. Ooshima harbour (Annals 1875). 

This species is closely allied to M. su/uensis, Ad. and Rve., with 
which I tormerlly confounded it ; it differs in having a non-turreted 
spire, finer spiral sculpture, a shorter aperture, and the colour, too, 
a little different. The bluish-ash zone at the upper part of the 
whorls in some specimens is almost entirely wanting, so that the 


1879.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 215 


shell is divided into two parts, the upper, with the exception of 


the brown apex, being white or bluish white, and the lower ashy 
brown. , 


82. Mirra (CosreiarrA) couiinsoni, A. Adams. (Plate XX. 
fig. 50.) 

Mitra (Costellaria) collinsoni, A. Adams, Journal Linn. Soc. 
1864, vol. vii. p. 200 ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. figs. 621, 622 (merely 
caricatures) ; Smith, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, vol. xv. 
p- 425. 

Hab. Station 9. Also Kino-o-Sima (A. Ad.), Ooshima and Matoza 
(Capt. St. John). 

This species has four plicze on the columella, and not three as 
stated by Adams. In the white zone which occupies the lower half 
of the whorls there is a brown line interrupted by the costelle, in 
this respect agreeing with M. bronni, Dunker, which is known to 


me only by the description, from which it appears to be a stouter 
shell. 


83. Mirra (Cosrennarta) Gotornsts. (Plate XX. fig. 51.) 


Shell like the preceding species (M. collinsoni) ; but with thicker 
costee and consequently narrower interstices, white, stained with light 
purplish brown at the inferior margin of the upper whorls, and with 
the lower half of the last of the same colour; apex also stained with 
brown: whorls 9, a trifle convex ; costa 18 on a whorl, slightly 
arcuate ; interstices transversely sulcated ; sulci six to seven on the 
penultimate whorl, and about sixteen on the last ; columella qua- 
druplicate ; aperture small, internally lirate, white at the margin of 
the lip. 

Length 13% millims., diam. 4; length of aperture 5. 

Hab, Station 7. 


84. Mirra (Pusta) mua. (Plate XX. fig. 52.) 


Shell fusiformly ovate, blackish brown, with a narrow yellow line 
round the middle of the whorls, and yellow at the upper margin, 
and a second line on the last whorl rather below the middle ; clothed 
with an olive epidermis obscuring the colouring : whorls 8, slightly 
convex, with stoutish longitudinal costze, about fourteen in number 
on the penultimate volution, attenuated and obsolete just before the 
five oblique stoutish lirze encircling the cauda ; interstices smooth, 
about as broad as the ribs. Aperture small, dark brown, with two 
yellow transverse lines, lirate far within ; columella armed with four 
plicee and a slight callus at the upper extremity. 

Length 12 millims., diam 44; length of aperture 53. 

Hab. Station 7. 

This species is allied to M. analogica, Reeve, but differs in the 
length of the spire and aperture, width and position of the yellow 
zones, and the continuation of the ribs upon the body-whorl. 


216 MR. E. A, SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. [Feb. 18, 


85. Mirra (Pusta) 1nermis, Reeve. (Plate XX. figs. 53, 53a.) 


Mitra (Pusia) inermis, Reeve, Con. Icon, ii. sp. 279 ; Sowerby’s 
Thes. Conch. fig. 600 (vile!). 

Hab. Station 5.. Island of Luzon (Cuming). 

A single specimen (fig. 53a), which I consider a variety of this 
species, differs from the type (fig. 53) in being nearly black, with the 
white zone Jess well defined, but marked in the same manner with 
short black and brown lines upon the ribs. Reeve does not mention 
the sculpture between the costee: it consists of well impressed lines 
or sulci, six in number on the upper whorls and eleven or twelve on 
the last, besides some strong oblique grooves at the extreme base ; 
the liraz between the latter, of which one is especially prominent, are 
spotted with white. The figure in the Con. Icon. represents the 
spire much too turreted and the whorls too flat. The copy of 
Reeve’s figure in Sowerby’s Thesaurus is simply as bad as possible. 


86. CANCELLARIA JAPONICA. (Plate XX. fig. 54.) 


Shell ovate, pyramidal, white, thickish: whorls 7, convex, divided 
by a deep suture, longitudinally ribbed and spirally lirate ; costee 
rounded, oblique, about 13 on a whorl, rather broader than the 
interstices ; transverse liree prominent, six or seven on the penulti- 
mate whorl and tweive on the last; aperture small, occupying about 
three eighths of the entire length ; columella with two small central 
oblique plaits. 

Length 12 millims., diam. 5. 

Hab. Station 1. 

This species is remarkable on account of its elongated form and 
the absence of colour. The only specimen is not in very good con- 
dition, and the liree, which are usually met with in the aperture of 
species of Cancellaria, are not present, and possibly have been broken 
away with the front part of the labrum, which is incomplete. 


87. Oxtva (OLIveELLA) consosrina, Lischke. 


Oliva (Olivella) consobrina, Lischke, Japon. Meer.-Conch. i. p. 
62s Ble Seda NO; 01, 

? O. fortunei, A. Adams, MS.; Marratt im Sowerb. Thesaurus, 
f. 422, 423. 

? O. fulgurata, Ad. and Rve. Voy. Samarang, p. 31, pl. 10. f. 12. 

Hab. Stations 7 and 22. Nagasaki (Lischke). 

These three species are very closely related; and it is somewhat 
doubtful if they are really distinct. Ifthey prove to be so, the name 
Sulgurata will take precedence of the other two by many years. This 
species was quoted by me in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural 
History’ under the name of O. fulgurata. 


88. Oxiva (OLIVELLA) sPRETA, Gould. (Plate XX. fig. 55.) 


Olivella spreta, Gould, Otia, p. 127. 
Shell small, elongate-ovate, pale livid luteous, with light brown 
indistinct zigzag undulating lopgitudinal lines: whorls 43-5, the 


1879.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN. 217 


upper ones with straight or even faintly concave outlines, pale at the 
upper margin, and of a uniform yellowish brown on the rest of the 
surface ; suture deeply channelled ; last whorl large, longitudinally 
streaked with very fine and close white lines (only visible under a 
lens) ; columella covered with a thin pellucid callus, with three or 
four oblique plicze at the base ; basal callous band pale luteous, white 
at the upper edge, with a brown line just beneath, and bordered 
inferiorly by the uppermost of the basal oblique plicz, which is 
also brown ; edge of the canal brown. 

Length 63 millims., diam. 3; aperture 4 long. 

Hab. Station 14. 

The markings of these little shells, of which there are five, are rather 
indistinct to the naked eye. ‘The longitudinal pale-brown lines are 
undulating, or partake of a zigzag disposition. ‘They agree very well 
with Gould’s brief description, and most likely are rightly assigned to 
his species, of which the Museum already possessed a single colour- 
less example determined by Dr. P. P. Carpenter. 


89. ANCILLARIA INORNATA. (Plate XX. fig. 56.) 


Shell elongate, acuminately ovate, white, faintly tinged with yellow 
above the sutural line: whorls 4, coated with a thin enamel ; spire 
moderately acute at the apex, with slightly convex outlines ; Jast 
whorl indistinctly transversely striated with two narrow oblique sulci 
on the lower part, whereof the upper is the deeper and borders the 
basal balteus; the extremity of the whorl deeply sulcated, with three 
or four oblique plicee between the sulcations. Aperture occupying 
rather more than half the whole length ; basal notch broad, shallow. 

Length 8 millims, diam. 3. 

Hab, Japan. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX. & XX. 
Fig. 1, la. Terebra gotoensis, p. 183. Fig. 24. Drillia gracilenta, p. 195. 


2. Terebra jeffreysii, p. bi, 25. Defrancia gracilispira, p. 196. 
3. subtextilis, p. 185. 26. Daphnella? fuscobalteata, p. 
4. tantilla, p. 185. 196. 
5. albozonata, p. 185. 27. ? subzonata, p. 197. 
6, 6a. Plewrotoma vertebrata, p. 186. 28. Mangilia robusticostata, p. 
7. niponica, p. 187. 198. 
8. —— difficilis, p. 187. 29. Lachesis japonica, p. 198. 
9. triporcata, p. 188. 30. Murex sobrinus, p. 199. 
10. patruelis, p. 188. 31. Murex (Ocinebra) jimbriatu- 
a. consimilis, p. 188. lus, p. 201. 
12. Drillia peradmirabilis, p. 189. 32. Urosalpinx innotabilis, p.201. 
13. nagasakiensis, p. 190. 33. Fusus nigrirostratus, p. 202. 
14, longispira, p. 190. 34. niponicus, p. 203. 
15. Japonica, p. 191. : 35. simplex, p. 204. 
16. —— subobliquaza, p. 191. 36. coreanicus, p. 204, 
17. —— candens, p. 192. o7, 374. pachyrhaphe, p. 205. 
18. —— raricostata, p. 192. 38. Siphonalia spadicea, p. 205. 
19. —— intermaculata, p. 193. 39, 39a, Huthria ferrea, p. 206. 
20. humilis, p. 193. 40. Tritonidea subrubiginosa, p. 
21. jlavonodulosa, p. 194. 206. 
22h fortilirata, p. 194. 41. Columbella (Atilia) lischkei, 
23. —— subaur iformis, p. 195. p. 207. 


218 MR. D’ALBERTIS ON BIRDS FROM NEW GUINEA. [ Mar. 4, 


Fig. 42. Columbella (Atilia) niveomar- | Fig.49. Mitra (Costellaria) fusco- 


ginata, p. 208. apicata, p. 214. 

43. —— (Zafra) subvitrea, p. 209. 50. ——( ) collinsoni, p. 215. 
44-440. (Amyela) varians, p.210. 51. —— ( ) gotoensis, p. 215. 
45, 45a. Nassa (Zeuvis) siquijorensis, 52. —— (Pusia) emula, p. 215. 

210. 53, 3a ( ) inermis, p. 216. 

46. —— (Hima) aeutidendata, 54. Cancellaria japonica, p. 216. 

p. 212. 55. Oliva ( Olivella spreta). p. 216. 
47 ( ) luteola, p. 212. 56. Ancillaria inornata, p. 217. 


48. Coralliophila jeffreysi?, p.213, | 


March 4, 1879. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during February 1879 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of February was 47, of which 3 were by 
birth, 20 by presentation, 18 by purchase, 4 were received in ex- 
change, and 2 on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period, by death and removals, was 83. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1. A Purple-crested Touracou (Corythaix porphyreolopha), pre- 
sented by the Rev. J. A. Gould, F.Z.S., February 4. 

On his return from Natal Mr. Gould was kind enough to bring 
us the first example of this beautiful Touracou which has been re- 
ceived alive by the Society. The bird was obtained from a person 
on board the Zanzibar mail-steamer, and is doubtless from Mozam- 
bique, or from some part of the East-African coast. 

2. A very beautiful Iguanoid Lizard (kindly determined by 
Dr. Giinther as Crotophytus wislezeni, Baird and Girard) from New 
Mexico, presented by Lieut.-Col. Ralph Vivian, F.Z.S., on the 18th 
February, which has unfortunately died since its receipt by the Society. 


Mr. Sclater laid before the Meeting examples of two rare Fruit- 
Pigeons (Carpophaga van-wicki, Cassin, and C. rhodinolema, Scl.), 
and pointed out, in reference to some recent remarks by Dr. Finsch 
on these birds (anéed, p. 13), that though nearly allied, they were 
by no means conspecific, C. rhodinolema being altogether smaller 
in size, and having a dark-green back. 

Mr. Sclater had no doubt that the bird obtained by Mr. Hiibner 
in the Duke-of-York group would turn out to be C. vanwyeki, not 
C. rhodinolema. 


Mr. L. M. D’Albertis, C.M.Z.S., exhibited some new and rare 
birds from his recent expedition up the Fly River, New Guinea, 
amongst which were a series of Paradise-birds, apparently inter- 
mediate between Paradisea apoda and P. raggiana, and examples of 
Cyclopsittacus cervicalis, Megacrex inepta, Cinclosoma ajax, and 
other little-known species. 


1879.] PROF. NEWTON ON SYLVIA NISORIA. 219 


Prof. Newton, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, exhibited (on be- 
half of Mr. John Robinson, of Trinity Hall, Cambridge) a specimen 
of Sylvia nisoria, remarking :-— 

“This specimen was formerly the property of Mr. Germany, for 
many years the highly-respected porter of Queens’ College, who in 
the course of a long life formed a considerable collection of birds, 
nearly all obtained by himself in and near Cambridge, and also 
stuffed by himself. At his death, more than twenty years ago, it 
passed, with many others of his specimens, into the possession of an 
old friend of his, Mr. Elijah Tarrant, of whom Mr. John Robinson, an 
undergraduate of Trinity Hall, bought it about atwelvemonth since. 
Up to this time no one seems to have known what the bird was, 
though some ingenious person had hazarded the suggestion that it 
was a variety of the Nightingale. Soon after, it was seen by Mr. 
Frederick Bond, F.Z.S., who at once recognized it as Sylvia nisoria, 
and was good enough to advise its being shown to me. It was 
accordingly brought to me by Mr. Doggett, a bird-stuffer at Cam- 
bridge, in whose hands Mr. Robinson had placed it for remounting ; 
and I immediately made all the inquiries I could about it. It 
appears that it was shot by Germany, a long time before his death, 
in a garden at a place known as “ Paradise,” not far from Queens’ 
College. Tarrant tells me that he remembers seeing it directly after 
it was mounted, if not before the skin was taken off, and that Germany 
said he had much difficulty in shooting it, owing to the thick foliage 
in which the bird kept, being obliged at last to fire when it was so 
close to him that it was greatly damaged by the shot. Any one who 
examines the specimen will sce that its condition corroborates this last 
statement, as it has lost a considerable number of feathers from the 
head, especially near the gape, and several rectrices are wanting. 
But I see no reason for doubting any particular of the story as told 
tome. I have satisfied myself that on the part of no one has there 
been an attempt to make money out of it; and in further confirma- 
tion thereof I would call attention to the glass eye which has been 
inserted into the specimen. This has the iris of a pale yellow, 
which we kndw to be the colour in Sylvia nisoria, but a colour so 
uncommon in species of the family that an English bird-stuffer 
would hardly have thought of using it had he not been prompted by 
finding an iris of this colour in the bird when fresh. I may add that 
the specimen, from its plumage, seems to have been a male; and, so 
far as Tarrant recollects, it was shot in spring or early summer; but 
as its death took place possibly forty years ago, he cannot be at 
all certain on this point.” 


The following papers were read :— 


220 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


1. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis au Nord du Pérou par 
MM. Stolzmann et Jelski en 1878. Par M. L. Ta- 


CZANOWSKI. 
[Received February 8, 1879. ] 


(Plates XXI. & XXII.) 


Les oiseaux compris dans cette liste sont recueillis dans plusieurs 
localités, peu éloignées entre elles, mais trés-différentes sous le rap- 
port des conditions naturelles ; chacune de ces localités est indiquée 
sous les espéces. Principalement ils ont été collectionnés a :— 

Pacasmayo, port du département Libertad, province San Pedro. 
Aux environs il y a des dunes sablonneuses, parsemées de rares 
buissons isolés, trés-touffus. La vallée abonde en joncs, dans les- 
quels séjournent le Cyanotis azare, les ralles et les butorides, ete. 
En avancant dans la vallée on entre dans les Algarrobes, habités par 
les Phyllomyias tumbezana, Myiarchus semirufus, ete. 

Chota, 8000' d’altitude au dessus du niveau de la mer. Départe- 
ment de Cajamarca, province Chota. Aux environs se trouvent 
principalement des terrains cultivés, et des broussailles dans les 
vallées. 

Montaiia de Chuli, & deux leguas de Chota, sur la route de Taca- 

bamba, 9000’ d’altitude. 

Tambillo, 6° de lat. sud, 5800’ d’altitude. Département Caja- 
marca, province Jaen, district Cujillo. (Le district est indiqué, car 
plusieurs localités dans cette province portent le méme nom, et 
sont tout-a-fait différentes sous le rapport de la faune et de la flore.) 
Quoique cette localité est située dans la hauteur indiquée plus haut, 
M. Stolzmann a poussée ses excursions jusqu’a 8000' d’altitude. 
La forét de cette localité est serrane proprement dite. En bas elle 
se caractérise par l’abondance d’un petit palmier nommé sada, qui 
est remplacé plus haut par des fougeres arborescentes. 

Montana de Palto, i une legua de Tambillo, sur la route de Pim- 
pingos. Les oiseaux de cette localité ont été recueillis sur la 
hauteur de 7000 jusqu’a 7500’. Cette forét est la continuation de 
celle de Tambillo et présente le méme caractére. 

Guajdngo, dans la vallée du Marafion, 4 peu prés a la méme lati- 
tude que Tambillo, élevée au dessus du niveau de la mer selon 
Vingénieur Werthemann de 800’, et selon l’anéroide de M. Stolzmann 
1500’. La vallée est aride et trés chaude. La flore porte en grande 
partie le caractére de celle du littoral, elle est caractérisée par les 
genres Cactus, Prosopis, Capparis, etc. Guajango est une colonie, 
composée de 10 cabanes (département Cajamarca, province Jaen, 
district Choros). M.Stolzmann a visité seul cette derniére localité. 

Chaque espéce de cette liste qui n’a pas été comprise dans nos 
listes précédentes est marquée d’un astérique devant son numéro; 
56 espéces sont donc nouvelles pour l’exploration de nos voyageurs, 
et ne se trouvent pas dans leurs listes précédentes', et plusieurs 
d’entre elles sont nouvelles pour la faune péruvienne, 


1 Voyez P.Z S. 1877, pp. 319, 744. 


PZ: 1679 Pia 


Zefya Glaser del. J Smit hth Hanhart ump 


CYCLORHIS CONTRERASI 


Hanhart imp 


JSmut hth. 


PIPREOLA LUBOMIRSKII 


1879.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 221 


Family Turpip#. 
1. Turpus swarnsont, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 503. 
Une paire de Tambillo les 2 et 14 janvier 1878. Iris brun foneé. 


*2. Turpus sp. ? 


Un jeune oiseau tué 4 Tambillo le 22 juin 1878. Cette grive a 
été trés-commune dans la vallée du Maranon, mais les oiseaux ont 
été en pleine mue et mauvais pour la collection. 


3. Turpus seRRANUS, Tsch. ; Scl. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 780; Tacz. 
P. Z.S. 1874, p. 504, n. 7. 


Une femelle tuée 4 Tambillo le 8 fevrier 1878, et un jeune oiseau 
le 15 septembre 1877. 

Tris de la femelle est brun grisdtre foncé. 

Le jeune a les parties supérieures du corps brunes-olivatres, d’une 
nuance comme celle de la femelle ; le fond de la gorge, de la poitrine, 
et du ventre d’un roux grisatre sale, ondulé de brunatre. 


4, Turpus Leucors, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 331. 


Deux males et une feinelle recueillis 4 Tambillo le 8 janvier et le 
12 février 1878, ainsi que deux jeunes dans leur premier plumage 
pris dans la méme localité le 22 novembre 1877, et 4 Ambagay le 
16 mars 1878. 

Les deux males s’accordent parfaitement dans tous leurs détails 
avec le male de Ropaybamba, qui m’a servi a la description citée, 
ils présentent les mémes dimensions, la méme couleur noire profonde 
avec un éclat bleudtre également prononcé, la méme forme de la 
queue, et Viris blanc selon lindication de M. Stolzmann. On trouve 
cependant des petites différences dans la proportion des rémiges 
primaires: un de ces males a la 4° rémige la plus longue, mais 
dépassant trés peu la 3°, la 2° est un peu plus longue que la 6°. 

Dans la femelle la 1*° rémige dépasse un peu les grandes couver- 
tures, mais-beaucoup moins que dans lespéce précédente; la 
différence entre les 3°, 4°, et 5° trés petite. La taille, le bec, les 
pattes et la queue sont comme dans le male. La couleur générale 
des parties supérieures du corps est comme dans la femelle du 7. 
serranus, mais un peu plus claire, avec un lustre soyeux distincte- 
ment plus fort; celle du dessous est plus claire, surtout sur le 
milieu de la poitrine et du ventre, ott elle est fauve blanchatre sale ; 
les subcaudales sont fauves, les subalaires rousses. Le bec est noir ; 
les pattes cornées; Viris selon lindication de M. Stolzmann gris- 
jaunatre. 

Les jeunes dans leur premier plumage sont tout-a-fait différents 
des jeunes de l’espéce précédente. Toutes les parties supérieures du 
corps, les ailes et la queue sont d’un noir mate ; une tache triangu- 
laire rousse se trouve sur l’extrémité de chaque tectrice alaire, le 
dessous du corps est d’un roux vif, rayé transversalement de stries 
noiratres fines, qui se trouvent sur l’extrémité de toutes les plumes ; 
les cétés ‘du ventre noirdtres ; les subalaires rousses tachetées de 


222 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


noiratre; le front roussitre ; le dessus de la téte varié de stries 

A ‘ "A ’ Fi DEP A 
roussatres, trés-fines. Le bee noirdtre avec l’extrémité méme de la 
mandibule supérieure jaunatre. L’autre exemplaire plus jeune que 
le précedent, & queue longue d’un pouce, a la rayure foncée des 
parties inférieures plus dense. 


5. CATHARUS FUSCATER (Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 504. 


Une paire (¢ et 2) de Tambillo le 11 décembre 1877 et le 8 
février 1878. Iris blanc sale dans le mile, et blanc dans la femelle. 

Deux ceufs trouvés & Tambillo le 2 janvier 1878 sont de forme 
ovée, peu allongée, 4 sommet sensiblement plus gros que la base, les 
deux extrémités obtuses. Le mode de la coloration est comme dans 
les autres grives: le fond est d’une couleur vert-bleuatre pale, varié de 
nombreuses taches irrégulitres d’un gris violatre pale, et d’autres 
superficielles brunes. La surface est assez polie. Dimensions: 
24x 18°53; 27°5X19 mill. 


Family TRoGLODYTID. 
*], THRYOTHORUS SCLATERI, 0. Sp. 


Supra griseo-rufus, pileo vix rufescentiore ; subtus albo nigroque 
undulatus ; genis et lateribus colli albo nigroque variis ; super- 
ciliis albis nigro maculatis ; cauda griseo nigroque transfas- 
ciata, fasciis rectricum externarum albis. Rostrum corneum ; 
pedes grisei ; iris fusco-brunnea. 

Forme voisine du Th. maculipectus, Laf., mais parfaitement dis- 
tincte. Le bec est beaucoup plus long et plus fort, d’une couleur 
cornée, moins foncée ; les pattes plus robustes et un peu plus longues, 
grises piles. La couleur du dessus de la téte est roussatre, beaucoup 
plus pale que dans l’espéce citée, passant indistinctement au gris 
roussatre des parties supérieures du corps. Tout le dessous est 
blane, largement ondulé de noirdtre d’une manitre irréguliére, a 
raies foncées presque aussi larges que les blanches; les cétés du 
ventre Iégérement teints de gris roussitre. Les cétés de la téte 
variés de noir et de blanc; sur les cotés du cou se trouve un espace 
noir parsemé de taches blanches ; la bande sourcilitre est blanche 
vari¢e de noir. Les rémiges brunes largement bordées de la nuance 
analogue A celle du dos et légtrement ondulées de plus foncé. Les 
rectrices médianes rayées transversalement de noir et de gris cendré ; 
les raies claires des externes sont blanches, et des suivantes passant 
graduellement en gris cendré. Subcaudales blanches rayées de 
noiritre ; subalaires blanchatres, indistinctement variées de foncé. 
Iris brun-foncé. 

En coloration cette espéce se distingue principalement du 7’. macu- 
lipectus par la couleur du dessus de la téte non tranchée de celle du 
dos, mais se confondant graduellement ; par la maculature des parties 
inférieures presque égale depuis le bec jusqu’aux subcaudales, sans 
un espace blanc pur au milieu du devant de la gorge, propre a 
VYesptce citée ; par la bande sourcilitre tachetée et non distinguée 
des parties voisines par une large raie foncée postoculaire, comme 


1879. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 223 


cela a lieu dans le 7’. aculipectus ; par la présence de l’espace noir 
maculé de blane sur les cotés du cou; par la couleur de la queue et 
du bas ventre; les taches de la poitrine sont autres; moins nom- 
breuses, plus grosses, plus uniformes et moins foncées ; la jambe est 
revétue jusqu’au talon de plumes blanches trés-rayées transversale- 
ment de brun, tandis que dans le 7’. maculipectus cette partie est 
unicolor analogue & la couleur des cotés du ventre. 

3S. Longueur de Vaile 68 mill., queue 61, bec dep. la commis. 
24, tarse 21. Q. Longueur de l’aile 63 mill., queue 58, bec dep. 
la commis. 23, tarse 22. 

Une paire de Guajango, tude le 18 et le 25 avril 1878. 


2. HenicorHINA LEucoPHRYS (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z. 8S. 1874, 
p- 504. F 
Une paire de Tambillo le 14 janvier 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


Family Syivimpz. 
*], PoOLIOPTILA BUFFONI, Scl. 
Un mile de Guajango, tué le 24 avril 1878. Inis brun foncé. 


2. PoLiopriLa ALBILORIS, Saly.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 319. 


Un mile et deux femelles, tués 4 Pacasmayo dans la moitié de 
juin 1877. 


Family MniotittTip&. 

1. Paruxa pit1ayumt (Vieill.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 319. 

Une femelle de Tambillo le 15 novembre 1877. 

2. DENDRECA BLACKBURNIZ (Gm.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p- 508. 

Plusieurs exemplaires de Tambillo, recueillis depuis de 19 novembre 
1877, jusqu’au 25 mars 1878. 

3. Denpreca cAnapensis (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 508. 

Une paire de Tambillo, tuée le 27*novembre 1877 et le 28 mars 
1878. 
#4, BasiLEUTERUS CASTANEICEPS, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1877, 
p: 521. 

Sept exemplaires de Tambillo, recueillis depuis la moitié de 
novembre 1877, jusqu’a la moitié de janvier 1878. Iris brun foncé. 

*5. BASILEUTERUS NIGRICRISTATUS (Lafr.). 

Un male tué le 3 juillet 1877 4 Schuccha prés de Cutervo, 4 7700’ 
d’altitude. Iris brun foncé. 

6. SrToPHAGA VERTICALIS, Lafr. et Orb.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, 
p- 508. 


Sept exemplaires de Tambillo, tués en novembre et décembre 
1877. Iris brun foncé. 


224 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


*7, SETOPHAGA BAIRDI, Salv. Ibis, 1878, p. 317, pl. viii. fig. 


l. 
Deux males tués 4 Chota, 8000’ d’altitude, le 3 et 15 aoit 1877. 
Iris brun foncé. 


Family Virreonip&. 
1. Vireosytvia JosrPu#, Scl.: Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 509. 


Cing exemplaires recueillis 4 Tambillo en octobre et novembre 
1877 et en mars 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


*2. VIREOSVLVIA OLIVACEA (L.). 


Trois exemplaires de Guajango pris le 21 et le 27 avril 1878. 
Iris brun rougeatre. 


*3. CyCLORAIS CONTRERAST, n. sp. (Plate XXI.) 


C. virenticipiti simillimus, sed pileo toto ferrugineo, dorso obseu- 

riore, colore flavo collari minus extenso. 

Cet oiseau est trés-voisin du C. virenticeps, Scl., il en différe 
cependant par le dessus de la téte qui est ferrugineux-foncé en entier 
et coloré un peu de verdatre au milicu méme. La couleur verte des 
parties supérieures du corps est distinctement plus foncée que dans 
Vespéce citée, et le jaune du devant de la gorge moins étendu ; les 
joues sont verditres, ainsi que les edtés du cou et de la poitrine. 
Le reste des parties inférieures du corps, les ailes et la queue, sont 
comme dans le C. virenticeps. Le bec est un peu plus long et plus 
comprimé dans sa partie antérieure ; la mandibule supérieure rou- 
geatre, Vinférieure plombée 4 extrémité blanchatre; les pattes 

, diated , 
carnées ; iris orangé. 

3. Long. tota 180 mill., envergure 258, aile 77, queue 65, bee 20, 
tarse 24. 2. Long. tota 180 mill., envergure 258, aile 77, queue 
68, bec 21, tarse 23. 

Une paire tuée 4 Tambillo le 28 novembre et le 4 décembre 1877. 

Je suis heureux de pouvoir dédier cette nouvelle espéce 4 Don 
Gregorio Contreras de Cutervo, comme témoignage de ma reconnais- 
sance 4 l’égard du bon acceuil fait & nos voyageurs, ce qui a contribué 
en grande partie aux succés qu’ils ont remporté dans cette interes- 
sante contrée. 4 


Family HrruNDINID&. - 
ATTICORA CYANOLEUCA (V.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 510. 


Un mile adulte de Tambillo tué le 23 novembre 1877, et un jeune 
de Pacasmayo du 14 juin 1877. Iris brun foncé. 


Family C@reBipz&. 
*1, DIGLOSSA ATERRIMA, Lafr. 
Un mile tué & Tambillo le 17 novembre 1877. Iris brun foncé. 


*2. DIGLOSSA ALBILATERALIS, Lafr. 


Quatre males et une femelle pris 4 Tambillo depuis le 13 novembre 
1877, jusqu’au 6 mai 1878, Iris brun foncé. 


1879.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 225 


3. DIGLOSsA BRUNNEIVENTRIS, Des Murs; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p. 511. 

Un male adulte et un jeune pris le 1 aot 1877 4 Chota, 8000! 
daltitude. Iris brun foncé. 


4, DigLossoris CHRULESCENS, Scl., Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 511. 


Un mile pris dans la montafia de Palto 7500! d’altitude, le 26 
decembre 1877, et une femelle de Tambillo tuée le 31 decembre. 
Inis rouge brunatre. 


5. CoNIROSTRUM CINEREUM (Lafr. et Orb.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p- oll. 


Un jeune male de Pacasmayo le 12 juin 1877. Iris brun foncé. 


6. ConirostRUM ATROCYANEUM, Lafr.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, 
p- oll. 


Une paire de Tambillo du 17 septembre 1877 et du 2 janvier 1878. 
Un mile de la montana de Palto 7400', tué le 26 décembre 1877. 
Iris brun foncé. 

Les deux males adultes ont comme ceux de Chilpes et de Puma- 
marca la calotte bleue. Dans la femelle le bleu du dessus de la téte 
est beaucoup plus clair que celui du male, passant au cendré foneé 
a la nuque ; le dos est d’un vert plus vif que celui du jeune mile ; 
le croupicn jaune verdatre; la gorge, les cotés du visage et la poi- 
trine cendrés ; le ventre jaune verdatre; remiges et rectrices noira- 
tres ; bordées largement de vert ; les petites couvertures alaires d’un 
vert beaucoup plus pur que celui du dos. 


7. CERTHIOLA PERUVIANA, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 512. 


Trois exemplaires de Pacasmayo, tués en juin 1877. Iris brun 
foncé. 


*8. CERTHIOLA sp. ? 


Trois males pris 4 Guajango en avril 1878. Iris brun foneé. 

Ces oiseaux de Guajango différent des oiseaux de Pacasmayo et 
de Paltaypampa par la taille plus forte (’aile a 64 mm. de longueur, 
tandis que ceux de la céte ont seulement 55), mais il s’en distinguent 
le plus par une grande différence dans la longueur du bee, qui est 
long de 19 mm. depuis la commissure, tandis qu’il est de 14 mm. 
dans la C. peruviana. La coloration est la méme dans les deux ; 
le miroir alaire blanc également développé, seulement la couleur du 
dos présente une légére nuance verdatre dans les oiseaux de Guajango. 


Family TANAGRID2. 
*]1, CHLOROPHONIA viRIDIs (V.). 
Une femelle tuée dans Ja montafia de Palto le 10 décembre 1877. 


2. EUPHONIA NIGRICOLLIs, V., Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 518. 


Trois males et une femelle recueillis 4 Tambillo dans les premiers 
jours de juin 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. XV. 15 


226 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


#3, EupHONIA MINUTA, Cab. ? 
Une femelle tuée 4 Tambillo le 25 juin 1878. 


*4, PrpRIDEA MELANONOTA (V.). 


Une paire tuée & Tambillo le 25 décembre 1877 et le 26 juin 1878. 

M. Stolzmann a trouvé que la poche stomacale dans cet oiseau est 
yudimentaire, 4 peine distincte, et en conséquence il est de Vopinion 
que les Pipridea doivent étre rangées tout prés des Huphonia, aux 
quelles elles ressemblent beaucoup par leurs habitudes. 


*5, Diva vassort (Boiss.). 

Nombreux exemplaires des deux sexes et en différents plumages, 
recueillis 4 Tambillo entre le 9 septembre 1877 et le 18 mars 1878 ; 
les jeunes commencgaient prendre le plumage parfait en décembre et 
en janvier. Tris brun foncé, 


6. CaLuisre nieRivinipis (Lafr.); Tacz. P. ZS. 1874, p. 514. 


Sept exemplaires pris 4 Tambillo entre le 9 septembre 1877 et le 
21 juin 1878, Iris brun foncé. 

Tous ces oiseaux, ainsi que celui d’Anquimarca comparés avec un 
exemplaire de Bogota, se trouvant au Musée de Varsovie, présentent 
une différence remarquable dans la nuance des taches vertes. En 
général toutes les taches des individus péruviens se distinguent par 
Je manque de la nuance bleue, qui est & peine distincte sur le devant 
de la gorge; sur les petites couvertures alaires, les bordures des ré- 
miges et des rectrices la nuance bleue est beaucoup plus faible ; tandis 
que dans V’oiseau de Bogota les taches du devant de la gorge et des 
petites couvertures alaires sont d’une belle couleur bleue pure, sans 
nuance verte; le bleu des bordures des remiges et des rectrices est 
beaucoup plus fort, et toutes les taches des autres parties du corps 
sont impregnées d’une nuance bleue. En général les taches sont 
plus grandes dans les oiseaux péruviens. M. le comte de Berlepsch 
a trouvé la méme différence en comparant un exemplaire de Tambillo 
avec les oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grenade et de Venezuela dans sa col- 
lection. 


7, CALLISTE ARGENTEA (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 514. 


Nombreux exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis entre le 2 sep- 
tembre 1877 et le 18 mars 1878. Mr. Stolzmann a marqué dans 
tous ces exemplaires, ainsi que M. Jelski dans celui de Paltaypampa 
Viris brun foneé ; Tschudi dit jaunatre. 

La femelle a le dessus de la téte d’un brun grisatre foncé, dont 
toutes les plumes sont terminées d’une large bordure jaunatre, en 
formant des nombreuses squammules bien distinctes; le dos est 
dune belle couleur verte, prenant dans certaines directions de la 
lumiére un éclat doré assez fort, analogue a celui du male; la gorge 
et les cdtés du visage sont de la méme nuance jaune ocreuse comme 
dans le male; la poitrine est grise olivatre, enduite plus ou moins 
de jaune verdatre ; le milieu du ventre est cendré grisitre, les cétés 
yerts; les subcaudales grises verdatres au milieu, largement bordées 


1879. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 227 


de blane verdatre. Les ailes et la queue sont noirdtres, avec toutes 
les plumes largement bordées de vert ; les bordures des remiges pri- 
maires sont fines et n’atteignent pas l’extrémité des plumes; dans 
quelques-unes, certainement adultes, ces bordures sont plus ou moins 
bleuatres ; la page inférieure de la queue est bleudtre pale. Le bec 
est d’un noir un peu moins foncé que celui du mile ; les pattes brunes 
noiratres. 

Les jeunes des deux sexes ressemblent a la femelle ; aprés la pre- 
mitre mue les males prennent leur habit. 


8. CaLLisTE XANTHOCEPHALA (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p. 514. 


Deux males de Tambillo du 10 janvier et du 5 juin 1878. Iris 
brun foneé. 


9. TANAGRA ca@LEstis, Spix ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 513. 
Une femelle de Tambillo du 7 décembre 1877. Iris brun foncé. 


10. TANAGRA CYANOCEPHALA, Laff. et Orb.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, 
p- 513. 


Une femelle de Tambillo tuée le 15 novembre 1877. Iris brun 
foncé, 


11, PacimornravuPis LAcRYMosA (Dubus); Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, 
p. 514. 


Un male tué & Tambillo le 8 février 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


12. PyranGa azar (Lafr. et Orb.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 514. 


Trois males et une femelle de Tambillo tués entre le 1 octobre 
1877 et le 20 mars 1878. Iris brun foncé. 

Ces oiseaux de Tambillo comparés avec le male adulte de Junin 
présentent des différences assez importantes ; le rouge des parties 
supérieures du corps est distinctement plus clair dans les premiers ; 
la différence de la nuance des parties inférieures est encore plus 
frappante, elle est beaucoup plus claire, et d’une nuance miniacée, 
tandis que dans l’oiseau de Junin elle est plus foncée et tirant sur le 
cinabre ; le tour de l’ceil est miniacé dans les exemplaires de Tam- 
billo et rose dans celui de Junin. Le bee dans tous les individus de 
Tambillo est un peu plus long, distinctement plus comprimé dans sa 
partie antérieure, 4 aréte plus prononcée dans toute sa longueur, 
Les dimensions sont presque les mémes. 


*13. PyRaANGA astTiva (Gm.). 

Un mile et une femelle tués 4 Tambillo le 15 novembre 1877 et 
le 18 janvier 1878, parfaitement identiques avec les oiseaux de 
P Amérique septentrionale. Iris brun foncé. 


14. Nemosia ornata, Scl.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 515. 


Un exemplaire & sexe inconnu tué 4 Tambillo le 25 septembre 
1877. 
‘ae 


228 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


*15. NEMOSIA INORNATA, 0. sp. 


Mas capite supra nuchaque rufo-castaneis, dorso griseo ; subtus 
fulvus, alis caudaque fusco-griseis, griseo limbatis. Rostrum 
corneum ; pedes fusci ; iris fusco brunnea. 

Foem. mari similis, pileo nuchaque vix rufescenti lavatis, super- 
ciliis et regione postoculari rufescentibus. 

Espéce voisine de la NV. ornata, Scl. Le male a le dessus de la 
téte, la nuque, et la partie postoculaire des cotés de la téte d’une 
vive couleur rousse cannelle; le dos gris foncé; toutes les parties 
inférieures ainsi que le devant du visage fauves, plus pales le long 
du milieu de ’abdoren. Les ailes sont grises foncées, les rémiges 
primaires finement bordées de grisatre clair, les bordures des secon- 
daires légtrement verdatres ; le bord interne de toutes les rémiges 
largement blanchatre; les couvertures alaires cendrées foncées, les 
subalaires fauves. Les rectrices sont de la couleur des rémiges, et 
également bordées de gris. Le bee est corné ; pattes grises foncées ; 
Viris brun foncé. 

La femelle ressemble au male et n’en différe que par la couleur du 
dessus de la téte et de la nuque, qui est & peu prés comme celle du 
des, mais légérement teinte d’une nuance roussatre ; un large sourcil 
commencant A la naissance du bec et fort élargi sur la partie post- 
oculaire roussatre, se confondant graduellement avec la couleur des 
parties environnantes. 

Un jeune male commengant a prendre son habit d’adulte ressemble 
a la femelle, mais la bande sourcilitre est beaucoup plus claire, et la 
partie postérieure du visage beaucoup plus pale; il n’a point de 
nuance verdatre sur les bordures des rémiges secondaires ; sur la 
calotte il a déjd un grand nombre de plumes rousses, mélangées avec 
les plumes de l’habit précédent. 

Le plumage fraix des adultes a une nuance olive sur les parties 
supérieures du corps, et le fauve roussatre des parties inférieures 
est plus intense, surtout sur les c6tés du corps. 

3. Long. tot. 158, envergure 212, aile 68, queue 62, bec 15, tarse 
19mm. @. Long. tot. 147, envergure 194, aile 62, queue 56, bec 
13, tarse 19 mm. 


16. BuUARREMON BRUNNEINUCHUS (Lafr. et Orb.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 
1874, p. 515. 


Plusieurs exemplaires recueillis 4 Tambillo entre le 13 novembre 
1877 et le 16 janvier 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


*17. BUARREMON SPECULARIS, Salvin, MS. 


Deux males, une femelle, et un albino recueillis 4 Tambillo entre 
le 2 septembre 1877 et le 22 mars 1878, ainsi qu’un male de la 
montana de Palto & 7500! d’altitude, tué le 26 décembre 1877. Iris 
brun rougeatre. 

Trés-voisin du B. latinuchus, Scl., mais différent dans plusieurs 
détails: la conleur du dos est dans ce dernier schistacée foncée ; il a 
une moustache foncée bien distincte sur les cétés de la gorge ; l’aile 


1879.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 229 


est plus longue (76 mm. dans le male et 74 dans la femelle, dans le 
B. latinuchus elle est de 71), le bec est un peu moins large. 


*18. CHLOROSPINGUS CASTANEICOLLIS, Scl. 


Deux femelles tuées 4 Tambillo le 1 octobre 1877 et le 20 mars 
1878. Iris brun foncé. 


19. CHLOROSPINGUS OLEAGINEUS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, 
p- 517. 

Trois exemplaires de Tambillo du 15 et le 22 septembre 1877. 
Iris brun foncé. 


*20. CHLOROSPINGUS SUPERCILIARIS (Lafr.). 


Une femelle tuée a Tambillo le 27 décembre 1877. Iris brun 
foncé. 


21. SALTATOR ALBICOLLIS, Vieill. ? 


Trois exemplaires (2 ad. et deux jeunes) de Guajango, pris en 
avril 1878. Iris brun foncé. 

Ces oiseaux me paraissent appartenir A une autre espéce. Ils 
sont plus petits. Le bec est moins élevé, un peu plus long, 4 dos 
moins arqué, noiratre, avec l’extrémité jaune orangée et une pareille 
tache 4 la naissance de la mandibule supérieure. Le dessous du 
corps est fort tacheté de longues flamméches foncées, grosses sur la 
poitrine, moins larges sur le ventre et nulles au milieu méme de ce 
dernier; la gorge est toute foncée avec une raie médiane blanchatre. 
La femelle est bien adulte, 4 ailes et queue palies, et les rectrices 
médianes et quelques rémiges tertiaires fort usées. Longueur de 
Vaile de la femelle 91, bec depuis la commissure 20 mm. 


Family FrincILuip2. 


1. PaHevucticus curysopeptus (Vig.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p- 519. 
Un mile tué 4 Tambillo le 8 janvier 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


2. SPERMOFHILA GUTTURALIS (Licht.); Tacz. P. Z. 8S. 1874, 
p. 519. 


Plusieurs exemplaires recueillis 4 Tambiilo en janvier 1878. Tris 
brun foncé. 


3. PurycGiLus ocuaris, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 520. 


Un exemplaire de Chota 8100’ d’altitude, tué le 24 juillet 1878. 
Iris brun foncé. 


4. CaATAMENIA INORNATA (Lafr.) ; Scl. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. 
p. dl. 

Linaria inornata, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1847, p. 75. 

Catamenia rufirostris (Landb.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 521. 
n. 21. 

Une paire de Tambillo, tuée le 31 décembre 1877. Iris brun foncé. 


230 M. L., TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


5. ZONOTRICHIA PILEATA (Bodd.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 522. 

Un mile de Tambillo du 24 septembre 1877 et un jeune de Pacas- 
mayo du 14 juin 1877. 

6. SYCALIS LUTEIVENTRIS (Meyen); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 522. 

Une femelle de l’Arenal, tuée le 17 décembre 1877. 


7. CHRYSOMITRIS CAPITALIS, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 523. 
Une femelle de Tambillo, tuée le 1 octobre 1877. Iris brun foncé. 


*38, CHRYSOMITRIS COLUMBIANUS (Lafr.). 

Plusieurs exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 Tambillo depuis 
le 15 septembre jusqu’au 22 décembre 1877. Iris brun foncé. 

*9, CoRYPHOSPINGUS CRISTATUS (Gm.). 


Deux miles adultes, une femelle, et un jeune recueillis a Guajango 
en avril 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


Family Icreripz. 
Cacicus ALFREDI (Desm.); Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 523. 


Un mile adulte et un jeune tués 4 Tambillo le 8 et le 18 janvier 
1878. Iris de l’adulte brun foncé, et gris brunatre dans le jeune, 


Family Corvip&. 
XANTHURA PERUVIANA (Gm.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 524. 


Une femelle de la montafia de Palto, et une seconde de Arenal, 
tude le 17 décembre 1877. Iris jaune. 


Family DenpRocoLaPTID&. 
1, GrositTa PeRUVIANA (Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z.S8. 1874, p. 524. 
Une paire de Pacasmayo du 13 juin 1877. Iris brun foncé. Ces 


deux individus ont la couleur isabelle beaucoup plus claire que les 
individus des environs de Lima, récueillis en février. 


2. SYNALLAXIS FRONTALIS, Pelz.; Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 527. 
Un male tué 4 Pacasmayo le 12 juin 1877. Iris terre de Sienne. 


*3. SYNALLAXIS ANTISIENSIS, Scl. 


Une paire (¢ et 9) du 7 et du 14 décembre 1877, de Tambillo. 
Iris du male gris, de la femelle brun grisatre. 


*4, SYNALLAXIS MARANONICA, Nl. Sp. 

Capite et nucha brunnescenti-griseis, superciliis pallidioribus vix 
distinctis ; dorso rufescenti-brunneo ; subtus grisea, hypochon- 
driis brunnescentibus; alis vivide cinnamomeis, cauda obscuriore. 
Rostri nigricantis mandibula inferior pallida; pedes fusci ; 
iris fusco-brunnea. 

Voisine de la 8. cinerascens, mais distincte par la couleur du dos. 


1879.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 231 


dessus de la téte et la nuque sont d’une couleur grise brunatre, a 
bande sourciliére grisitre 4 peine distincte ; le dos et le croupion 
sont d’un roux brundtre uniforme; sur les parties inférieures du 
corps, ainsi que sur les cétés de la téte s’étend une couleur grise, 
légérement blanchie au menton, et fort imprégnée de brunatre sur 
les cdtés du ventre; le milieu du yentre est fauve. Les ailes sont 
d’un roux cannelle vif; les rémiges brunes foncées largement bor- 
dées de roux, de sorte que Vaile pliée parait étre un peu plus foncée 
4 Vextrémité que sur le devant ; les subalaires sont rousses claires ; 
la queue beaucoup plus foneée que Vaile. La mandibule supérieure 
est noiratre, l’inférieure plus pale; les pattes carnées foncées ; iris 
brun foncé. 

Long. de l’aile ¢ 61 mill., queue 72, bee dep. la commissure 19, 
tarse 21. 

Deux males de Guajango du 20 et du 30 avril 1878. 


5. SYNALLAXIS STICTOTHORAX, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 323. 
Un male tué & Pacasmayo le 12 juin 1877. Iris terre de Sienne. 


*6, PLACELLODOMUS FRONTALIS (Licht.). 


Quatre exemplaires de Guajango recueillis au commencement 
d’avril 1878. Iris gris. 


7, ANABAZENOPS CABANISI, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 528. 
Une femelle de Tambillo du 23 décembre 1877. 


8. XEnops rutiLUS, Licht.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. p. 1874, p. 529. 


Trois exemplaires de Tambillo, recueillis entre le 2 septembre et le 
22 décembre 1877, et un male de Guajango du 24 avril 1878. Tis 
brun foncé. 


*9, XIPHOCOLAPTES PROMEROPIRHYNCHUS (Less.) ? 


Un male tué 4 Tambillo le 17 septembre 1877. 

Cet exemplaire difftre beaucoup des oiseaux de Santa Fé de Bogota 
et des environs de Medellin, avee lesquels je lai comparé. Son 
bec est beaucoup plus élevé, plus comprimé, plus ou moins court, 
A dos considérablement plus arqué, d’une couleur cornée blanchatre 
claire, et plombé plus foncé prés de la naissance. La couleur générale 
du plumage plus foncée ; les stries roussitres du dessus de la téte, 
du cou et du devant du dos plus fines ; sur la gorge fauve roussatre 
une suite de taches brunes forme deux raies longitudinales bien dis- 
tinctes; sur le bas de la gorge, la poitrine et les cdtés il y a égale- 
ment des flammétches roussitres, mais bordées des deux cdtés d’une 
ligne noire bien distincte. Le milieu du ventre est largement cou- 
vert de plumes fauves roussitres, dont chacune est variée de deux 
rangées de taches noiratres paralléles et distinctement séparées entre 
elles, ce qui fait une tacheture bien prononcée. Les subcaudales 
sont plus foncdes que les plumes précédentes, et également variées de 
noir. Le roux du croupion est plus obscure que dans l’espéce citée 5 
les ailes et la queue plus foncée. Taille un peu plus forte : aile pli¢e 


232 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


152, queue 135, tarse 32, doigt externe sans ongle 28, bec depuis la 
commissure 52, hauteur du bee vis-A-vis les narines 12 mill. 

Son bec est encore plus élevé et plus comprimé que celui du X. 
albicollis (V.) du Brésil, et beaucoup moins long que le bec du 
X. major (V.) et X. procerus, Cab. 

Il me parait que c’est une forme bien distincte du XY. promeropi- 
rhynchus; mais comme je ne posséde qu’un individu unique, je me 
contente A présenter mes remarques, jusqu’a ce que je recoive un 
plus grand nombre d’exemplaires. 


10. PicoLaPTES LACRYMIGER (Lafr.), Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 
529. 


_ Un mile et deux femelles tués 4 Tambillo entre le 10 septembre 
1877 et le 17 janvier 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


Family ForMIcaruDz. 

*], THAMNOPHILUS N&VIUS (Gm.). 

Deux miles de Guajango, pris en avril 1878. Iris brun clair. 

2. DysITHAMNUS SEMICINEREUS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p- 030. 

Deux miles et une femelle de Tambilla, recueillis le 16 janvier et 
le 18 février 1878. Iris brun foncé. 

*3. GRALLARIA REGULUS, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 66. 

Une femelle de Tambillo du 10 janvier 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


Family TyRANNID&. 
1. OcutHaca Lessont, Scl. ; Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 533. 
Un male de Tambillo du 17 juin 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


2. Ocutueca THORACICA, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 133 et 533. 
Une femelle du 13 décembre 1877. 


3. OcuTHa@CA LEUCOMETOPA, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 19- 


O. leucophrys, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 533. 

Une paire de Chota 4 8000’ altitude, du 1 et du 6 aout 1877. 
Les oiseaux de Huanta et d’Arancocha, indiqués dans la liste citée, 
appartiennent aussi & cette forme, nouvellement distinguée de celle 
de la Bolivie. Iris brun foncé. 


*4, OCHTHG@CA GRATIOSA, Sel. 


Une femelle de Tambillo du 14 janvier 1878. 

M. Stolzmann écrit :— ‘ Cet oiseau construit un nid en forme d’une 
poire oblongue, suspendu sur des lianes verticaux, de sorte que le 
nid en comprenant les rameaux du liane ressemble 4 une touffe de 
mousse, mais il se trahit par Ja régularité de sa forme. II est bati 
en entier de la mousse, et garnia l’intérieur des plumes de différents 
oiseaux, parmi lesquelles celles des Trogons étaient les plus nom- 


1879. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU, 233 


breuses. L’ouverture est en bas. Ordinairement il est suspendu a 
une petite distance du sol, et j’ai trouvé deux situés au-dessus d’un 
petit ruisseau. Uu nid trouvé dans le commencement de février 
contenait deux petits récemment éclos. L’ceuf fourni était trouvé le 
28 mai; comme il était unique, je l’ai laissé dans Pespoir que la fe- 
melle pondra plus. Dans deux jours j’ai trouvé le nid par terre, dé- 
chiré, et deux ceufs couchés 4 coté. Un était brisé et lautre intact. 
En vain j’ai cherché la mére; le male était tué deux jours plus tét, 
mais il était gité. II ne différe en rien de la femelle.” 

L’ceuf est blanc jaunatre, trés peu luisant, de forme ovoide, peu 
allongé, 4 deux extrémités obtuses. Longueur 18 sur 13-2 millim. 
de largeur. 


*5. OcuTumca cALopTera (Scl.). 
Formicivora caloptera, Scl. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 142. 


Un mile et deux femelles de Tambillo recueillis entre le 20 sep- 
tembre 1877 et le 16 juin 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


*6, SERPOPHAGA PECILOCERCA, Scl. 


Un mile et une femelle recueillis le 22 novembre 1877 et le 20 
mars 1878. Iris brun foncé. 


7. Serropuaca cinerea (Strickl.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p.535. 

Un male et deux femelles recueillis 4 Tambillo le 20 septembre 
1877 et le 16 juin 1878. Iris brun foncé. 

8. Muscisax1coLa RUFIPENNIs, Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p- 533. 


Une femelle tuée le 14 juillet 4 Agua blanca (entre San Gregorio 
et San Miguel), ressemble en tout au mile et n’en différe que par une 
taille un peu plus petite; longneur de l’aile mesure 130 mm., tandis 
que dans le male elle est de 142. 


*9, PLATYRHYNCHUS ALBIGULARIS, Scl. 

Un male tué 4 Tambillo le 1 avril 1878. Iris brun foncé. 

10. ANZRETES ALBICRISTATUS, Vig.; Taez. P.Z.S8. 1874, p- 
535. 

Deux miles et une femelle recueillis 3 Chota, 8000! d’altitude, le 
3 et le 15 aodt. Iris brun foncé. 

11. Cyanoris azarx (Naum.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 535. 

Une femelle et un jeune de Pacasmayo du 9 et du 14 juin 1877. 
Iris de la femelle blanc bleudtre, du jeune brun foncé. 

12. Mionectes striaTicouuis (Lafr. et Orb.) ; Tacz. P. Z.8. 
1874, p. 535. 

Deux males et une femelle de Tambillo du 23 septembre et du 19 
novembre 1877. Iris brun foncé. 

*13. LepropoGon MINOR, N. sp. 

Supra olivaceo-viridis, pileo schistaceo, superciliis albidis, macula 


234 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Mar. 4, 


auriculari nulla ; subtus flavus, gula albida, alis nigricantibus 
rufo bifasciatis; secundariis rufescenti marginatis. Rostrum 
nigrum ; pedes nigricantes ; iris fusco-brunnea. 

Le dessus de la téte est d’une couleur ardoise; bande sourciliére 
blanchatre, étroite mais distincte ; les cétés de la téte sont gris ver- 
datres sans tache auriculaire foncée. Le dos olive verdatre; tout le 
dessous du corps jaune pile, un peu nuancé de grisitre sur la poi- 
trine ; le devant de la gorge blanchatre. Laile est noiratre, traversé 
de deux larges bandes roussatres, composées de taches terminales 
des grandes couvertures et des dernitres moyennes; les remiges 
primaires finement bordées de jaunatre, les bordures des secondaires 
roussitres et ne commencant qu’a une certaine distance de la naissance ; 
les subalaires jaunatres. Les rectrices sont noiratres en dessus et 
grises en dessous, bordées d’une nuance olivatre. Le bec est aussi 
court que dans le L. ophthalmicus, mais beaucoup moins large, noi- 
ratre ; les pattes noiratres. Iris brun foncé. 

C’est une forme voisine du LZ. pecilotis, mais plus petit et bien 
distinct par le manque de la tache auriculaire foncée. 

§. Long. tot. 143 mill., envergure 202, aile 61, queue 56, bec 
depuis la commissure 11, tarse 13. 2. Long. tot. 127 mill., enver- 
gure 183. 

Trois exemplaires de Tambillo, pris entre le 13 novembre 1877 et 
le 2 janvier 1878. 


14. PHyLuomyraAs TUMBEZANA, Tacz, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 325. 


Nombreux exemplaires de Guajango recueillis en avril 1878, et de 
Pacasmayo pris en juin 1877. 


15. ORNITHION PUSILLUM (Cab.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 536, 
et 1877, p. 325. 

Une femelle de Pacasmayo du 7 juin 1877. 

L’ceuf trouvé 4 Tumbez le 2 mars 1877, est d’une forme ovée, 
assez allongée, a deux bouts considérablement amincis, de sorte que 
le sommet est trés peu moins gros que la base. La couleur est 
blanche avec une couronne au gros bout, composée de rares points et 
de petites taches rouges, assez pales; sur le reste de la surface il y a 
aussi quelques points. La surface est mate, la coque blanche en 
transparence. Dimensions, 16°3 X12 mm. 


*16, ORNITHION IMBERBE, Scl. 


Trois exemplaires de Guajango recueillis en avril 1873. Iris brun 
foncé. 


17. ELAINneA ALBICEPs (Lafr. et Orb.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 
536. 
Trois exemplaires de Tambillo, recueillis en septembre, et un de 
Chota, 8000’ d’altitude du 1 aotit 1877. Iris brun foncé. 
Un ceuf trouvé a Tambillo le 1 mars 1878 est blanc jaunatre, mat, 
orné d’une quinzaine de mouchetures brunes rougeatres, trés-foncées, 
rangées en une couronne autour du gros bout, outre lesquelles il y a 


1879.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU, 235 


encore un certain nombre de tout petits points beaucoup plus pales. 
La coque dans sa transparence est jaune. La forme ovée, obtuse au 
gros bout et fort amincie au petit. Dimensions, 21:5 sur 16:3 mm. 


18, Evarea onscura (Lafr. et Orb.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p- 
536. 


Six exemplaires de Tambillo, recueillis entre‘le 11 septembre et le 
1* octobre 1877. Iris brun foncé. 


19. Myronrus Rurescens, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 538. 

Une paire (g et 2) de Pacasmayo du 5 et dull juin 1877. Iris 
brun foncé. 

20. Myionius cINNAMoMmEUS (Lafr. et Orb.); Tacz. P.Z. S. 
1874, p. 537. 

Trois exemplaires de Tambillo du 5 septembre et le 10 octobre 
1877. Ivis brun foncé. 

21. Pyrocepuaus RuBINEUs (Bodd.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p- 
336. 


Plusieurs exemplaires des deux sexes de Pacasmayo, recueillis en 
juin 1877, et de Guajango, pris en avril 1878. 

Tous ces individus des deux localités, également que ceux de 
Tumbez sont d’une taille considérablement plus petite que les oiseaux 
des environs de Lima, et présentent une différence dans la coloration 
de la femelle, qui dans celle forme plus petite est beaucoup plus rouge 
sur les parties inférieures du corps. 


22. EMPIDOCHANES PECILURUS, Sel. ; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 538. 

Deux femelles de Tambillo, du 29 septembre 1877 et du 24 mars 
1878. Iris des adultes rouge, dans les jeunes brun foncé. 

* 23. Empr1ponax MINiMus (Baird)? 

Une femelle de Guajango du 11 avril 1878, et une autre de Tam- 
billo du 21 novembre 1877. Iris brun foncé. 

24, Emprponax ANnpinus, Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 539. 

Deux miles de Chota, 8000' d’altitude, pris le 30 juillet et le 3 
avril 1877. 

25. Conropus arpxsiacus (Lafr.) ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p- 539. 

Cing exemplaires de Tambillo, pris entre le 17 septembre 1877 et 
le 6 janvier 1878. Iris brun foncé. 

26. Myiarcuus nigricans, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 539. 

Une femelle de Tambillo du 8 septembre 1877. Iris bran foncé. 


27. Myrarcuus nicricepsg, Scl.; Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 539. 


Trois males et trois femelles de Tambillo, recueillis entre le 15 
septembre 1877 et le 24 mars 1878. Iris brun foncé, 


236 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Mar. 4, 


*28. My1arcHus SEMIRUFUS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 148, tab. xi. 


Trois males tués 4 Pacasmayo dans la premiére moitié de juin 1878. 
Iris brun foncé. 


29. TYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, 
p- 539. 


Un male de Pacasmayo du 12 juin, et une femelle de Tambillo du 
'23 septembre 1877. Iris brun foncé. M. Berlepsch a remarqué 
que les oiseaux de Tambillo sont plus grands que ceux de la Nouvelle 
Grenade et du Surinam. J’ai comparé plusieurs individus des dif- 
férentes localités du Pérou avec une paire de Cayenne se trouvant 
au Musée de Varsovie, et j’ai trouvé la méme différence : laile dans 
les péruviens mesure 120-122 mm., tandis que ceux de Cayenne 
n’ont que 110 mm.; quant a la coloration il n’y a aucune dif- 
férence. 


Family Corineipx. 


1. PACHYRHAMPHUS ALBOGRISEUS (Scl.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1877, 
p- 327. 


Cing exemplaires en différents plumages de Tambillo et de Gua- 
jango, pris en décembre, en janvier, et ea avril. Iris brun foncé. 


2. PACHYRHAMPHUS VERSICOLOR (Hartl.); Tacz. P. Z. 8S. 1874, 
p- 540. 


Deux jeunes de Tambillo du 23 juin 1878. Iris brun foneé. 


3. PipREOLA LUBOMIRSKII, n. sp. (Plate XXII.) 


Mas /ete viridis, capite colloque antico nigro-coracinis ; abdo- 
mine medio, crisso subcoudalibusque luteis; rostro corallino ; 
pedibus nigricantibus ; iridibus aurantiacis. 

Foem. mari similis, capite dorso concolori ; pectore abdomineque 
flavo striatis; subcaudalibus flavis viridi maculatis; rostro 
rubro-brunneo. 

La couleur du male est vert de pré; la téte, le devant de la gorge 
et le milieu du haut de la poitrine sont d’un noir intense luisant, 
coupé transversalement en bas, et prolongé de chaque c6té en une raie 
noire séparant le vert des cOtés de la poitrine de la couleur jaune jon- 
quille qui occupe le milieu du bas de la poitrine, le milieu de l’abdo- 
men et les subcaudales. Les rémiges sont noiratres, largement bor- 
dées de vert; les rectrices vertes en dessus et grises foncées avec une 
nuance verddtre en dessous; les subalaires jaunes, variées de 
noiratre le long du bord de Vaile; les rémiges bordées intérieure- 
ment de jaune pale. Le bec est d’un rouge de corail; les pattes 
noiratres ; iris d’un jaune orangé. 

La femelle est verte en dessus, d’une nuance un peu moins pure 
que celle du male; les cétés du visage et de la gorge sont d’une 
couleur verte sale, moins intense que celle des parties environnantes ; 
le milieu du bas de la poitrine et le ventre sont largement striés de 
jaune; cette derniére conleur devient de plus en plus prédominante 
en avan¢ant sur la partie postérieure du corps; le milieu des sub- 


1879.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 237 


caudales est vert largement bordé de jaune; les ailes et la queue 
comme dans lemale. La mandibule supérieure est brune rougeatre, 
Vinférieure d’un rouge sale, moins foncée que la précédente ; iris 
et les pattes comme dans le male. 

3. Long. totale 196 mm., envergure 300, aile 92, queue 62, bec 
depuis la commissure 20, tarse 21. Q. Long. totale 205 mm., 
envergure 304, aile 95, queue 62, bec depuis la commissure 20, 
tarse 21. 

Deux males et une femelle de Tambillo du 9 septembre 1877 et du 
22 mars 1878. 

Je dédie cette jolie nouvelle espéce 2 M. le Prince Ladislas Lubo- 
mirski, savant conchyliologiste, comme hommage rendu aux travaux 
qwilentreprend pour la mise en ordre des collections conchyliologiques 
du Musée de Varsovie, et an zéle qu’il ne cesse pas de déployer pour 
laccroissement et le développement de cette institution. 


4, HeLiocHEerRA RUBROCRISTATA (Laff. et Orb.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 
1874, p. 570. 


Un male de la montafia de Palto, du 17 décembre 1877. Iris 
rouge carminé. 


*5. HELIOCHERA RUFAXILLA, T'sch. 
Une femelle de T'ambillo, tuée le 18 mars 1878. Iris rouge. 


Family TrocuiLip2. 
*], OREOTROCHILUS LEUCOPLEURUS, Gould. 


Un mile adulte de Cutervo, s’accordant en tout avec la description 
dans la Monographie de Mulsant, excepté la taille qui est un peu 
plus forte (l’aile pliée 75 mill.), bande longitudinale ventrale noire, 
commengant plus prés de la poitrine que dans le O. chimborazi. 


2. PerasopHora ANalIs (Less.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p- 541. 


Une femelle de Tambillo du 28 novembre 1877. Iris presque 
noir. 


*3. PETASOPHORA CYANOTIS (Bourc.). 
Quatre exemplaires de Tambillo, recueillis en septembre 1877. 


4. Panopuites MATHEWs! (Boure.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 544. 


Cinque exemplaires recueillis 4 Tambillo en septembre et en dé- 
cembre 1877. 


5. ACESTRURA MULSANTI (Bourc.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 544. 
Une paire de Tambillo du 13 et du 23 septembre. 


*6. CH#TOCERCUS BOMBUS, Gould. 


Cing miles recueillis 4 Tambillo depuis le 11 décembre 1877 
jusqu’au 27 mars 1878. 


238 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


*7, MyrTIs FANNY (Less.). 


Un jeune male pris sur la montana de Chule (Chota), 9000’ 
d’altitude. 


8. STEGANURA PERUVIANA, Gould; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p.544. 


Une paire de Tambillo du 27 septembre et du 13 décembre 
1877. 


*9, LrsBra GRACILIS, Gould. 


Cing exemplaires de Tambillo et de Chola jusqu’a 9000’ d’alti_ 
tude, recueillis depuis le 24 avril 1877 jusqu’au 24 décembre 1878. 


10. MerraLrLuRA SMARAGDINICOLLIS (Lafr. et Orb.); Tacz. 
P.Z. S. 1874, p. 544. 


Une paire de Chota (8000') et de Tambillo du 30 juillet et du 
25 septembre 1877. 


*1], ADELOMYIA MELANOGENYS (Fraser). 


Plusieurs oiseaux recueillis 4 Tambillo depuis septembre jusqu’au 
décembre 1877. 


i2. Paracona Gicas (Vieill.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 545. 
Un jeune male de Chota (S000’) du 30 juillet 1877. 


*13, HextiorryPHaA VIOLA, Gould. 


Plusieurs exemplaires recueillis 4 Tambillo depuis le 20 septembre 
1877 jusqu’au 18 mars 1878. 

Les femelles fournies par M. Stolzmann sont différentes de la de- 
scription dans louvrage de M. Mulsant; je donne done leur descrip- 
tion. Le vert des parties supérieures du corps est plus clair que 
dans le mile, avec un éclat doré repandu partout jusqu’aux rectrices 
médiaires ; la plaque frontale et la bande pectorale moins brillantes 
et d’une nuance plus pale; le violet de la plaque gutturale moins 
brillant, d’une nuance générale plus rougeatre et bordée en bas d’une 
bande cuivreuse dorée, distincte dans certaines directions de la 
lumiére. Les plumes vertes abdominales sont entourées d’une bor- 
dure grisitre; les subcaudales présentent trés-peu de vert. Les 
rectrices externes fort imprégnées de vert sur leurs deux pages. La 
queue de la méme forme, mais beaucoup plus courte, et a rectrices 
moins étagées. Le reste comme dans le male. 

Un jeune mile ressemble a la femelle; sa plaque gutturale est plus 
terne, plus bleudtre dans certaines directions et moins rouge, la 
bordure cuivreuse plus distincte, les bordures des plumes abdomi- 
nales d’une teinte roussatre, les subcaudales roussitres avec une 
tache centrale foncée peu prononcée. Les dimensions comme dans 
la femelle. 

3. Longit. totale 129-131 mm., envergure 156-160, bee depuis 
les narines 14, aile 67, queue 58, largeur des rectrices externes 8°8. 
@. Long. tot. 122-123 mm., envergure 148-149, bec depuis les 
narines 14, aile 60, queue 46, largeur des rectrices externes 8°8. 


1879.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 239 


14. LAMPROPYGIA. Ca:LigENA (Less.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p. 543. 

Un mile de la montafia de Palto du 17 décembre 1877, et une 
femelle de Tambillo du 18 janvier 1878. 


*15, LrvucoLia PELZELNI, n. sp. 


2+ Rostrum subarquatum, dimidia parte corporis sublongius ; 
pileo viridi nitido ; corpore supra viridi-subcupreo ; cauda sub- 
truncata, vie emarginata, rectricibus viridi-eneis, externis in 
apice cinereis et macula longitudinali fusca notatis ; corpore 
subtus albo sericeo ; lateribus colli et capitis maculis splendidis 
viridi-ceruleis ornatis ; lateribus epigastrii viridi maculatis ; 
ventris lateribus viridibus ; subcaudalibus albis. 

Bec trés-peu courbé, un peu plus long que la moitié de la longueur 
du corps, graduellement rétréci depuis la base jusque prés de l’extré- 
mité, otil est légérement renfl¢, puis brusquement rétréci en pointe ; 
mandibule noire, machoire blanchatre avec l’extrémité noire. Dessus 
de la téte revétu de plumes vertes médiocrement brillantes ; tout le 
dessus du corps d’un vert bronzé A peu pres uniforme partout. 
Queue presque tronquée, 4 rectrices médianes sensiblement plus 
courtes que les autres ; les externes un peu moins longues que celles 
de la deuxiéme paire; les médiaires vertes, légérement bronzées, les 
autres d’un vert un peu moins brillant; l’externe largement terminée 
de cendré clair, l’extrémité pareille de la suivante plus petite, et sur 
la troisiéme réduite 4 un mince liséré; sur ces trois rectrices latérales 
ily a une tache noirdtre située longitudinalement sur la tige prés 
de Dextrémité de la partie verte. La page inférieure de la queue 
un peu plus pale que la dorsale; les tiges brunes en dessus, et 
blanchatres en dessous. Ailes aussi longues que les rectrices, brunes 
violatres. Tout le dessous du corps depuis le bee jusqu’a l’extré- 
mité du ventre blane soyeux pur; les cotés de la téte et du cou 
parsemés de plumes squammiformes d’un bleu yerditre clair, fort 
luisant ; les cotés de l’épigastre variés de taches vertes, en réduisant 
la moitié espace blane pur de la poitrine, les cdtés mémes du 
ventre sont aussi verts; les subcaudales blanches pures. Pattes 
noiratres. Iris presque noir. 

Long. de Vaile 53 mm., queue 33, bee dans sa partie dénudée 22. 

Une femelle de Guajango sur le haut Maranon, tuée le 1 mai 
1878. 

Cette Leucolie différe de toutes les congénéres par la couleur des 
plumes brillantes sur les cétés du cou et de la téte, bien distincte du 
vert des parties sup¢rieures du corps, ainsi que par la forme des taches 
noires sur les rectrices externes ; le blanc est encore plus répandu sur 
le dessous du corps que dans la LZ. candida. 


*16. THaumasius TACZANOWSKII, Scl. anted, p. 145. 
Un mile de Guajango du 12 avril 1878. 


17. AMAZILIALEUCOPH@A, Reichb. ; Tacz. P. Z. 8, 1877, p. 327. 
Deux miles de Pacasmayo, pris en Juin 1877. 


240 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


Family CapRIMULGID2. 
*], Nyctrprus corNuTUs (Vieill.). 
Une femelle des environs de Tambillo, 7500! d’altitude, tuée le 17 
juin 1878. Iris jaune. 
*2, LUROCALIS NATTERERI, Temm. 
Une femelle de Tambillo du 13 février 1878. Iris presque 
noir. 


dard 


3. Nycripromus AuBicoLtuis (Gm.); Tacz. P.Z.S8. 1877, 
p- 327. 

Une paire de Tambillo, tuée en décembre 1877 et un male de 
Gujango, tué le 11] avril 1878. Iris presque noir. 


Family Picip%. 
1. CAMPEPHILUS MELANOLEUCUS (Gm.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, 
p. 546. 
Un mile tué 4 Guajango le 16 avril 1878. Iris jaune. 
2. CHLORONERPES FUMIGATUS (Lafr. et Orb.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 
1874, p. 546. 
Une paire de Tambillo du 19 décembre 1877 et du 5 janvier 1878. 
Iris brun foncé. 
Family ALCEDINIDZ. 
CrryLE CABANISI (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 547, et 1877, 
p- 328. 
Une femelle de Pacasmayo, tuée le 13 juin 1877. Iris brun 
fonce. 
Family Troconip&. 
PHAROMACRUS AURICEPS (Gould). 
Calurus pavoninus, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 547. 


Six exemplaires de Tambillo, tués entre le 7 septembre et le 23 
décembre 1877. Iris brun foncé ; bec orangé; pattes grises, le 
dessous des doigts d’un orangé sale. 


Family CucuLipz. 
1. CroTorHaGa suLcicrostris, Sw.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, 
p. 548. 
Un male de Guajango, tué le 14 avril 1878. Iris presque 
noir. 


2. PtayA NIGRICRISSA, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 548. 


Une femelle de Tambillo, tuée le 17 septembre 1877. Iris rouge 
de sang ; les parties dénudées autour des yeux de la méme couleur 
rouge dans la moitié supérieure, et grise dans la moitié inférieure. 
Bec jaune verdatre, plus vert @ la base ; les pattes grises plombées. 


1879. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 241 


3. Coccyzus ERYTHROPHTHALMUs (Wils.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1877, 
p. 328. 

Une femelle de Guajango, tuée le 20 avril 1878, ressemble com- 
plétement au male de Lechugal, mais elle est beaucoup plus grande : 
Paile est longue de 148 mm., tandis que dans le mile elle l’est de 
135 la queue a 164 de longueur, dans le mile 140. Le dessus de la 
téte est dans les deux exemplaires concolore au dos, mais le front est 
largement cendré. Le bec est noiratre, avec une tache jaunatre au 
milieu de la face inférieure de la machoire. Iris brun foncé; le 
tour de l’ceil jaune sale. 


_ Family Psirracipz. 
Ara miviraris (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 549. 


Une femelle de Guajango, tuée le 28 avril 1868. Iris orangé 4 
Pextérieur, passant graduellement en brun vers le centre, la pupille 
méme entourée d’un anneau plus clair. 


Family Srricip2. 
*1, Scops BRASILIANUS (Gm.). 


Une paire de Guajango, tuée le 12 avril et le 2 mai 1878. Iris 
jaune. 

Le male a le dessus de la téte brun foncé, a tiges des plumes 
noires bien dessinées sur le fond brun, et quelques petites taches 
rousses peu apparentes, entouré d’une large bande sourciliére blanche 
variée de brun, et de la bande nuchale bien distincte. En général il 
n’a point de nuance rousse sur les parties inférieures ducorps. Dans 
la femelle la calotte brune est parsemée de nombreuses petites taches 
rousses, et la teinte générale est colorée de fauve roussitre. 


*2. PuLsaTRIx TORQUATA (Daud.). 
Une femelle de Guajango, tuée le 16 avril 1878. Iris jaune. 


3. GLAUCIDIUM PHALZNOIDES (Daud.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1877, 
p. 329. 


Une femelle de Guajango du 25 avril 1878. Iris jaune trés-pale. 


Family FaLconip&. 
1. AsrtuRINA MAGNIROsTRIS (Gm.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p- 552. 
Un mile tué & Tambillo le 7 septembre 1877. Iris jaune; cire, 
tour des yeux et pattes orangées. 


*2. URUBITINGA MERIDIONALIS (Lath.). 


Une paire de Guajango du 21 avril 1878. Iris brun clair; cire 
jaune ; pattes d’un orangé sale. 


- #3. ACCIPITER ERYTHROCNEMIS, Scl. 


Une femelle prise 4 Shanyn le 15 novembre 1877. Iris jaune, 
ainsi que le tour des yeux ; pattes orangées. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. XVI. 16 


242 M. L, TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 4, 


*4, MICRASTUR GUERILLA, Cass. ? 


Un jeune oiseau de Guajango, tud le 14 avril 1878. Iris jaune 
trés-pale ; pattes jaunes. 


5. TINNUNCULUS CINNAMOMINUS (Sw.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p- 550. 


Un male de Chota 8000' @altitude, du 30 juillet 1877. Iris brun 
foncé ; cire et pattes orangées. 


6. CyminpIs MEGARHyNCHUS (Des Murs); Tacz. P.Z.S. 
1874, p. 550. 


Quatre exemplaires recueillis 4 Guajango en avril de 1878, dif- 
férent entre eux en coloration et sont aussi différents des exemplaires 
d’Amable-Maria et de Soriano, dont j’ai donné la description dans 
Particle cité. 

Un mile, prohablement trés-adulte est d’un cendré bleuatre foncé, 
rayé transversalement de blanc sur la poitrine et le ventre, de sorte 
que les raies blanches sont deux fois plus fines que les cendrées. Les 
rémiges raiées de noir et sur la page inférieure les intervalles clairs 
sont blanchatres, et blancs purs dans la premiére moitié des plumes. 
Les rectrices sont noires 4 deux larges bandes blanches, dont la ter- 
minale est fort colorée de cendré. Les subalaires sont cendrées, 
rayées de blanc; tectrices caudales noires terminées d’une bordure 
blanche; les subcaudales blanches. Iris blanc; peau nue autour 
des yeux bleue verdatre; avec une tache jaune devant l’ceil; pattes 
orangées. 

Un autre male est semblable au précédent, et n’en différe que par 
la couleur des raies abdominales, qui sont roussdtres et s’étendent 
sur toute la poitrine; les bandes claires caudales sont fort colorées 
de roussatre ; les sous-caudales rousses ; les bordures des sus-caudales 
cendrées claires. 

Les deux jeunes en premier plumage sont aussi différents entre 
eux, ainsi que de celui qui a été décrit dans article cité. Un d’eux 
n’a les bordures rousses qu’aux ailes, tandis que l’autre les a aussi sur 
le dos, excepté la partie voisine du cou. Le fond de tout le dessous 
est dans les deux d’un fauve isabelle, rayé transversalement de brun. 
Les cétés du visage sont cendrés dans le premier de ces exemplaires, 
et la gorge isabelle; dans lautre les cétés du visage ainsi que la 
gorge sont d’un roux cannelle, rayé de plus foncé sur la gorge. 
Dans le premier les sus-caudales sont bordées de blanc, dans le 
deuxiéme de roux. Iris est blanc dans le premier, et blanc sale 
dans le dernier. 


Family ArprIpe. 


*], TIGRISOMA SALMONI, Scl. et Saly. r 


Un mile tué a Tambillo le 18 septembre 1877 s’accorde en tout 
avec la description, si ce n’est que tout le dessus de la téte est fine- 
ment rayé de roux ; le ventre est gris, teint légérement de roussatre. 
Iris jaune; parties nues du visage jaunes verdatres. 


1879.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 243 


2. BuroRIpEs vIRESCENS (L.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 746. 


Un mile adulte et un jeune de Pacasmayo, tués en juin 1877. 
Iris, tour des yeux et pattes jaunes, 


Family ANATID&, 


*], DAFILA BAHAMENSIS (L.). 
Un male tué & Tumbez le 2 mai 1877. 


2, MeRGANETTA LEUCOGENYS, Tsch. ; Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 554, 


Un poussin tout petit de Tumbez. II est blanc, avec le dessus de 
la téte, une strie postoculaire, une bande le long du cou et du dos, 
les ailes et une large raie de chaque cété du dos bruns. La queue 
composée de rectrices longues, rigides, 4 barbes rares. 


Family CotumBip&. 


1. Taupacoria Gopina, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 555. 


Un jeune male de Guajango du 9 avril 1878. Iris composé de 
deux anneaux, dont l’externe est blanc sale, interne gris foncé. 


2. CoLuMBULA CRUZIANA (Knip et Préy.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, 
p. 535. : 


Un exemplaire de Tambillo. 


Family Cracipa. 


1, ABURRIA CARUNCULATA, Reichb.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p- 558. 


Un mile, une femelle et un poussin de Tambillo, pris le 4 
décembre 1877 et le 10 janvier 1878. Tris rouge-cérise trés-foncé. 
Bee d’un beau bleu dans sa moiti¢d basale; le sac guttural jaune 
pale ; pattes de couleur chair-rougedtre. Le poussin en duvet ala 
téte et le cou roux, avec une grande tache frontale, une large raie le 
long du milieu de la téte et du cou et une autre raie moins large de 
chaque cété du dessus de la téte noirs. Le dos brun au milieu, varié 
de fauve sur les cdtés; ailes brunes, couvertures alaires tachetées de 
roux; grandes couvertures et rémiges terminées chacune d’une goutte 
fauve, dont les premitres constituent deux bandes transversales ; 
queue brune, rectrices terminées d’une bordure rousse. Le devant 
de la gorge et le haut de Ja poitrine d’un roux uniforme, de plus en 
plus pale en s’approchant du ventre, qui est blanc-jaunatre uniforme ; 
duvet de la jambe gris-roussitre; subcaudales d’un roux sale. 


2. PENELOPE SCLATERI, Gr.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 558. 


. - . £ 

Un male tué 4 Tambillo le 29 novembre 1877. Iris brun foneé; 

sac guttural de la couleur chair avec une faible nuance orangée ; 
. . L>, Y 

parties nues autour des yeux grises, trés-foncées; paupitres plus 


claires; pattes d’un rouge framboise, légérement enfumé. 
16* 


244 ON BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. [Mar. 4, 


Family RaLuipz. 
*RALLUS NIGRICANS, Vieill. ? 


Deux jeunes en premier plumage, tués 4 Pacasmayo en juin 1877. 
Iris de la couleur terre de Sienne. 


Family CHARADRIID2. 
* JAGIALITIS VOCIFERA (L.). 


Deux exemplaires de Pacasmayo, tués en juin 1877. Iris brun 
foncé ; tour des yeux vermillon. 


Family Popicipirip. 
*PopIcErs MAJOR, Bodd. 
Une femelle adulte de Chimbote, tuée en novembre 1875. 


Addenda. 


CYANOCORAX MysTACALIS (Geoff.). 


Les ceufs recueillis 4 Tumbez dans le commencement de mars 
1877, sont de la méme forme que ceux de la pie d’ Europe ; les uns 
ont le petit bout fort aigu, les autres l’ont beaucoup plus obtus. 
La surface pen luisante. Le fond est jaunatre, trés-pale, varié de 
nombreuses petites taches irréguliéres et de petits points gris ples, 
et d’autres bruns, plus ou moins foncés, superficiels; sur quelques- 
uns ces taches sont plus grosses au gros bout. Sur les ceufs & taches 
plus grandes qu’a lordinaire les taches sont beaucoup moins nom- 
breuses. Cette coloration ressemble beaucoup a celle des ceufs 
ad’ Agialitis fluviatilis. La coque est transparente et jaunatre. Di- 
mensions: 31°6 x 22°8, 31°4 x 23, 32°3 x 22°3, 33-2 x 23-2 millim. 


SYCALIS FLAVEOLA (L.). 


Les ceufs trouvés 8 Tumbez a la fin de février et au commence- 
ment de mars ressemblent beaucoup aux ceufs du friquet (Passer 
montanus (L.)). Ils ont la méme forme, les mémes dimensions, et 
varient aussi en coloration. Le fond est blane pur, ou légérement 
verdatre ou jaunatre, varié de taches irréguliéres, de diverses gran- 
deurs, brunes pales, et d’autres brunes ou d’un brun rougeatre foncé, 
plus ou moins nombreuses sur toute la surface, et plus denses au gros 
bout, ou formant une couronne trés-proche de l’extrémité méme. 
Sur quelques-uns les taches sont trés-nombreuses et couvrent la plus 
grande partie du fond. Dimensions: 20 x 15, 19°8 x 17°6, 22 x 17°6, 
20°8 x 15:2 millim. 


CHLORONERPES CANIPILEUs (Lafr. et Orb.). 


L’ceuf trouvé 4 Tumbez dans les premiers jours de mars 1877 a 
les dimensions suivantes: 22°2X17 millim. L’éclat est 4 peu prés 
comme dans les ceufs du Picus major; la coque blanche pure en 
transparence. 


P.Z.5.1879. Pl. XXT. 


GKeulemans hth Hanhart ump 


IANTHOCINCLA TREACHERI 


1879.] ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-WESTERN BORNEO. 245 


CoLumBa MEtopa, Tsch. 

Les ceufs trouvés 4 Tumbez au commencement de mars 1877 sont 
blancs, légérement jaunatres, 4 coque jaune en transparence. Di- 
mensions: 31°8 x 24, 32 x 23°8, 31:2 x 24, 33°8 x 23°5 millim. 


2. On Collections of Birds from Kina Balu Mountain, in 
North-western Borneo. By R. Bowpter Suarpr, F.L.S., 
F.Z.S., Senior Assistant, Department of Zoology, 
British Museum. 


[Received February 14, 1879.] 
(Plate XXIII.) 


The great mountain of Kina Balu has always been a locality of 
interest to the student of Bornean ornithology ; but I am not aware 
that any notes on the natural history of this part of northern 
Borneo have ever been published. It gives me great pleasure, 
therefore, to give a list of the specimens obtained by Mr. Treacher’s 
collectors, and of a few others submitted to me by Mr. Burbidge 
and obtained during his recent expedition to this mountain. The 
latter gentleman is well known from his successful botanical re- 
searches on Kina Balu; and I shall shortly lay before the Society 
an account of some of his ornithological discoveries in the Sooloo 
archipelago. 

The present collection, though small, is of some importance; and 
the character of some of the birds seems to show that the moun- 
tains of Borneo, when thoroughly explored, will produce many 
species akin to those found in the mountains of Java, Sumatra, and 
even of the Himalayas. 


1, Burastur 1npIcvus. 

Butastur indicus (Gm.), Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 297. 

Poliornis indica (Gm.), Salvad. Ucc. Born. p. 9. 

A specimen in nearly full plumage, collected by Mr. Burbidge. 


2. BuBo ORIENTALIS. 

Bubo orientalis (Horsf.), Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 39. 

B. sumatranus (Raffl.), Salvad. Ucc. Born. p. 19. 

A fine adult specimen in Mr. Treacher’s collection, agreeing with 
the diagnosis given by me (J. c.), and measuring 13 inches in the 
wing. 

3. MEGALEMA VERSICOLOR. 

Megalema versicolor (Rafl.), Marsh. Mon. Capit. pl. 22. 

Chotorea versicolor, Salvad. tom. cit. p. 33. 

Three adult specimens, obtained by Mr. Burbidge. 


246 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM [Mar. 4, 


4. RuoropyTEs ERYTHROGNATHUS. 

Rhopodytes erythrognathus (Wartl.), Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1873, 
p- 604. 

Rhamphococcyx erythrognathus (Hartl.), Salvad. tom. cit. p. 74. 

A specimen in Mr. Treacher’s collection, having the two centre 
tail-feathers rufous at their ends. 


5. HaLcyon CHLORIS. 


Halcyon chloris (Bodd.), Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. pl. 87. 
Sauropatis chloris (Bodd.), Salvad. tom. cit. p. 103. 


One specimen, sent by Mr. Treacher. 


6. DENDROCHELIDON LONGIPENNIS. 
Dendrochelidon longipennis (Rafin.), Salvad. tom. cit. p. 122. 
One specimen, collected by Mr, Burbidge. 


7. CORONE TENUIROSTRIS. 


Corone tenuirostris, Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.I. Co. ii. p. 558. 

Corvus tenuirostris, Tweedd. Ibis, 1877, p. 320. 

One specimen in Mr. Treacher’s collection. 

The constant character of the long thin bill in specimens from 
N.W. Borneo impresses me with the idea that Lord Tweeddale is 
right in keeping C. tenutrostris distinct from C. enca, with which 
I united it in my ‘ Catalogue of Birds’ (vol. iii. p. 43). 

8. DicRURUS ANNECTENS. 

Dicrurus annectens, Hodgs.; Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 231; id. Ibis, 
1878, p. 414. 

The first occurrence of this species in Borneo was recorded by me 
in my list of Governor Ussher’s Sarawak collection; but it cannot 
be uncommon in North-western Borneo, to judge from numerous 
specimens which have been sent from Labuan and from the opposite 
coast by Governor Ussher and Mr. Treacher. Two specimens are 
contained in the collection made on Kina Balu by Mr. Burbidge. 


9. CHIBIA BORNEENSIS, Sp. n. 


C. similis C. pectorali ex insulis Sulaensibus, sed plumis lanceolatis 
colli lateralis metallice chalybeo-viridibus nec purpurascentibus, 
et maculis jugularibus et prepectoralibus valde minoribus et con- 
spicue metallicis chalybea-viridibus distinguenda. Long. tot. 10, 
culm. 1°3, ale 5°9, caude 4:5, tarsi 0°85. 

An adult and young bird in Mr. Treacher’s collection. 

This is an interesting addition to the avifauna of Borneo,‘and 
seems to indicate an entirely new species. It bears considerable 
resemblance to C. bimaensis of Timor and Lombock, but differs in 
having the long silky plumes on each side of the lower back black 
instead of greyish white ; while the Timor bird has not, like C. borne- 
ensis, any long hair-like plumes on the head. On the other hand 
the latter character allies it to C. pectoralis of the Sula Islands; but 


1879.] NORTH-WESTERN BORNEO. 247 


it may be recognized on comparison by the much smaller and more 
metallic spots on the throat and fore neck, which are steel-green, as 
also are the neck-hackles. In C. pectoralis the spangles are large, 
dull, and incline to purplish in tint. This species appears to me to 
be a thorough Chibia, and I do not at present see how naturalists 
can avoid recognizing the existence of Chibia in the Malay archi- 
pelago; nor do I understand how the Indian and Malayan species 
are to be separated, when such a perfect gradation is now offered 
by ©. borneensis and C. pectoralis. Under these circumstances I 
believe that Salvadori’s genus Dicruropsis, which I was lately in- 
clined to admit (Mittheil. k. zool. Mus. Dresd. iii. p. 360), cannot 
be sustained; and I therefore revert to my old opinion concerning 
these birds (Cat. B. iii. p. 234). I have given this species the 
name of borneensis to celebrate the addition of a Chibia to the 
avifauna of Borneo. Mr. Treacher has also procured a single spe- 
cimen of it on the Lawas river. 

The young bird from Kina Balu differs from the adult in being 
duller black, with fewer and less metallic chest-spots and hackles. 


10. BuCHANGA STIGMATOPS, Sp. 0. 


B. similis B. leucophe, sed macula lorali alba magna distin- 
guenda. Long. tot. 10, culm. 0°9, ale 5°3, caude 5:1, tarsi 0°7. 
The presence of white on the facial region of a species of grey 
Buchanga would seem to ally it at once to B. leucogenys. In the 
Bornean bird, however, of which I have three specimens before me, 
the white is confined to a large loral spot in front of the eye, 
whereas in B. leucogenys the eyebrow and ear-coverts, as well as the 
feathers below the eye, are also white or whitish. The new species 
is also of the same dark grey as B. leucophea (B. cineracea of my 
Catalogue, iii. p. 250), and not of the light pearly grey which is 
another character of B. leucogenys. One specimen was contained 
in Mr. Burbidge’s collection, and two in Mr. ‘Treacher’s. 


11, PrRICROCOTUS IGNEUS. 

Pericrocotus igneus, Blyth ; Salvad. tom. cit. p.144; Sharpe, Cat. 
B. iv. p. 78. 

An adult male, in Mr. Burbidge’s collection. 


12. TRACHYCOMUS OCHROCEPHALUS. 
Trachycomus ochrocephalus (Gm.), Salvad. tom. cit. p. 197. 
One specimen, in Mr. Burbidge’s collection. 


13. RuBIGULA MONTIS, sp. N. 


R. similis BR. flaviventri, sed multo minor et gula flava nec nigra 
distinguenda. Long. tota 5*7, culminis 0°5, ale 3:1, caudeé 2°8, 
tarsi 0°7. . 

General colour above olive-yellowish, the wing-coverts like the 

back; quills and tail dull blackish brown, externally washed with 
olive-yellow like the back, the greater coverts also brown washed 
with olive-yellow ; tail-feathers paler brown at the tip of the inner 


248 ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-WESTERN BORNEO. [Mar. 4, 


web ; head crested, black, as also the sides of the face, ear-coverts, 
and cheeks; entire under surface of body yellow, slightly more 
olive-green on the sides ; under wing-coverts yellow, the longer ones 
white washed with yellow; quills sepia-brown below, white along 
the edge of the inner webs. 

This species is almost exactly the same as Rubigula atricapilla of 
Ceylon, but has not the white tips to the tail-feathers, while its long 
crest distinguishes it from the Ceylonese species, which is not crested. 
In the form of the crest and in general appearance it is almost pre- 
cisely similar to R. flaviventris of Pegu and Tenasserim, but is 
smaller and has the throat yellow like the rest of the under surface. 
The single specimen obtained was in Mr. Treacher’s collection. 


14, CRINIGER RUFICRISSUS, Sp. Nn. 


C. similis C. gutturali, sed supra ubique sordidior, supracaudalibus 
caudaque saturate rufescenti-brunneis ; loris et regione oculart 
cum genis et regione parotica sordide cinereis, gula alba, corpore 
reliquo subtus sordide olivascente, subcaudalibus castaneis. Long. 
tot. 8, culm. 0°85, ale 4:0, caude 4'U, tarsi 0°7. 

This species is not very different from C, gutturalis, but differs in 
its much darker coloration, especially on its under surface, which 
is dull olivaceous, with a white throat and chestnut-red under tail- 
coverts. There is an entire absence of the pale-brown colour of the 
breast washed with yellow, and of the light-yellow abdomen and 
pale fawn-coloured under tail-coverts. The crest is very long in 
C. ruficrissus, and extends nearly to the mantle. 


15. IANTHOCINCLA TREACHERI, sp.n. (Plate XXIII.) 


I. similis I. mitratee (S. Mill.) ex Sumatra, sed genis, mento et 
regione parotica sicut caput castaneis facile distinguenda. Long. 
tota 10, culminis 0°85, ale 4:15, caud@ 4°5, tarsi 1°5. 

Adult. General colour above dark ashy grey, with a very slight 
shade of ochraceous under certain lights; the wing-coverts slightly 
more bluish grey than the back ; quills blackish, externally bluish 
grey, the primaries white along the basal part of the outer web, 
giving the wing a conspicuous white outer aspect ; tail-feathers dark 
slaty grey, shading into blackish at the end of the feathers; entire 
crown and nape, as well as the sides of face, ear-coverts, and fore 
part of cheeks deep chestnut-red, the under cheek-feathers slightly 
tipped with ochraceous ; frontal plumes with lanceolate tips of light 
ashy grey or hoary whitish ; under surface of body dull ochraceous 
brown, with lighter shaft-lines of pale ochraceous, imparting a striped 
appearance to the throat and breast; the sides of the body more 
ashy grey; chin chestnut, like the sides of the face; thighs dark 
grey, with a few chestnut feathers near the tarsal bend; under 
tail-coverts chestnut ; under wing-coverts ashy grey, slightly marked 
with ochraceous; quills sepia-brown below, paler along the edge of 
the inner web. 

Four specimens are sent by Mr. Treacher, all adult, and exactly 
similar in plumage. On comparing them with Sumatran specimens 


1879.] MR. F, J. BELL ON THE ECHINOIDEA. 249 


of I. mitrata, a very marked difference presents itself, which shows 
that the Kina-Balu bird belongs to a new species. Although similar 
to I. mitrata in its general coloration and white-edged quills, it is 
distinguished at once by its chestnut ear-coverts, while the chin and 
fore part of the cheeks are also chestnut. 


16. TurRDUs PALLENS. 
Turdus pallens, Pall.; Salvad. tom. cit. p- 256. 
An adult specimen sent by Mr. Treacher. 


17. Monticoxa souirartvs. 


Monticola solitaria (P. L. S. Miill.), Walden, Tr. Z. §. ix, 
p. 192. 

A specimen sent by Mr. Treacher. 

This is the second occurrence of the bird in Borneo, the first 
having been recorded by me under the name of Monticola pandoo 
(Ibis, 1877, p. 13), from Mr. Alfred Everett’s Bintulu collection. 
Mr. Treacher’s specimen is in full blue-and-red plumage, with the 
usual margins to the feathers found in the winter dress, 


3. Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—I. On 
the Species of the Genus Brissus, and on the allied forms 
Meoma and Metalia. By F. Jerrrey Butz, B.A. Mag- 
dalen College, Oxford, Zoological Department, British 
Museum. 

[Received February 18, 1879.] 


Tn an examination of the specimens of Echinoidea in the British 
Museum I have had as my chief aids the « Catalogue of the Recent 
Echinoidea in the Collection of the British Museum,’ part i., by Dr. 
J. E. Gray (London 1855), and the ‘ Revision of the Echini’ of Prof. 
Alexander Agassiz, published at the University Press, Cambridge, 
U.S., 1872-73. It has been a difficult matter at times to hold a 
balance between systematists of such widely different principles. 

Agassiz recognizes three. species of the genus Brissus—B. obesus, 
Verrill, B. carinatus, and B. unicolor. As the Museum collection does 
not contain any specimen of B. obesus, I shall confine what I have 
to say to the two latter, which are thus distinguished by Agassiz 
(p. 357):—* The only features by which I am able to separate the 
two undoubted species of Brissus (B. carinatus and B. unicolor) are 
the proportions of the anterior and posterior pair of ambulacra, and 
the striking difference in the course of the fasciole in the anterior part 
of the test. In B. carinatus the posterior ambulacra are much 
shorter than the anterior pair, while they are nearly equal in B. uni- 
color. There is but one reentering angle in anterior part of fasciole 
on the anterior interambulacra, while there are two in B. carinatus.” 

Though Dr. Gray distinguishes a larger number of Species (just 
the same, indeed as Agassiz and Desor), he seems to have hada better 


250 MR. F, J. BELL ON THE ECHINOIDEA. [Mar. 4 


acquaintance with his specimens; for he writes:—‘The species of 
this section are most difficult to distinguish; they present several 
variations, which at first sight appear characters, . . . but these varia- 
tions do not appear to be permanent in the specimens of the same 
habitat, but this fact requires verification with a larger series; the 
form of the fasciole is often different on the two sides of the same speci- 
men” (p. 52). 

It is this statement of Dr. Gray’s that gives a more accurate 
account of the real facts of the case, though he might have added, 
indeed, that the reentering angles vary greatly in depth. Of fifteen 
specimens which I have examined from the large series in the Museum, 
four have one réentering angle on either side in the anterior inter- 
ambulacra ; one has no angle on the left, and one on the right side ; 
one has one angle on the left and a shallow one on the right side ; 
four have one angle on the left and two on the right side; and five 
have two on both sides. With the series in my hands I am there- 
fore unable to come to any conclusion from Agassiz’s second dis- 
tinctive character. 

With regard to the other point, the relative lengths of the anterior 
and posterior ambulacra, I have first to say that in no case that I 
know of are the anterior longer than the posterior ambulacra; and 
among such cases I reckon the representation given by Prof. Agassiz 
(pl. xxi. fig. 1); and, secondly, that of nine specimens selected, 
that in which the carinate character of the posterior odd interambula- 
crum was least well marked, had anterior ambulacra measuring 40 
millims., and the posterior 43 millims., while in that in which the 
carination was most marked the anterior ambulacra measured 38 
millims., and the posterior 40 millims. 

The following Table gives some details as to the just-mentioned nine 
specimens, which are arranged in an increasing order of carination, 
as judged by the eye, and are all apparently well-grown specimens, 
since all are more than 100 millims. in length :— 


Table I. 
2 Length of ambulacra. | Breadth | No. of inter- 
SDE aes > ees gs er of anal | ambulacral | Locality. 
Anterior. | Posterior. | plastron. angles. 

millim. millim. millim, | millim. ly vy! 
aaa 117 40, 40 43, 43 37 Dy yok 
Dee 120 35, 33 36, 34 380 2.2 Naples, 
Sie 116 34, 34 SouaeD 3l i ig Naples. 
4.. H6* | 1382;132 36, 36 29 2 2 Naples. 
Ey 116 33, 33 385, 3675) 28°5 2 2 
66 109 39, 39 AL. 39 31 2) Samoa. 
iis 106 32, 32 32, 32 29 i) 
Ba 115 34, 34 SOD 29°5 2 2 Naples. 
Or 118 38, 38 40, 40 31 ee 


In the next Table is given the proportions of five specimens from 
one locality, Naples; and it will fitly lead to the series of smaller 
forms, 


1879.] MR. F, J, BELL ON THE ECHINOIDEA. 251 


Table II. 

FI Bre: ; Proportion of 

Thenoth ulacra, | Breadth | No. of inter- a 
= Length. alba bales of anal | ambulacral ‘oe bel heuterier 
8 : 
ah Anterior. | Posterior. |Plastron-| angles. bulacra. 

millim. | millim. millim, | millim, (Bt 

Lessear 32 42, 41 42, 42 37 2 2 1000 to 1000. 
2.2.1, °, 120 35, 33 36, 34 30 2 2 1000 to 1028. 
3...) 116 34, 34 38, 38 31 ie el 1000 to 1107. 
rss > ee 34, 34 36°5, 35 29-5 2 2 1000 to 1073. 
Be: 71 21, 21°5| 26, 2 22 Has 1000 to 1238. 


The differences in the length of the ambulacra observed in the last 
Specimen seem to point to this character, so far as it is one, being 
variable with age. 

In the following Table four smaller specimens are compared, and 
seem to support this supposition :— 


Table III. 


The first two of these specimens were undoubtedly regarded by Dr. 
Gray as belonging to the species carinatus. 


d ‘ Proportion of 

I Length of ambulacra. Breadth | No. of inter- Peete of seat 

ast of anal | ambulacral : 

& | Length. Tachinn aiaied to posterior am- 

an Anterior. | Posterior, | P°'™O7-| — ANBTeS bulacra. 
millim. | millim. millim. | millim. ae: 

1 + 27, 27 31, 31 25 Laie 1000 to 1144. 

2 66 20, 20 23, 23 17 de! 1000 to 1150, 

3 55 17, 16 21, 21 21 ieealh 1000 to 1234. 

4 39°5 12, 12 15, 15 14 eee 1000 to 1250. 


From these two tables we may perhaps draw the following con- 
clusions :—(1) In specimens of Brissus longer than 100 millims., 
the proportion of the anterior to posterior ambulacra may be from 
1535 to +252. (2) Inspecimens less than 100 millims. long the same 
parts may be to one another in the proportions from 1299 to 19901, 

Tf, then, the characters above detailed are of no value or assistance 
in the discrimination of the species, we are led to ask what importance 
is to be attached to the possession of a keeled posterior interambula- 
crum? its absence in young forms, its variability in older ones, and 
the littoral habitat of its possessors points rather to its being a charac- 
ter acquired by the individual itself than by the individual from its 
ancestors. In other words, the variations in carination seem to be such 
as are compatible with the general characters of the species ; it is a 
ready instance of the difficulty of discriminating between mere varia- 


1 Verrill’s measurements of his species B. obesus bear out this conclusion; his 
largest specimen measured 2 inches, the anterior ambulacra °65, and the posterior 
“80, giving thus a proportion of 1298 (and not, as by some curious slip, Verrill 
states of t# [15##]). 


252 MR. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOIDEA. [ Mar. 4, 


tion within the limits allowed by inheritance, and the development of 
useful variations into fixed and definite differences. The only criteria 
which we can apply to problems of this character seem to be the ob- 
servation (1) of what obtains in allied forms, and (2) of what obtains 
in forms living under somewhat similar conditions. The variations 
which appear to occur in Metalia sternalis during growth, and the 
varieties of Diadema setosum, are to be cited as supporting examples 
of the first, as are the Calcispongie of the second of these criteria. 
The well-marked keel of some specimens of B. carinatus seems, then, 
to be the combined result of variability and of littoral existence ; in 
other words, the species carinatus is not a good one, its sole character, 
the keel, not being a constant attribute of its organization, but a point 
which has been seized upon by a descriptive naturalist unacquainted 
from lack of material with both its history and its variations. 

It now remains to settle which of the numerous names given to 
this species should be adopted. In commencing the systematic 
study of the Echini I hoped to find in the synonymy of Agassiz 
sufficient evidence of care to enable future workers ‘‘ to simplify 
their work by getting rid, to a great extent at least, of the déte 
noire of zoologists, and apply their time to better things.” For 
the British paturalist, unfortunately, Prof. Agassiz’s method of 
nomenclature prevents this desirable result; nor does he, in his 
reference to pre-Linnean authors, preserve his consistency: his 
‘Chronological List,’ for example, ascribes the name Brissus to 
Aristotle, but his synonymy to Klein (1734), while Kehinus falls to 
the Greek naturalist and to Rondeletius (1554). This difficulty 
might, however, be pretty easily eliminated; but the omission of 
synonyms is a more serious matter in a work of such pretensions : 
thus, in the synonymy of B. wnicolor we find a reference to B. ova- 
tus, Gmelin (1788), but no reference to the preceding species in 
Gmelin’s list, which is B. unicolor itself, as is quite distinctly shown 
by the reference of both Gmelin and Agassiz to pl. xxvi. of Klein’s 
‘ Dispositio Echinodermatum.’ The date of the specific term unicolor 
being then 1788, what is the date of carinatus? Agassiz, in his 
synonymy, ascribes it to Lamarck, and so places it in 1816; buta 
second reference to Gmelin shows that he recognized this species, 
his typographical error of 43 for 48 being corrected by his own re- 
ference to p. 249 of Klein’s (or rather Leske’s) work, where the 
variety is spoken of as late-carinatus. I propose, therefore, to re- 
tain the name unicolor. 

Passing from the question of the identity of the species B. unicolor 
and B. carinatus, I come to the consideration of the forms Meoma 
and Metalia, which are reckoned as subgenera of Brissus by Prof. 
Alex. Agassiz. Under Meoma two species are included, one of 
which is found on either side the Isthmus of Panama—M. grandis 
and IW. ventricosa. Whether a larger series than the Museum pos- 
sesses at present will enable us to show the specific identity of these 
forms I do not know. The coarser and more distant tuberculation of 
M. grandis affords, as Agassiz has remarked, a ready mark of dis- 
tinction; and it seems, from a comparison of the arrangemeut of the 


1879.] MR. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOIDEA. 253 


tubercles in different species, to be a character of value. Thus, 
in M. grandis there are large and distant tubercles, not only 
within the peripetalous fasciole and in the anterior ambulacra, but 
also over very nearly the whole of the actinal surface. In JZ. ven- 
tricosa the large tubercles on the abactinal surface are much rarer, 
and there are, especially along the ambitus, smaller and. more 
closely packed tubercles; the larger and more distant tubercles 
are confined more to the anterior end of the actinal surface than they 
are in M. grandis. In Brissus the large and distant tubercles are 
completely absent from the posterior end of the abactinal surface, 
while on the same surface in Mefalia the large tubercles are con- 
fined within the peripetalous fasciole ; and, further, in Metalia ster- 
nalis they only occupy the margins of the interambulacra. 

The example of M. ventricosa in the Museum collection is parti- 
cularly fine. Though obtained in April 1847, it does not figure in 
Dr. Gray’s Catalogue (1855). It was registered under the name of 
Amphidetes (sic) gigas, and is reported to have come from Brazil. 
I found some difficulty in determining it until I lit on the elegant 
diagnosis given by Prof. Grube of Brissus panis'. As to the identity 
of the British-Museum specimen with B. panis of Grube I have no 
doubt ; the subjoined details will show some points of resemblance. 
I add some measurements of Meoma grandis :— 


Meoma ventricosa. Brissus panis. MM. grandis. 


(B.M.) (Grube. ) (Gray’s type.) 
millim, millim. millim. 
Ba AS ase win api 177°5 162(=6 German 115 
inches) 
Transverse axis ...... 152 Wn (—5..Gint,) 103 
MERI Sap acagn ny soeiies 82 Si (=, G1) 51 
Anterior pairambulacra 80°80 shi A 51°53 
Posterior ,, me 91°88 oe a 59°60 
Length of anal system 21 a ae 17°5 
Breadth ,, 33 17 as a 15 


I am not inclined to dispute Liitken’s view of the identity of 
Grube’s species with Meoma ventricosa, Lamarck. The number of 
spines preserved on the specimen is fairly good; of those on the 
abactinal surface I found the greatest length to be about 8 millims. ; 
but I measured one on the actinal surface which reached 12 millims. 
(Grube’s longest spine measured 3 lines). The spines on the ambu- 
lacra are somewhat longer and thicker than those on the interambu- 
lacra, and are so set horizontally as to bridge over the ambulacral 
grooves; they are in all cases of a whitish colour, and are not pro- 
duced into sharp points. The madreporic plate is not less porous 
than in M. grandis. Grube had no information of the locality of hig 
specimen ; the most southern locality given by Agassiz is Honduras, 


1 Grube: “Diagnosen einiger neuen Echinodermen,” Arch. f. Nat. 1857, 
pp. 840-344; “ Beschreibungen neuer oder weniger bekannten Seesterne und 
Seeigel,” Nova Acta, tom. xxyii. (Jena, 1860), 


254 MR. F, J. BELL ON THE ECHINOIDEA. [ Mar. 4, 


Before discussing the relation which Meoma and Brissus hold to one 
another, it is necessary to refer to the subgenus Wetalia, under 
which are included the four species africana (Verrill), maculosa 
(Gmelin), pectoralis (Lamk.), and sternalis (Lamk.). 

Of this last-named species there are in the possession of the 
Museum three examples bearing Dr. Gray’s label of Brissus ster- 
nalis. Two of them are injured, and are apparently the specimens 
a and ec of Gray’s Catalogue ; they are about 160 millims. long, and 
have the vertex considerably elevated. The third specimen, which is 
well provided with spines, is not more than 100 millims. long; 
and no part of the abactinal surface is raised above the general level. 
Prof. Agassiz (p. 145) credits the Museum with specimens from 
Raine’s Inlet, Port Essington, Reef Attagor, Luzon, and Osmaga 
(sic); all these, with the exception of that from Luzon, are young 
examples of Brissus unicolor. The Luzon example seems, however, 
to belong to Meéalia, and may well be the young of M. sternalis ; 
were it not for the third of Gray’s specimens above mentioned it 
would be impossible to connect this young form with the large 
examples. Those in the possession of the Museum incline me to 
accept Agassiz’s account of the changes in this species during 
growth; but an anxious look-out must be kept for fresh specimens ; 
none have yet been received from the collections made by the 
‘Challenger’ Expedition. 

Agassiz distinguishes Metalia as a subgenus thus :—“ The sub- 
genera Plagionotus and Metalia are united as a single subgenns 
of Brissus (Metalia), the slight difference in the course of the 
peripetalous fasciole and the presence of larger tubercles not being 
sufficient ground, with our present knowledge of the changes due 
to growth, to warrant retaining them both; and as Plagionotus is 
already in use among Coleoptera, the subgenus proposed by Gray 
has been adopted and amended to include Brisside having a more 
or less broad, elliptical, or undulating re-entering peripetalous fas- 
ciole, and an anterior ambulacral groove.” I fear I must take ex- 
ception to this lucid diagnosis ; not only is the odd anterior ambu- 
lacrum of M. maculosa said (p. 599) to be “flush with the test, 
except towards the ambitus, as it approaches the fasciole, and below 
it when it is placed in a slight indentation of the test,” but a com- 
parison of the “deep” groove of M. s¢ernalis with the slight groove 
of M. maculosa and M. pectoralis on the one hand, and on the 
other a comparison of the anterior ambulacrum in Brissus and 
Meoma, in which at times there are slight indications of depressions, 
will be sufficient to show that this character is not of more than 
specific importance, at any rate. I have, indeed, some hopes of 
showing that this depression of the anterior ambulacrum is a cha- 
racteristic of the more lately developed forms; but for the present 
I must be content to remark that in the Brissine series it is only 
found in forms which, by the elaborate character of their subanal 
fasciole, indicate their later appearance. 

This subanal fasciole displays the following arrangements :—In 
Meoma it is a narrow band, which does not extend beyond the ac- 


1879. | MR, F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOIDES, 255 


tinal boundary of the ambitus, and is never closed; in I. grandis it 
forms a slightly convex line, which bounds the posterior end of the 
actinal plastron, and then turns upwards at a very open angle; in 
M. ventricosa the horizontal line is straighter, the lateral bands - 
longer and almost perpendicular to the former. In Brissus the 
same fasciole is a little broader, amd is always closed, the resulting 
figure being cordiform, often more or less truncated at its base. In 
Metalia the fasciole around the subanal plastron is still broader ; 
and there is, in addition, a narrower band on either side of the anus, 
which extends just beyond the ambitus, and is of the form of the 
fasciole in Meoma ventricosa: the result is, that we have the effect 
of the presence of the fascioles of both Weoma and Brissus in Me- 
talia. Whatever value these characters have from a genetic point 
of view, there can be no doubt as to their ready accessibility and 
general constancy. 

Toresume. /eoma displays the simplest form of subanal fasciole, 
and the most general distribution of the primary tubercles; the 
anterior ambulacrum is but slightly depressed; and the anterior 
lateral ambulacra are to the posterior ones in the proportion of from 


In Brissus the subanal fasciole is closed, and the larger tubercles 
are absent from the posterior portion of the abactinal surface; it is 
rarely that the anterior ambulacrum is depressed beyond the level of 


the test ; and the lateral ambulacra stand to one another in the propor- 
tion of from sna to = (in adult specimens the ratio barely exceeds 
iu)+ The subanal plastron is provided with three or four pores 


on €ither side, but there are no radiating bands. 

It is in Metalia only that the anterior ambulacrum is ever found 
in a deep and well-marked groove ; the larger tubercles are confined 
within the peripetalous fasciole ; the subanal fasciole gives off bands 


to either side of the anus; and the lateral ambulacra are to one 
F ; ; 1000 , 1000 

another in ratios varying from 1250 t tao Lhe subanal plastron may 

have as many as nine pores on either side; and well-marked radi- 

ating lines extend outwards to them from the more median region 


of the plastron. 


1 Species. cra | i ape Proportion. 
Meoma grandis (i.) +2... 49,49 | 53, 53 1000 to 1081 
+ a Gr) \eeeortrce 52,52 | 59, 59 1000 to 1154 
Metalia sternalis (i.)......... 72, 72 90, 90 1000 to 1252 
” a EB) soso 69, 69 87, 87 | 1000 to 1260 
M. pectoralis (i.) 00... 65, 65 90, 90 | 1000 to 1384 
” » CE eee 68, 68 98, 98 | 1000 to 1441 


256 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. [Mar. 4, 


4, A Synopsis of the Meliphagine Genus Myzomela, with 
Descriptions of two new Species. By W. A. Forsss, 


F.Z.S. 
[Received February 26, 1879.] 


(Plates XXIV. & XXV.) 


The genus Myzomela' was instituted by Messrs. Vigors and 
Horsfield in their paper on Australian birds in the Linnean Society’s 
‘ Transactions’ for 1826 (vol. xv. p. 316, note), Myzomela sangut- 
nolenta, Lath. (for M. cardinalis, Gm. apud Vig. & Horsf. /. ¢., 
is clearly not that species, but the smaller Australian one), being the 
type. 

Opin (Traité d’Orn. p. 298) in 1831 established a “ sous-genre” 

Phylidonyris, in which were included Certhia sanguinolenta, Cin- 
nyris rubrater, and Cinnyris eques ; but this name must be, as he 
himself observes, regarded as merely a synonym of Myzomela. 

Reichenbach in 1851 (Handb. d. spec. Orn. p. 283) made Cinnyris 
eques the type of a new genus Cosmeteira, which he included amongst 
the Nectariniide, its dull colours, with no metallic gloss, being 
apparently the chief reason for the separation. This species, how- 
ever, in tongue, bill, feet, and, in fact, in all points is a true Myzo- 
mela, though it has been included amongst the Nectariniide till 
within the last few years by most writers. 

On similar grounds of divergent coloration, Bonaparte separated 
M. pectoralis? under the name Cissomela (C. R. xxxviil. p. 264, 
1854) ; but as no generic characters whatever are given, this name 
falls to the ground, even if any structural differences in the bird 
exist, which as yet I have been unable to discover. 

Myzomela is characterized by its Meliphagine tongue, rather 
short, narrow, and slender curved bill, which is depressed and 
broadened at the base, rounded and compressed anteriorly, and there 
finely serrulated on its cutting margins. The nostrils are linear and 
curved, extending for almost one third of the length of the bill, and 
covered in by a conspicuous opercular membrane. The wings are 
moderately long, the “ first ’’* primary short, the 3rd to 5th longest 

1 nbfw, I suck in, pédt, honey; hence Myzomela. 

2 Although Bonaparte expressly states “‘ Myzomela nigra, Gould, est pour 
moi le type du nouyeau genre Cissomela,” yet it is evident from his description, 
te ae cum uropygio alba, torque pectorali nigro,” that M. pectoralis was in- 
tended ! 

3 T have here adopted the system of notation for the remiges generally in use 
amongst ornithologists. But would it not be better, as is usually done in other 
cases of serially-repeated homologous organs, to begin counting from the 
proximal rather than from the distal end of the series? At present, if a bird, 
for instance a Passerine, be said to have a “ long first primary,” two things 
may be meant :—either that the bird has only zine primaries, the true “ first” 
(or tenth) being absent, and the (morphologically) ‘‘second” (or ninth) being 
of the ordinary length (as, e.g., a Finch, or Drepanis) ; or that there are ten pri- 
maries, with the “first”’ (tenth) fully developed, as is the case in tie ‘“ Formi- 
carioid ” Passeres of Wallace. This ambiguity would be ayoided by counting the 
feathers from the end nearest the humerus; for any Passerine with a long 
“tenth” primary could then only be a “‘ Formicarioid,” 


J Smit lith 


1MYZOMELA CHLOROPTERA. 
- RUBROBRUNNEA 
” ADOLPHINA. 


wh 


Hazhart imp 


Hanhart imp 


TSmit Lith 
LMYZOMELA CHERMESINA 
ay ; SCLATERI 


1879.] MR. W.A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 257 


and subequal, the 6th longer than the 7th, which about equals the 2nd. 
The tarsi are about as long as the bill, rather slender, and covered 
with 6-7 scales in front, the lower ones being the smallest and trans- 
verse. The 2nd and 4th toes are very slender, about equal in length, 
and shorter than the 3rd. The hallux is unusually stout for the 
size of the bird. The tail has 12 feathers, is short, and nearly 
square. 

Most of the species have more or less red in their plumage ; but 
this colour is altogether absent in some, and becomes only a slight tint, 
confined to the margins of the feathers, particularly of the head, wings, 
and tail, inothers. As yet our knowledge of the phases and changes 
of plumage is by no means perfect. In one group (e. g. in M. sangui- 
nolenta and its allies, including JZ. nigrita) the females seem to retain 
throughout life the brown plumage of immaturity, whilst in others 
(e. g. M. nigriventris, obscura, &c.) the adults of each sex are similar. 
In most cases the first plumage seems to be nearly uniform brown, 
lighter beneath, with the wing-coverts lighter at the edges, and the 
quills margined externally with olive-yellow. Throughout the group 
there is seen a great tendency to retain these markings on the wings, 
as likewise a white margin on the inner web of the primaries. 

The eggs seem to be generally whitish or buff, spotted with darker, 
red or yellow. According to Gilbert (Gould, Handb. B. A. i. p.558) 
M. nigra, like many other species of Meliphagide, lays only two 
eggs. The nests are small and cup-shaped, rather flimsily con- 
structed of grass-stems, hair, spiders’ webs, &c., and often placed in 
the fork of a tree or bush. 

In their habits the Myzomele seem to resemble the other smaller 
Honeysuckers, frequenting flowering shrubs and trees, not appa- 
rently so much for the sake of the nectar of the flowers, as for the 
insects attracted thereby. 

But one or two species of this genus, which is perhaps most nearly 
allied to Acanthorhynchus, but distinguishable by its longer beak and 
different coloration, were known to the older authors. Bonaparte, 
in his ‘ Conspectus’ (p. 394, 1850), enumerates 9, one of which, 
however (Certhia sanguinea, Gmel.), is a Drepanis, whilst MW, eques 
is omitted. Gray (Hand-l. B. i. p. 153, 1869) gives 17, though 
here again MW. eques is omitted, being included as ‘* Cosmeteira eques”” 
amongst the Nectariniide (no. 1337). In the present paper 26 
species, including two new ones, are recognized as distinct, besides 
one other which remains doubtful. Of these 26 species, 24 are 
known to me autoptically. Of the two which I have not seen, one 
(M. lafargii) is unique in the Paris Museum, the other (/. rubro- 
tincta) has lately been described from specimens at Leyden by Count 
Salvadori. 

The collection in the British Museum, that made by the ‘ Chal- 
lenger,’ and the specimens in the collections of Mr. Sclater and 
Messrs. Salvin and Godman have formed the basis of my present 
paper. In addition to these [ have to thank Canon Tristram, F.R.S., 
Dr. A. B. Meyer, and Count Salvadori for the very liberal way in 
which they have lent me valuable series of specimens. ‘To the two 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1879, No. XVII. 17 


258 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. [Mar. 4, 


latter, in particular, I am indebted for sending over to me the 
types of the species described by them from New Guinea and its 
islands, and several others which I should not otherwise have been 
able to examine, and for their kind permission to figure any of 
them. Count Salvadori, too, has sent me some very valuable notes as 
to the range &c. cf the Papuan species ; whilst to M. Oustalet I am 
much obliged for information on the type specimen of I, lafargit and 
on some other points. 

The following table will assist in the determination of the 26 
valid species. It, however, only holds good for adult birds, and in 
many cases only for the males, our present imperfect knowledge of 
many of the species making a table that would have included all 
stages alike an impossibility. 


A. Corpore rubro ornato, aut unicolori. 
a, Corpore subtis plus minusye oliyaceo-griseo aut albicante. 
a. Fronte coccinea. 
6, Torque pectorali nullo. 
ce. Capite et dorso concoloribus. 


( Alis fusco-nigris ; abdomine flayido-griseo... { musts 
Alis olivaceo-fuscis; abdomine griseo-flayido 3, chloroptera. 
ce’. Capite rubro ; dorso fusco ........seseeees Eecoaebr 4, adolphine. 
b', Torque pectorali fusco, 
f Abdomine albicante ..........ccccccsseesseeeens « 5. boiet. 
| Abdomine fusco-griseo .........ccceeeseeeeeeeeees 6. erythrocephala. 
a', Fronte nigra. 
d, Capite supra macula rubra ornato, 
e. Gula rubra. 
f Gutture summo nigricante .......seceeeeeees 7. vulnerata. 
| Gutture croceo-flavo........csesecsseseeeneeees 8. jugularis. 
él Guldsmiona, Sut aitaitect ode senthdes Joncbasce.te 9. lafargit. 
d', Oapite supra omnino nigricante ......seseeens 10, sclatert. 
f. Corpore subtts dorso concolori. 
a, Corpore nigro. 
{ Subalaribus albis ..........csccsceseeecees aBpGUAUACS 11. nigrita. 
Subglani busin ovis.ce 7.0. cde qseneteenetceceveeandee 12. pammelena, 
a', Corpore griseo-brunneo, 
OvsPtria OMAN COLCIMER sasindsaravacaes sorose>en anak 13. eques, 
db’. Strid gulari nulla. 
Capite soltim rubro tinctO wiscsessscesseceeenes 14. obscura. 
J Alis et cauda rubro tinctis ........ccecseeeeeees 15. simplex. 


Corpore, alis et cauda rubro tinctis 
17. rubro-brunnea, 


Cpa CONPOLO MUDEO sacunn doe esksests a eatean ea aforiener Leen 18. cruentata. 
y. Corpore subtis nigro et rubro yario, 
a, Gula coccinea. 
6, Capite toto coccineo. 
G. il caine LUbLO; CYIS8O WIGVO srssssecrrserveree LD, tubratra, 
ce’, Abdomine et crisso nigris. 
{ 20. nigriventris, 


{ 16. rubrotincta. 


d, Pectore coceineo ..... i eardannie 


@'. Pectoremiprow iv.cscscc. sree seepantG Raseenee ances 22. lifuensis, 
b’. Capite supra nigro ............c Whveuledeluesdedareds: Doe CHONMESIBG: 
a’. Capite toto nigro wie... Bia aiesirho eulloneraun ncaa 24. rosenbergi. 
B. Corpore nigro alboque yario, 
{ Gula uropygioque nigris ..... ... Ma ccaseb cap Maske b uspan spied Cee Lae 
| Gula WLOPYALOGUE ALBIS. ss ississcacviseecscestssateoscovsosees BO. PECLOTAUS. 


1879.] MR. W.A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA, 259 


1. MyzomEeLA SANGUINOLENTA. 


? Scarlet Creeper, Lath. Gen. Syn. i. pt. 2, p. 740 (1782). 
? Certhia rubra, Gmel. S. N. i. p. 479 (1788). 
( Sanguineous Creeper, Lath. Gen. Syn. Suppl. ii. p. 167, t. 130 
1801). 
Certhia sanguinolenta, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxvii (1801). 
Cochineal Creeper, Lath. Gen. Syn. Suppl. ii. p. 167 (1801). 
Certhia dibapha, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxvii (1801). 
Red-rumped Creeper, Lath. Gen. Syn. Suppl. ii. p. 169 (1801). 
Certhia erythropygia, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxviii (1801). 
Certhia australasi@, Leach, Zool. Mise. i. p. 30, t. 11 (1814). 
Myzomela cardinalis, V. & H. (nec Gm.), Linn. Trans. xv. p. 316 
1826). 
Myzomela sanguinolenta, Gld. B. A. iv. pl. 63; id. Handb. B. 
As.F py 555, 


3 ad. capite, dorso cum uropygio, pectore et lateribus abdominis 
coccineis ; macula anteoculari, alis caudaque nigris; alarum 
tectricibus conspicue albido, remigibus olivaceo-griseo limbatis ; 
abdomine sordide flavido; subcaudalibus griseo alboque variis ; 
rostro nigro, pedibus corneis. Long. al. 2°4, caud. 1°6, rostr. 
0°45, tars. 0°5 (poll. Angl.). 

Q sordide griseo-brunnea, subtus dilutior ; dorso et uropygio 
rufescenti tinctis; alis caudaque fuscis, remigibus olivaceo, 
tectricibus alarum pallide brunneo marginatis. 

Hab. in Australia. 

The phases of plumage in this species, the type of the genus (for 
M. cardinalis, apud Vig. & Horsf. 1. s.c., is this bird), seem to have 
caused some confusion amongst the older authors. It seems to me 
that in all probability Latham’s ‘Scarlet Creeper,’ on which 
Gmelin founded Certhia rubra in his edition of the ‘Systema Na- 
ture,’ really applies to this species, the description “lower part of 
belly and vent white,” together with the size (‘of a Wren”’) and 
the locality (‘from some part of the South Seas ’’) quite coinciding 
with this bird, and not at all with W. cardinalis, of which, in his 
Ind. Orn. (i. p. 290, 1790), Latham treated it as being the female. 
Besides this, Latham bestowed at least three other Latin names 
(each with its equivalent vernacular) on this little bird. 

Myzomela sanguinolenta is perhaps most nearly allied to MZ. ehloro- 
ptera, which differs, however, as below pointed out. Only the males 
possess the beautiful red plumage; and in these, if not quite adult, 
the variegation of each breast-feather, which is grey at the base, 
then paler, and red only at the tip, produces the somewhat mottled 
appearance of the red underparts. 

According to Mr. Gould, the irides are “ dark brown.” 

Myzomela sanguinolenta is the commonest species of Myzomela 
in Australia, and is familiarly known to the colonists as the ‘ Little 
Soldier.” Mr. Ramsay, in his list of Australian Birds (Proc. 
Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ii. 1877), records it from Rockingham Bay, 
Port Denison, the Wide-Bay District, the Richmond- and Clarence- 

Ys 


260 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. [ Mar. 4, 


River Districts, New S. Wales, the interior, Victoria, and S. Australia ; 
so that it ranges over the greater part of Eastern Australia. 

Mr. Ramsay has given us a good account of the habits and nesting 
of this species near Sydney, where it is a summer visitor, arriving in 


October and November, in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1865 (p. 304). 


2. MyzoMELA CALEDONICA, D. Sp. 
Myzomela sanguinolenta (ex Nova Caledonia) auct, 


3 precedenti simillima, sed tectricibus alarum marginibus al- 

bidis carens. 

Hab. in Nova Caledonia. 

Mus. H. B. Tristram. 

The Myzomela from New Caledonia, although no doubt very 
closely allied to the preceding Australian species, is, I think, fairly 
entitled to rank as a distinct species; and I have therefore separated 
it under the above name. My attention was first directed to this 
form by a specimen kindly lent me by Canon Tristram, and shot 
by Mr. Layard near Noumea. This bird, a fully-plumaged male, 
differs from a considerable number of Australian specimens with 
which I have compared it, in the almost entire absence of the con- 
spicuous greyish-white margins to the feathers of the wing-coverts, 
so that they are nearly entirely black, with only a trace of olive- 
colour at the margins. Besides this, the red colour of the body is 
hardly so bright, and extends a little further down on the abdomen, 
and the margins to the quills are more of an clive-yellow. The size is 
about the same (wing 2°25), Australian specimens varying a little in 
this respect. Canon Tristram writes me tliat he has six specimens 
of the New-Caledonian bird, and that the differences which I pointed 
out to him are constant in the series. Mr. Layard gives the follow- 
ing notes as to the soft parts on the label of his specimen :— Beak 
black, legs brown-black, iris brown.” 

Mr. Layard also met with a Myzomela, which he referred to M. 
sanguinolenta (Ibis, 1878, p. 280), in the New Hebrides, on the 
islands of Vaté, Api, and Mallikollo, and remarks that a specimen 
procured is identical with the New-Caledonian bird ; so that it seems 
probable that M. caledonica may extend its range as far as these 
islands ; but specimens to show this are as yet wanting. 


3. MyzoMELA CHLOROPTERA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.) 
Myzomela chloroptera, Wald. Ann. N. H. 4th ser. ix. p. 399 
(1872) ; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 662 (1875). 

3 ad. capite, dorso uropygioque, cum pectore, coccineis ; corpore 
subtus griseo-flavido ; alis caudaque fuscis, remigibus et tectrici- 
bus alarum olivaceo limbatis, subalaribus et margine interna re- 
migum albis, ale flerura flavo-albida ; macula anteoculari nigra ; 
rostro nigricante, pedibus obscure corneis. Long. al. 2°2, caud. 
1:5, rostr. *55, tars. *50 (poll. Angl.). 

Hab. in insula Celebes. 

This Myzomela, the westernmost of the whole genus, was described 

by the late Lord Tweeddale from imperfect specimens collected by 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 261 


Dr. Meyer at Menado, where it has also been obtained by Bruijn’s 
collectors ; and from one of these specimens, kindly lent me by Count 
Salvadori, the figure istaken. As yet, I believe, it has only occurred 
near Menado; and the young and female remain unknown, or at least 
undescribed. 

Myzomela chloroptera resembles the Australian M. sanguinolenta, 
but is a smaller bird, and also differs in the smaller extent of the 
red on the chest, and in that colour being more intense, the abdomen 
yellower, and the wings and tail not so black. The black anteocular 
spot is less conspicuous. 

In his original description Lord Tweeddale remarks that this bird 
nearly resembles plate 54 of the ‘Oiseaux Dorés,’ vol. ii., represent- 
ing ‘‘ L’Heorotaire écarlate”’ from the “South Seas,”’ taken from a 
drawing of a bird in the Leverian Museum. The figure certainly 
corresponds very fairly with this species, but, from the locality given, 
is probably intended for the Australian one (M. sanguinolenta). 


4. MyzomeELa apotpuine. (Plate XXIV. fig. 3.) 

Myzomela adolphine, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p- 946 
(1875). 

3 pallio, dorso superiore, alis caudaque olivaceo-fuscis, tectricibus 
alarum, remigibus et rectricibus eaterne subtiliter olivaceo limba- 
tis; capite uropygiogue coccineis; macula anteoculari nigra ; 
corpore subtus flavido-albido, pectore grisescenti lavato ; subala- 
ribus et remigum margine interna albis ; rostro nigricante, pedibus 
corneis. Long. tot. circa 3°5, al. 2°2, caud. 1°5, rostr. °45, 
tars.*5 (poll. Angi.). 

Q minor, femine Myzomelz boizi similis. 

Had. in montibus Arfak. 

This is one of the numerous discoveries of Beccari and Bruijn in 
the Arfak Mountains, and only a few specimens have as yet been 
ebtained. Count Salvadori writes (J. s.c.) :—* This species resembles 
M. erythrocephala of Gould, but differs from it in its much smaller 
dimensions, by the very slight olive tint of the back, and by the 
lower parts being not grey-brown, but whitish, very slightly tinged 
with yellewish on the breast and abdomen.” The female resembles 
that of the Banda species (M. boiei), but differs as pointed out under 
that species (vide infra). 

The figure (Pl. XXIV. fig. 3) represents an adult male, one of the 
types of this species, most obligingly lent me by Count Salvadori. 


5. Myzome.a Borat. 
Myzomela boiei, Sal. Mill. Verh., Land-en Volkenk. p-172 (1839- 
44); id. Verh., Zool. Aves, p- 66, t.10.fes ie 2" 

3 capite, dorso uropygioque coccineis, plumis ad basin nigris; ma- 
culaanteoculari, alis caudaque, cum torque pectorali nigris ; corpore 
sublus griseo-albo ; subalaribus et remigum margine interna albis ; 
rostro nigro ; pedibus corneis, plantis flavis. Long. al. 2°2, caud. 
1°8, rostr. *5, tarsi *6 (poll. Angl.). 

Q minor, capite pectoreque sordide griseis olivaceo lavatis; dorso, 


262 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. [ Mar. 4, 


tectricibus alarum et uropygio brunneis; fronte anguste gulaque 
rubris ; alis caudaque fuscis, pennis anguste flavido limbatis ; ab- 
domine et subcaudalibus flavo-albidis ; rostro pedibusque corneis. 

Hab. in insula Banda. 

This species is confined to the island of Banda, where it is not un- 
common, according to Miiller, in the nutmeg-plantations. The 
male resembles M. erythrocephala (ex insulis Aru), but differs from 
it in the black and white colours being purer and more contrasted. 
The female is extremely like that of M. adolphine, but is smaller, 
has the breast greyer, the forehead redder, and the yellowish-olive 
margins to the quills more conspicuous. 

The iris is “brown”? (S. Miiller ; Murray), 


6. MyzoMELA ERYTHROCEPHALA. 

Myzomela erythrocephala, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 144; id. 
B. A. iv. pl. 64; id. Handb. B. A. i. p. 556 (nec Meyer, Sitzungsber. 
Wien, Akad. lxx. pp. 204-206). 

3 capite, dorso inferiore et uropygio intense coccineis ; pallio, 
dorso superiore, alis caudaque cum torque pectorali fuliginosis, 
remigibus subtilissime olivaceo limbatis ; abdomine et subcauda- 
libus sordide olivaceo-griseis ; subalaribus et margine interna re- 
migum albis ; macula anteoculari nigra ; rostro nigricante, pedi- 
bus nigro-corneis. Long. tota circa 4:0, al. 2°4, caud. 1°75, rostr. 
55, tars. °55 (poll. Angl.). 

Had. in Australia septentrionali, insulis Aru, et Nova Guinea me- 

ridionali. 

There is some doubt as to the exact range of this species, and as 
to whether one or more species have not been included by various 
writers under the same name. Unfortunately I have not been able to 
see a sufficient number of specimens to clear up the question, the so- 
lution of which must wait till a larger series from different parts be- 
comes available for comparison. 

Myzomela erythrocephala was first described by Mr. Gould from 
specimens from Port Essington, and was characterized as “‘ intense 
JSusca, capite et uropygio coccineis.’ This description agrees well 
enough with the figures in his folio work, and with the skins in the 
British Museum from Aru collected by Wallace. In the text, how- 
ever, as also in the ‘ Handbook,’ the general colour of the plumage 
is described as ‘‘ deep chocolate-brown,”’ a term which can hardly 
be said to agree either with “ intense fusca”’ or with the figures. 

In one of his expeditions to Southern New Guinea, Signor D’ Al- 
bertis obtained a single male (nearly or quite adult) of a Myzomela 
at Mon, Hall Bay, of which Count Salvadori, in the account of the 
collection (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vil, p. 825, 1875), says that it in 
no way differs from one from Australia with which he has com- 
pared it, and further remarks that Gould’s plate is inaccurate in re- 
presenting the back &c. as almost black, instead of only slightly 
darker than the under surface. In a letter to me, however, he says 
that now he is ‘‘ not quite satisfied as to this bird being the same as 
the Australian species ; this and the Aru bird seem to me much 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 263 


darker,” and further proposes to Separate it and the Aru form as a 
new species, Myzomela infuscata. But the bird from Mon, which 
Count Salvadori has most kindly lent me, differs from the Aru birds 
in its much lighter colours above, which are moderately dark greyish 
brown, not brownish black, and in the dark colour on the breast 
shading off more gradually into that of the flanks and abdomen, so 
that there is less appearance of a dark pectoral band. The anteocular 
spot is brown. The size is about the same as that of the bird described 
above (from a specimen in Mr. Godman’s collection, collected by 
Cockerell, and agreeing with Wallace’s Aru skin in the British 
Museum): Not having seen an authenticated adult Australian spe- 
cimen, I cannot say whether the New-Guinea bird is or is not 
identical with that from Australia; but it certainly differs consider- 
ably from the Aru birds in colour. If on further investigation the 
Aru bird proves really distinct, it will have to stand as Myzomela 
infuscata, Salvad. in litt. Onthe other hand, if Mr. Gould’s figure 
and description are correct, it would seem that the bird from Southern 
New Guinea is distinct. I have not seen the female of this species. 
Mr. Gould describes it as “ uniform brown above, lighter beneati.’””! 
Count Salvadori describes the female of JV. infuscata thus :—‘Brun- 
neo-grisea, subtus pallidior, fronte et gula late rubris; remigibus 
exterius subtiliter olivaceo-marginatis ;” and this description closely 
agrees with a young male from the Aru Islands in the British Mu- 
seum, in which, however, there are also some red feathers on the 
back. 

Gould gives the irides as “reddish brown,” D’ Albertis as “black.” 
In Australia, Myzomela erythrocephala is confined to the northern 
districts, having occurred at Port Essington (Gould), Port Darwin 
(Masters), and Cape York (Ramsay’s list of Australian birds). It 
was included in Marie’s list of New Caledonian birds (Ibis, 1877, p. 
362), but is omitted by Verreaux and Desmurs, and Mr. Layard has 
as yet not found it. M. Oustalet, too, tells me that he has not seen 
it from the mainland of New Caledonia. 


7. MyZoMELA VULNERATA. 


Nectarinia (Myzomela) vulnerata, Miill. Verh., Land- en Volk. 
p. 172 (1839-44) ; id. Verh., Zool. pl. 10. figs. 3, 4. 

Fusco-nigricans, capitis supra macula magna, gula et uropygio san- 

guineis ; abdomine, subcaudalibus, subalaribus, et margine remigum 
interna albis; rostro nigro, pedibus plumbeis. Long. al. 2:2, 
caud. 2, rostr. *5, tars. 53 (poll. Angl.). 

Hab. in insula Timor. 

This very distinct species is confined to the island of Timor. It 
is somewhat allied to MZ. boiei and erythrocephala, but is at once 
distinguished from both by the red on the head being confined to 
the vertex and throat, and by the much darker tint of that colour. 
The female is similar to the male, but smaller, with the colours less 
distinct. The irides are reddish brown (Sal. Miller). 


* In the plate the forehead is shown as tinged with red, 


264 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. [Mar. 4, 


8. MyzomeLa JUGULARIS. 


Myzomela jugularis, Peale, U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 151, t. 41. f. 2 
(1848); Cassin, U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 176, t. 12. f. 2 (jr.) (1858) ; 
H. & F. Orn. Centr.-Pol. p. 54, t. 7. figs. 1, 2 (ad. et jr.). 

Myzomela solitaria, Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. iii. p. 
99, Atlas, t. 22. f. 6 (1853). 

Ad. fusco-nigricans, subtus flavescenti-albida, mento, gula, macula- 
que magna occipitali cum uropygio coccineis ; gutture croceo-flavo ; 
remigibus, primis duobus exceptis, et tectricibus alarum majoribus 
flavido marginatis ; rectricibus, duabus mediis exceptis, tectrici- 
busque ale minoribus nonnullis ad apicem albis ; rostro nigro, pedi- 
bus corneis. Long. al. 2°45, caud. 1°6, rostr. -6, tarsi *55 (poll. 
Angl.). 

Jr. macula occipitali nulla, gutture sordide flavo, et uropygio 
brunneo-olivaceo distinguenda. 

Hab. in insulis Vitiensibus. 

This Myzomela hardly admits of being mistaken for any other 
species. It is perhaps most nearly related to M. lafargii of the 
Solomon Islands, but is at once distinguishable from that species by 
the red throat and orange-yellow chest, besides other differences. 
The red of the throat is separated from the yellow of the chest by 
a distinct though narrow black line. The red on the back appears 
last, that on the chin first. In not fully plumaged birds the rump 
and lower back are olivaceous. The sexes when adult are nearly 
alike, the female being only distinguishable by the colours being 
less bright. Very often, too, though not always, the red occipital 
spot is absent in the female. 

Mr. Murray records the iris as “ black,” Mr. Layard as ‘ brown,” 
the legs being ‘‘ verditer” and ‘‘ dark livid” in the living bird, with 
the soles of the feet yellow. 

This bird is entirely confined to the Fijis, where, according to 
Mr. Layard’s list (Ibis, 1876, p. 391), it is found in all the larger 
islands of that group’; and in addition to the islands enumerated by 
him, specimens from Matuku are in the British Museum (Rayner). 
Its occurrence in the Samoan group has not yet been confirmed 
(cf. Whitmee, Ibis, 1875, p. 447). Hombron & Jacquinot indi- 
cated their ‘‘Myzomele solitaire’”’ as being from the “Iles Salomon” 
with some doubt; and, relying on them, Mr. Sclater included 
“« M. solitaria”’ in his list of Solomon-Island Birds (P. Z. S. 1869, 
p- 124), where, however, only M. lafargii, so far as is yet known, 
occurs. 


9. MyzoMELA LAFARGII. 


Myzomela lafargei, Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. iii. p. 
98, t. 22. f. 5 (1853). 


Corpore supra cum capite, gutture et pectore superiore nigris; oc- 
cipite coccineo ; abdomine flavido-olivaceo ; alis caudaque nigris, 


See also P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 431, for an interesting account of its habits. 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA, 265 


remigibus olivaceo-limbatis, subularibus albis ; rostro nigro, pedi- 
bus pluméeis. 

Hab. in insulis Salomonis. 

This species was obtained by the French Expedition to the South 
Pole ; and the type specimen in the Paris Museum remains, I believe, 
unique in Europe. M. Oustalet, to whom I wrote for information 
about it, kindly replies to me, on comparing it with the figure 
in the Atlas to the ‘ Voyage :’——“ Je trouve dans celle-ci quelques in- 
exactitudes. Les proportions de l’oiseau ont été un peu exagérées : 
le noir de la gorge a été trop etendu et trop marqué. L’oiseau type est 
plus petit, et il ale haut de la gorge seulement noir, le bas, vers la 
poitrine, étant un peu mélé de jaune verdatre.” 

M. lafargit 1s somewhat allied to M. jugularis of the Fijis, but 
differs from the latter in having the red confined to the top of the 
head, and in the throat and chest being black. 


10. MyzomeELa SCLATERI, sp. n. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.) 


3 corpore supra, alis caudaque fusco-nigricantibus, capite satu- 
ratiore, plumis dorsi inferioris apice fiavidis ; remigibus, alarum 
tectricibus et rectricibus externe olivaceo-flavo limbatis ; gula 
splendide coccinea; corpore subtus griseo-flavido, gutture sordi- 
diore ; subalaribus et margine interna remigum albis ; rostro ni- 
gro, pedibus obscuris. Long. tot. circa 4°5, al. 3°65, caud. 1°7, 
rostr. *6, tars. ‘55 (poll. Angl.). 

Hab. in Nova Britannia. 

A few weeks ago Mr. Sclater, after whom I propose to name this 
new species, lent me for examination a single specimen of it, marked 
male, which he had recently received in a letter together with two 
Pachycephale, from the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S., of the Wesleyan 
Mission at present established on the Duke-of-York Islands. The 
exact locality given on the label is “ Palakiiru Island, New-Britain 
coast.”” I have not been able to find Palakiiru Island on any map; 
but it is probably only an islet lying close to the shores of the larger 
island. 

At first I had some doubts as to this individual being adult; but 
now, from the absence of red feathers on any other part, and from the 
singularly bright and shining colour of those on the throat, I have little 
doubt that it has very nearly or quite attained its full plumage. 
Myzomela sclateri hardly admits of being compared with any other 
species of the group, the entirely dark upperside and the red being 
confined to the throat rendering it quite unlike any species yet known 
to us. 


11. MyzomELA NIGRITA. 


Myzomela nigrita, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1858, p. 173; Salvadori, 
P. Z.S. 1878, p. 97. 

Myzomela erythrocephala, Meyer (nec Gould), Sitzungsber. Wien. 
Akad. Ixx. p. 204 (1874). 


266 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. [Mar. 4, 


Myzomela meyeri, Salvadori, Aun. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 947 
(1875). 

3 nitenti-niger, subalaribus et remigum margine interna albis ; 

rosiro nigro, pedibus corneis. 

2 griseo-brunnea, subtus dilutior ; fronte gulaque rubro lavatis ; 

remigibus externe olivaceis. 

Hab. in Nova Guinea occidentali et insulis vicinis. 

This Myzomela, conspicuous for the almost entirely black plumage 
of the adult male, was first described by the late Mr. Gray from 
specimens collected in the Aru Islands by Wallace, where it was ob- 
tained again during the recent voyage of the ‘Challenger.’ It also 
occurs on the mainland of the north-western peninsula of New 
Guinea, at Dorey (Wallace) and Rubi (Meyer), and in the islands of 
Jobi and Miosnom (Meyer and Beccarz), the birds from the mainland 
and these islands being considerably bigger than those from Aru. 
This is particularly the case with those from Jobi and Miosnom, so 
that Count Salvadori is inclined to separate them as a new species. 
But, as the following table will show, considerable differences in the 
measurements of this species occur in various localities ; so that at 
present I consider it better to retain all forms under one name. 

Beak 


(from fore- 
Wing. Tail. head). Tarsi. 


Le Ow ATU! A AP 1°65 "bd “o 

DSN GKATIN St hisleets 2°4 165° “a0 5) 

Dey Cie PUNE oabtier cia teatias 2°35 leg, — 5 

4. go. Rubi. sep as) 2°0 65 25 

Oy GO. Dorey. coceies 2°4 18 65 — 

6. d. Miosnom See oT aed |) “65 5 | “M. pluto,” 
Fae GO oid CDs sete ryt FO) 67 5 Salvadori, 
8. ¢ jr. Miosnom 2°6 7; “67 “53 in litt. 
Ge Fire RUB on noes oe OiS 1b PNG. OES 

10. go jr. Rubi oo aes 58 3) 

WSO SAUDI ereeitiac ste = Pl 1:65" 55 °45 

TsO. Amati inet Dae 14 "DD *45 


The male of this species resembles that of Myzomela pammelena from 
the Admiralty Islands, but differs as below specified. The female 
retains more of the normal colouring of the group, and approaches 
those of M. boiai and M. adolphine. The young birds resemble 
the female, the red on the head in the young males being obtained 
before any indication of the black plumage. Dr. Meyer obtained 
only females and young of this bird, and referred these with con- 
siderabie hesitation to M. erythrocephala of Gould, a very different 
species. Count Salvadori saw that this was a mistake, and proposed 
the name meyeri for the specimens collected by Dr. Meyer. But 
on subsequently examining the birds at Dresden, he found that in 
reality they were the young and females of the present species, the 
female having been only briefly indicated in Gray’s original de- 
scription. 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 267 


Mr. Murray notes of a male from Wokan, Aru Islands, that the 
eyes are “ hazel,”’ the “‘ bill and feet black,” 


12. MyzomELA PAMMELENA. 


Myzomela pammelena, Sclat. P. Z.S. 1877, Ps do0; 

3 ad. nigerrimus, remigum marginibus internis cineraceo-albidis, 
rostro pedibusque nigris. Long. tot. circa 5, al. 2°7, caud. 2, 
rostr. *65, tars. *65 (poll. Angl.) 

Jun. precedenti similis, sed omnino sordidior, abdomine et sub- 
caudalibus rufo-tinctis, et subalaribus albis distincta. 

Hab. in insulis Admiralitatis. 

Two specimens, an adult male and a young bird, of this Myzomela 
were obtained during the stay of the < Challenger ’ at Nares Harbour, 
Admiralty Islands. It is closely allied to Myzomela nigrita of the 
Aru Islands and New Guinea; but the adult male of the new species 
differs from the more western one by its black under wing-coverts 
(although these are white in the young bird), dirty white margins to 
the remiges, and longer and stouter feet and tarsi. In size it exceeds 
any specimens I have seen of M. niyrita from the Aru Islands, but is 
equalled in length of wing and tail by the larger birds from the 
islands and shores of Geelyink Bay. 

Mr. Murray marks the irides of the adult bird as “ hazel-brown.” 


13. Myzomrta EQues. 


Cinnyris eques, Less. Voy. Coq. p. 679, t. 31. fig. 1 (1826). 

Nectarinia eques, Miill. & Schleg. Verhand. p- 62 (1839-1844). 

Cosmeteira eques, Meyer, Sitzungsber. Wien. Akad. Ixx. pp. 215- 
217 (1874). 

Cosmeteira minima, Wald. Ibis, 1870, p- 50 (9). 

Omnino cinerascenti-brunnea, subtus dilutior 3 stria gulari nitide 
coccinea ; rostro pedibusque nigro-corneis. Long. al. 3, caud. 
2°5, tarsi. (poll. Angl.). (3 ex Nova Guinea. ) 

Hab. in Nova Guinea et insulis vicinis. 

Although generally placed amongst the Nectariniide, this species 
in structure and coloration is a true Myzomela, allied to the Aus- 
tralian MM. obscura, from which it is at once distinguished by its 
bright red gular streak. ‘The sexes are similar; but the females are 
considerably smaller than the males; and on one of these from Mysol 
the late Lord Tweeddale founded his species C. minima. 

Dr. Meyer describes (J. s. c.) the young as having the forehead and 
top of the head tinged with reddish—an interesting fact, as showing 
in the young bird a style of coloration not retained in the adult, but 
occurring in other members of the genus, and therefore probably 
a more primitive character. 

This species is widely distributed over New Guinea, occurring at 
Dorey (Wallace and Meyer), Rubi, Passim (Meyer), Sorong (Mus. 
Lugd., fide Salvadori), and Wa Samson (Beceari); and D’ Albertis 
found it on the Fly River. It also occurs in Waigiou (Lesson, Wallace, 
and Bernstein) and Myso \( Wallace and Hoedt). Count Salvadori 


268 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. [Mar. 4, 


has lent me specimens from Salwatti, and says that in the Leyden 
Museum there is one said to be from Ceram (Moens), but that this 
locality, as well as Gilolo (Forsten), are in all probability errors. 


14. MyzomeELa OBSCURA. 


Myzomela obscura, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 136; id. B.A. iv. pl. 
67 ; id. Handb. i. p. 559. 

Ptilotis fumata, “ Mill. Mus. Lugd., ex Nova Guinea,” Bp. Consp. 
i. p. 392 (1850). 

Omnino griseo-brunnea, subtus pallidior, capite vinaceo tincto ; 
remigibus externe subtilissime griseo limbatis ; alis caudaque sub- 
tus griseis, remigum margine interna albida; rostro pedibusque 
nigro-corneis. Long. al. 2:7, caud. 2°2, rostr. *6, tars. *6 (poll. 
Angl.). 

Hab. in Australia septentrionali et Nova Guinea. 

This plainly-coloured Honey-eater was first described by Mr. Gould 
from specimens obtained at Port Essington by Gilbert. It seems to 
have rather a wide range over the nortbern parts of Australia, oc- 
curring at Port Darwin (Masters), Cape York (‘ Challenger’), and in 
the north of Queensland ‘as far south as the Mary river” (Ram- 
say). D’Albertis found it at Naiabui and on the Fly River; and 
there are specimens from the river Utanata in the Leyden Museum— 
the originals of Bonaparte’s “ Ptilotis fumata” (cf. Salvadori, Ann. 
Mus. Civ. Gen. xii. p. 334, 1878). 

The sexes are similar. I have not seen young birds. 

The iris has been variously recorded as “‘ red”’ (Gould), ‘‘ brown”’ 
(Murray), and “black” (D’ Albertis). 


15. MyzomELaA sIMPLEX. 
Myzomela simplex, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 349. 


Sordide griseo-brunnea, subtus dilutior ; remigibus et rectricibus 
rubido limbatis ; margine interna remigum albida; rostro pedi- 
busque corneis, his pallidioribus. Long. tot, 5°2, al. 2°3. caud. 
2, rostr. 5, tarsi *6 (poll. Angl.). 

Hab. in Halmahera et insulis adjacentibus. 

This plainly-coloured Myzomela was first discovered by Wallace in 
the island of Batchian, and it also occurs in most of the other 
islands of the Halmahera group of the Moluccas, but is replaced on 
Obi by the nearly allied Myzomela rubrotincta. Count Salvadori 
informs me that he has seen “ many specimens in the Leyden Museum 
from Gilolo (Bernstein), Tidore (Bernstein, Von Rosenberg), and 
Dammar (Bernstein). A specimen from Ternate (Bruijn) is in 
Turati’s collection. A single specimen from Morty in the Museum 
of Leyden is much darker than the others.” 

This species is allied to M. rubrobrunnea and M. rubrotincta, but 
differs from them in the less extent of the red colour, which is con- 
fined to the margins of the quills and tail-feathers. The sexes are 
probably similar in colour ; I have not seen the young bird. 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 269 


16. MyZoMELA RUBROTINCTA. 


Myzomela rubrotineta, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. xii. p. 344 
(1878). 

“ Brunnea, dorso, alis et cauda pulcherrime rubro tinetis ; pectore, 
abdomine et subcaudalibus obsoletius rubro tinctis. Long. tot. 
*120 m., ale ‘067, caud. :048, rostri ‘020, tars. -020.’’ 

Hab. ‘in ins. Obi (Bernstein),”’ Salvad. J. e. 

This species has recently been described by Count Salvadori from 
five specimens—two males and three females—the two sexes are 
similar—in the Leyden Museum. He saysit ‘resembles M. simplex 
of Gray from Halmahera, in which only the remiges and rectrices 
(and not all the parts between the head and neck) are margined with 
red, and iu which the red colour is very indistinct.” 


17. MyZoMELA RUBROBRUNNEA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.) 


Myzomela rubrobrunnea, Meyer, Sitzungsber. Ak. in Wien, Ixx. 
p- 203 (1874). 

3 grisescenti-brunneus, subtus dilutior, capite saturatiore, plumis 
plus minusve vinaceo limbatis; dorso inferiore et uropygio, cum 
marginibus externis remigum et rectricum vinaceo-rubris ; alis 
cauddque subtus griseis; margine interna remigum albida; rostro 
pedibusque nigro-corneis. Long. tota circa 4, ale 2°4, caud. 
1-8, rostr. °6, tars. *55 (poll. Angl.). 

Q mari similis, sed coloribus minus intensis et paullo minor. 

Had. in insula Mysore. 

Dr. Meyer first discovered this beautiful species of Myzomela, 
during his travels in and about New Guinea in 1873. He obtained 
only two specimens, both males, at Kordo, the chief settlement in 
the island of Mysore in Geelvink Bay. Beccari obtained others in 
the same island, to which it is apparently confined ; and from one of 
his specimens, a fine male, kindly lent me by Count Salvadori, the 
figure is taken. 

This species resembles M. simplex and M. rubrotincta of the Mo- 
luccas, but differs from both in the red margins to the feathers 
being continued over a larger part of the bird. 


18. MyzoMELA CRUENTATA. 


Myzomela cruentata, Meyer, Sitzungsber. Ak. Wien, Ixx. i. 
p- 202 (1874); Gould, B. New Guin. pl. pt. v. . 
Myzomela coccinea, Ramsay, Proc. L. 8. N.S. W. ii. p. 106 
(1877)? (Ex insulis Ducis Eboraci.) a 
Myzomela erythrina, Ramsay, Proc. L. 8S. N.S. W. ii. p. 107 
(1877)? (Ex Nova Hibernia.) 
$ corpore omnino chermesino, uropygio splendidiore, plumis 
ad basin nigris; alis rubricantibus, plumis externe rubris ; remi- 
gibus fuscis, primis duobus exceptis, rubro limbatis ; rectricibus 
rubido-griseis, externe rubro marginatis ; alis caudaque subtus 


270 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMEZA. [Mar. 4, 


griseis ; rostro pedibusque nigris. Long. tot. circa 4, al. 2°2, 
caud. 1°5, rostr. *55, tars. *5 (poll. Angl.) 

Hab. in montibus Arfak Nove Guinee. 

This very beautiful Myzomela, at once distinguished from all others 
of this group yet described by its uniformly red colour, was first 
obtained by Dr. Meyer, in the Arfak Mountains in 1873. Only one 
specimen, an adult male, was procured ; and this and another speci- 
men, likewise a male and nearly or quite adult, procured by Bruijn’s 
collectors in the same locality, and now in the Genoa Museum, are, 
I believe, the only examples yet brought to Europe of this splendid 
little bird. 

A short time ago Mr. E. P. Ramsay, of the Sydney Museum, de- 
scribed two new species of Myzomela, both remarkable for their 
nearly uniform red coloration. One is indicated as a female and from 
the Duke-of-York Islands (M. coccinea) ; the other, a young male, 
(M. erythrina) is from New Ireland. Of it Mr. Ramsay says :— 
“This species is smaller than the preceding, and the bill is compa- 
ratively stronger and stouter ; otherwise I should be inclined to con- 
sider it the young of the former.” From his description it is evi- 
dently a young bird; and after having carefully compared both it 
and that of the other species with Dr. Meyer’s and Count Salvadori’s 
specimens, I have come to the conclusion that both M. coccinea and 
erythrina are probably referable to M. cruentata. If this is so, it 
would seem, provided Ramsayzs specimens are correctly sexed, that 
the adults of this species are nearly or quite similar in coloration. 
The species probably has a wide range through New Guinea eastward 
of the Arfak Mountrins. 


19. MyZOMELA RUBRATRA. 

Cinnygis rubrater, Less. Voy. Coquille, Zool. p. 678 (1826) ; id. 
Man. ii. p. 55 (1828) ; Kittlitz, Kupf. Vég. t. 8. fig. 1 (1832). 

Myzomela rubratra, Bp. C. R. xxxviii. p. 203, 1854; Hartl. 
P.Z.S. 1868, p. 5; Hartl. & Finsch, P.Z.8. 1872, p. 94 ; Finsch, 
Journ. God. Mus. xii. p. 26 (1876). 

Myzomela major, Bp. C. R. xxviii. p. 263 (1854). (Ins. Carol.) 

Myzomela sanguinolenta, pt., Gray (nec Lath.), Gen. B.i. p. 118 ; 
Bp. Consp. i. p. 394 (1850). 

Ad. coccinea, alis, cauda, crisso et subcaudalibus nigricantibus ; 
alis caudaque subtus griseis, remigum margine interna albida ; 
rostro nigricante, pedibus corneis. Long. al. 2°95, caud. 2°3, 
rostr. ‘65, tars. *75, (poll. Angl.). 

Jr. olivaceo-brunnea, remigibus eaxterne olivaceis; subalaribus 
obscuris. 

Hab. in insulis Pelewensibus, Marianis, et Carolinis. 

This species belongs to the group of M. cardinalis, nigriventris, 
and chermesina, but is at once distinguished from all of these by 
the greater extent of the red colour in the adult, only the vent and 
under tail-coverts being black. 

Myzomela major was founded by Bonaparte on specimens of this 
bird from the Caroline Islands, and characterized as ‘ Stmilis M, 


1879.] | MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 271 


rubratree, sed major et percoccinea.” But any such difference in 
Size is not constant, and Dr. Hartlaub says (l. c.) that Pelew birds 
are as large as Caroline ones. 

The young bird is nearly uniformly dark olive-brown, and gradually 
attains its full plumage by the gradual appearance of the red on 
various parts of its body. 

MM. rubratra is remarkable for its wide range over the archipelagos 
of the North-eastern Pacific. Lesson found it on the island of Ualan 
in the east of the Caroline group (his assertion that it was also found 
in the Philippines by M. Dussumier being of course erroneous), as did 
Kittlitz, who gives an interesting account of the habits of this species 
as observed by him on this island and the Marianne Island of Guam 
(Denkwiird. ein. Reise, i. pp. 364 and 381, 1858). Kubary found 
it on Ponapé in the east, and on Yap and the Mackenzie Islands in 
the west, of the Carolines ; so that it is probably found all over that 
archipelago. Specimens from these islands are in the Godeffroy 
Museum ; likewise examples from the Pelews (or Palaos). Gray, in 
his Catalogue of Pacific birds, gives “Island of Vanicoro” with a 
query ; but in all probability this is a mistake, for as yet no Myzomela 
has been found there. 


20. MyZoMELA NIGRIVENTRIS. 

Myzomela nigriventris, Peale, U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 150, pl. 41. 
f. 2 (1848) ; Cassin, U.S. Expl. Exped. p, 175, pl. 12. f. i. (1858); 
H. & F. Orn. Centralpolyn. p. 56, t. 7. f. 3 and 4 (ad. and jr.). 

Myzomela rubratra Hartl. (nee Lesson), Wiegm, Arch, 1852, p- 
130 (ex Samoa). 

Myzomela cardinalis Hartl. (nec Gmel.), Wiegm. Arch. 1852, 

. 109. 
: “Myzomela arnouxi, Verr.,” Bonaparte, C. R. xxxviii. p. 263 
(1854). 

Ad. capite, dorso uropygioque cum pectore fulgido-cocecineis, 
plumis ad basin nigris ; corpore subtus, macula anteoculari, alis 
caudaque nigris ; remigibus interne albidis ; rostro pedibusque 
nigris. Long. al, 2°75, caud. 1°8, rostr. °65, tars. °7 (poll. 
Angl.). 

Jr. olivaceo-fusca, subtus dilutior et flavido lavata ; uropygto 
rubro tincto ; remigibus olivaceo-limbatis ; subalaribus et margine 
interna remigum albis. 

Hab. in insulis Samoensibus. 

This species is very closely allied to M. cardinalis, which it replaces 
in the Samoa group. The differences between the two I have pointed 
out under the last-named species. 

From MM. rubratra, with which it was at first confounded, both 
these species differ in the black flanks and belly, these in M. ru- 
bratra being red, only the vent and under tail-coverts being black, 
whilst the red on the chest in all three of these species easily sepa~ 
rates them from JZ. lifuensis. 

M. nigriventris is coufined to the Samoan Islands, its reported oc- 
currence in the Fijis being erroneons (cf. Layard, Ibis, 1876, p. 391) 


272 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. [ Mar. 4, 


and founded on a mistake of Dr. Graffe. It is apparently rather a com- 
mon bird in the Samoan group, occurring both on Savaii and Upolu. 


21. MyzoMELA CARDINALIS. 

Cardinal Creeper, Lath. Gen. Syn. i. pt. 2, p. 733, pl. 33. f. 2 
(1782). 

Certhia cardinalis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 472 (1788); Lath. Ind. Orn. 
i. p. 290 (1790). 

Cardinal Honey-eater, Lath. Nat. Hist. iv. p. 199, pl. 71. f. 2 
(1822). 

Myzomela cardinalis, Gray, B. Trop. Isl. p. 10 (1859); Tristram, 
Ibis, 1876, p. 261. 

Myzomela melanogastra, Bp. C. R. xxxviii. p. 263 (1854). 

Ad. capite, dorso uropygioque cum pectore superiore coccineis, 
plumis ad basin nigris ; macula anteoculart, alis caudaque nigris, 
his nitore nonnullo metallico ; corpore subtus Suliginoso-nigro ; 
remigum margine interna albida; rostro pedibusque nigris. 
Long. al. 2°9, caud. 271, rostr. *7, tars. *75 (poll. Angl.). 

Jr. Myz. nigriventri similis, sed supra magis brunnea, et subtus 
dilutior ; dorso uropygioque castaneo-brunneis, nec rubris. 

Hab. in Novis Hebridibus. 

This Honey-eater, one of the few of this genus known to the older 
authors, is very nearly allied to M. nigriventris of the Samoan group, 
which it replaces in the New Hebrides. 

The adult bird (I agree with Messrs. Hartlaub and Finsch in con- 
sidering that in this section of the group the sexes are nearly similar) 
is distinguished from M. nigriventris by the scarlet of the upper 
parts and chest being duller, and extending not quite so far down on 
the chest. The black of the lower parts is less intense, being tinged 
with brownish ; the white margin to the remiges internally is more 
distinct ; and the bill is stouter. It is also a slightly larger bird. 

The young bird is paler and browner above (not so much dark 
brown as greyish brown), and paler and yellower below; the rump 
and back are washed with chestnut-brown. Judging from the series 
of specimens I have seen, the red colour in this species seems to 
appear first on the head, and not on the dack as in M. nigriventris. 
The remiges, as usual in the young of this genus, are externally lined 
with olive-yellow. From M. lifuensis this species may be distinguished 
by its larger size and by the red extending on to the breast. Latham’s 
description and figure clearly apply to this bird, not to IZ. lifuensis. 

The irides are marked “ black ” or ‘ dark brown.” 

Latham describes this bird from the island of Tanna, where, he 
says, it is called ‘‘ Kuyameta”’ and is common, sucking the juices 
of flowers; and I have seen specimens collected on that island by 
Mr. Layard. There are specimens in the British Museum from Erro- 
mango and Aneiteum (Cuming); and Canon Tristram has received it 
from the latter island, as well as from Tanna and Aniwa. It thus 
seems to be confined rather to the southern portion of the New- 
Hebridean archipelago, being replaced in the north by M. caledo- 
nica? and M. chermesina. 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 273 


22. MyZoMELA LIFUENSIS. 
Myzomela lifuensis, E. L. and L. C. Layard, Ibis, 1878, p. 258. 


3 capite, dorso uropygioque coccineis ; alis, cauda et corpore 
subtus toto cum macula anteoculari fuliginoso-nigris ; alis 
caudaque nitore nonnullo metallico ; remigum margine interna 
albida ; rostro nigro, pedibus nigro-corneis. Long. tota cirea 
4°2, ul. 2°5, eaud. 1°75, rostr. *55, tars. *68 (poll. Angl.). 

Hab. in Lifu, ex insulis “ Loyalty ’’ dictis. 

Canon Tristram having kindly submitted to me two skins (now 
in his collection, both marked “ males” and adult) collected by the 
Messrs. Layard, who first indicated this species, I can give a more 
complete account of it, and say that it is certainly a very good species. 
It is nearly allied to M. nigriventris and M. cardinalis of the Samoas 
and New Hebrides respectively, more particularly to the last, but is 
at once distinguished from both by the red below not extending 
beyond the head, the breast being sooty-black like all the rest of the 
lower parts. It is also aconsiderably smaller bird ; the bill is shorter 
and more slender ; the tarsi are not so stout, and the claws smaller. 
From Myzomela erythrocephala it is easily distinguishable by the 
uniform black of the lower parts. 

Mr. Layard notes the “beak black, legs very dark brown, iris 
dark brown,” and food “insects.’? Both specimens were obtained 
at Hepenehe, the chief town in the island of Lifu, the largest of the 
Loyalty Islands. 

Whether M. erythrocephala of Marie’s list (Ibis, 1877, p. 362) is 
this bird, remains uncertain ; as yet, M. caledonica is the only My- 
zomela certainly known to be found on New Caledonia itself. 


23. MyzoMELA CHERMESINA. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.) 


Myzomela chermesina, Gray & Mitch. G. B. i. pl. 38 (1840) (fig. 
mala) ; Gray, Cat. B. Trop. Isl. p. 11 (1859) ; Forbes, P. Z. S. 1878, 
p- 392. 

3 ad. fusco-nigricans, alis caudaque nitore nonnullo metallico ; 
mento, gula, pectore lateribusque abdominis, cum dorso uropy- 
gioque nitide coccineis, plumis ad basin nigris; subalaribus 
nigris, remigum pogonio interno griseo; rostro nigro, pedibus 
brunneo-corneis. Long. tota circa 4%, al. 3, caud. 2, rostri 3, 
tarsi 2 (poll. Angl.). 

Hab. in insulis Pacificis Rotumah et Mallikollo. 

This species was first figured by Messrs. Gray and Mitchell in 
their ‘Genera of Birds ;’ but no description was given, the species 
being only mentioned in the list of the species of Myzomela ; nor was 
any habitat indicated. Bonaparte, and Gray later on, in his ‘ Hand- 
list’ (vol. i. no. 1989), gave “‘ New Guinea ?”’ as the locality, without 
any apparent reason for so doing. The bird was never recognized again 
till last year, when Mr. Sclater received two specimens, an adult male 
and a nearly adult female’, from the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.ZS., of 
the Wesleyan Mission, together with some other birds, from the small 

1 These birds are now in the Paris Museum, 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1879, No. XVIII. 18 


274 MR, W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. [Mar. 4, 


island of Rotumah, north of the Fijis. Fortunately Gray’s type is 
still in existence in the gallery of the British Museum ; and on com- 
paring the birds from Rotumah with it, it was at once evident that 
they were of the same species, though Gray’s figure represents a bird 
with a uniformly scarlet underside. About the same time Mr. Sharpe 
got a specimen (from which the figure is taken) of the same bird, 
apparently identical in every respect, from the island of Mallikollo 
(in my paper, 7. ¢., by a mistake I wrote Zrromango) in the New 
Hebrides, where it was obtained by Mr. Wykeham Perry, H.M.S. 
‘Pearl.’ The species thus has a wide range, though I believe the 
above-mentioned four specimens (which are all nearly or quite adult) 
are as yet the only ones of this bird ever brought to Europe. The 
female is similar to the male in colour, but a little duller (conf. . ¢. 
p. 353). 


24. MyzoMELA ROSENBERGI. 

Myzomela rosenbergi, Schleg. Ned. Tijd. Dierk. iv. p. 388 (1871) ; 
Rosenberg, Reist. Geely. Baai, p. 138, t. xvi. fig. 2(1875); Meyer, 
Sitzungs-ber. Wien. Akad. lxix. i. pp. 211, 212 (1874). 

3 ad. niger nitore nonnullo metallico ; collo, dorso, uropygioque, 
cum pectore splendide coccineis ; rostro nigro, pedibus corneis. 
Long. al. 2°5, caud. 1°7, rostr. a culm. *65, tars.*55 (poll. Angl.). 

© rufescenti-brunnea, plumis ad basin nigris, ad rhachin palli- 
dioribus ; fronte, pectore uropygioque coccineis, menio gulaque 
nigricantibus ; alis caudaque fuscis, remigibus externe olivaceo- 
limbatis, tectricum alarum apicibus brunneis ; pogoniis internis 
remigum albis. 

3 jr. femine similis, sed fronte, pectore, uropygio, mento gulaque 
corpore concoloribus. 

Hab. in Nova Guinea. 

This beautiful and very distinct Myzomela was first described by 
Prof. Schlegel from two specimens, both males, collected by Von 
Rosenberg in the north-western peninsula of New Guinea. Dr. 
A. B. Meyer obtained five specimens from the Arfak Mountains near 
Hattam, at an elevation of about 3500 feet above the sea, during 
his expedition to New Guinea in 1873. Since then numerous 
specimens have been obtained by various travellers in the same 
district. That the species is not confined, however, to the Arfak 
Mountains is shown by the fact’ that Signor D’Albertis obtained 
two skins of this same bird, identical with Arfak specimens, from 
the natives of the neighbourhood of Epa, near Hall Bay, S.E. New 
Guinea. 

According to Dr. Meyer the adults of both sexes are similar, and 
the bird above described as the female (from two nearly identical 
specimens so sexed by Beccari) is really the young assuming adult 
plumage. Count Salvadori, however, writes me that he has about 
40 specimens of this species, and maintains the view he has already 
expressed (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 947, 1875), that Meyer’s 
** young”? are in reality females. A very young bird (¢) in the 

1 Gf, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, vii- p. 799 (1875). 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 275 


Genoa Museum, described above, has only a trace of red on the 
throat, and is probably a bird of the year. The varied colouring of 
each feather gives a somewhat flammulated appearance to the head, 
back, and chest of the young and females. 


25. MyzoMELA NIGRA. 


Myzomela nigra, Gould, B. A. iv. pl. 66; id. Handb. B. A. i. 
p- 558 [nec Cissomela nigra, Bon. C. R. xxxviii. p. 261 (1854). 


3 capite, dorso, uropygioque cum pectore superiore et linea media 
abdominali nigris ; lateribus abdominis, ventre et subcaudalibus 
albis ; alis, subalaribus caudaque brunneis ; rostro pedibusque 
nigris. Long. ale 2°7, caude 1*7,rostri ‘65, tarsi *5 (poll. 
Angl.). 

Q supra brunnea, subtus albida, mento, gula et pectore fusco 
variegatis ; stria superciliari et remigum margine interna albidis. 

Hab. in Australia. 

This species, which differs somewhat in coloration from the other 
members of the group, has a wide range over Australia. Gould 
found it on the plains of the Namoi; and Gilbert met with it in 
Western Australia on the Swan River. Mr. Ramsay, in addition, 
marks it in his list from the Port-Darwin district, from the interior, 
Victoria, and S. Australia. 


26. MyZoMELA PECTORALIS. 


Myzomela pectoralis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 170; id. B. A. iv. 
pl. 65; id. Handb. B. A. i. p. 557. 


Cissomela nigra, Bon. (nec Gould), C. R. xxxviii. p. 265 (1854). 


3 ad. niger, uropygio, mento, gutture et corpore subtus albis, 
pectore fascia angusta nigra transversim notato ; rostro pedi- 
busque nigris. 

2 (aut jr.) dorso medio castaneo-brunneo diversa. 

Long. tota 4°5, al. 22, caud. 13, rostr. 2, tars. 2 (poll. Angl.). 

Hab. in Australia septentrionali. 

This Myzomela, which in its black-and-white coloration departs 
considerably from the general coloration of the group, is confined to 
the more northern parts of Australia. Gould’s original specimens 
were from the N.W. coast. Mr. Ramsay in his list records it from 
Ports Darwin and Essington, the Gulf of Carpentaria, Cape York, 
and Rockingham Bay. 

It is not as yet ascertained with certainty whether the chestnut- 
backed birds are the adult females, or merely the young, of this 
species, 


Besides the above 26 species, which are all founded on actual 
specimens, and which are here recognized as valid, there remains the 
following, based on a figure of one of the older authors, but never 


yet again met with, which may or may not be a real -~ This is 
18 


276 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MyzomELA. [Mar. 4, 


MyzZoMELA PUSILLA. 
Le Kuyameta, Vieill. Ois. Dor. ii. p. 92, t. 58 (1802). (Certhia 


cardinalis, Gm. in text.) 

Myzomela pusilla, G. R. Gray, B. Trop. Isl. p. 10 (1859). 

M. cardinalis, pt., F. & H. Orn. Centralpolyn. p. 57 (nota). 

This extremely doubtful species was founded by Gray on a 
drawing (from a bird once in the Leverian Museum) in Vieillot’s 
** Oiseaux Dorés.”” ‘This plate, as well as the description, indicates 
a black-and-red Myzomela, like M. cardinalis or M. rubratra, but 
smaller (34 inches in length), and with the abdomen, vent, &c. en- 
tirely red, only the wings, tail, and an anteocular spot being black. 
In the letterpress the bird is named Certhia cardinalis of Gmelin; 
and the habitat assigned is “* New Holland and Isle of Tanna,” 
evidently copied from Latham’s account of the last-named species. 


GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 


The genus Vyzomela has rather a wide range, from Celebes on 
the west, to the Fiji and Samoan Islands on the east, and from 
Guam, in the Marianne group (in 13° N.) to S. Australia and Vic- 
toria (in 38° S.), but is strictly confined to the Australian region, 
in three out of the 5 subregions of which it occurs, being absent in 
New Zealand and in the Sandwich Islands. 

The Papuan subregion is, as might naturally be expected, the 
richest in species, having 16, of which no less than 14 are peculiar, 
Australia proper has 5 species, of which three are peculiar, two occur- 
ing also in the Papuan subregion. In the Pacific subregion 7 species 
occur, of which all are peculiar. 

Celebes has one species peculiar to itself (MM. chloroptera), as like- 
wise have Banda and Timor (/, boiei and M. vulnerata respectively). 

The Halmahera group (Gilolo, Batchian, Morty, Ternate, &c.) 
have one (M. simplex), which on Obi is replaced by I. rubrotincta. 
Curiously enough, the genus, as far as we yet know, is absent from 
the Sula Islands, from the Ceram group, and from the islands be- 
tween Timor and the Arus, though represented in all the islands 
around this area, and even in the little island of Banda. 

In the western half of New Guinea six species occur, of which MZ, 
adolphine is peculiar to the Arfak country. JW. rosenbergi reoccurs 
in the mountains of southern New Guinea; and M. cruentata appa- 
rently extends to New Ireland. MV. nigrita occurs on the mainland, 
as well as in Jobi and Miosnom (where it is the only species), and in 
the Aru Islands. Mysol, Waigiou, and Salwatti have only J. eques, 
which also oceurs on the mainland both in the N.W. peninsula and 
on the south coast. MW. obscura occurs both in 8.W. and 8.E. New 
Guinea, and also in N. Australia. Mysore is tenanted by a single 
peculiar species (J. rubrobrunnea) ; whilst the Aru Islands have 
two species, neither peculiar, one (M/. erythrocephala) occurring 
in N. Australia and S. New Guinea, if specimens from all these 
three localities are really identical. New Guinea east of 140° 


ae 


1879.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 277 


has four species, none of which is peculiar, three occurring on the 
mainland of the west part, whilst two are Australian (JZ. obscura 
and M. erythrocephala). In the Admiralty Islands there is a single 
peculiar species, MW. pammelena, replacing M. nigrita of the 
further west. One species, also peculiar, is found in the Solomons 
(M. lafargit) ; but on which islands has yet to be ascertained. On 
New Ireland and in the Duke-of-York gronp only one species, 
which is probably M. cruentata, occurs; whilst JJ. sclateri alone 
represents the genus in New Britain, and is peculiar. 

InN. Australia all five Australian species occur; and WV, pectoralis 
is confined to that district. JZ. obscura and M. erythrocephala are 
confined to this region in Australia, but range into the Papuan 
Islands. MV. nigra and M. sanguinolenta have a wider range over 


. Australia ; and the former is the only representative of the genus in 


W. Australia: both are peculiar. No species occurs in Tasmania. 

Proceeding to the Polynesian subregion, we find the Fijis inhabited 
by a single peculiar species (VV. jugularis) ; and the same is the case 
in the Samoas, where MW. nigriventris occurs, a representative form 
of M. cardinalis. The New Hebrides have no less than three species, 
of which ©. cardinalis is peculiar and found on the more southerly 
islands of the group (Erromango, Aneiteum, Tanna, &c.), where it is 
the sole species. Mallikollo is inhabited (if the localities given can 
he trusted) by ¢wo species—VW. caledonica, which also occurs on Vaté 
and Api, and MV. chermesina, which has managed to extend its range 
to the isolated islet of Rotumah. New Caledonia has but one 
species, M. caledonica; whilst on Lifu occurs M. lifuensis. The 
Pelews, Mariannes, and Carolines are all inhabited by one species 
peculiar to these groups, M. rubratra. Itis rather remarkable that 
no species of the genus has yet been found on the Tonga Islands, 
although these are situated between the Fijis and Samoan Islands ; 
but our present knowledge of the range of the Polynesian species is 
very imperfect. 

Many other of these islands have no species of Myzomela re- 
corded from them; but I have little doubt that several new species 
remain to be discovered both here and further west in the islands 
east of New Guinea, as well as on the mainland of that great island 
itself. 

The appended Table will show the geographical distribution of 
the species in a concise form. 


roy ‘1WVeaeg os{TT 1 


[Mar. 4, 


MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS MYZOMELA. 


‘smoog | 


‘SpURIST ouURTILyy | 


278 


“UOIsaIqng 
uotdoiqng uersaudjog URIpBasNy ‘uorsaqng wendeg 


% 5 ee elee Foals dalfmskiin © vi]eretsl ee ell cle\[cie olfateisiae vistbie> «ss saluuinia's siomieiebuleeecled erie ce steaoqoad ‘9G 

'*. als as matotale ae eters via sisisla bn aM S See ene see vive east 

: a ensseereeeeesereenersecesseet Taq UOSOd 

seit 6.0 n visto iareiats sees BUTsaTELaTO 

% eealeeeleee tetleerlone “oe eee see wee teeta ela melee lew el wee wee ewe lae clascloccieocesevsicod spe/teeesenasveuréseesenece aa Cae Pee eh as Sa e SISUONFIT 

moed| Ke am,| vase lle laste eaisl|'s are selinc qi] earl pov B callafolet| sie ells aici] Soleil mimall'aie a faim all le nueiwla]ebe(a)o eipin\iaie 8/47 (0 fi sseeeeeeeeeeee STTBTTIPABO 

asic ates eects lant Sete cawet | Wore ll stare Nc ataleadnl crate see's 5m allitaiatiare D a siall gait | srmiai| arate Sine sie 0 Wate lata «)| tasters aaa Dmietasiniereimals maisisivieisie S1d}UOATALS TU 

alone Neve line lterate ceclerclece|| cee | coe | coe Hccclteelerelecs[eesleccleenlocelesclecelscs|oeslsunircr|seolsscisersesscrsessenss Sense once beer wayecqna . 

é é swelawe jeweleeeleeelene * weelew wlan eleeelwwelewnieeee etme See eee eee vyeyuonsd . 
| ge [ecefece|ece[ees[ece|eeefeeeiaraleeeeees aaiaee Aefetrinsle Sis civ sia! etsimdiaes vauunaqotqna 

Roache cfassatete aiatvte'e SOA Sone ACC teeeeeemaouoaqnad 

yg |teefece|eee[eeee recess AGRO DOR EO cents deevaevisines xopdaurs A 

| Po nhe esl sec besicesinvcccine ects dunitegeterels asje\n\e sieisinon “+ panasqo * 

ge [eee eee|eeefere|ene| aletetalciaratelatete «lslealalateiaavsjarg meneuts teeters sonba 

| sfeisigiate « sit.cpeeiainie.o Amie Welslartlein(sieisie ds anh vueepeurured , 


2k 
+ ok 
mm OK 


* WdeqpRpos 
* wesavjey ° 
“srazpnonl 
wyeLUTNA 
| ina Eo Poe] ent ape re Pf) Geel Ale ea [oc Bc) be er de Ind o-ecuo eo cboon or SCRUB ESO epeydeooayy daa 

| ee ee reteeeee TgIOg. * 
me ET Rien shotepac wcecscecsescwroninsne eeee eurydjope i 


ge [free [peslecetecs|ees|ecelenetsenteceleeetees 


seen eeeees eee e cect near esescecseneee eto} doa0[y9 
ven ve cece senses ceescensesescese meee" BOTTLOPATVO 


* 


% 


1 
| 


| 
| 


+, Spurjsy uendyg 


M 
:) 


a 
“eres “Ni | * 


“nyVT | 
“Buuey, | 
salts 
adiy. leur 
‘ove@A | ~ * 
‘oTommTeN | s+ * 


“Une lUuy 


“OSURTIOL 
dO 


‘dnoas vaoqeurpe py | 


‘srl | 
“qeunjoy | 
*eLUOPeTBO AVON 


‘aros Ty | 


“MIOUSOIPY PUL Igor | 
“LOWLY, | 
‘saqatag | 


*purpery wayr | 
“‘Spub[syT UY | 


SPIST YAO R-Jo-oyn¢q | 
“urIeyLag Avo Ny | 


‘sparysy Ayyertcapy | 


“eTeLJsSNY 


“eIpRAySNy 
Ra) MAN “OT | 


“‘spuvysy eulporey | 
‘spuv[sy Uvouteg 
“eouny) MONT “AA | 


*spue[syT UOMOTON | 


—— oe | 


‘sopliqoy “N 


PLZ. OLS 1 ORE eerie 


si HOP RCho 
ee 


f 


OP. Corbridge del 


Me & Conimp. 
AT. Holtick lith. WestNewmarek Comp. 


Gasteracanthides, 


es Wan 
ae BA 


West Newmar Coamp. 


Gasteracanthides. 


1879. ] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA, 279 


P.S. Since the above has been in print, Mr. Sclater has received 
a further consignment of birds from Mr. Brown. Amongst these 
are three specimens of. Myzomcele, namely :—a female of M, scluteri ; 
one of an entirely red species, probably = Ramsay’s W. coccinea or 
erythrina, the receipt of which will enable the necessary comparisons 
of these species with M. cruentata to be made; and one of a species 
new to science, 


5. On some new and little known Species of Araneidea, 
with Remarks on the Genus Gasteracantha. By the 
Rey. O. P. Camaripcr, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &c. 


[Received February 27, 1879.] 
(Plates XXVI., XXVII.) 


The Spiders described in the present paper are chiefly of the genus 
Gasteracantha, a genus well known and remarkable for the hard, 
horny epidermis of the abdomen, which is also armed with two, 
four, or six prominent spines, varying in length, strength, and direc- 
tion, and issuing from different points of the margin. The abdomen 
is also marked on the upperside, and occasionally underneath, with 
numerous symmetrically disposed cicatricose spots, varying a little 
in number, size, form, and position. To these markings I have 
given, in the following descriptions, the name of sigilla, looking, as 
they do, very like seals impressed upon the abdominal surface. 
These sigilla probably indicate the points of attachment of mus- 
cular fibres, and are often useful in the determination of the species. 

The number of Spiders of this genus, described by various authors, 
up to the present time, is about 170; many, however, are already 
ascertained, and many more will in time probably prove to be, 
synonymous with others. At first sight it would seem to be an 
easier matter to distinguish the species of Gusteracantha than those 
of many other genera. They are for the most part of good size; and 
the corneous, spiny abdomen, varying very much in its relative pro- 
portions and spines, furnishes characters so tangible that the species 
have for the most part been distinguished by these characters alone. 
No doubt these will always remain important characters, and in 
many instances decisive ones; but in some, at all events, the recep- 
tion of a series of examples from the same locality leads me to 
suspect that there is a very great, and hitherto not sufficiently 
recognized, difference in the absolute as well as relative length, 
strength, and direction of the abdominal spines in different indivi- 
duals of the same species. Gasteracantha formosa, Vins. (infra, 
p. 285, Pl. XXVI. fig. 11), is one instance of this ; and G, eurvispina, 
Guér., is probably another, Of this latter Spider Gf I am right in 
my determination of the species) I have received a considerable 
series from the west coast of Africa; but no two individuals pre- 
serve exactly the same length, strength, or direction of the abdominal 


280 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. __[Mar. 4, 


spines. This will be found, I think, to be the case also with some 
other species when collectors will take the trouble to collect a series 
of examples, instead of being satisfied with a few or even single 
specimens of those forms which appear to differ most from each 
other. At present, therefore, it seems rather hazardous to describe, 
without reservation, as new species, Spiders of this genus differing 
only, or mainly, from others already described in the relative length, 
strength, or direction of some, or all, of these spines, especially if 
the spiders come from the same locality, and even though the dif- 
ference in the spines may be considerable. 

Another, often valuable, specific character, but almost unavailable 
in this group of Spiders, is the colour, and pattern formed by its dis- 
tribution. The greater number of known species of Gasteracantha 
have been described from specimens dried and pinned like Coleoptera 
and other insects; and very frequently dried after having been for 
some time immersed in spirit of wine. The process of desiccation, 
under such circumstances, not only destroys the colouring, but very 
often itself alters the natural direction of the spines. We are pro- 
bably therefore, in nine cases out of ten, totally ignorant of the true 
colours and markings of the Gasteracanthides. It is worth while 
noting, in proof of this, a description, from life, of a Spider included 
in the genus Gasteracantha by Mr. A. G. Butler (but probably 
belonging to a nearly allied one, Peltosoma, Sim.). The deserip- 
tion referred to may be found in an account of the British Expedi- 
tion against the Ashantees in 1874, ‘Through Fanteeland to Coo- 
massie,’ by Frederick Boyle, p. 202, and is shortly as follows :— 
“The shell (of the abdomen) is about an inch across by half an 
inch in length, of the loveliest and most delicate yellow, scalloped 
at the edges, where occurs a dainty moulding of blue. Under the 
beautiful shell, protected by it on all sides, so that not even a claw 
projects beyond the cover, is the body and head, smooth and of a 
dark-red colour. Several were brought home. Captain Grant, 2nd 
W.I., has a handsome specimen.” Thinking, from this account 
of its form and size, that this spider might possibly be identical 
with Mr. Butler’s species (Gasteracantha cambridgii, Butl., Trans. 
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 175, pl. iv. fig. 8), I sent a drawing of the 
latter to Captain Grant, who at once recognized it as the same species. 
Captain Grant’s specimen was unfortunately lost on the way home ; 
and I had therefore no opportunity of examining it; its identity, 
however, with the Spider above named may, I think, be taken as 
certain. 

I have several dried examples of Gasteracantha cambridgii from 
the west coast of Africa, and have examined others in the Oxford 
University Museum, as well as in the British Museum. These are 
entirely of a uniform dull muddy-brown hue, and do not possess the 
slightest trace of the beauty described (and, I have no doubt, correctly 
described) by Mr. Boyle. It is very probable that preservation in 
spirit of wine might have retained something, if not all, of the 
original colours and markings of this Spider. I have in spirit 
numerous species of Gasteracantha ; and many of them show great 


1879.] | REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 281 


vividness of colouring, as well as distinctness of markings. This is 
very seldom the case with dried specimens, of which I possess some 
similar in species to those preserved in spirit ; but the former give 
no idea at all of the colours and pattern shown in the spirit-preserved 
examples. ; 

Among the species of Gasteracantha described below is a very 
minute male adult (G. rogersi, sp. n., p. 292, pl. XXVIL. fig. 23), 
from the river Coanza. This is as yet only the second male de- 
scribed in the genus. Few collections of Spiders come from exotic 
regions without containing (more or fewer) examples of the female 
sex; but, excepting in the two instances mentioned, the male sex 
appears to be nonexistent. This latter sex (as in those two cases) is 
probably always a pygmy compared with the female, and is very likely 
a good deal, if not altogether, different in respect of its abdominal 
armature. The females sit quite exposed in their orbicular snares, 
and so need a defensive armature, which the males do not require 
if they are, as I imagine, almost always, if not invariably, very 
minute, and live mostly in some kind of concealment or other—being 
also perhaps, compared with the female, very short lived. Two others 
of the Spiders here described are remarkable, and I believe quite 
novel, in their form—Gasteracantha crepidophora, sp. n. (p. 287, 
Pl. XXVII. fig. 14), from Dorey, New Guinea, and G. acrosomoides, 
sp. n. (p. 289, Pl. XXVII. fig. 19), from Madagascar. The two 
larger spines of the former very exactly resemble a pair of sharp-toed 
boots ; and the latter is exceedingly like some spiders of the genus 
Acrosoma. 


ad je ee n Py 
we Saray, wX 


PRR es 
Yara wieto* 


ja 


~y a 
aoe « 


>